City of Manhattan Beach Bid Documents Project No

Home , Eclipse (horse), Phosphorus (horse)

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH BID DOCUMENTS PROJECT NO. D-938 BID NO. E1257-20C

CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS Replacement of the mechanial sytem located on the roof of the building along with related electrical equipment and replacement of portions of the roofing membrane where the equipment is located

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT MAMERTO ESTEPA JR. 1400 HIGHLAND AVENUE MANHATTAN BEACH, CA 90266 ESSI ROF ON P M. AL D D EL E A K E M O N R T G E H I T A N

I E

E G M 38746

E R EXP. 03/31/22 S M L T E A A A C H I C I Prem Kumar, City Engineer C52463 Engineer/ArchitectTE A Nof RecordRN Approval OF CALIFO

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City Template Approved for Use of MB Form 6/16/20

NOTICE INVITING BIDS ...... NIB-1

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ...... I-1

CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS ...... I-6

BID ...... B-1

CONTRACT ...... C-1

PAYMENT BOND (LABOR AND MATERIALS) ...... C-5

PERFORMANCE BOND ...... C-7

WARRANTY BOND ...... C-9

GENERAL PROVISIONS ...... GP-1

SECTION 0. GENERAL PROVISIONS DEFINED ...... GP-1

SECTION 1. TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, UNITS OF MEASURE, AND SYMBOLS ...... GP-1

SECTION 2. SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK ...... GP-3

SECTION 3. CHANGES IN WORK ...... GP-8

SECTION 4. CONTROL OF MATERIALS ...... GP-29

SECTION 5 UTILITIES ...... GP-30

SECTION 6. PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK ...... GP-33

SECTION 7. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR ...... GP-39

SECTION 8. FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL ...... GP-49

SECTION 9. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ...... GP-50

SECTION 10. CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... GP-54

SECTION 11. ADDITIONAL TERMS ...... GP-61

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

PART I: SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS…………………………………………….SI-1

PART II: STANDARD AND SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS…………..ST-1

APPENDIX I PROGRESS PAYMENT REQUEST FORM

12100-0001\2410807v2.doc City of MB Form NC-1

APPENDIX II SCHEDULE OF VALUES

APPENDIX III CONTRACTOR DAILY REPORT

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City 2 Template Approved for Use of MB Form 06/16/2020

NOTICE INVITING BIDS FOR

CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Manhattan Beach, California (“City”) invites sealed Bids for the Project. The City will receive such Bids at the main entrance of City Hall, 1400 Highland Avenue, Manhattan Beach, California 90266 from 10:30 a.m. to 11:00 a.m. on Tuesday , February 9, 2021 . Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud via a Zoom meeting on Wednesday, February 10, 2021 at 11:00 a.m. The bid opening will be broadcast at the following link https://citymb-info.zoom.us/j/91365694140 and the deadline to submit questions related to the bid documents is Monday, January 25, 2021 at 11:00 a.m.

In response to COVID-19, City facilities, including City Hall, are closed to the public. Therefore, sealed Bids for this Project will only be accepted by the City Project Manager present outside the main entrance door of City Hall during the period of time stated above. Bids will NOT be accepted prior to the period of time stated above.

Bidder must make the necessary arrangements to physically deliver sealed BIDS to the City Project Manager. There will be no other opportunities or alternative methods considered to submit a Bid for this Project.

After 24-hours of contactless document isolation, the sealed Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud by City Clerk staff via a Zoom meeting. The meeting web address and time is stated above. The Bid results will be posted on the City website within 24-hours after the Bid Opening.

All Bids must be made on the form furnished by the City. Each Bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope addressed to the City Clerk with the Project name and identification number typed or clearly printed on the lower left corner of the envelope. Bids must remain valid and shall not be subject to withdrawal for 90 calendar Days after the Bid opening date.

SCOPE OF WORK. The Project involves the replacement of the mechanical system located on the roof of the building, along with related electrical service equipment, and the replacement of portions of the roofing membrane where equipment is located. There are no interior space alterations, change in use or occupancy. The Project includes, without limitation, furnishing all necessary labor, materials, equipment and other incidental and appurtenant Work necessary to satisfactorily complete the Project, as more specifically described in the Contract Documents. This Work will be performed in strict conformance with the Contract Documents, permits from regulatory agencies with jurisdiction, and applicable regulations. The quantity of Work to be performed and materials to be furnished are approximations only, being given as a basis for the comparison of Bids. Actual quantities of Work to be performed may vary at the discretion of the City Engineer. Time for completion of the Work is 225 total Working Days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed to Fulfill Preconstruction Requirements and Order Materials.

OBTAINING BID DOCUMENTS. Bidders may obtain free copies of the Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents online by visiting https://www.bidsync.com .

MANDATORY PRE-BID MEETING AND SITE VISIT. Mandatory pre-bid meeting/Project site visits will be held on Wednesday, January 20, 2021 at 1:00 p.m. and Thursday, January 21, 2021

12100-0001\2410807v2.doc City of MB Form NIB-1

at 10 a.m. at the entrance to City Hall, 1400 Highland Avenue, Manhattan Beach, CA 90266. Every Bidder is required to attend one (1) of the mandatory pre-bid meeting/Project site visits to to bid on the Project. Failure of a Bidder to attend either of the mandatory pre-bid meeting/ Project site visits will render that Bidder’s Bid non-responsive. No allowances for cost adjustments will be made if a Bidder fails to adequately examine the Project site before submitting a Bid. REGISTRATION WITH THE DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS. In accordance with Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, no contractor or subcontractor shall be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions for bid purposes only under Labor Code Section 1771.1(a)].

PREVAILING WAGES. In accordance with Labor Code Section 1770 et seq., the Project is a “public work.” The selected Bidder (Contractor) and any Subcontractors shall pay wages in accordance with the determination of the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations (“DIR”) regarding the prevailing rate of per diem wages. Copies of those rates are on file with the Director of Public Works and are available to any interested party upon request. The Contractor shall post a copy of the DIR’s determination of the prevailing rate of per diem wages at each job site. This Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the DIR.

BONDS. Each Bid must be accompanied by a cash deposit, cashier’s check, certified check or Bidder’s Bond issued by a Surety insurer, made payable to the City and in an amount not less than ten percent of the total Bid submitted. Personal or company checks are not acceptable. Upon Contract award, the Contractor shall provide faithful performance and payment Bonds, each in a sum equal to the Contract Price, as well as a warranty or maintenance Bond that is valid for one year from Project acceptance in the amount of ten percent of the Contract Price. All Bonds must be issued by a California admitted Surety insurer using the forms set forth in the Contract Documents, or in any other form approved by the City Attorney. Failure to enter into the Contract with the City, including the submission of all required Bonds and insurance coverages, within ten calendar days after the date of the mailing of written notice of contract award to the Bidder, shall subject the Bid security to forfeiture to the extent provided by law.

LICENSES. Each Bidder shall possess a valid Class B Contractor’s license issued by the California State Contractors License Board at the time of the Bid submission. The successful Contractor must also possess a current City business license.

RETENTION SUBSTITUTION. Five percent of any progress payment will be withheld as retention. In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 22300 and at the request and expense of the Contractor, securities equivalent to the amount withheld may be deposited with the City or with a State or federally chartered bank as escrow agent, which shall then pay such moneys to the Contractor. Upon satisfactory completion of the Project, the securities shall be returned to the Contractor. Alternatively, the Contractor may request that the City make payments of earned retentions directly to an escrow agent at the Contractor’s expense. No such substitutions shall be accepted until all related documents are approved by the City Attorney.

BIDDING PROCESS. The City reserves the right to reject any Bid or all Bids, and to waive any irregularities or informalities in any Bid or in the bidding, as deemed to be in its best interest.

By: ______Prem Kumar, City Engineer Date

12100-0001\2410807v2.doc City NIB-2 of MB Form

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

FORM OF BID. Bids shall be made on the Bid forms found herein. Bidders shall include all forms and fill in all blank spaces, including inserting “N/A” (for not applicable) where necessary. The Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope bearing the Bidder’s name and the Project name and identification number as described in the Notice Inviting Bids.

Any Bid not accompanied by a Contractor’s Statement completed with all information required and bearing the signature of the Bidder’s duly authorized representative under penalty of perjury may be deemed non-responsive and rejected. If the City determines that any information provided by a Bidder in the Contractor’s Statement is false or misleading, or is so incomplete as to be false or misleading, the City may reject the Bid submitted by such Bidder as being non- responsive.

DELIVERY OF BIDS. The Bid shall be delivered by the time and date and to the place specified in the Notice Inviting Bids. No oral, faxed, emailed, or telephonic Bids or alternatives will be considered. Bidders are solely responsible for ensuring that their Bids are received in proper time, and Bidders assume all risks arising out of their chosen means of delivery. Any Bid received after the Bid submission deadline shall be returned unopened. Bidders are invited to be present for Bid opening. Accepted Bids shall become the property of the City.

AMENDED BIDS. Unauthorized conditions, limitations or provisos attached to a Bid may cause the Bid to be deemed incomplete and non-responsive.

WITHDRAWAL OF BID. A Bid may be withdrawn without prejudice upon written request by the Bidder filed with the City Clerk before the Bid submission deadline. Bids must remain valid and shall not be subject to withdrawal for 90 Days after the Bid opening date.

BIDDER’S SECURITY. Each Bid shall be accompanied by cash, a certified or cashier’s check payable to the City, or a satisfactory Bid Bond in favor of the City executed by the Bidder as principal and an admitted surety insurer as Surety, in an amount not less than ten percent of the amount set forth in the Bid. The cash, check or Bid Bond shall be given as a guarantee that, if selected, the Bidder will execute the Contract in conformity with the Contract Documents, and will provide the evidence of insurance and furnish the specified Bonds, within ten calendar days after the date of delivery of the Contract Documents to the Bidder. In case of the Bidder’s refusal or failure to do so, the City may award the Contract to the next lowest responsible bidder, and the cash, check, or Bond (as applicable) of the lowest Bidder shall be forfeited to the City to the extent permitted by law. No Bid Bond will be accepted unless it conforms substantially to the form provided in these Contract Documents.

QUANTITIES APPROXIMATE. Any quantities shown in the Bid form or elsewhere herein shall be considered as approximations listed to serve as a general indication of the amount of Work or materials to be performed or furnished, and as basis for the Bid comparison. The City does not guarantee that the actual amounts required will correspond with those shown. As deemed necessary or convenient, the City may increase or decrease the amount of any item or portion of Work or material to be performed or furnished or omit any such item or portion, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

ADDENDA. The City Engineer may, from time to time, issue Addenda to the Contract Documents. The City shall post all documents to the City’s website at https://www.citymb.info . The Addenda may also be posted to BidSync at https://www.bidsync.com . Bidders are

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City I-1 of MB Form

responsible for ensuring that they have received any and all Addenda. It is the Bidder’s responsibility to actively check BidSync and/or the City’s website for Addenda or bulletin updates. Each Bidder is responsible for verifying that it has received all Addenda issued. Bidders must acknowledge receipt of all Addenda, if any. Failure to acknowledge receipt of all Addenda may cause a Bid to be deemed incomplete and non-responsive.

DISCREPANCIES IN BIDS. Each Bidder shall set forth as to each item of Work, in clearly legible words and figures, a unit or line item Bid amount for the item in the respective spaces provided for this purpose.

In case of discrepancy between the unit price and the extended amount set forth for the item, the unit price shall prevail. However, if the amount set forth as a unit price is ambiguous, unintelligible or uncertain for any cause, or is omitted, or if the unit price is the same amount as the entry in the “extended amount” column, then the amount set forth in the “extended amount” column for the item shall prevail in accordance with the following:

(1) As to lump sum items, the amount set forth in the “extended amount” column shall be the unit price.

(2) As to unit price items, the amount set forth in the “extended amount” column shall be divided by the estimated quantity for the item set forth in the Bid documents, and the price thus obtained shall be the unit price.

In case of discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail.

COMPETENCY OF BIDDERS. In evaluating Bidder responsibility, consideration will be given not only to the financial standing, but also to the general competency of the Bidder for the performance of the Project. Each Bidder shall set forth in the designated area of the Bid form a statement of its experience. No Contract will be executed with a Bidder that is not licensed and registered with the DIR in accordance with State law, and with any applicable specific licensing requirements specified in these Contract Documents. These licensing and registration requirements for Contractors shall also apply to all Subcontractors.

BIDDER’S EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Bidder, at its sole cost and expense, is required to carefully examine the Contract Documents and the Project site to become fully acquainted with the conditions affecting the Work. The failure of a Bidder to receive or examine any of the Contract Documents or to inspect the site shall not relieve such Bidder from any obligation relating to the Bid, the Contract, or the Work required under the Contract Documents. The City assumes no responsibility or liability to any Bidder for, nor shall the City be bound by, any understandings, oral representations or oral agreements of the City’s agents, employees or officers concerning the Contract Documents or the Work made prior to execution of the Contract. By submitting a Bid, Bidder represents: (1) that Bidder has read and understands the Contract Documents; (2) the Bid is made in compliance with the Contract Documents and is based upon the labor, materials, equipment, and systems required by the Contract Documents; (3) that Bidder understands that all labor, materials, equipment, and systems to be furnished for the Work shall be furnished for the prices bid; (4) that it has visited the Project site, familiarized itself with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed; (5) that it is fully experienced, qualified and competent to perform the Work set forth in the Contract Documents; (6) that it shall not damage or endanger and shall preserve and protect adjacent properties; (7) that it is properly equipped, organized, and financed to perform the Work; (8) that it is properly permitted and licensed by the California Contractors State Licensing Board

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City I-2 of MB Form

to perform the Work; (9) that it has familiarized itself with all conditions bearing upon transportation, disposal, handling, and storage of materials; (10) that it has familiarized itself with the availability of labor, water, electric power, and roads; (11) that it has familiarized itself with uncertainties of weather, or similar physical conditions at the Project site; (12) that it has familiarized itself with the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during performance of the Work; (13) that it has familiarized itself with the staging and material storage constraints of the Project site and surrounding buildings and will confine its staging and storage operations to approved areas; and (14) that it will coordinate its construction activities with the other contractors performing work on the Project site, if any, including, but not limited to, any separate contractor retained by the City.

No information derived from an inspection of records or investigation will in any way relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract Documents nor entitle the Contractor to any additional compensation. The Contractor shall not make any claim against the City based upon ignorance or misunderstanding of any condition of the Project site or of the requirements set forth in the Contract Documents. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed which is based on a lack of knowledge of the above items. Bidders assume all risks in connection with performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of actual conditions encountered, and waive and release the City with respect to any and all claims and liabilities in connection therewith, to the extent permitted by law.

The omission of any portion or item of Work from the Bid that is reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents is not a basis for adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Time.

DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. No Person shall be allowed to make, file or be interested in more than one Bid for the Project. A Person that has submitted a sub-bid to a Bidder, or that has quoted prices of materials to a Bidder, is not thereby disqualified from submitting a sub-proposal or quoting prices to other Bidders or from making a prime Bid. If there is a reason to believe that collusion exists among the Bidders, all affected Bids will be rejected.

RETURN OF BID SECURITY. The successful Bidder’s Bid security shall be held until the Contract is executed. Bid security shall be returned to the unsuccessful Bidders within a reasonable time, which in any case shall not exceed 90 Days after the successful Bidder has signed the Contract.

AWARD OF CONTRACT. The City reserves the right to reject any or all Bids or any parts thereof or to waive any irregularities or informalities in any Bid or in the bidding. The Contract award, if made, will be to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder and is anticipated to occur within 90 calendar Days after the Bid opening. The Contract award may be made after that period if the selected Bidder has not given the City written notice of the withdrawal of its Bid.

TRENCHING. If the Project involves the construction of a pipeline, sewer, sewage disposal system, boring and jacking pits, or similar trenches or open excavations, which are five feet deep or more, then each Bidder must submit, as a Bid item, adequate sheeting, shoring, and bracing, or an equivalent method, for the protection of life or limb, which shall conform to applicable safety orders. This final submission must be accepted by the City in advance of excavation and must include a detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from caving ground during the excavation Work. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City I-3 of MB Form

LISTING SUBCONTRACTORS. Each Bidder shall submit a list of the proposed Subcontractors on the Project, as required by the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (Public Contract Code Section 4100, et seq .).

WORK OF SUBCONTRACTORS. All Bidders are encouraged to disseminate all of the Specifications, Drawings, and other Contract Documents to all persons or entities submitting sub- bids to the Bidder.

INELIGIBLE SUBCONTRACTORS. The successful Bidder is prohibited from performing Work on the Project with any Subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Sections 1777.1 or 1777.7 of the California Labor Code. By submitting a Bid, each Bidder certifies that it has investigated the eligibility of each and every listed Subcontractor and has determined that none is ineligible to perform Work pursuant to the Labor Code.

EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. The selected Bidder shall execute the Contract in the form included in these Contract Documents within ten calendar days from the date of delivery of the Contract Documents to the Bidder. Additionally, the selected Bidder shall also secure all insurance and Bonds as herein specified, and provide copies to the City, within ten calendar days from the date of delivery of the Contract Documents to the Bidder. Failure or refusal to execute the Contract or to conform to any of the stipulated requirements shall be just cause for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the Bidder’s security. In such event, the City may declare the Bidder’s security forfeited to the extent permitted by law, and the City may award the Contract to the next lowest responsible Bidder or may reject all bids.

SIGNATURES. The Bidder shall execute all documents requiring signatures, and shall cause to be notarized all documents that indicate such a requirement. The Bidder shall provide evidence satisfactory to the City, such as an authenticated resolution of its board of directors or a power of attorney, indicating the capacity of the person(s) signing the Bid to bind the Bidder to the Bid and any Contract arising therefrom.

INSURANCE AND BONDS. The Contractor shall not begin Work until it has given the City evidence of all required insurance coverage (including all additional insured endorsements), a Bond guaranteeing the Contractor’s faithful performance of the Contract, and a Bond securing the payment of claims for labor and materials. Where a Contractor has entered into an agreement with a Professional Employment Organization (PEO) to provide human resources, workers' compensation insurance, or other benefits to the Contractor's employees, the Contractor must also submit the agreement with the PEO for review by the City.

TELEPHONES. Bidders are hereby notified that the City will not provide telephones for their use at the time of Bid submission.

INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. Any Bidder that is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the Contract Documents, or that finds discrepancies in or omissions from the Contract Documents, may submit to the City Engineer a written request for an interpretation or correction not later than the date specified in the Notice Inviting Bids. Requests for clarification received after this date will be disregarded. Please indicate the Project and identification number in the request for clarification. Telephonic requests will not be taken. Any interpretation or correction of the Contract Documents will be made only by a written Addendum. No oral interpretation of any provision in the Contract Documents shall be binding.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City I-4 of MB Form

TRADE NAMES OR EQUALS. Requests to substitute an equivalent item for a brand or trade name item must be made by written request submitted no later than ten calendar days after the award of contract. Requests received after this time shall not be considered. Requests shall clearly describe the product for which approval is requested, including all data necessary to demonstrate acceptability.

TAXES. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided herein, all sales and/or use taxes assessed by federal, State or local authorities on materials used or furnished by the Contractor in performing the Work shall be paid by the Contractor. The Bidder shall calculate payment for all sales, unemployment, pension and other taxes imposed by federal, State, and local law and shall include these payments in computing the Bid.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City I-5 of MB Form

CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS

The following information is required of all Bidders at the time of Bid submission:

____ Completed and Signed Bid Schedule, including page B-1

____ Completed and Signed Contractor’s Statement

____ Completed References Form

____ Completed Subcontractor Designation Form

____ Completed, Signed and Notarized Bid Bond or Other Security Form

____ Signed and Notarized Noncollusion Declaration Form

____ Signed copies of all Addenda (if any)

____ Evidence satisfactory to the City indicating the capacity of the person(s) signing the Bid to bind the Bidder

Failure of the Bidder to provide all required information in a complete and accurate manner may cause the Bid to be considered non-responsive.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City I-6 of MB Form CHECKLIST

BID

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS

TO THE HONORABLE MAYOR AND CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH:

The undersigned, as Bidder, declares that: (1) this Bid is made without collusion with any other person and that the only persons or parties interested as principals are those named herein; (2) the undersigned has carefully examined the Contract Documents (including all Addenda) and the Project site; and (3) the undersigned has investigated and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered, the character, quality and quantities of Work to be performed, and the materials to be furnished. Furthermore, the undersigned agrees that submission of this Bid shall be conclusive evidence that such examination and investigation have been made and agrees, in the event the Contract be awarded to it, to execute the Contract with the City of Manhattan Beach to perform the Project in accordance with the Contract Documents in the time and manner therein prescribed, and to furnish or provide all materials, labor, tools, equipment, apparatus and other means necessary so to do, except as may otherwise be furnished or provided under the terms of the Contract Documents, for the following stated unit prices or lump-sum price as submitted on the Bid herein.

This Bid is made with the full knowledge of the kind, quantity, and quality of the materials and Work required and, if it is accepted by the City, the Bidder shall enter into a Contract and furnish the bonds, insurance, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents within ten calendar days after award of the Contract. The Bidder agrees that failure to execute and return the Contract or the required faithful performance bond, labor and materials payment bond, warranty bond, and insurance certificates to the City within the ten calendar day period shall be sufficient cause for the rescission of the award and forfeiture of the Bid Security to the City to the extent permitted by law.

Accompanying this Bid is cash, a cashier’s check, a certified check or a Bid Bond in an amount equal to at least ten percent of the total aggregate Bid price based on the quantities shown and the unit prices quoted. The undersigned further agrees that, should it be awarded the Contract and thereafter fail or refuse to execute the Contract and provide the required evidence of insurance and Bonds within ten calendar days after delivery of the Contract to the undersigned, then the cash, check or Bid Bond shall be forfeited to the City to the extent permitted by law.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City B-1 of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH

BID SCHEDULE FOR

CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS

Bidder’s Name: ______

Bidder’s Address: ______

To the Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council:

In compliance with the Notice Inviting Bids, the undersigned hereby agrees to execute the Contract to furnish all labor, materials, equipment and supplies for the Project in accordance with the Contract Documents to the satisfaction and under the direction of the City Engineer, at the following prices:

Base Bid Items as Follows:

BASE BID SCHEDULE:

ESTIMATED UNIT EXTENDED ITEM CODE DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY PRICES AMOUNT NO. Construction Staging 1 Area (Special LS % N/A Instructions Item I) Construction Phasing & Temporary 2 Cooling/Heating/Power LS % N/A /Plumbing (Special Instruction Item IV)

3 Demolition (Division 2) LS % N/A

General Building 4 LS % N/A (Divisions 3 – 9)

Mechanical (Division 23 5 LS % N/A except 23 09 00)

Mechanical Controls 6 S LS % N/A (Division 23 09 00)

7 Electrical (Division 26) LS % N/A

Field Quality Control 8 /Testing (See Special LS % N/A Instructions Item X)

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City B-2 of MB Form

ESTIMATED UNIT EXTENDED ITEM CODE DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY PRICES AMOUNT NO. Special Project Site Maintenance and 9 LS % N/A $2,000.00 Public Convenience & Safety (GP Section 7-8) Commissioning (See 10 Special Instructions LS % N/A Item XI)

TOTAL BASE BID SCHEDULE $______

NOTES: 1) In the CODE column (S) denotes a specialty item, (%) denotes progress payments for that lump sum item will be allowed based on the percentage of completion in each pay period, and (C) denotes payments will be made after the completion of the lump sum item. See Subsection 9-2.1 of the General Provisions for details.

2) In the UNIT column (LS) denotes a lump sum item. See Section 9 of the General Provisions for details.

3) Estimated quantities are for the purpose of Bid comparison only; payments will be made on the basis of actual measurement of Work completed, except for lump sum (LS) items. For lump sum items, see Note 1. The Bid Price shall include, but not limited to, sales tax and all other applicable taxes and fees.

4) Items may be adjusted or deleted. Therefore, regardless of total actual volume (percentage) compared to estimated quantities, the unit prices provided above by the Bidder shall be applied to the final quantity when payment is calculated for these items. No adjustment in the unit prices will be allowed. The City reserves the right to not use any of the estimated quantities; and if this right is exercised, the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensation. Cost of all export of material shall be included in the above unit costs; no additional compensation will be granted for such expenses.

Total Bid Price = Base Bid Schedule Amount

TOTAL BID PRICE IN DIGITS: $______

TOTAL BID PRICE IN WORDS: ______

The undersigned certifies to have a minimum of three consecutive years of current experience in the type of Work related to the Project and that this experience is in actual operation of the firm with permanent employees performing a part of the Work as distinct from a firm operating entirely by subcontracting all phases of the Work. The undersigned also certifies to be properly licensed by the State as a contractor to perform this type of Work. The undersigned possesses California Contractor’s License

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City B-3 of MB Form

Number ______, Class _____, which expires on ______.

Signature: ______Title: ______Date: ______

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City B-4 of MB Form

BIDDER’S PROPOSAL – CONTRACTOR’S STATEMENT

CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS

Fill out all of the following information. Attach additional sheets if necessary.

(1) Bidder’s Name:

(2) If the Bidder’s name is a fictitious name, who or what is the full name of the registered owner? If the Bidder’s name is not a fictitious name, write “N/A” in the response to this question. If you are doing business under a fictitious name, provide a copy of the filed valid Fictitious Business Name Statement.

(3) Business Address:

(4) Telephone: Email:

(5) Type of Firm – Individual, Partnership, LLC or Corporation:

(6) Corporation organized under the laws of the State of:

(7) California State Contractor’s License Number and Class:

Original Date Issued: Expiration Date:

(8) DIR Contractor Registration Number:

(9) List the name and title of the person(s) who inspected the Project site for your firm:

(10) Number of years experience the company has as a contractor in construction work:

(11) List the names, titles, addresses and telephone numbers of all individuals, firm members, partners, joint venturers, and company or corporate officers having a principal interest in this Bid:

(12) List all current and prior D.B.A.’s, aliases, and fictitious business names for any principal having interest in this Bid:

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City B-5 of MB Form

(13) List the dates of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any principal having an interest in this Bid:

(14) For all arbitrations, lawsuits, settlements and the like (in or out of court) that the company or any principal having an interest in this Bid has been involved with in the past five years:

a. List the names, addresses and telephone numbers of contact persons for the parties:

b. Briefly summarize the parties’ claims and defenses:

c. State the tribunal (e.g., Superior Court, American Arbitration Association, etc.), the matter number, and the outcome:

(15) Has the company or any principal having an interest in this Bid ever had a contract terminated by the owner or agency? If yes, explain.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City B-6 of MB Form

(16) Has the company or any principal having an interest in this Bid ever failed to complete a project? If yes, explain.

(17) Has the company or any principal having an interest in this Bid ever been terminated for cause, even if it was converted to a “termination of convenience”? If yes, explain.

(18) For projects that the company or any principal having an interest in this Bid has been involved with in the last five years, did you have any claims or actions:

a. By you against the owner? Circle one: Yes No

b. By the owner against you? Circle one: Yes No

c. By any outside agency or individual for labor compliance? Circle one: Yes No

d. By Subcontractors? Circle one: Yes No

e. Are any of these claims or actions unresolved or outstanding? Circle one: Yes No

If your answer is “yes” to any part or parts of this question, explain.

(19) Has the company or any of its principals ever been debarred by any agencies? Is yes, please explain.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City B-7 of MB Form

(21) For all public agency projects in excess of $15,000.00 that you are currently working on or have worked on in the past two years, provide the following information:

Project 1 Name/Number

Project Description ______

Approximate Construction Dates From: ______To: ______

Agency Name:

Contact Person: Telephone:

Address:

Original Contract Amount: $ Final Contract Amount: $

If final amount is different from original amount, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.).

Did you or any Subcontractor, file any claims against the Agency? Circle one: Yes No

Did the Agency file any claims against you? Circle one: Yes No

If you answered yes to either of the above two questions, please explain and indicate outcome of claims.

Project 2 Name/Number

Project Description ______

Approximate Construction Date From: ______To: ______

Agency Name:

Contact Person: Telephone:

Address:

Original Contract Amount: $ Final Contract Amount: $

If final amount is different from original amount, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.).

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City B-8 of MB Form

Did you or any Subcontractor, file any claims against the Agency? Circle one: Yes No

Did the Agency file any claims against you? Circle one: Yes No

If you answered yes to either of the above two questions, please explain and indicate outcome of claims.

Project 3 Name/Number

Project Description ______

Approximate Construction Dates From: ______To: ______

Agency Name:

Contact Person: Telephone:

Address:

Original Contract Amount: $ Final Contract Amount: $

If final amount is different from original amount, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.).

Did you or any Subcontractor, file any claims against the Agency? Circle one: Yes No

Did the Agency file any claims against you? Circle one: Yes No

If you answered yes to either of the above two questions, please explain and indicate outcome of claims.

Project 4 Name/Number

Project Description ______

Approximate Construction Dates From: ______To

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City B-9 of MB Form

Agency Name:

Contact Person: Telephone:

Address:

Original Contract Amount: $ Final Contract Amount: $

If final amount is different from original amount, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.).

Did you or any Subcontractor, file any claims against the Agency? Circle one: Yes No

Did the Agency file any claims against you? Circle one: Yes No

If you answered yes to either of the above two questions, please explain and indicate outcome of claims.

Project 5 Name/Number

Project Description ______

Approximate Construction Dates From: ______To: ______

Agency Name:

Contact Person: Telephone:

Address:

Original Contract Amount: $ Final Contract Amount: $

If final amount is different from original amount, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.).

Did you or any Subcontractor, file any claims against the Agency? Circle one: Yes No

Did the Agency file any claims against you? Circle one: Yes No

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City B-10 of MB Form

If you answered yes to either of the above two questions, please explain and indicate outcome of claims.

Project 6 Name/Number

Project Description ______

Approximate Construction Dates From: ______To: ______

Agency Name:

Contact Person: Telephone:

Address:

Original Contract Amount: $ Final Contract Amount: $

If final amount is different from original amount, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.).

Did you or any Subcontractor, file any claims against the Agency? Circle one: Yes No

Did the Agency file any claims against you? Circle one: Yes No

If you answered yes to either of the above two questions, please explain and indicate outcome of claims.

[Continue to Next Page]

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City B-11 of MB Form

Upon request of the City, the Bidder shall furnish evidence showing a notarized financial statement, financial data, construction experience, or other additional information.

Failure to provide truthful answers to the questions above or in the following References Form may result in the Bid being deemed non-responsive.

Urban Runoff Certification. The Bidder certifies to the City that he/she has trained his/her employees and Subcontractors, if any, for Urban Runoff management and has included sufficient sums in the Bid Price to cover such costs of training as stipulated in the most current Regional Water Quality Control Board requirements, including the Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System NPDES Permit. The Contractor is responsible for all clean up and payment of all fines levied as a result of any illegal discharge (as defined in NPDES permit) occurring as a result of the Contractor’s Work and/or operations.

I, the undersigned, certify and declare that I have read all the foregoing answers to the Bidder’s Proposal – Contractor’s Statement and know their contents. The matters stated in the Bidder’s Proposal – Contractor’s Statement answers are true of my own knowledge and belief, except as to those matters stated on information and belief, and as to those matters I believe them to be true. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is correct.

Company

Signature: Name: Title: Date:

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City B-12 of MB Form

DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS [Public Contract Code Section 4104]

CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS

List all Subcontractors who will perform Work or labor or render service to the Contractor in or about the construction of the Work or improvement, or a Subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the Contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the Work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the Plans and Specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half percent of the Contractor’s total Bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half percent of the Contractor’s total Bid or $10,000.00, whichever is greater. If all Subcontractors do not fit on this page, attach another page listing all information for all other Subcontractors.

Name under which CSLB License DIR Type of Work Percentage of Total Subcontractor is Number(s) and Contractor Address and Phone Number (e.g., Electrical) Bid (e.g., 10%) * Licensed Class(es) Registration and Registered Number

*The percentage of the total Bid shall represent the “portion of the work” for the purposes of Public Contract Code Section 4104(b).

1210 0-0001 \2410807v2.doc City of MB Form B-13

Bond No. ______BID BOND

CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that:

WHEREAS the City of Manhattan Beach (“City”), has issued an invitation for Bids for the Work described as follows:

WHEREAS (Name and address of Bidder)

(“Principal”), desires to submit a Bid to City for the Work.

WHEREAS, Bidders are required to furnish a form of Bidder’s security with their Bids.

NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Principal, and

(Name and address of Surety)

(“Surety”), a duly admitted surety insurer under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City in the penal sum of ______Dollars ($______), being not less than ten percent of the total Bid price, in lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, if the hereby bounded Principal is awarded the Contract for the Work by the City and, within the time and in the manner required by the bidding specifications, enters into the written form of Contract included with the bidding specifications, furnishes the required Bonds (one to guarantee faithful performance and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials), and furnishes the required insurance coverage, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

In case suit is brought upon this instrument, Surety further agrees to pay all court costs incurred by the City in the suit and reasonable attorneys’ fees in an amount fixed by the court. Surety hereby waives the provisions of Civil Code Section 2845.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City B-14 of MB Form

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by Principal and Surety, on the date set forth below, the name of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative(s) pursuant to authority of its governing body.

Dated:

“Principal” “Surety”

Name: Company Name: Address: Address:

Telephone No.: Telephone No.:

Signature: Signature:

Print Name: Print Name: Title: Title: Date: Date:

Signature:

Print Name: Title: Date:

NOTE: This Bond must be dated, all signatures must be notarized, and evidence of the authority of any person signing as attorney-in-fact must be attached.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City B-15 of MB Form

NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION FORM TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID [Public Contract Code Section 7106]

CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS

The undersigned declares:

I am the ______of ______, the party making the foregoing Bid.

The Bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or sham Bid. The Bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any Bidder or anyone else to put in a sham Bid, or to refrain from bidding. The Bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the Bid price of the Bidder or any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the Bid price, or of that of any other Bidder. All statements contained in the Bid are true. The Bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her Bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, Bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham Bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any Person or entity for such purpose.

Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a Bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the Bidder.

I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on ______[date], at ______[city], ______[state].

Signature: Signature:

Printed Name: Printed Name:

Date: Date:

This form must be notarized.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City B-16 of MB Form

ADDENDA ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM

CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS

Bidder’s Name: ______

The Bidder shall signify receipt of all Addenda here, if any:

Addendum Number Date Received Signature

If there are more Addenda than there is room in the chart above, attach another page acknowledging receipt of the Addenda.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City B-17 of MB Form

CONTRACT

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH CONTRACT FOR CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS

THIS CONTRACT (“Contract”) is made and entered this ______day of ______, 20___ (“Effective Date”), by and between the CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH, a California municipal corporation (“City”) and ______, a ______[Legal Form of Entity and state of formation, e.g., California corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company] (“Contractor”). The Contractor’s California State Contractor’s license number is ______.

In consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, the Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post- Bid documentation submitted before the Notice of Award), the Bonds, permits from regulatory agencies with jurisdiction, General Provisions, Special Provisions, Plans, Standard Plans, Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, and Supplemental Agreements. The Contract Documents are attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

2. Scope of Services. The Contractor shall perform and provide all materials, tools, equipment, labor, and services necessary to complete the Work in a good and workmanlike manner for the project identified as CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS , as described in the Contract Documents.

3. Compensation.

3.1 Contract Price and Basis for Payment. In consideration for the Contractor’s full, complete, and timely performance of the Work required by the Contract Documents, the City shall pay the Contractor for the actual quantity of Work required under the Bid Items awarded by the City performed in accordance with the lump sum prices and unit prices for Bid Items, set forth in the Bidder’s Proposal submitted with the Bid. The sum of the unit prices and lump sum prices for the Bid Items, awarded by the City is $______(“Contract Price”). It is understood and agreed that the quantities set forth in the Bidder’s Proposal for which unit prices are fixed are estimates only and that the City will pay and the Contractor will accept, as full payment for these items of work, the unit prices set forth in the Bidder’s Proposal multiplied by the actual number of units performed, constructed, or completed as directed by the Engineer.

3.2 Payment Procedures. Based upon applications for payment submitted by the Contractor to the City, the City shall make payments to the Contractor in accordance with Section 9 of the Standard Specifications, as modified by Section 9 of the General Provisions.

4. Contract Time.

4.1 Initial Notice to Proceed. The City shall issue the “Notice to Proceed to Fulfill Preconstruction Requirements and Order Materials.” The date specified in the Notice to Proceed to Fulfill Preconstruction Requirements and Order Materials constitutes the date of commencement of the Contract Time of 225 Working Days . The Contract Time includes the time necessary to fulfill preconstruction requirements, place the order for materials, and to complete construction of the Project (except as adjusted by subsequent Change Orders).

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City C-1 of MB Form

The Notice to Proceed to Fulfill Preconstruction Requirements and Order Materials shall further specify that the Contractor must complete the preconstruction requirements and order materials within 15 Working Days after the date of commencement of the Contract Time; this duration is part of the Contract Time.

Preconstruction requirements include, but are not limited to, the following:

• Submitting and obtaining approval of Baseline Schedule

• Submitting and obtaining approval of Traffic Control Plans

• Submitting and obtaining approval of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)/Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP)

• Submitting and obtaining approval of critical required submittals

• Installation of the approved Project Identification Signs

• Obtaining approved Permits from all applicable agencies

• Obtaining a Temporary Use Permit for a construction yard, if applicable

• Notifying all agencies, utilities, residents, etc., as outlined in the Contract Documents

• Submitting and obtaining approval of a Project Staffing List with contact information and a Project Emergency Contact List.

4.2 Notice to Proceed with Construction. After all preconstruction requirements are met and materials have been ordered in accordance with the Notice to Proceed to Fulfill Preconstruction Requirements and Order Materials, the City shall issue the “Notice to Proceed with Construction,” at which time the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work, including corrective items of Work, day to day thereafter, within the remaining Contract Time.

5. Liquidated Damages for Delay and Control of Work.

5.1 Liquidated Damages. The Contractor and the City have agreed to liquidate damages pursuant to Section 6-9 of the General Provisions.

6. Not Used.

7. Work after Stop Work Notice. Any work completed by the Contractor after the issuance of a Stop Work Notice by the City shall be rejected and/or removed and replaced as specified in the applicable Section of the Special Provisions.

8. Antitrust Claims. In entering into this Contract, the Contractor offers and agrees to assign to the City all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec.§ 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Business and Professions Code Section 16700 et seq .) arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the Contract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the City tenders final payment to the Contractor without further acknowledgment by the parties.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City C-2 of MB Form

9. Prevailing Wages. The City and the Contractor acknowledge that the Project is a public work to which prevailing wages apply.

10. Workers’ Compensation. Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700 provide that every contractor will be required to secure the payment of compensation to its employees. In accordance with the provisions of Labor Code Section 1861, by signing this Contract, the Contractor certifies as follows:

“I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract.”

11. Titles. The titles used in this Contract are for convenience only and shall in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this Contract or any part of it.

12. Authority. Any person executing this Contract on behalf of the Contractor warrants and represents that he or she has the authority to execute this Contract on behalf of the Contractor and has the authority to bind the Contractor to the performance of its obligations hereunder.

13. Entire Agreement. This Contract, including the Contract Documents and any other documents incorporated herein by specific reference, represents the entire and integrated Contract between the City and the Contractor. This Contract supersedes all prior oral or written negotiations, representations or agreements. This Contract may not be modified or amended, nor any provision or breach waived, except in a writing signed by both parties that expressly refers to this Contract.

14. Counterparts. This Contract may be executed in counterpart originals, duplicate originals, or both, each of which is deemed to be an original for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Contract the day and year first above written.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City C-3 of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH

By: City Manager

ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM:

By: By: City Clerk City Attorney

APPROVED AS TO FISCAL IMPACT: APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:

By: By: Finance Director Public Works Director

Dated: (“CONTRACTOR”)

By: NAME TITLE

PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO BIND CONTRACTING PARTY REQUIRED

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City C-4 of MB Form

Bond No. ______

PAYMENT BOND (LABOR AND MATERIALS)

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that:

WHEREAS the City of Manhattan Beach (“City”), State of California, has awarded to

(“Principal”) (Name and address of Contractor)

a contract (the “Contract”) for the Work described as follows:

CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Contract, the Principal is required before entering upon the performance of the Work, to file a good and sufficient payment Bond with the City to secure the claims to which reference is made in Title 3 (commencing with Section 9000) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code.

NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Principal, and

(Name and address of Surety)

(“Surety”) a duly admitted surety insurer under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City and all contractors, subcontractors, laborers, material suppliers, and other persons employed in the performance of the Contract and referred to in Title 3 (commencing with Section 9000) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code in the penal sum of ______Dollars ($______), for materials furnished or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to this Work or labor, that the Surety will pay the same in an amount not exceeding the amount hereinabove set forth, and also in case suit is brought upon this Bond, will pay, in addition to the face amount thereof, costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by City in successfully enforcing this obligation, to be awarded and fixed by the court, and to be taxed as costs and to be included in the judgment therein rendered.

It is hereby expressly stipulated and agreed that this Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under Title 3 (commencing with Section 9000) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code, so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this Bond.

Upon expiration of the time within which the California Labor Commissioner may serve a civil wage and penalty assessment against the principal, any of its subcontractors, or both the principal and its subcontractors pursuant to Labor Code Section 1741, and upon expiration of the time within which a joint labor management committee may commence an action against the principal, any of its subcontractors, or both the principal and its subcontractors pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.2, if the condition of this Bond be fully performed, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City C-5 of MB Form

The Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any manner affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension, alteration, or addition.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, two identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original hereof, have been duly executed by Principal and Surety, on the date set forth below, the name of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative(s) pursuant to authority of its governing body.

Dated:

“Principal” “Surety”

Signature: Signature:

Print Name: Print Name: Title: Title: Date: Date:

Signature:

Print Name: (Seal) Title: Date:

(Seal)

NOTE: This Bond must be executed in duplicate and dated, all signatures must be notarized, and evidence of the authority of any person signing as attorney-in-fact must be attached. DATE OF BOND MUST NOT BE BEFORE DATE OF CONTRACT. Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department’s most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the State where the project is located.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City C-6 of MB Form

Bond No. ______

PERFORMANCE BOND

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that:

WHEREAS the City of Manhattan Beach (“City”), has awarded to

(“Principal”) (Name and address of Contractor) a contract (the “Contract”) for the Work described as follows:

CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS

WHEREAS, Principal is required under the terms of the Contract to furnish a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract.

NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Principal, and

, (Name and address of Surety)

(“Surety”) a duly admitted surety insurer under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City in the penal sum of ______Dollars ($______), this amount being not less than the total Contract Price, in lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, successors executors and administrators, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, if the hereby bounded Principal, his, her or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and provisions in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided, on the Principal’s part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City, its officers, agents and employees, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefor, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Surety hereby waives any statute of limitations as it applies to an action on this Bond.

The Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or of the Work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in anywise affect its obligations under this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work or to the specifications. Surety hereby waives the provisions of California

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City C-7 of MB Form

Civil Code Sections 2845 and 2849. The City is the principal beneficiary of this Bond and has all rights of a party hereto.

Dated:

“Principal” “Surety”

Signature: Signature:

Print Name: Print Name: Title: Title: Date: Date:

Signature:

Print Name: Title: (Seal) Date:

(Seal)

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City C-8 of MB Form

Bond No. ______

WARRANTY BOND

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that:

WHEREAS the City of Manhattan Beach (“City”), State of California, has awarded to

(“Principal”) (Name and address of Contractor)

a contract (the “Contract”) for the Work described as follows:

CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Contract, the Principal is required before entering upon the performance of the Work to file a good and sufficient warranty Bond with the City.

NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Principal, and

(Name and address of Surety)

(“Surety”) a duly admitted surety insurer under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City in the penal sum of ______Dollars ($______) this amount being not less than 10% of the total Contract Price, lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, if the hereby bounded Principal, his, her or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall remedy, without cost to the City, any defects which may develop during a period of one year from the date of completion and acceptance of the work performed under the Contract, caused by defective or inferior materials or workmanship, and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City, its officers, agents, and employees for any and all claims, demands, causes of action, damages, injuries, liabilities, losses, costs or expenses, including attorneys’ fees and costs of defense, which arise out of, pertain to, or relate to such defects or to the Principal’s actions or inactions in remedying such defects, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

In case suit is brought upon this bond, Surety further agrees to pay, in addition to the Penal Sum, all costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered.

FURTHER, Surety hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code sections 2845 and 2849. The City is the principal beneficiary of this bond and has all rights of a party hereto.

The Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City C-9 of MB Form

accompanying the same shall in anywise affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications.

Dated:

“Principal” “Surety”

Signature: Signature:

Print Name: Print Name: Title: Title: Date: Date:

Signature:

Print Name: (Seal) Title: Date:

(Seal)

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City C-10 of MB Form

CHECKLIST FOR EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

TO BE SUBMITTED BY SUCCESSFUL BIDDER:

____ Two executed copies of the Contract

____ Completed, signed and notarized Payment Bond (original) in amount of the Contract

____ Completed, signed and notarized Performance Bond (original) in amount of the Contract

____ Completed, signed and notarized Warranty Bond (original) in the amount of 10% of the Contract

____ Workers’ Compensation Certificate with attached Certificate of Insurance

____ General Liability insurance certificate naming the City as a co-insured

____ Automobile insurance naming the City as a co-insured

____ Umbrella/Excess Liability (General aggregate) insurance certificate naming the City as a co-insured, if applicable

____ Copy of City business license, if applicable

____ Additional insured endorsement – comprehensive general liability

____ Additional insured endorsement – automobile liability

____ Additional insured endorsement – excess liability

____ Primary and Non-Contributory Endorsement- General Liability Policy

____ Waiver of Subrogation - general liability

____ Waiver of Subrogation - Worker’s Compensation

ALL SUBMITTALS WILL BE RETAINED BY CITY, EXCEPT FOR ONE COPY OF THE FULLY EXECUTED CONTRACT

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City C-11 of MB Form

GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 0. GENERAL PROVISIONS DEFINED

0-1 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

The 2015 edition of “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction”, including the 2016 Supplement (“Standard Specifications”), as amended by the Contract Documents, is incorporated into the Contract Documents by this reference. The Work described herein shall be done in accordance with the provisions of the Standard Specifications, as amended by the Contract Documents.

0-2 NUMBERING OF SECTIONS

The number of sections and subsections in these General Provisions are compatible with the numbering in the Standard Specifications. Subsections of architectural and/or other work may be numbered according to the Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) format.

0-3 SUPPLEMENTATION OF STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

The Sections that follow supplement, but do not replace, the Standard Specifications, except as otherwise indicated herein. In the event of any conflict between the Standard Specifications and these General Provisions, these General Provisions shall control.

SECTION 1. TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, UNITS OF MEASURE, AND SYMBOLS

The provisions below shall supplement, but not replace, those provisions in Section 1 of the Standard Specifications.

1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

Whenever in the Standard Specifications or in the Contract Documents the following terms are used, they shall be understood to mean the following:

Agency – The City of Manhattan Beach.

Applicable Law – All State, federal, and local laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations governing the Work.

Bid Item – An item of Work listed on the Bid Schedule.

Board – The City Council of the City of Manhattan Beach.

City – The City of Manhattan Beach

City Council – The City Council of the City of Manhattan Beach

Contract Documents – As defined in Section 1 of the Contract.

Contract Time – The number of Working Days stated in the Contract for the completion of the Work.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-1 of MB Form

County – County of Los Angeles, California

Detour – A temporary route for traffic (vehicular or pedestrian) around a closed portion of a road or travelway.

Engineer – The City Engineer, acting either directly or through properly authorized agents. Such agents shall act within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them.

Estimated Quantities – The quantities of Work anticipated to be performed, as set forth in the Bid Schedule, designated as units or a lump sum.

Excavation – Any operation in which earth, rock, or other material in the ground is moved, removed, or otherwise displaced by means of tools, equipment, or explosives in any of the following ways: grading, trenching, digging, ditching, drilling, auguring, tunneling, scraping, cable or pipe plowing and driving, or any other way (Cal. Gov. Code § 4216).

Final Acceptance- acceptance of the Work by the City Council and direction to staff to cause recordation of the Notice of Completion, pursuant to Section 6-8.2 of these General Provisions.

Inspector – An authorized representative of the City, assigned by the City to make inspections of Work performed by or materials supplied by the Contractor.

Major Item of Work – A bid item amount that is at least 10% of the total contract award amount.

Minor Item of Work - A bid item amount that is less than 10% of the total contract award amount.

Notice of Completion – The notice authorized by Civil Code Section 9204.

Notice to Proceed or Notice to Proceed with Construction – A written notice issued by the City to the Contractor that authorizes the Contractor to perform the Work.

Notice to Proceed to Fulfill Preconstruction Requirements and Order Materials – A written notice issued by the City to the Contractor that authorizes the Contractor to proceed with preconstruction requirements and the acquisition or purchase of materials that are to be incorporated into the Work and establishes the date of commencement of the Contract Time.

Project – See Work.

Punch List – A list of items of Work to be completed or corrected by the Contractor in order to complete the Work as specified in the Contract Documents.

Shop Drawings – All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures, schedules and other data which are prepared by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor, which illustrate how specific portions of the Work shall be fabricated or installed.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-2 of MB Form

State – The State of California.

Submittal – Any drawing, calculation, specification, product data, samples, manuals, requests for substitutes, spare parts, photographs, survey data, traffic control plans, record drawings, Bonds or similar items required to be submitted to the City under the terms of the Contract.

Work – The construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment, services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s obligations.

Working Day – See Subsection 6-7.2 of the General Provisions.

Work Directive – A unilateral written order issued by the City directing the Contractor to continue performance of the Work or a disputed item of Work pending resolution of a claim or dispute concerning the scope of Work.

1-3.3 Institutions

The institutions listed in Section 1-3.3 of the Standard Specifications shall be supplemented by the list below:

Abbreviation Word or Words AAN ...... American Association of Nurserymen ACI ...... American Concrete Institute AGCA ...... Associated General Contractors of America APWA ...... American Public Works Association ASME ...... American Society of Mechanical Engineers CRSI ...... Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CSI ...... Construction Specifications Institute IEEE ...... Institute of Electric and Electronic Engineers NEC ...... National Electric Code NEMA ...... National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA ...... National Fire Protection Association SSS ...... State of California Standard Specifications, Latest edition, Department of Transportation SSP ...... State of California Standard Plans, Latest edition, Department of Transportation

SECTION 2. SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK

The provisions below shall supplement but not replace those provisions in Section 2 of the Standard Specifications, unless specifically noted below.

2-2 ASSIGNMENT

Any purported assignment without written consent of the City shall be null, void, and of no effect, and the Contractor shall hold harmless, defend and indemnify the City and its officers, officials, employees, agents and representatives with respect to any claim, demand or action arising from or relating to any unauthorized assignment.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-3 of MB Form

If the City opts to consent to assignment, the City’s consent shall be contingent upon: (1) a letter from the Surety agreeing to the assignment and assigning all of the Bonds to the assignee without any reduction, or the assignee supplying all new Bonds in the amounts originally required under the Contract Documents; and (2) the assignee supplying all of the required insurance in the amounts required in the Contract Documents. Until the Surety assigns all of the Bonds or the assignee supplies all of the new Bonds, and until the assignee supplies all of the required insurance, an assignment otherwise consented to in writing by the City shall not be effective. Even if the City consents to assignment, no assignment shall relieve the Contractor of liability under the Contract.

2-3 SUBCONTRACTORS

2-3.1.1 Subcontractors. Add the following sections:

Subcontractors shall be listed by the Bidder in accordance with these specifications and must be properly licensed under the laws of the State of California for the type of work which they are to perform. Copies of all Subcontracts shall be made available to the Engineer, upon request.

2-3.1.2 A Subcontractor whose prosecution of the work is not satisfactory shall be terminated immediately by the Contractor upon the receipt of a written notice by the Engineer. Subcontractors whose work was determined to be unsatisfactory shall not be allowed to perform any work on the job site.

2-3.2 Self Performance.

The following shall replace Section 2-3.2:

The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract Price except that any designated “Specialty Items” may be performed by subcontract and the amount of any such “Specialty Items” so performed will be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with its own organization. “Specialty Items” will be identified by the Agency in the Bid or in the Special Provisions. Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the Contract Unit Price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated percentage of the Contract Unit Price. This will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor, and subject to approval by the Engineer.

2-4 CONTRACT BONDS

The Faithful Performance Bond shall remain in force until the date of recordation of the Notice of Completion. The Labor and Materials Bond shall remain in force until expiration of the time within which the California Labor Commissioner may serve a civil wage and penalty assessment against the principal, any of its Subcontractors, or both the principal and its Subcontractors pursuant to Labor Code Section 1741, and until the expiration of the time within which a joint labor management committee may commence an action against the principal, any of its Subcontractors, or both the principal and its Subcontractors pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.2.

The warranty or maintenance Bond shall be valid for one year from the date of recordation of Notice of Completion by the County Recorder, in the amount of ten percent of the Contract Price.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-4 of MB Form

Other than the details listed herein, the warranty or maintenance Bond shall adhere to the requirements for Bonds in Section 2-4 of the Standard Specifications. Nothing herein shall abridge or amend Section 6-8.3 of the Standard Specifications or the related provisions in these Contract Documents.

All Bonds must be submitted using the required forms, which are in the Contract Documents, or on any other form approved by the City Attorney.

2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

2-5.1 General

In addition to the requirements under Section 2-5.1 in the Standard Specifications, the Contractor shall maintain a control set of Plans and Specifications on the Project site at all times. All final locations determined in the field, and any deviations from the Plans and Specifications, shall be marked in red on the control set to show the as-built conditions. This control set of Plans shall also be edited for all Addenda, Requests for Information, Change Orders, field changes not involving cost, and any other variation that occurred during construction. Upon completion of all Work, the Contractor shall return the control set to the Engineer. Final payment will not be made until this requirement is met.

Where a work feature is shown on the drawings or identified in the Specifications but is not specifically indicated as an item in the Bid Schedule, and there is no ambiguity regarding the requirement to construct, install, or construct and install that work feature, the Contractor is required to complete the work feature. All costs to the Contractor for constructing, installing, or both constructing and installing such a work feature shall be included in the Bid.

2-5.2 Precedence of the Contract Documents

The following shall replace Section 2-5.2:

With regard to Section 2-5.2 in the Standard Specifications, the General Provisions shall control over the Special Provisions, and the Notice Inviting Bids and Instructions to Bidders (in that order) shall control over the Bid, such that the order of precedence shall be as follows:

1. Requirements of law. 2. Permits issued by regulatory agencies with jurisdiction. 3. Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements, whichever occurs last. 4. Contract. 5. Addenda. 6. Notice Inviting Bids. 7. Instructions to Bidders. 8. Bid/Proposal. 9. General Provisions. 10. Special Provisions. 11. Plans. 12. Standard Plans. 13. Standard Specifications. 14. Reference Specifications.

2-5.2.1 Traffic Signal Work

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-5 of MB Form

Except as otherwise specified in the General Provisions or on the Plans, all Work relating to traffic signals and incidental illuminated street name signs and safety lighting, including all equipment, materials, components, and the installation thereof, shall be in accordance with the City’s Technical Provisions for traffic signals, latest edition of the State Standard Plans (SSP) in effect and published at the Bid Deadline and Section 86 “Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems” of the latest edition of the State Standard Specifications (SSS) in effect and published at the Bid Deadline, unless otherwise indicated in the Technical Provisions. With respect to traffic signal Work, the order of precedence, from highest to lowest, shall be: City Technical Provisions, Plans, Section 86 of the State Standard Specifications, State Standard Plans, Standard Plans, and Standard Specifications.

2-5.3 Submittals

2-5.3.1 General

The following paragraphs shall be added following the third paragraph:

The Contractor shall, at its own expense, transmit to the Engineer for review and acceptance, working drawings, shop drawings, supporting information, and/or other available instructive and descriptive information from the manufacturer, when and as required by the Plans or General Provisions or requested by the Engineer. Shop drawings will not be required for standard items in common use for which adequate manufacturers’ literature is available unless otherwise required by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall consecutively number, thoroughly check, approve and sign each submittal and transmit the submittals to the Engineer for review. In the event that certain submittals are submitted without the Contractor’s approval signature or are unacceptable to the City, they shall be rejected by the Engineer. The Contractor shall thereafter correct the submittals and resubmit.

In the event that in the process of development of the submittals it is discovered that there are defects and/or errors on the Plans that result in conflict between the Plans and the submittals, or if the submittals show variation from the Plans or other Contract Documents, the Contractor shall thoroughly describe and explain any defects and/or conflicts in its transmittal letter to the Engineer.

The Engineer’s review of the submittals will be for general design and arrangement only, and shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors of any sort in the submittals or of the responsibility for executing the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 20 Working Days for review of submittals. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the correctness of the submittals, for shop fits and field connections, and for the results obtained by use of such submittals. The Contractor shall verify and be fully responsible for all dimensions and job-site conditions affecting the Work and shall be responsible for furnishing and installing the proper materials required by the Contract Documents.

The Contract Time will not be extended due to the failure of the Contractor to provide submittals as required by the Contract Documents in a timely manner.

2-6 WORK TO BE DONE

The following paragraphs shall be added following paragraph one:

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-6 of MB Form

All work which is defective in its construction or deficient in any of the requirements of the Plans and Specifications shall be remedied or removed and replaced by the Contractor in an acceptable manner at his own expense. No compensation will be allowed for any work done beyond the lines and grades shown on the Plans or established by the Engineer. Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this article, the Engineer and the City may cause the defective work to be remedied or removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor.

Any unauthorized or defective work, defective material or workmanship or any unfaithful or imperfect work that may be discovered before Final Acceptance of work by the Board shall be corrected immediately with no extra charge even though it may have been overlooked in previous inspections and estimates or may have been caused due to failure to inspect the work.

2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA

If the City or its consultants have made investigations of subsurface conditions in areas where the Work is to be performed, such investigations shall be deemed made only for the purpose of study and design. If a geotechnical or other report has been prepared for the Project, the Contractor may inspect the records pertaining to such investigations subject to and upon the conditions hereinafter set forth. The inspection of the records shall be made in the office of the Engineer. It is the Contractor’s sole responsibility to determine whether such investigations exist, and the City makes no affirmative or negative representation concerning the existence of such investigations.

The records of any such investigations are made available solely for the convenience of the Contractor. It is expressly understood and agreed that the City, the Engineer, their agents, consultants or employees assume no responsibility whatsoever with respect to the sufficiency or accuracy of any investigations, the records thereof, and the interpretations set forth therein. No warranty or guarantee is expressed or implied that the conditions indicated by any such investigations or records are representative of those existing in the Project area. The Contractor agrees to make such independent investigations and examination as necessary to be satisfied of the conditions to be encountered in the performance of the Work.

The Contractor represents that it has studied the Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents, and all surveys and investigation reports of subsurface and latent physical conditions, has made such additional surveys and investigations as necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and that it has correlated the results of all such data with the requirements of the Contract Documents. No claim of any kind shall be made or allowed for any error, omission or claimed error or omission, in whole or in part, of any geotechnical exploration or any other report or data furnished or not furnished by the City.

2-9 SURVEYING

The Contractor shall verify all dimensions on the drawings and shall report to the City any discrepancies before proceeding with related Work. The Contractor shall perform all survey and layout Work per the benchmark information on the Project Plans. All surveying Work must conform to the Professional Land Surveyors’ Act (Business and Professions Code Section 8700 et seq ). All Project surveying notes and “cut-sheets” are to be provided to the City after the completion of each surveying activity and all final surveying notes shall be provided before final payment to the Contractor.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-7 of MB Form

The Contractor is responsible for hiring a Surveyor to set survey points to be used for re- establishments of disturbed monuments and submit Corner Records to the County Surveyor. Copy of the submitted Corner Records must be provided to the City prior to actual disturbance of the monuments. The Contractor shall also cause all disturbed survey monuments within the project work area to be re-established at the end of the project. This also includes filing Corner Records and Record of Survey with the County Surveyor within 7 days of substantial completion of the construction work and submitting a copy to the City of the filed paperwork receipt within 2 days of submission. The Contractor is required to provide a copy of the County Surveyor’s acceptance within 2 days of receipt from the County Surveyor.

Construction stakes shall be set and stationed by the Contractor at its expense. Unless otherwise indicated in the Special Provisions, surveying costs shall be included in the price of items bid. No separate payment will be made. Re-staking and replacement of construction survey markers damaged as a result of the Work, vandalism, or accident shall be at the Contractor’s expense.

2-11 INSPECTION

The Contractor shall arrange and pay for all off-site inspection of the Work required by any ordinance or governing authorities. The Contractor shall also arrange and pay for other inspections, including tests in connection therewith, as may be assigned or required.

Add the following paragraphs:

2-11.1 Inspection

An inspector shall in no case act as foreman or perform other duties for the Contractor, nor interfere with the Contractor’s management of the Work. Any advice which an inspector may give the Contractor shall not be binding to the Engineer or to the City, or release the Contractor from fulfilling all the terms of the Contract.

No partial payment, inspection, taking possession of, or other act made or done by the Engineer or the City with respect to the work prior to final completion and acceptance thereof shall affect or prejudice the right of the Engineer or the City to reject any defective work or material or to require the complete fulfillment of all the provisions of the Contract.

If the Engineer deems it expedient and not in the best interest of the City to correct work injured or done not in accordance with the Contract, the defective work may be accepted subject to an equitable deduction from the Contract Price which may be made therefor by the City upon certification from the Engineer.

Reexamination of any work may be ordered by the Engineer at any time prior to Final Acceptance and, if so ordered, the work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If such work be found in accordance with the Contract, the City will pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. If such work be found defective or not in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay such costs.

SECTION 3. CHANGES IN WORK

3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR

3-1.1 General

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-8 of MB Form

Add the following paragraph to the end of Subsection 3-1.1:

If the Contractor alleges that instructions issued after the date of the Contract will result in increases to the Contract Price or Contract Time, if latent or unforeseen conditions require modification of the Contract Documents, or the Contractor otherwise becomes aware of the need for or desirability of a change in the Work, a Change Order Proposal (“COP”) may be submitted to the City in writing, using the forms provided herein in Subsection 3-6.2 of the General Provisions, and must specify the reasons for such change, including relevant circumstances and impacts on the construction schedule. The Contractor may request additional compensation and/or time through a COP but not for instances that occurred more than ten calendar days prior to the COP. The Contractor’s failure to initiate a COP within such period shall be deemed a waiver of the right to adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Time for the alleged change, unless such waiver is prohibited under state law. Any COP that is approved by the City will be incorporated in a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. If the City determines that the Work in question is not a change, the City shall issue a Work Directive, ordering the Contractor to proceed with the Work without delay. If the COP is denied but the Contractor believes that it does have merit, the Contractor may submit a claim to the City.

3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY

The City reserves the right, without notice to the Surety, to increase or decrease the quantity of any item or portion of the Work described in the Contract Documents or to alter or omit portions of the Work so described, as may be deemed necessary or expedient by the Engineer, without in any way making the Contract void. Such increases, alterations or decreases of Work shall be considered and treated as though originally contracted for, and shall be subject to all the terms, conditions and provisions of the original Contract. The Contractor shall not claim or bring suit for damages, whether for loss of profits or otherwise, on account of any decrease, alteration or omission of any kind of Work to be done.

3-2.1 General

Add the following paragraphs at the end of Subsection 3-2.1:

The City reserves the right to make changes in the Work, including the elimination of any Bid Item, after execution of the Contract and without invalidating the Contract by:

A. Change Order approved by the City Council, City Manager, Public Works Director, or City Engineer (dollar value of approval authority for each as per City policy); or

B. Construction Change Directive approved by the City Council, City Manager, Public Works Director, or City Engineer (dollar value of approval authority for each as per City policy);

A change that causes the total value of all changes to exceed the Contract contingency amount established at the time of award of the Contract must be approved by the City Council. No payments in excess of the original Contract Price will be made until a Change Order is approved in the normal course of business. The City may, at any time, without notice to the Contractor’s surety(ies), order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract. Such changes in the Work shall not relieve or release the surety(ies) of its(their) obligations under the Performance and Payment Bonds issued for the Project. Changes in the Work made pursuant to this Article 3 shall in no way release any guarantee or warranty provided by the Contractor.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-9 of MB Form

The City may issue a Change Order Proposal Request (“COPR”), in writing, to the Contractor, describing a proposed change to the Work and requesting that the Contractor submit an itemized Change Order Proposal (“COP”) to the City, using the forms provided herein in Subsection 3-6.2 of the General Provisions, within ten calendar days after the City’s issuance of the COPR. If the Contractor fails to submit a COP within such period of time, it shall be presumed that the change described in the City’s COPR will not result in an increase to the Contract Price or Contract Time and the change shall be performed by the Contractor without such increases. A COPR does not authorize the Contractor to commence performance of the changed work. The Contractor shall not perform any change until receipt of the City’s written approval. If the City approves the Contractor’s COP, City shall issue a Change Order.

Whenever a change is pending, the Contractor shall notify the City if it is necessary to halt other Work in the area of the change that would be affected thereby, until such time as the change is authorized.

Any change to the Contract Price shall be in a sum mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the City. When the cost for Extra Work cannot be agreed upon, the City will pay for Extra Work based on the accumulation of costs as provided for in Subsection 3-3, “Extra Work,” of the Standard Specifications and the General Provisions.

3-2.1.1 Change Order

A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the City and signed by the City and the Contractor, stating their agreement upon all of the following:

A. The scope of the change in the Work;

B. The amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Price; and

C. The extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time.

3-2.1.1.1 Accord and Satisfaction

The Contractor’s agreement on any Change Order shall be a full compromise and settlement of all adjustments to the Contract Time and Contract Price, and compensation for any and all delay, extended or additional field and home office overhead, disruption, acceleration, inefficiencies, lost labor or equipment productivity, differing site conditions, construction interferences, and other extraordinary or consequential damages (hereinafter called “Impacts”), including any ripple or cumulative effect of the Impacts on the overall Work under the Contract arising directly or indirectly from the performance of Work described in the Change Order. By execution of any Change Order, the Contractor agrees that the Change Order constitutes a complete accord and satisfaction with respect to all claims for schedule extension, Impacts, or any costs of whatsoever nature, character or kind arising out of or incidental to the Change Order. No action, conduct, omission, product failure, or course of dealing by the City shall act to waive, modify, change, or alter the requirement that Change Orders must be in writing, signed by the City and the Contractor, and that such written Change Orders are the exclusive method for effectuating any change to the Contract Sum and/or Contract Time.

3-2.1.2 Construction Change Directive

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-10 of MB Form

A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared and signed by the City, directing a change in the Work prior to the Contractor’s agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Price or Contract Time, or both. The City may, by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Price and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved. A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. The City’s form of Construction Change directive is provided in Subsection 3-6.2 of the General Provisions.

3-2.2.2 Increases of More than 25 Percent

Delete Subsection 3-2.2.2 in its entirety and substitute the following:

Should the actual quantity of a Major Item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications exceed the Bid quantity by more than 25%, a Change Order will be issued and payment for the quantity in excess of 25% of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment to the Contract Unit price mutually agreed to by the City and the Contractor or pursuant to Subsection 3-2.4 “Agreed Prices.”

For Minor Items of Work, the Contractor will be paid using the Contract Unit Price, regardless of whether the actual quantity of the Minor Item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price exceeds the bid quantity by more than 25%.

3-2.2.3 Decreases of More than 25 Percent

Delete Subsection 3-2.2.3 in its entirety and substitute the following:

Should the actual quantity of a Major Item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications be less than 75% of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, a Change Order shall be issued and payment shall be made on the basis of an adjustment to the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the City and the Contractor, or pursuant to Subsection 3-2.4 “Agreed Prices”; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Contract Unit Price.

3-2.2.4 Changes for Items Not Covered by Unit Prices

Payment for any change for an Item of Work not covered by a Contract Unit Price shall be made pursuant to Subsection 3-3 “Extra Work.”

3-3 EXTRA WORK

New and unforeseen work will be classified as Extra Work only when the Work is not covered and cannot be paid for under any of the various items or combination of items for which a Bid price appears on the Bid. The Contractor shall not do any Extra Work except upon written order from the Engineer.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-11 of MB Form

3-3.1 General

Add the following at the end of Subsection 3-3.1:

All Extra Work shall conform to the Plans and Specifications.

The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer each Subcontractor’s signed and detailed estimate of the cost for labor, materials, and equipment, including the markup by such Subcontractor for overhead and profit for Work added or deducted to a Subcontractor’s scope of Work. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer the sub-Subcontractor’s signed detailed estimate of the cost for labor, materials, and equipment, including the markup by such sub- Subcontractor for overhead and profit for Work added or deducted to a sub-Subcontractor’s scope of Work. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer the vendor or supplier’s signed detailed estimate or quotation of the cost to the Contractor for Work added or deducted from a vendor or suppliers scope of Work.

3-3.2.1 General

Add the following at the end of Subsection 3-3.2.1

Any change in the Work for an Item of Work not covered by a Contract Unit Price that involves both added and deleted Work shall be paid on the basis of the net total cost. The cost of deleted Work not covered by a Contract Unit Price shall be determined by the Engineer based on the schedule of lump sum prices submitted by the Contractor in accordance with Subsection 9-2, “Lump Sum Work,” of the Standard Specifications and the General Provisions.

3-3.2.2.1 Labor

Delete Subsection 3-3.2.2.1 in its entirety and substitute the following:

The cost of labor will be the actual cost for wages prevailing locally for each craft or type of worker (including foreman when authorized by the Engineer) performing the Extra Work at the time the Extra Work is done, plus liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements.

To the actual wages, as defined above, will be added a labor surcharge set forth in the California Department of Transportation publication entitled “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates” that is in effect on the date upon which the Extra Work is performed. The labor surcharge shall constitute full compensation for all payments imposed by State and federal laws and for all other payments made to, or on behalf of, the workers, other than actual wages, subsistence and travel paid to the workers. The labor surcharge includes Workers’ Compensation, Social Security, Medicare, Federal Unemployment, State Unemployment, and State Training taxes.

Except when direct supervision is provided by working foremen whose time is included in accordance with Subsection 3-2.2.2, the cost of direct supervision of Extra Work, when such direct supervision is provided exclusively for the Extra Work and not in conjunction with or at the same time as supervision for other Work, and when approved in advance in writing by the Engineer, may be charged to the Extra Work. Such cost includes only the actual cost of supervision labor,

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-12 of MB Form

plus payroll taxes, insurance, and pension costs. The cost of transportation, use of vehicle, and other costs incurred by supervision will not be allowed.

3-3.2.2.2 Materials

Add the following to Subsection 3-3.2.2.2:

If the Contractor does not furnish satisfactory evidence of the cost of the materials from the actual supplier thereof within 2 days following delivery of materials to the Work site, the Engineer reserves the right to establish the cost of the materials at the lowest current wholesale prices at which the materials were available, in the quantities concerned, delivered to the location of the Work site, less any discounts.

3-3.2.2.3 Tool and Equipment Rental

Delete Subsection 3-3.2.2.3 in its entirety and substitute the following:

No payment will be made for individual pieces of equipment or tools not listed in the California Department of Transportation publication entitled “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates” that is in effect on the date upon which the Extra Work is performed and that have a replacement value of $200.00 or less, whether or not consumed by use. Such equipment or tools shall be considered to be small tools.

The Contractor will be paid for the use of equipment at the rental rates listed for such equipment in the Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates publication that is in effect on the date upon which the Extra Work is performed.

Move in and out, or minimum charges other than the hourly rate, shall not apply to equipment available from the force already on the Project site.

For equipment that is rented from a local equipment agency, the Contractor will be paid at the hourly rate shown on the rental agency invoice or agreement for the time the equipment is used on Extra Work. If a minimum equipment rental amount is required by the local equipment rental agency, the actual amount charged will be paid to the Contractor.

If it is deemed necessary by the Engineer to use equipment not listed in the Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates publication, a suitable rental rate for that equipment will be established by the Engineer. The Contractor may furnish any cost data that might assist the Engineer in the establishment of the rental rate. If the rental rate established by the Engineer is $10.00 per hour or less, the provisions above concerning rental of equipment from a local equipment agency shall apply.

Rental time will not be allowed while equipment is inoperative due to breakdowns.

When owner operated equipment is used to perform Extra Work to be paid on a force account basis, the Contractor will be paid for the equipment and operator as follows:

1. Payment for the equipment will be made at the rental rates listed for such equipment in the Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates publication that is in effect on the date upon which the Extra Work is performed.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-13 of MB Form

2. Payment for the cost of labor will be made in conformance with the provisions in Subsection 3-3.2.2.1 “Labor” of the General Provisions.

3-3.2.3 Markup

Delete Subsection 3-3.2.3 in its entirety and substitute the following:

The markup for overhead and profit on Extra Work shall be in accordance with the following schedule.

3-3.2.3.1 Work by Contractor.

The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor’s costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profit:

1) Labor ...... 20

2) Materials ...... 15

3) Equipment Rental ...... 15

4) Other Items and Expenditures...... 15

To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection, one percent shall be added as compensation for bonding.

3-3.2.3.2 Work by Subcontractor.

For Extra Work performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in Subsection 3-3.2.3.1 of the General Provisions shall be applied to the Subcontractor’s costs. An additional five percent shall be added to the Subcontractor’s final cost, which shall reimburse the Contractor for administrative costs, including overhead and profit.

3-3.2.3.3 Work by Sub-Subcontractor.

For Extra Work performed by a sub-Subcontractor, the markup established in Subsection 3-3.2.3.1 of the General Provisions shall be applied to the sub-Subcontractor’s costs. An additional ten percent shall be added to the sub-Subcontractor’s final cost, five percent of which shall reimburse the Contractor for administrative costs, including overhead and profit, and five percent of which shall reimburse the Subcontractor for administrative costs, including overhead and profit.

3-3.2.3.4 Work by Specialist.

If the Engineer and the Contractor agree that a service or an item of Extra Work cannot be performed by the forces of the Contractor or those of any of its Subcontractors or sub- Subcontractors, such service or Extra Work item may be performed by a specialist. Invoices for such services or items of Extra Work calculated on the basis of current market prices may be accepted without complete itemization of labor, material, and equipment rental costs when it is impracticable and not in accordance with the established practice of the special service industry to provide such complete itemization.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-14 of MB Form

If the Contractor is required to perform Extra Work that requires a fabrication or matching process in a fabrication or machine shop facilities away from the Project site, the charges for that portion of the Extra Work performed in such facility may, by agreement between the Contractor and Engineer, be accepted as a specialist billing.

For Extra Work performed by a specialist, 15% shall be added to the specialist’s invoice price less a credit to the City for any cash or trade discount offered or available, whether or not such discount may have been taken; such percentage shall reimburse the Contractor for administrative costs, including overhead and profit.

3-3.2.3.5 Work not Covered by Unit Prices.

Markup for overhead and profit on any change in the Work for an Item of Work not covered by a Contract Unit Price that involves both added and deleted Work shall be paid, in accordance with this Subsection 3-3.2.3 of the General Provisions, only if the net cost increases the Contract Price (i.e., if the cost for added Work exceeds the cost for deleted Work).

3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor

Delete the first sentence of Subsection 3-3.3 and substitute the following:

The Contractor shall submit daily reports for Extra Work showing all labor, material, and equipment costs incurred.

Add the following at the end of Subsection 3-3.3:

The daily reports shall describe in detail the Extra Work that was performed and the location (station, etc.). Separate daily reports shall be submitted for Extra Work that is performed for more than one location and for different tasks that are performed on the same day. Material charges shall be substantiated by valid copies of vendor’s invoices. Such invoices shall be submitted with the daily reports, or if not available, they shall be submitted with subsequent daily reports. The Contractor shall maintain the Contractor’s records in such a manner as to provide a clear accounting of the costs.

Upon completion of the Extra Work, the Contractor shall submit a summary of costs, including markup for overhead and profit. All costs shall be in accordance with Subsection 3-3.2, “Payment,” of the Standard Specifications and the General Provisions. The signature of the City’s Inspector on a daily report shall indicate agreement with the information reflected therein, not that the Contractor is entitled to payment of the costs in the report. The Engineer shall review the daily reports. The Engineer shall compare the Inspector’s records with the completed daily reports furnished by the Contractor and make any necessary adjustments. When the daily reports are agreed upon and signed by both parties, these reports shall become the basis of payment for the Extra Work performed.

3-3.4 Extension of Time

Add the following as Subsection 3-3.4:

If the Contractor is delayed in completing the Extra Work due to a change ordered by the City, the time for completion of Work will be extended in accordance with Subsection 6-6.1 of these General Provisions.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-15 of MB Form

3-5 DISPUTED WORK

Delete Subsection 3-5 in its entirety and substitute the following:

In the event of disputed Work, the City shall have the right to unilaterally issue a written Work Directive; and the Contractor shall continue performance pending resolution of the dispute and shall maintain cost data described in Subsection 3-3 of the Standard Specifications and the General Provisions. The City’s form of Work Directive is provided in Subsection 3-6 of the General Provisions. Payment shall be made for such disputed Work as is later determined by negotiation between the parties or as is fixed by a court of law.

3-6 FORMS

Add Section 3-6 to incorporate the following forms, which appear in the succeeding pages.

3-6.1 Change Order Form

3-6.2 Change Order Proposal Forms

(a) Change Order Proposal Summary Report

(b) Labor Cost Report

(d) Material Cost Report

(e) Equipment Cost Report

(f) Special Forces/Services Cost Report

3-6.3 Construction Change Directive Form

3-6.4 Work Directive Form

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-16 of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH Project No. xxx xxxx xx xx

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Engineering Division

CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER NO. 1 (Final)

PROJECT NO.:

DESCRIPTION:

TO: Construction Company, Inc.

You are hereby instructed to comply with the following changes from the Contract Plans and Specifications:

SUMMARY OF CHANGES Description Change in Change in (Detailed Explanation Attached) Contract Price 1 Work Days 1. $0.00 2. Adjustment in Final Bid Quantities $0.00 Net Change in Contract Price and Work Days $0.00 1Deduction or decrease in Contract Price is denoted in parentheses.

The following change is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents and shall be performed under the same terms and conditions as required by the original Contract Documents. Except as modified herein, the original Contract Documents and all prior amendments shall remain in full force and effect and all of the terms of the Contract Documents are hereby incorporated in this Change Order.

SUMMARY OF ALL CHANGE ORDERS

ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT ...... $000,000.00 CCO1 (FINAL) ...... $0.00 TOTAL ...... $000,000.00

SUMMARY OF WORKING DAYS

FIRST DAY OF WORK: ...... Date CONTRACT WORKING DAYS: ...... X TIME EXTENSION: CCO 1 (Final) ...... Y NEW TOTAL WORKING DAYS: ...... X+Y LAST DAY OF WORK: ...... New Date

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-17 of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH Project No. xxx xxxx xx xx

CHANGE ORDER DETAIL

Change Order No.: 1 (Final)

Project No.: Description:

The changes or interpretations described and noted herein are hereby authorized. The signed original of this order is on file in the Department of Public Works. Shown as separate paragraphs: (A) Reason for Change; (B) Description of Change; (C) Change in Contract Costs; and (D) Change in Completion Date.

Item No. 1:

A. Reason for Change:

B. Description of Change:

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT UNIT BID OR FINAL CHANGE CHANGE PRICE CURRENT QTY IN COST 1 APPROVED QTY New Item 0 0 0 0.00

1Deduction or decrease in Contract Price is denoted in parentheses.

C. Change in Contract Cost: Add $0.00

D. Change in Completion Date: Add Y Working Days

Item No. 2: Adjustment in Final Bid Quantities:

A. Reason for Change: Due to conditions encountered during construction, modifications to the amount of Work were determined to be appropriate, and the changes were addressed by means of adjusting applicable contract quantities, as outlined below.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-18 of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH Project No. xxx xxxx xx xx

B. Description of Change:

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT UNIT BID OR FINAL CHANGE CHANGE PRICE CURRENT QTY IN COST 1 APPROVED QTY New Item 0 0 0 0.00

1Deduction or decrease in Contract Price is denoted in parentheses.

C. Change in Contract Cost: Add $0.00

D. Change in Completion Date: No Change.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW:

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-19 of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH Project No. xxx xxxx xx xx

The original Contract Price was ($0.00). Contract Change Order No. 1 (Final) increased the Contract Price by ($0.00). The new Contract Price will be $00/100, resulting in an increase of approximately 0.00% to the original Contract.

The original Contract Time of X Working Days was extended by Y Working Days per Change Order No. 1 (Final). The last contract Working Day is new Date.

Ordered: Date: Public Works Director

Concurred by: Date: City Engineer

Concurred by: Project Manager

Acceptance by the Contractor:

This Change Order is in full compromise and settlement of all adjustments to Contract Time and Contract Price, and compensation for any and all delay, extended or additional field and home office overhead, disruption, acceleration, inefficiencies, lost labor or equipment productivity, differing site conditions, construction interferences and other extraordinary or consequential damages (hereinafter called “Impacts”), including any ripple or cumulative effect of these Impacts on the overall Work under the Contract arising directly or indirectly from the performance of Work described in this Change Order. By execution of this Change Order, the Contractor agrees that this Change Order constitutes a complete accord and satisfaction with respect to all claims for schedule extension, Impacts, or any costs of any nature, character or kind arising out of or incidental to this Change Order.

Name: Date:

Title:

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-20 of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH Project No. xxx xxxx xx xx

CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL FORM

3-6.2(a) CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL SUMMARY REPORT

Date

CCO Proposal No. Contractor

Item No. Location

AMOUNT

General Contractor

1. Labor Cost: ...... $

2. Material Cost: ...... $

3. Equipment Cost: ...... $

4. Special Forces/Services: ...... $

Subtotal Contractor Cost• ...... $

5. Subcontractor/Sub-Subcontractor Name

Labor Cost ...... $

Material Cost ...... $

Equipment Cost ...... $

Subtotal Subcontractor/Sub-Subcontractor Cost

6. Subcontractor/Sub-Subcontractor Name

Labor Cost ...... $

Material Cost ...... $

Equipment Cost ...... $

Subtotal Subcontractor/Sub-Subcontractor Cost ...... $

TOTAL CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER COSTS ...... $

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-21 of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH Project No. xxx xxxx xx xx

CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL FORM

3-6.2(b) LABOR COST REPORT Date

Date

CCO Proposal No. Contractor or Subcontractor

Item No. Location

HOURLY EXTENDED CLASSIFICATION AND NAME HOURS RATE AMOUNTS Classification: OT $ $ Name: REG $ $ Classification: OT $ $ Name: REG $ $ Classification: OT $ $ Name: REG $ $ Classification: OT $ $ Name: REG $ $ Classification: OT $ $ Name: REG $ $ Classification: OT $ $ Name: REG $ $ TOTAL LABOR $

Overhead/profit 20% ...... $

Total labor/overhead/profit ...... $

Subcontractor’s mark-up of total Sub-Subcontractor labor/overhead/profit (if applicable) 5% ...... $

General contractor’s mark-up of total Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor labor/overhead/profit (if applicable) 5% ...... $

Total ...... $

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-22 of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH Project No. xxx xxxx xx xx

CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL FORM

3-6.2(c) LABOR RATES REPORT Date

Date

CCO Proposal No. Contractor or Subcontractor

Item No. Location

CLASSIFICATION: TAXABLE BASE: AMOUNT Base Hourly Pay $ Vacation $ TOTAL TAXABLE BASE $

TAXES & INSURANCE PERCENT AMOUNT Social Security Tax $ State Unemployment Tax $ Federal Unemployment Tax $ Workmen’s Compensation $ Liability & Umbrella Insurance $ TOTAL TAXES & INSURANCE $

FRINGE BENEFITS AMOUNT Pension $ Health & Welfare $ Training $ Other Fringe Benefits $ TOTAL FRINGE BENEFITS $

AMOUNT $

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-23 of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH Project No. xxx xxxx xx xx

CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL FORM

3-6.2(d) MATERIAL COST REPORT

Date

CCO Proposal No. Contractor or Subcontractor

Item No. Location

INVOICE NO. DESCRIPTION AMOUNT 1. Material $ Sales Tax (Prevailing Tax Rate) 7.75% $ Subtotal $ 2. Material $ Sales Tax (Prevailing Tax Rate) 7.75% $ Subtotal $ 3. Material $ Sales Tax (Prevailing Tax Rate) 7.75% $ Subtotal $

SUBTOTAL MATERIAL COST $

NOTE: An itemized list of materials, manufacturers, serial numbers, invoices, and other pertinent date shall be submitted along with the material cost report.

Overhead/profit 15% ...... $

Total material/overhead/profit ...... $

Subcontractor’s mark-up of total Sub-Subcontractor material/overhead/profit (if applicable) 5% ...... $

General contractor’s mark-up of total Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor labor/overhead/profit (if applicable) 5% ...... $

Total ...... $

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-24 of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH Project No. xxx xxxx xx xx

CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL FORM

3-6.2(e) EQUIPMENT COST REPORT

Date

CCO Proposal No. Contractor or Subcontractor

Item No. Location

EQUIPMENT NO. EXTENDED (Description, Type, Size) HOURS HOURLY RATE AMOUNTS

SUBTOTAL EQUIPMENT COST $

Overhead/profit 15% ...... $

Total equipment/overhead/profit ...... $

Subcontractor’s mark-up of total Sub-Subcontractor equipment/overhead/profit (if applicable) 5% ...... $

General contractor’s mark-up of total Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor equipment/overhead/profit (if applicable) 5% ...... $

Total ...... $

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-25 of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH Project No. xxx xxxx xx xx

CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL FORM

3-6.2 (f) SPECIAL FORCES/SERVICES COST REPORT

Date

CCO Proposal No. Contractor or Subcontractor

Item No. Location

INVOICE NO. DESCRIPTION AMOUNT 1. $ $ Subtotal $ 2. $ $ Subtotal $ 3. $ $ Subtotal $

SUBTOTAL MATERIAL COST $

NOTE: An itemized list of materials, manufacturers, serial numbers, invoices, and other pertinent date shall be submitted along with the special forces/services cost report.

Overhead/profit 15% ...... $

Total Special Forces/Services/Overhead/Profit ...... $

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-26 of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH Project No. xxx xxxx xx xx

3-6.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE

Distribution to: CITY CONTRACTOR OTHER PROJECT MANAGER

PROJECT: DIRECTIVE NO.: DATE: CONTRACT DATE: TO CONTRACTOR: CONTRACT FOR:

You are hereby directed to make the following change(s) to this Contract:

PROPOSED ADJUSTMENTS

1. The proposed basis of adjustment to the Contract Price is: [ ] Lump Sum (increase) (decrease) of $______[ ] Unit Price of $______per ______[ ] Daily time and materials records of actual costs plus a overhead and profit, as provided in Subsection 3-3, “Extra Work,” the Standard Specifications and the General Provisions, [subject to a Not-To-Exceed Amount of $______].\ [ ] as follows:

2. The Contract Time is proposed to (be adjusted) (remain unchanged). The proposed adjustment, if any, is (an increase of ____ days) (a decrease of ____ days).

If the Contractor disagrees with the proposed adjustments, it must submit its own proposal within ten days of the date of this Construction Change Directive pursuant to Contract Documents or the proposed adjustment will become final and binding on the Contractor.

When signed by the City and received by the Contractor, this document becomes effective IMMEDIATELY as a Construction Change Directive (CCD), and the Contractor shall proceed with the change(s) described above.

Ordered: Date: Public Works Director

Concurred by: Date: City Engineer

Concurred by: Date: Project Manager

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-27 of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH Project No. xxx xxxx xx xx

3-6.4 WORK DIRECTIVE

Distribution to: CITY CONTRACTOR FIELD OTHER PROJECT MANAGER

PROJECT: WORK DIRECTIVE NO.: DATE: CONTRACT DATE: TO CONTRACTOR: CONTRACT FOR:

You are hereby directed to continue performance of the following Work, without delay, pending resolution of the dispute concerning such Work and maintain the cost data described in Subsection 3-3, “Extra Work,” of the Standard Specifications and the General Provisions to the Contract for the performance of such Work:

Neither the issuance of this Work Directive nor the requirement for the Contractor to maintain cost data constitutes approval by the City of a change in the Work or modification of the Contract Documents.

Ordered: Date: Public Works Director

Concurred by: Date: City Engineer

Concurred by: Date: Project Manager

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-28 of MB Form

SECTION 4. CONTROL OF MATERIALS

4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP

The provisions below shall supplement but not replace those provisions in Section 4-1 of the Standard Specifications, except that Subsection 4-1.4 shall be replaced in its entirety.

The first paragraph of Section 4-1 is replaced with the following:

Wherever applicable, materials shall conform to the latest Standards of the American Society for Testing Materials. All workmanship in the fabrication, assembly and construction of materials and equipment shall be neat and workmanlike in every respect. All equipment offered shall be of the manufacturer’s latest design.

The Contractor and all Subcontractors, suppliers, and vendors shall guarantee that the Work will meet all requirements of this Contract as to the quality of materials, equipment, and workmanship.

4.1.1.1 Property Rights in Materials

Nothing in the Contract shall be construed as vesting in the Contractor any right, title, or interest in material used in the Work after it has been attached or affixed to the Work or the soil. All such material shall become the property of the City upon being so attached or affixed.

4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials

Add the following at the end of Subsection 4-1.2:

Materials shall not be stored in the right-of-way unless written permission is given by the Engineer.

4-1.4 Test of Materials

Delete Subsection 4-1.4 in its entirety and substitute the following:

Unless otherwise called for in these General Provisions, all testing of materials will be performed by the City in such number and at such locations as deemed necessary by the Engineer to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents. The cost of all testing that can be performed within 50 miles of the Project will be borne by the City; the cost of all testing that must be performed 50 miles or more from the Project will be borne by the Contractor; the cost of all re- testing will be borne by the Contractor, and the amount due the City for the re-testing will be deducted from the Contract Price via Change Order.

The cost of rework material testing, overtime, travel and other related costs incurred by the City will be deducted from the Contract Price via Change Order.

4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals

If the Contractor requests to substitute an equivalent item for a brand or trade name item, the burden of proof as to the comparative quality and suitability of alternative equipment or articles or materials shall be upon the Contractor, and the Contractor shall furnish, at its own expense, all information necessary or related thereto as required by the Engineer. All requests for substitution shall be submitted, together with all documentation necessary for the Engineer to determine

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-29 of MB Form

equivalence, no later than ten calendar days after the award of the Contract, unless a different deadline is listed in the Special Provisions.

SECTION 5 UTILITIES

The provisions below shall supplement but not replace those provisions in Section 5 of the Standard Specifications.

5-1 LOCATION

The location and existence of any underground Utility or substructure has not been obtained. The methods used and costs involved to locate existing elements, points of connection and all construction methods are the Contractor’s sole responsibility. Accuracy of information furnished, as to existing conditions, is not guaranteed by the City. The Contractor, at its sole expense, must make all investigations necessary to determine locations of existing elements, which may include contacting Underground Service Alert and other private underground locating firm(s), utilizing specialized locating equipment, hand trenching, or both. For every Dig Alert Identification Number issued by Underground Service Alert during the course of the Project, the Contractor must submit to the City the following form. The Contractor shall be responsible for preserving the integrity of the existing underground utilities at the site.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-30 of MB Form

UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER FORM

CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS

No excavation will be permitted until this form is completed and returned to the City.

Government Code Section 4216 et seq . requires a Dig Alert Identification Number to be issued before a permit to excavate will be valid.

To obtain a Dig Alert Identification Number, call Underground Service Alert at 811 a minimum of three Working Days before scheduled excavation. For best response, provide as much notice as possible up to ten Working Days.

Dig Alert Identification Number: ______

Dated: (“CONTRACTOR”)

By:

Printed Name:

Title:

By:

Printed Name:

Title:

NOTE: This form is required for every Dig Alert Identification Number issued by Underground Service during the course of the Work. Additional forms may be obtained from the City upon request.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-31 of MB Form

5-1.3 Entry by Utility Owners

The right is reserved to the owners of public Utilities or franchises to enter the Project site for the purpose of making repairs or changes in their property that may be necessary as a result of the Work as well as any other reason authorized by the City. When the Contract Documents provide for the Utility owners to alter, relocate or reconstruct a Utility, or when the Contract Documents are silent in this regard and it is determined by the Engineer that the Utility owners must alter, relocate or reconstruct a Utility, the Contractor shall schedule and allow adequate time for those alterations, relocations or reconstructions by the respective Utility owners. City employees and agents shall likewise have the right to enter upon the Project site at any time and for any reason or no reason at all.

5-2 PROTECTION

If Contractor damages or breaks the Utilities, it will be the Contractor’s responsibility to repair the Utility at no cost to the utility company or the City. If not fixed in a timely manner as deemed by the City Engineer, the utility company has the right to complete the repairs and assess the Contractor for all applicable costs.

Add the following paragraphs at the end of Subsection 5-2:

At least two Working Days prior to commencing work within the area, the Contractor shall request the utility owners to identify or otherwise indicate the location of their subsurface facilities. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to determine the location and depth of all utilities including service connections which have been marked by the representative owners and which he believes may affect or be affected by the work. Full compensation for the ascertainment of utility locations and depths shall be considered included in the prices bid for the other items of work.

All utilities shall be notified by the Contractor in advance, according to their respective advance notice requirements, prior to excavating adjacent to, altering, or in any way modifying their facilities. The Contractor, at his expense, shall maintain in service all existing utilities. Should interruption of such utilities become necessary, the property owners and residents affected shall be notified 48 hours before the interruption.

The Contractor shall protect, support, or perform any other work necessary in order to maintain the operation of utilities in the proximity of the work area. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer in writing of all utilities omitted from or shown incorrectly on the contract plans. The Contractor shall not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations not shown or incorrectly delineated on the contract plans. The Contractor shall conduct his operations so as to permit access to the work site by any affected utility necessary for the relocation or modification to the utility system at no cost to the City.

Any interference by the Contractor with City-owned facilities such as, but not limited to, sewer, water, or storm drain that, in the opinion of the Engineer, creates a safety or health hazard and is not quickly repaired, the damaged facilities may be repaired by City forces and all costs of repairs will be deducted from contract payments.

5-3 REMOVAL

Facilities encountered during the prosecution of the Work that are determined to be abandoned shall be removed by the Contractor as required for the Work, unless directed otherwise by the

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-32 of MB Form

Engineer. The remaining portion of the existing Utility which is left in place shall be accurately recorded, in elevation and plan, on the control set of Contract drawings.

5-4 RELOCATION

The Contractor shall cooperate fully with all Utility forces of the City or forces of other public or private agencies engaged in the relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of any facilities that interfere with the progress of the Work. The Contractor shall schedule the Work so as to minimize interference with the relocation, altering, or other rearranging of facilities.

5-6 COOPERATION

The Contractor’s attention is directed to the fact that Work may be conducted at or adjacent to the site by other contractors during the performance of the Work under the Contract. The Contractor shall conduct its operations so as to cause a minimum of interference with the work of such other contractors, and shall cooperate fully with such contractors to provide continued safe access to their respective portions of the site, as required to perform work under their respective contracts. Compensation for compliance shall be included in the various items of the Work, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor.

5-7 NOTIFICATION

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the owners of all Utilities and substructures not less than 48 hours before starting construction. The following list of names and telephone numbers is intended for the convenience of the Contractor and is not guaranteed to be complete or accurate:

Agency: Phone Number: Contact Person:

SECTION 6. PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK

The provisions below shall supplement but not replace those provisions in Section 6 of the Standard Specifications.

6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK

6-1.1 Construction Schedule

In addition to the construction schedule required pursuant to Section 6-1.1 of the Standard Specifications after notification of the Contract award and before any start of the Project, as well as the revised construction schedule in advance of beginning revised operations, the Contractor

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-33 of MB Form

shall submit an updated construction schedule with its monthly invoice every month. Progress payments shall be contingent upon the receipt of monthly updated construction schedules.

One week before the scheduled pre-construction meeting, the Contractor must submit a construction schedule to the Engineer for review and approval. The Contractor shall make revisions as required by the Engineer. The schedule must account for all subcontract work, as well as the work of the Contractor, submittals, coordination with the other contractors performing concurrent work and the Traffic Control Plan. The Contractor shall update this Construction Schedule when directed by the Engineer, or when:

a. A Change Order significantly affects the Contract completion date or the sequence of construction approach or activities; or

b. The actual sequence of the Work, or the planned sequence of the Work, is changed and does not conform to the Contractor’s current accepted Project construction schedule.

6-1.1.1 Pre-Construction Conference

Approximately five Days before the commencement of Work at the site, a pre-construction conference will be held at the City and shall be attended by the Contractor’s Project manager, its on-site field superintendent, and any Subcontractors that the Contractor deems appropriate. Attendance by the Contractor and any Subcontractors designated is mandatory.

Contractor shall submit its 24-hour emergency telephone numbers to the Engineer for approval a minimum of two Working Days before the pre-construction conference. Unless previously submitted to the Engineer, the Contractor shall bring to the pre-construction conference copies of each of the following:

1) Construction Schedule. 2) Procurement schedule of major equipment and materials and items requiring long lead time. 3) Shop drawing/sample submittal schedule. 4) Preliminary schedule of values (lump sum price breakdown) for progress payment purposes. 5) Written designation of the on-site field superintendent and the Project manager. Both daytime and emergency telephone numbers shall be included in the written designation.

The purpose of the conference is to designate responsible personnel and establish a working relationship. The parties will discuss matters requiring coordination and establish procedures for handling such matters. The complete agenda will be furnished to the Contractor before the meeting date. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss all of the items listed below.

1) The Contractor’s construction schedule. 2) Notification of local residents before starting any Work and keeping them informed throughout the Project. 3) Procedures for transmittal, review, and distribution of the Contractor’s submittals. 4) Processing applications for payment. 5) Maintaining record documents. 6) Critical Work sequencing.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-34 of MB Form

7) Maintaining sewage service during construction, including proposed by-passes. 8) NPDES requirements, if any. 9) Field decisions and Change Orders. 10) Use of Project site, office and storage areas, security, housekeeping, and the City’s needs. 11) Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 12) Traffic control. 13) Any other item that the City representative states is relevant to the meeting.

6-1.1.2 Weekly Progress Meetings

Progress meetings will be held each week during the course of the Project. The meeting location, day of the week and time of day will be mutually agreed to by the City and the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide a two-week “look ahead” schedule for each meeting. The construction manager will preside at these meetings and will prepare the meeting agenda, meeting minutes and will distribute minutes to all persons in attendance. As the Work progresses, if it is determined by agreement of the attendees, that weekly meetings are not necessary, the weekly progress meetings may be changed to bi-weekly progress meetings.

Add the following to section 6-2:

6-2.1 Excess Cost of City Personnel and Inspection Personnel

For any overtime or emergency work beyond a regular eight-hour day and for any work performed on Saturday, Sunday, or holidays, the charges for City personnel, including inspection, required on the job site shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and all costs therefor shall be deducted from the payments due the Contractor. The cost of City personnel shall be computed pursuant to adopted City salary schedules, overtime policies, fringe benefits, and overhead costs.

6-3.1 General

Add the following paragraph following paragraph one:

In the event a suspension of work is ordered because of failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given or to perform any provisions of the Work, such suspension of work shall not relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to complete the work within the time limit set forth herein and shall not be considered cause for extension of the time for completion, and further, such suspension of work shall not entitle the Contractor to any additional compensation.

6-5 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONVENIENCE

In addition to the reasons for termination listed in Section 6-5 of the Standard Specifications, which allow termination upon any written notice, the City may cancel the Contract for any other reason or for no reason upon 30 Days’ written notice. The rest of the procedure outlined in Section 6-5 shall apply to such situation, including the Contractor’s required immediate notification of Subcontractors and suppliers and the payment. In no event (including termination for impossibility or impracticability, due to conditions or events beyond the control of the City, for any other reason

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-35 of MB Form

or for no reason) shall the total amount of money to Contractor exceed the amount which would have been paid to the Contractor for the full performance of the services described in the Contract.

Furthermore, some of the City’s projects are funded in whole or in part by funds other than the City’s General Fund. If this Project is funded by such external funds in whole or in part, or if those external funds are terminated or reduced at any time and for any reason or for no reason at all, and the City determines at its discretion that no other funding is available for continuation of this Project, the City will not be obligated to continue funding for the services contained in these Contract Documents and may terminate the Project immediately. The City shall reimburse the Contractor for its work satisfactorily completed until the termination date. In no event shall the total amount of money to the Contractor exceed the amount which the City has received in funding from its external source. The Special Provisions may include further details in this regard.

6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME

Unless otherwise agreed in writing, an adjustment to the Contract time by reason of a Change Order shall be agreed to at the time the Change Order is issued and accepted by the Contractor. If the Change Order does not reserve the right of the parties, or either of them, to seek an adjustment to the Contract time, then the parties forever relinquish and waive such right and there shall be no further adjustments to the Contract time.

6-6.1 Extensions of Time

In the event it is deemed appropriate by the City to extend the time for completion of the Work, any such extension shall not release any guarantee for the Work required by the Contract Documents, nor shall any such extension of time relieve or release the Sureties on the Bonds executed. In executing such Bonds, the Sureties shall be deemed to have expressly agreed to any such extensions of time. The amount of time allowed by an extension of time shall be limited to the period of the delay giving rise to the same as determined by the City. Notwithstanding any dispute which may arise in connection with a claim for adjustment of the Contract time, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work.

6-6.2 Payment for Delays

Notwithstanding any other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, the City shall have no obligation whatsoever to increase the Contract Price or extend the time for delays.

Unless compensation and/or mark up is agreed upon by the City, the Contractor agrees that no payment of compensation of any kind shall be made to the Contractor for damages or increased overhead costs caused by any delays in the progress of the Contract, whether such delays are avoidable or unavoidable or caused by any act or omission of the City or its agents. Any accepted delay claim shall be fully compensated for by an extension of time to complete the performance of the Work.

This Section shall not apply to compensable delays caused solely by the City. If a compensable delay is caused solely by the City, the Contractor shall be entitled to a Change Order that: (1) extends the time for completion of the Contract by the amount of delay caused by the City; and (2) provides equitable adjustment, as determined by the City, to the Contractor.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-36 of MB Form

Add the following as section 6-7.2:

6-7.2 Working Day

The term “Working Day” shall mean any calendar day except Saturdays, Sundays, and the following holidays:

New Year’s Day ...... January 1

Martin Luther King, Jr. Day ...... 3rd Monday in January

Presidents’ Day ...... 3rd Monday in February

Memorial Day ...... Last Monday in May

Independence Day ...... July 4

Labor Day ...... 1st Monday in September

Columbus Day ...... 2nd Monday in October

Veterans’ Day ...... November 11

Thanksgiving ...... 4th Thursday in November

Friday after Thanksgiving ...... 4th Friday in November

Christmas Day ...... December 25

If a holiday falls upon a Sunday, the following Monday shall be the day the holiday is observed, and if a holiday falls upon a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be the day the holiday is observed.

6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting

Add the following at the end of Subsection 6-7.3:

The Contract Time for completion of the Work, including corrective items of Work, shall be in accordance with Section 4 of the Contract. Contract Time extensions, when granted by the Engineer, will be in Working Days and in accordance with the Contract Documents, and will be set forth in writing via Change Order.

6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE AND WARRANTY

The Contractor shall complete all Work under the Contract within the stipulated Working Days from the Notice to Proceed to Fulfill Preconstruction Requirements and Order Materials, as stated in the Contract. The Contractor shall not be allowed to begin any construction activity at the site before the issuance of the Notice to Proceed with Construction.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-37 of MB Form

6-8.2 Acceptance

The Project will not be considered complete and ready for City Council direction to staff regarding recordation of the Notice of Completion until all Work required by the Contract Documents has been fully completed in compliance with the Contract Documents and all Applicable Laws including, but not limited to, correction or completion of all punch list items, the Work site is cleaned up in accordance with Section 7-8 of the Standard Specifications, the General Provisions, and the Special Provisions, and all of the following items have been received by the Engineer:

1. A form of Notice of Completion, with all information required by the California Civil Code;

2. All written guarantees, warranties, and special warranties if applicable;

3. All “as-built” and record drawings;

4. Duly completed and executed forms of Conditional Waiver and Release On Final Payment from the Contractor, Subcontractors of any tier, suppliers, and other person eligible to file stop notices in connection with the Work; and

5. Duplicate copies of all operating instructions and manufacturer’s operating catalogs and data, together with such field instructions as necessary to fully instruct City personnel in correct operation and maintenance procedures for all equipment installed listed under the electrical, air conditioning, heating, ventilating and other trades. This data and instructions shall be furnished for all equipment requiring periodic adjustments, maintenance or other operation procedures. All catalogs, manuals, data and instructions shall be submitted on a USB flash drive as Portable Document Format (PDF) files.

6. The Contractor shall allow at least seven Working Days’ notice for final inspection. Such notice shall be submitted to the Engineer in writing.

6-8.3 Warranty

For the purposes of the calculation of the start of the warranty period, the Work shall be deemed to be completed upon the date of recordation of the Notice of Completion. If that direction is contingent on the completion of any items remaining on a punchlist, the Work shall be deemed to be completed upon the date of the Engineer’s acceptance of the final item(s) on that punchlist.

The Contractor shall repair or replace defective materials and workmanship as required in Section 6-8.3 of the Standard Specification at its own expense. Additionally, the Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the City harmless from claims of any kind arising from damage, injury or death due to such defects.

The parties agree that no certificate given shall be conclusive evidence of the faithful performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, and that no payment shall be construed to be in acceptance of any defective Work or improper materials. Further, the certificate or final payment shall not terminate the Contractor’s obligations under the warranty herein. The Contractor agrees that payment of the amount due under the Contract and the adjustments and payments due for any Work done in accordance with any alterations of the same, shall release the City, the City Council and its officers and employees from any and all claims or liability on account of Work performed under the Contract or any alteration thereof.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-38 of MB Form

6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

For the purposes of the calculation of the start of the liquidated damages, the Work shall be deemed to be completed when the same has been completed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications therefor and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and the Engineer has certified such completion in accordance with Section 6-8.1 of the Standard Specifications. The liquidated damages value is hereby amended to be $1,400 per day.

SECTION 7. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The first paragraph of Section 7-3.1 of the Standard Specifications shall not be incorporated and shall instead be replaced with the following:

The Contractor shall provide and maintain insurance naming the City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, designated volunteers, and independent contractors in the role of City officials as insureds or additional insureds regardless of any inconsistent statement in the policy or any subsequent endorsement whether liability is attributable to the Contractor or the City. The insurance provisions shall not be construed to limit the Contractor’s indemnity obligations contained in the Contract. The City will not be liable for any accident, loss, or damage to the Work before completion, except as otherwise specified in Section 6-10.

The first sentence of Section 7-8.4.2 shall not be incorporated, and shall instead be replaced with the following:

Construction materials and equipment shall not be stored in Streets, roads, or highways unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or approved by the Engineer.

The first sentence of the second paragraph of Section 7-9 of the Standard Specifications shall not be incorporated, and shall instead be replaced with the following:

The Contractor shall relocate, repair, replace, or reestablish all existing improvements within the Project limits which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, signal loops, fences, walls, sprinkler systems, signs, Utility installations, pavements, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of the Contractor’s or the Subcontractors’ operations or as required by the Plans and Specifications.

The last paragraph of Subsection 7-9 of the Standard Specifications shall not be incorporated, and shall instead be replaced with the following:

All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, restoring, relocating, repairing, replacing, or reestablishing existing improvements shall be included in the Bid.

Section 7-12 of the Standard Specifications shall not be incorporated, and shall instead be replaced with the following:

The names, addresses and specialties of the Contractor, Subcontractors, architects or engineers may not be displayed on any signage within the public right-

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-39 of MB Form

of-way. This signage prohibition includes advertising banners hung from truck beds or other equipment.

Otherwise, the provisions below shall supplement but not replace those provisions in Section 7 of the Standard Specifications.

7-1 THE CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

The use of excessively loud equipment and warning signals shall be avoided, except in those cases required for the protection of personnel.

7-2 LABOR

7-2.2.1 Public Work

The Contractor acknowledges that the Project is a “public work” as defined in Labor Code Section 1720 et seq . (“Chapter 1”), and that this Project is subject to (a) Chapter 1, including without limitation Labor Code Section 1771 and (b) the rules and regulations established by the Director of Industrial Relations (“DIR”) implementing such statutes. The Contractor shall perform all Work on the Project as a public work. The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by all the terms, rules and regulations described in (a) and (b) as though set forth in full herein.

7-2.2.2 Copies of Wage Rates

Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773.2, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft, classification, or type of worker needed to perform the Project are on file at City Hall and will be made available to any interested party on request. By initiating any Work on this Project, the Contractor acknowledges receipt of a copy of the DIR determination of such prevailing rate of per diem wages, and the Contractor shall post such rates at each job site covered by these Contract Documents.

7-2.2.3 Failure to Pay Prevailing Rates

The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1774 and 1775 concerning the payment of prevailing rates of wages to workers and the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages. The Contractor shall, as a penalty paid to the City, forfeit $200.00 for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing rates as determined by the DIR for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for any public work done pursuant to these Contract Documents by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor.

7-2.2.4 Apprentices

The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1777.5, 1777.6 and 1777.7 and California Code of Regulations Title 8, Section 200 et seq . concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with these Sections for all apprenticeable occupations. Before commencing Work on this Project, the Contractor shall provide the City with a copy of the information submitted to any applicable apprenticeship program. Within 60 Days after concluding Work, Contractor and each of its Subcontractors shall submit to the City a verified statement of the journeyman and apprentice hours performed under this Contract.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-40 of MB Form

7-2.2.5 Debarment or Suspension

The Contractor shall not perform Work with any Subcontractor that has been debarred or suspended pursuant to California Labor Code Section 1777.1 or any other federal or State law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall not be debarred or suspended throughout the duration of the Contract pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or any other federal or State law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. If the Contractor or any Subcontractor becomes debarred or suspended during the duration of the Project, the Contractor shall immediately notify the City.

7-2.3 Payroll Records

The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1776, which requires the Contractor and each Subcontractor to (1) keep accurate payroll records and verify such records in writing under penalty of perjury, as specified in Section 1776, (2) certify and make such payroll records available for inspection as provided by Section 1776, and (3) inform the City of the location of the records. The Contractor has ten days in which to comply subsequent to receipt of a written notice requesting these records, or as a penalty to the City, the Contractor shall forfeit $100.00 for each Day, or portion thereof, for each worker, until strict compliance is effectuated. Upon the request of the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, these penalties shall be withheld from progress payments then due.

7-2.4 Hours of Labor

The Contractor acknowledges that eight hours labor constitutes a legal day’s work. The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by Labor Code Section 1810. The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1813 concerning penalties for workers who work excess hours. The Contractor shall, as a penalty paid to the City, forfeit $25.00 for each worker employed in the performance of this Project by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than eight hours in any one calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 3 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1815, work performed by employees of the Contractor in excess of eight hours per day, and 40 hours during any one week shall be permitted upon public work upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight hours per day at not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay.

7-2.5 Registration with the DIR

In accordance with Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, no contractor or Subcontractor shall be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5.

7-2.6 Compliance Monitoring and Posting Job Sites

This Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the DIR. The Contractor shall post job site notices, as prescribed by regulation.

7-2.7 Subcontractors

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-41 of MB Form

For every Subcontractor who will perform Work on the Project, the Contractor shall be responsible for such Subcontractor’s compliance with Chapter 1 and Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700, and the Contractor shall include in the written Contract between it and each Subcontractor a copy of the provisions in this Section 7-2 of the General Provisions and a requirement that each Subcontractor shall comply with those provisions. The Contractor shall be required to take all actions necessary to enforce such contractual provisions and ensure Subcontractor’s compliance, including without limitation, conducting a periodic review of the certified payroll records of the Subcontractor and upon becoming aware of the failure of the Subcontractor to pay its workers the specified prevailing rate of wages. The Contractor shall diligently take corrective action to halt or rectify any failure.

7-2.9 Prevailing Wage Indemnity

To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend (at the Contractor’s expense with counsel reasonably acceptable to the City) the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents and independent contractors serving in the role of City officials, and volunteers from and against any demand or claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or other amounts arising out of or incidental to any acts or omissions listed in Section 7-2 of the General Provisions by any Person (including the Contractor, its Subcontractors, and each of their officials, officers, employees and agents) in connection with any Work undertaken or in connection with the Contract Documents, including without limitation the payment of all consequential damages, attorneys’ fees, and other related costs and expenses. All duties of the Contractor under this Section 7-2.9 shall survive expiration or termination of the Contract.

7-3 INSURANCE

The Contractor shall at all times during the term of the Contract carry, maintain, and keep in full force and effect the insurance referenced in Section 7-3 of the Standard Specifications, as modified below.

7-3.1.1 Acceptability of Insurers.

The insurance policies required under this Section 7-3 shall be issued by an insurer authorized or admitted to write insurance in the State of California with a rating of A:VII or better in the latest edition of the A.M. Best Insurance Rating Guide. Self insurance shall not be considered to comply with the insurance requirements under this Section 7-3.

7-3.1.2 Additional Insured.

The City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, designated volunteers, and independent contractors in the role of City officials, shall be the insured or named as additional insureds covering the Work, regardless of any inconsistent statement in the policy or any subsequent endorsement, whether liability is attributable to the Contractor or the City. The commercial general and automobile liability policies shall contain an endorsement naming City, its officers, employees, agents and volunteers as additional insureds. This provision shall also apply to any excess/umbrella liability policies.

7-3.1.3 Primary and Non-Contributing.

The insurance policies required under this Section 7-3 shall apply on a primary non-contributing basis in relation to any other insurance or self-insurance available to the City. Any insurance or

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-42 of MB Form

self-insurance maintained by the City, its officers, employees, agents or volunteers, shall be in excess of the Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it. This provision shall also apply to any excess/umbrella liability policies.

7-3.1.4 Contractor’s Waiver of Subrogation.

The insurance policies required under this Section 7-3 shall not prohibit the Contractor and the Contractor’s employees, agents or Subcontractors from waiving the right of subrogation prior to a loss. The Contractor hereby waives all rights of subrogation against the City.

7-3.1.5 Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions.

Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the City. At the City’s option, the Contractor shall either reduce or eliminate the deductibles or self-insured retentions with respect to the City, or the Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and expenses.

7-3.1.6 Cancellations or Modifications to Coverage.

The Contractor shall not cancel, reduce or otherwise modify the insurance policies required by this Section 7-3 during the term of the Contract. The commercial general and automobile liability policies required under the Contract shall be endorsed to state that should the issuing insurer cancel the policy before the expiration date, the issuing insurer will endeavor to mail 30 days’ prior written notice to the City. If any insurance policy required under this Section 7-3 is canceled or reduced in coverage or limits, the Contractor shall, within two business days of notice from the insurer, phone, fax or notify the City via certified mail, return receipt requested, of the cancellation of or changes to the policy

7-3.1.7 City Remedy for Noncompliance.

If the Contractor does not maintain the policies of insurance required under this Section 7-3 in full force and effect during the term of the Contract, or in the event any of the Contractor’s policies do not comply with the requirements under this Section 7-3, the City may either immediately terminate the Contract or, if insurance is available at a reasonable cost, the City may, but has no duty to, take out the necessary insurance and pay, at the Contractor’s expense, the premium thereon. The Contractor shall promptly reimburse the City for any premium paid by the City or the City may withhold amounts sufficient to pay the premiums from payments due to the Contractor.

7-3.1.8 Evidence of Insurance.

At least two Working Days prior to the performance of Services under the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish the City’s Risk Manager with a certificate or certificates of insurance and all original endorsements (both of which must reference the same Policy number), evidencing and effecting the coverages required under Section 7-3 of the Standard Specifications, as modified by this Section 7-3. The endorsements are subject to approval by the City’s Risk Manager. The Contractor may provide complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies to the City. The Contractor shall provide proof to the City’s Risk Manager that insurance policies expiring during the term of the Contract have been renewed or replaced with other policies providing at least the same coverage. The Contractor shall furnish such proof at least two weeks prior to the expiration of the coverages.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-43 of MB Form

The endorsements are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The endorsements must specifically name the City of Manhattan Beach and its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, designated volunteers, and independent contractors in the role of City officials as insureds or additional insureds. The Contractor shall maintain current insurance certificates and endorsements on file with the City’s Risk Manager at all times during the term of this Contract. The City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies at any time.

Where the Contractor has entered into an agreement with a Professional Employment Organization (PEO) to provide human resources, workers' compensation insurance, or other benefits to the Contractor's employees, the Contractor must also submit the agreement with the PEO. If the evidence of insurance submitted by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 7-3 evidences that the insurance is provided by the PEO, all such PEO-provided insurance coverages and indemnities must comply with the requirements of these Contract Documents.

7-3.1.9 Indemnity Requirements not Limiting.

Procurement of insurance by the Contractor shall not be construed as a limitation of Contractor’s liability or as full performance of the Contractor’s duty to indemnify the City under Section 7-4 of the Contract.

7-3.1.10 Subcontractor Insurance Requirements.

The Contractor shall require each of its Subcontractors that perform Services under the Contract to maintain insurance coverage that meets all of the requirements of this Section 7-3.

7-3.1.11 Replacement Insurance

The Contractor agrees that it will not cancel, reduce or otherwise modify the insurance coverage. The Contractor agrees that if it does not keep the required insurance in full force and effect, and such insurance is available at a reasonable cost, the City may take out the necessary insurance and pay the premium thereon, and the repayment thereof shall be deemed an obligation of the Contractor and the cost of such insurance may be deducted, at the option of the City, from payments due the Contractor. This shall be in addition to all other legal options available to the City to enforce the insurance requirements.

7-3.2 General Liability Insurance

Instead of the minimum limits listed in Section 7-3.2 of the Standard Specifications, the Contractor shall procure and at all times during the term of the Contract carry, maintain, and keep in full force and effect Commercial General Liability Insurance with a minimum limit of $2,000,000.00 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage and a general aggregate limit of $2,000,000.00 per project or location. If the Contractor is a limited liability company, the commercial general liability coverage shall be amended so that the Contractor and its managers, affiliates, employees, agents and other persons necessary or incidental to its operation are insureds.

7-3.3 Workers’ Compensation Insurance

Workers’ Compensation Insurance as required by the State of California and Employer’s Liability Insurance with a minimum limit of $1,000,000.00 per accident for bodily injury or disease. If the

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-44 of MB Form

Contractor has no employees while performing the Work under the Contract, a Workers’ Compensation policy is not required, but the Contractor shall execute a declaration that it has no employees.

7-3.4 Automobile Insurance

Instead of the minimum limits listed in Section 7-3.4 of the Standard Specifications, the Contractor shall procure and at all times during the term of the Contract carry, maintain, and keep in full force and effect Automobile Liability Insurance for any owned, non-owned or hired vehicle used in connection with the performance of the Contract with a combined single limit of $2,000,000.00 per accident for bodily injury and property damage. If the Contractor does not use any owned, non-owned or hired vehicles in the performance of the Work under this Contract, the Contractor shall obtain a non-owned auto endorsement to the Commercial General Liability policy required by Subsection 7-3.2.

7-3.5 Insurance Requirements not Limiting

If the Contractor maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums required above, the City requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or the higher limits maintained by the Contractor. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the City.

7-3.6 If required by the City, the Contractor shall also provide the following policy(ies) of insurance: None______.

7-4 INDEMNIFICATION

The following indemnity provisions shall supersede the indemnity in Section 7-3.1 of the Standard Specifications.

7-4.1 Indemnities for Third Party Claims.

To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, defend, hold harmless and indemnify the City and its elected officials, officers, attorneys, agents, employees, designated volunteers, successors, assigns and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials (collectively “Indemnitees”), from and against any and all damages, costs, expenses, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, proceedings, expenses, judgments, penalties, liens, and losses of any nature whatsoever, including fees of accountants, attorneys, or other professionals and all costs associated therewith and the payment of all consequential damages (collectively “Liabilities”), in law or equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, which arise out of, are claimed to arise out of, pertain to, or relate to the acts or omissions of the Contractor, its officers, agents, servants, employees, Subcontractors, materialmen, contractors or their officers, agents, servants or employees (or any entity or individual that the Contractor shall bear the legal liability thereof) in the performance of the Contract, including the Indemnitees’ active or passive negligence, except for Liabilities arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees, as determined by final arbitration or court decision or by the agreement of the Parties. The Contractor shall defend the Indemnitees in any action or actions filed in connection with any Liabilities with counsel of the Indemnitees’ choice, and shall pay all costs and expenses, including all attorneys’ fees and experts’ costs actually incurred in connection with such defense. The Contractor shall reimburse

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-45 of MB Form

the Indemnitees for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitees in connection therewith.

7-4.1.1 Taxes and Workers’ Compensation

The Contractor shall pay all required taxes on amounts paid to the Contractor under the Contract, and indemnify and hold the City harmless from any and all taxes, assessments, penalties, and interest asserted against the City by reason of the independent contractor relationship created by the Contract. The Contractor shall fully comply with the Workers’ Compensation law regarding the Contractor and the Contractor’s employees. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the City harmless from any failure of the Contractor to comply with applicable Workers’ Compensation laws. The City may offset against the amount of any fees due to the Contractor under the Contract any amount due to the City from the Contractor as a result of the Contractor’s failure to promptly pay to the City any reimbursement or indemnification arising under this Subsection 7-4.1.1.

7-4.1.2 Subcontractor Indemnity Agreements

The Contractor shall obtain executed indemnity agreements with provisions identical to those in this Section 7-4 from each and every Subcontractor or any other person or entity involved by, for, with or on behalf of the Contractor in the performance of the Contract. If the Contractor fails to obtain such indemnity obligations, the Contractor shall be fully responsible and indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Indemnitees from and against any and all Liabilities at law or in equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, which arise out of, are claimed to arise out of, pertain to, or relate to the acts or omissions of the Contractor’s Subcontractor, its officers, agents, servants, employees, Subcontractors, materialmen, contractors or their officers, agents, servants or employees (or any entity or individual that the Contractor’s Subcontractor shall bear the legal liability thereof) in the performance of the Contract, including the Indemnitees’ active or passive negligence, except for Liabilities arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees, as determined by final arbitration or court decision or by the agreement of the Parties.

7-4.2 Workers’ Compensation Acts not Limiting.

The Contractor’s indemnifications and obligations under this Section 7-4, or any other provision of the Contract, shall not be limited by the provisions of any Workers’ Compensation act or similar act. The Contractor expressly waives its statutory immunity under such statutes or laws as to the City, its officers, agents, employees and volunteers.

7-4.3 Insurance Requirements not Limiting.

The City does not, and shall not, waive any rights that it may possess against the Contractor because of the acceptance by the City, or the deposit with the City, of any insurance policy or certificate required pursuant to the Contract. The indemnities in this Section 7-4 shall apply regardless of whether or not any insurance policies are determined to be applicable to the Liabilities, tax, assessment, penalty or interest asserted against the City.

7-4.4 Survival of Terms.

The Contractor’s indemnifications and obligations under this Section 7-4 shall survive the expiration or termination of the Contract.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-46 of MB Form

7-4.5 Civil Code Exception.

Nothing in this Section 7-4 shall be construed to encompass Indemnitees’ sole negligence or willful misconduct to the limited extent that the underlying Contract is subject to Civil Code Section 2782(a) or the City’s active negligence to the limited extent that the underlying Contract Documents are subject to Civil Code Section 2782(b), provided such sole negligence, willful misconduct or active negligence is determined by agreement between the parties or by the findings of a court of competent jurisdiction.

7-4.6 Nonwaiver of Rights.

Indemnitees do not and shall not waive any rights that they may possess against the Contractor because the acceptance by the City, or the deposit with the City, of any insurance policy or certificate required pursuant to these Contract Documents. This indemnity provision is effective regardless of any prior, concurrent, or subsequent active or passive negligence by Indemnitees and shall operate to fully indemnify Indemnitees against any such negligence.

7-4.7 Waiver of Right of Subrogation.

The Contractor, on behalf of itself and all parties claiming under or through it, hereby waives all rights of subrogation and contribution against the Indemnitees, while acting within the scope of their duties, from all Claims arising out of or incident to the activities or operations performed by or on behalf of the Contractor regardless of any prior, concurrent or subsequent active or passive negligence by Indemnitees.

7-5 PERMITS

Before starting any construction work, the Contractor will be required to obtain all necessary permits from the City, which may include obtaining a no fee right-of-way permit for Work within the public right-of-way, as well as all other permits required from all other agencies. Should this Project require construction of trenches or excavations which are five feet or deeper and into which a person is required to descend, the Contractor shall obtain a Cal/OSHA permit and furnish the City with a copy before Work can commence on this Project. The Contractor shall bear all cost for fees for all agencies except for the City’s permit fees.

The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses (including a City of Manhattan Beach business license), pay all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. All City of Manhattan Beach permits required for the performance of the Contract shall be issued on a “no fee” basis. Permits required by other agencies shall be obtained by the Contractor for all work within the City of Manhattan Beach.

7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK

The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all Work with the City’s street sweeping, trash pick-up, and street maintenance contractors, emergency services departments, utility companies’ crews, and others when necessary. Payment for conforming to these requirements shall be included in other items of Work, and no additional payment shall be made thereof.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-47 of MB Form

7-8 WORKSITE MAINTENANCE

Clean-up shall be done as Work progresses at the end of each day and thoroughly before weekends. The Contractor shall not allow the Work site to become littered with trash and waste material, but shall maintain the same in a neat and orderly condition throughout the construction operation. Materials which need to be disposed shall not be stored at the Project site, but shall be removed by the end of each Working Day. If the job site is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the cleaning will be done or contracted by the City and shall be back-charged to the Contractor and deducted from the Contract Price.

The Contractor shall make arrangements for storing its equipment and materials. The Contractor shall make its own arrangements for any necessary off-site storage or shop areas necessary for the proper execution of the Work. Approved areas within Work site may be used for temporary storage; however, the Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary permits from the City. In any case, the Contractor’s equipment and personal vehicles of the Contractor’s employees shall not be parked on the traveled way or on any section where traffic is restricted at any time.

The Contractor shall deliver, handle, and store products in accordance with the manufacturer’s written recommendations and by methods and means that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss including theft. Delivery schedules shall be controlled to minimize long-term storage of products at the Project site and overcrowding of construction spaces. In particular, the Contractor shall provide delivery and installation coordination to ensure minimum holding or storage times for products recognized to be flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other sources of loss.

Storage shall be arranged to provide access for inspection. The Contractor shall periodically inspect to ensure products are undamaged and are maintained under required conditions.

The Contractor shall promptly remove from the vicinity of the completed Work, all rubbish, debris, unused materials, concrete forms, construction equipment, and temporary structures and facilities used during construction. Final Acceptance of the Work by the City will be withheld until the Contractor has satisfactorily complied with the foregoing requirements for final clean-up of the Project site.

All costs associated with the clean-up and storage required to complete the Project shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 7-8 and Section 7-10 of the Standard Specifications and these General Provisions, the Contractor is responsible for Project site maintenance and for public convenience and safety. Payment for compliance with these provisions is considered as included in the prices bid for other contract items.

The City, however, to maintain good public relations, may deem it necessary to require special Project site maintenance and public convenience and safety actions and work to be performed by the Contractor that are over and above those required by the provisions of Section 7-8 and Section 7-10 of the Standard Specifications and these General Provisions.

These actions and work shall be as directed by the Engineer in writing and payment for compliance therewith shall be on a cost plus basis for extra work per Section 3-3 of the Standard

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-48 of MB Form

Specifications and applied against the not-to-exceed bid item for “Special Project Site Maintenance and Public Convenience and Safety.”

7-10 SAFETY

The provisions below shall supplement but not replace those provisions in Subsection 7-10 of the Standard Specifications.

7-10.2 Haul Routes

Subsection 7-10.3 of the Standard Specifications shall be deleted and replaced as follows:

The Contractor must obtain the Engineer’s approval before using any haul routes. Further detail requirements for haul traffic are delineated in the Special Provisions.

7-10.5.3 Steel Plate Covers

The Contractor shall cover all openings, trenches and excavations at the end of each Work Day with steel plate covers.

7-15 RECYCLING OF MATERIALS

Subsection 7-15 is hereby added to the Standard Specifications as follows:

7-15.1 Recycling of Asphalt Concrete, Portland Cement Concrete, Aggregate Base, and Green Waste are Required

The records of disposal, including scale tonnages, shall be furnished to the City on a monthly basis. Failure to comply with the requirements of this Section will result in delay of progress payment.

7-15.2 Contractor’s Obligation

The City is committed to a recycling program. If available, it is the obligation of the Contractor, under the Contract, to recycle the waste material through an approved recycling plant. Records and reports of waste recycle will be submitted to the City on a regular monthly basis.

SECTION 8. FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL

The provisions of Section 8 of the Standard Specifications shall apply except as modified herein. No field offices for City personnel shall be required; however, City personnel shall have the right to enter upon the Project at all times and shall be admitted to the offices of the Contractor to use the telephone, desk and sanitary facilities provided by the Contractor for its own personnel.

SECTION 9. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

The provisions below shall supplement but not replace those provisions in Section 9 of the Standard Specifications.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-49 of MB Form

9-1.1 General

Add the following at the end of Subsection 9-1.1:

All items of Work which are not designated on the Bid Schedule by the letters “F” or “LS” or words “Final” or “Lump Sum” shall have final pay quantities measured and paid for in accordance with the Standard Specifications and these General Provisions.

9-1.2 Methods of Measurement

The Contract Price shall constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, tools and incidentals required to complete the Project as outlined in these Contract Documents and as directed by the Engineer.

9-2 LUMP SUM WORK

Delete the first sentence of Subsection 9-2 and substitute the following:

Items of Work which are designated by the letters “LS” or the words “Lump Sum” in the Unit column of the Bid Schedule shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid, unless the dimensions of the Work, as shown on the Plans, are revised by the Engineer. If such dimensions are revised and such revisions result in an increase or decrease in the quantity of such Work, the final payment for the lump sum item will be revised in proportion to the change in dimensions authorized by Change Order.

Add the following at the end of Subsection 9-2:

The Contractor shall submit a Work item breakdown (Schedule of Values) of the Bid, described in the second paragraph of Subsection 9-2, “Lump Sum Work,” of the Standard Specifications, within ten Working Days after award of the Contract and/or at any other time as required by the Engineer.

No guarantee is made regarding the amount of Work required to complete a lump sum item of Work.

9-2.1 Progress Payments for Lump Sum Items of Work

The letter “C” or the word “Complete” in the Code column of the Bid Schedule for a lump sum item of Work shall mean that payment for that item will only be made after all Work for that item has been completed. The “%” symbol in the Code column of the Bid Schedule for a lump sum item of Work shall mean that progress payments for that item will be allowed based on the percentage of completion as determined by the Engineer in each pay period, typically every 30 days. (See Subsection 9-3.2 of the Standard Specifications and these General Provisions.)

9-3 PAYMENT

9-3.1 General

In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 7107, if no claims have been filed and are still pending, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the City will be paid to the

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-50 of MB Form

Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be withheld for any other lawful purposes.

Whenever the Contractor is required to perform work or furnish equipment, labor, tools, and materials of any class for which no price is fixed in the proposal, it shall be understood that such work, equipment, labor, tools, and materials shall be provided without extra charge, allowance, or direct payment of any kind. The cost of performing such work or furnishing such equipment, labor, tools, and materials shall be included in the unit bid prices in the proposal most closely related to the work and no additional compensation will be made thereof.

If any portion of the work done or materials furnished under the Contract shall prove defective or not in accordance with the Specifications and Contract drawings, and if the imperfection in the same is not of sufficient magnitude or importance to make the work dangerous or undesirable, the Engineer shall have the right and authority to retain the work instead of requiring it to be removed and reconstructed, but he shall make such deductions therefor in the payment due the Contractor as may be just and reasonable.

Delete the tenth paragraph of Subsection 9-3.1 and substitute the following:

Not later than 60 days from the date of Final Acceptance, the five percent deducted and retained from each progress estimate (see Subsection 9-3.2 of the Standard Specifications and these General Provisions) by the City will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained.

9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment

9-3.2.1 Monthly Closure Date and Invoice Date

The Contractor shall prepare and submit the form attached herewith (see Appendix I), or its own form in an identical format, to the Engineer for all requests for progress payments for the work performed in accordance with the provisions of the Contract during the preceding month. The progress payment request shall be submitted monthly, and a maximum of one progress payment request may be submitted each month. The Contractor shall submit a Conditional Waiver and Release form (Civil Code Section 8132) with the applicable monthly progress payment request. Progress payment requests associated with work completed prior to June 30th (the end of the City’s fiscal year), must be submitted no later than July 30th.

9-3.2.2 Payments

The City shall make payments within 30 Days after receipt of the Contractor’s undisputed and properly submitted payment request, including an updated construction schedule pursuant to Section 6-1.1 of the General Provisions. The City shall return to the Contractor any payment request determined not to be a proper payment request as soon as practicable, but not later than seven Days after receipt, and shall explain in writing the reasons why the payment request is not proper. Acceptance by the Contractor of the payment made in accordance with the final estimate shall be a release to the City, its officers, agents, and employees excepting only claims against the City for any amount withheld by it at the time of such payment.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-51 of MB Form

9-3.2.3 Retention

The City shall withhold not less than five percent from each progress payment. The City shall withhold not less than five percent of the Contract Price from the Final Payment Amount (defined in Section 9-3.2.4) until at least 35 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion, or recordation of a notice of cessation, but not longer than the period permitted by Public Contract Code Section 7107.

In addition to retained percentage and liquidated damages, the City may withhold payments to the Contractor including for defective work not remedied and other valid claims against the Contractor.

9-3.2.4 Final Invoice and Payment

Whenever the Contractor shall have completely performed the Contract in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a written statement of the final quantities of Contract items in the form of the final invoice, which must have an identical format to the progress payment request form attached herewith (see Appendix I). Upon receipt of the final payment request, the Engineer shall check the quantities included therein and shall authorize a payment amount, which in the Engineer’s opinion shall be just and fair, covering the value of the total amount of Work done by the Contractor, less all previous payments and all amounts to be retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents (“Final Payment Amount”). The Contractor shall submit a Conditional Waiver and Release form (Civil Code Section 8136) with the Final Payment request. The Engineer shall then request that the City accept the Work and that the City Clerk be authorized to file, on behalf of the City in the office of the County Recorder, a Notice of Completion of the Work herein agreed to be done by the Contractor. In addition, the final payment will not be released until the Contractor returns the control set of Plans and Specifications showing the redlined as-built conditions.

Final payment requests associated with work completed prior to June 30th (the end of the City’s fiscal year), must be submitted no later than July 30th.

9-3.2.5 Substitute Security

In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 22300, the Contractor may request that it be permitted to substitute securities in lieu of having retention withheld by the City from progress payments when such payments become due or, in the alternative, the Contractor may request that the City make payments of earned retentions directly to an agreed upon designated escrow agent at the Contractor’s expense. If the Contractor selects either one of these alternatives, the following shall control.

9-3.2.5.1 Substitution of Securities for Performance Retention

At some reasonable time before any progress payment would otherwise be due and payable to the Contractor in the performance of Work under these Contract Documents, the Contractor may submit a request to the City in writing to permit the substitution of retentions with securities equivalent to the amount estimated by the City (“estimated amount of retention”) to be withheld. The Contractor shall deposit such securities with the City or may, in the alternative, deposit such securities in escrow with a State or federally chartered bank in California, as the escrow agent, at the Contractor’s expense. Such securities will be the equivalent or greater in value of the estimated amount of retention. If the Contract is modified by written Modifications or Change

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-52 of MB Form

Orders or the Contractor otherwise becomes entitled to receive an amount more than the Contract Price at the time the securities are deposited, the Contractor shall, at the request of the City, deposit with the City or escrow agent, whichever is applicable, additional securities within a reasonable time so that the amount of securities on deposit with the City or escrow agent is equivalent or greater in value than the amount of retention the City would otherwise be entitled to withhold from progress payments due or to become due to the Contractor as the Work progresses. The City shall withhold any retention amount that exceeds the security amount until the additional securities are deposited and, if the deposit is with an escrow agent, the City has confirmation from that escrow agent of the new total value of securities. Upon satisfactory completion of the Contract, which shall mean, among other things, that the City is not otherwise entitled to retain proceeds from progress payments as elsewhere provided in the Contract or under applicable law, the securities shall be returned to the Contractor. The City shall, within its sole discretion, determine whether the amount of the securities on deposit with the City or escrow agent is equal to or greater than the amount of estimated retention of progress payments that could otherwise be held by the City if the Contractor had not elected to substitute same with securities.

9-3.2.5.2 Deposit of Retention Proceeds with an Escrow Agent

As an alternative to the substitution of securities, as provided above, or the City otherwise retaining and holding retention proceeds from progress payments, the Contractor may request the City to make payments of retentions earned directly to an escrow agent with the same qualifications as required in Section 9-3.2.5.1 above and at the expense of the Contractor. At its sole expense, the Contractor may direct the investment of such retention payments into only such securities as mentioned in Section 9-3.2.5.3 below and shall be entitled to interest earned on such investments on the same terms provided for securities deposited by the Contractor. Upon satisfactory completion of the Contract, which shall mean when the City would not otherwise be entitled to withhold retention proceeds from progress payments had the Contractor not elected to have such proceeds deposited into escrow, the Contractor shall be allowed to receive from the escrow agent all securities, interest and payments deposited into escrow pursuant to the terms of this Section. The Contractor shall pay to each Subcontractor, not later than ten Days of receipt of payment, the respective amount of interest earned, net of costs attributed to retention withheld from each Subcontractor, on the amount withheld to ensure performance of the Contractor.

9-3.2.5.3 Subcontractor Entitlement to Interest

If the Contractor elects to receive interest on any moneys withheld in retention by the City, then the Subcontractor shall receive the identical rate of interest received by the Contractor on any retention moneys withheld from the Subcontractor by the Contractor, less any actual pro rata costs associated with administering and calculating that interest. In the event that the interest rate is a fluctuating rate, the rate for the Subcontractor shall be determined by calculating the interest rate paid during the time that retentions were withheld from the Subcontractor. If the Contractor elects to substitute securities in lieu of retention, then, by mutual consent of the Contractor and the Subcontractor, the Subcontractor may substitute securities in exchange for the release of moneys held in retention by the Contractor. The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, not later than ten Days after receipt of escrow moneys, the amount owed to each Subcontractor from the moneys plus the respective amount of interest earned, net of costs attributed to the retention held from each Subcontractor, on the amount of retention withheld to ensure performance of the Subcontractor.

9-3.2.5.4 Securities Eligible for Investment

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-53 of MB Form

Securities eligible for investment shall include those listed in Government Code Section 16430, bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit, interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, standby letters of credit, or any other security mutually agreed upon between the Contractor and the City. The Contractor shall be the beneficial owner of any securities substituted for any monies withheld and shall receive any interest thereon.

9-3.2.5.5 Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention

The escrow agreement that shall be used for the deposit of securities in lieu of retention shall substantially conform to the form prescribed in Public Contract Code Section 22300(f).

9-3.2.5.6 Inconsistencies with Prevailing Statutory Requirements

If there is any inconsistency between or differences in Public Contract Code Section 22300 and the terms of this provision, or any future amendments thereto, Section 22300 shall control.

9-4 AUDIT

The City or its representative shall have the option of inspecting and/or auditing all records and other written materials used by the Contractor in preparing its billings to the City as a condition precedent to any payment to the Contractor or in response to a construction claim or a Public Records Act (Government Code Section 6250 et seq. ) request. The Contractor will promptly furnish documents requested by the City at no cost. Additionally, the Contractor shall be subject to State Auditor examination and audit at the request of the City or as part of any audit of the City, for a period of three and one-half years after Final Acceptance under the Contract. The Contractor shall include a copy of this Section 9-4 in all contracts with its Subcontractors, and the Contractor shall be responsible for immediately obtaining those records or other written material from its Subcontractors upon a request by the State Auditor or the City. If the Project includes other auditing requirements, those additional requirements will be listed in the Special Provisions.

SECTION 10. CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 GENERAL

To ensure that solid waste generated in the City is reduced, reused or recycled, the Contractor shall submit a “Waste Management Plan” (WMP) to the Engineer for review and approval, using the form found at the end of this Section 10. After the WMP has been reviewed by the Engineer, it will be returned to the Contractor in one of the following four status conditions:

• “Approved”

• “Further Explanation Required”: The Engineer will return the WMP to the Contractor with questions about the WMP. The Contractor shall resubmit plan with each of the City’s questions answered thoroughly.

• “Denied”: The Engineer will indicate the reasons for denial. The Contractor shall then resubmit a new WMP that complies with the requirements of this Section or request an Infeasibility Exemption.

• “Infeasibility Exemption Approved”

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-54 of MB Form

The Contractor shall follow the WMP and document results during demolition and construction. Final documentation shall be submitted at the end of the project to the Engineer for review of compliance with the original WMP. The amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the City in accordance with Section 9.3.1 and 9.3.2 shall be withheld until final WMP is submitted to the City and approved by the City.

10-2 DEFINITIONS a) “Construction” means the building of any facility or structure or any portion thereof including any tenant improvements to an existing facility or structure. b) “Construction and Demolition Debris” means used or discarded materials removed from premises during construction of the Project. c) “Conversion Rate” means the rate set forth in the standardized Conversion Rate Table approved by the City Council pursuant to this Section for use in estimating the volume or weight of materials identified in a Construction and Demolition Waste Reduction and Recycling Plan. d) “Divert” means to use material for any purpose other than disposal in a landfill. Diversion credit is given for source reduction (waste reduction), recycling, and composting. e) “Diversion Requirement” means the diversion of at least 65% of the total Construction and Demolition Debris generated by a Project via reduction (source reduction), reuse or recycling, unless the Contractor has been granted an Infeasibility Exemption, in which case the Diversion Requirement shall be the maximum feasible diversion rate established by the Engineer. f) “Recycling” means the process of collecting, sorting, cleansing, treating, and reconstituting materials that would otherwise become solid waste, and returning them to the economic mainstream in the form of raw material for new, reused, or reconstituted products which meet the quality standards necessary to be used in the marketplace. g) “Renovation” means any change, addition, or modification in an existing structure. h) “Reuse” means further or repeated use of Construction or Demolition Debris. An example is the reuse of crushed concrete as road base or as aggregate on the construction site. i) “Salvage” means the controlled removal of Construction or Demolition Debris from project for the purpose of recycling, reuse, or storage for later recycling or reuse. j) “Construction and Demolition Waste Management Plan” means a completed form, approved by the Engineer for the purpose of compliance with this Section, submitted by the Contractor/Contractor for any Covered or Noncovered Project that indicates the estimated diversion that the Contractor/Contractor anticipates in diverting from disposal. k) “Construction and Demolition Waste Management Report” means a completed form, approved by the Engineer for the purpose of compliance with this Section, submitted by the Contractor for any Project that documents the disposal and diversion tonnages and destinations.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-55 of MB Form

10-3 INFEASIBILITY EXEMPTION a) Application. If the Contractor experiences unique circumstances that the Contractor believes make it infeasible to comply with the Diversion Requirement, the Contractor shall apply for an exemption at the time that it submits the WMP. The Contractor shall indicate on the WMP the maximum rate of diversion the Contractor believes is feasible for each material and the specific circumstances that the Contractor believes make it infeasible to comply with the Diversion Requirement. b) The Engineer shall review the information supplied by the Contractor and may meet with the Contractor to discuss possible ways of meeting the Diversion Requirement. Based on the information supplied by the Contractor, the Engineer shall determine whether it is possible for the Contractor to meet the Diversion Requirement. c) If the Engineer determines that it is infeasible for the Contractor to meet the Diversion Requirement due to unique circumstances, the Engineer shall determine the maximum feasible diversion rate for each material and shall indicate this rate on the WMP submitted by the Contractor. The Engineer shall return a copy of the WMP to the Contractor marked “Infeasibility Exemption Approved.” d) Denial of Exemption. If the Engineer determines that it is possible for the Contractor to meet the Diversion Requirement, the Engineer shall so inform the Contractor in writing. The Contractor will have 15 days to resubmit a new WMP. If the Contractor fails to resubmit a new WMP, or if the resubmitted WMP does not comply with the requirements of the plan, the Engineer shall deny the WMP.

10-4 DIVERSION PROGRAM

The methodology used to calculate diversion is based on the Title 14, California Code of Regulations, Article 6.1 Solid Waste Generation Study, Section 18722 et seq, and is consistent with California Integrated Waste Management Board measurement protocols. The following equation defines the “Generation-Based Diversion Quantification Methodology”:

Generation = Disposal + Diversion

Diversion Rate (%) = Diversion Tons Generation Tons

10-5 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Other materials to assist the Contractor in completing the WMP can be found on the City’s website at www.citymb.info .

• Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Guide

• Construction and Demolition Recycling Brochure

The California Integrated Waste Management Board has also developed Technical Assistance Literature regarding construction and demolition waste reduction and recycling, which is available on-line at http://www.ciwmb.ca.gov/ConDemo/ .

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-56 of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH Construction & Demolition Waste Management Plan Manhattan Beach Municipal Code 5.26 requires construction projects to reuse or recycle 65% of all construction site waste (All Demo & Roof tear-off projects, and All construction with a total value of $100,000+). All haulers and contractors MUST have a business license in the City of Manhattan Beach. REQUIRED GOAL: REUSE OR RECYCLE A MINIMUM OF 65% OF ALL PROJECT WASTE Instructions: 1. Complete entire WMP & submit to the Project Manager as a project submittal. 2. Reuse and/or recycle at least 65% of all construction site waste and keep good records of all facility waste tickets. 3. Submit a copy of this WMP and ALL recycling and landfill facility weight tickets before Final Inspection to the Project Manager as a new project submittal. A COPY OF THIS WMP AND RECEIPTS OF ALL RECYCLING AND DISPOSAL SHALL BE SUBMITTED BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY THE CITY. Fines for Non-Compliance (MBMC 5.26.020): Demo projects up to $5,000 and Construction projects up to $10,000

Project Name: ______

Project Address: ______

Type of Project: [ ] Street Improvement [ ] Water Main [ ] Sewer Main [ ] Storm Drain [ ] Other

Total Bid Price: $______

Requesting Infeasibility Exemption: [ ] Yes [ ] No

Contractor Name: ______Contact Name: ______

Address: ______Contact Phone: ______

Recycler: ______Recycler Contact: ______

Recycler Address: ______Recycler Contact Phone: ______

CITY USE ONLY Application (Date) Final (Date) Approved Further explanation needed (see attached) Denied Infeasibility Exemption Approved Reviewed By

Submit this form and the attached Waste Management Plan Table to: Engineering Division City of Manhattan Beach 3621 Bell Avenue Manhattan Beach, CA 90266

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-57 of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH Construction & Demolition Waste Management Plan Table Project Name: ______

Total Estimated Waste Generated by Project: ______( IN TONS ). (Ask your hauler, recycler or site cleanup vendor to assist you. Use receipts from your previous jobs for estimates.) Complete and return with Building Permit Application Complete and return with receipts prior to final building approval Material Type Estimated Estimated Vendor or Facility Actual Actual Vendor or Facility Reused/ Disposed/ to be Used Reused/ Disposed/ Used (Destination) Recycled Landfilled (Destination) Recycled Landfilled Asphalt & Concrete Bricks/Masonry/Tiles Building Materials (doors, windows, fixtures, etc.) Cardboard Concrete Pavement and Grindings Drywall (new, unpainted) Asphalt Pavement Grindings Landscape Debris (Plant & Tree Trimmings) Scrap Metal Unpainted Wood & Pallets Other (painted wood & drywall, roofing, etc.) Mixed C&D* Trash/Garbage TOTAL *Mixed C&D is defined as a mixture of three or more materials (e.g., wood, drywall, roofing, etc.) from construction or demolition sites that will be taken to a “qualified” facility for recycling. (See C&D Debris Recycling Guide.)

If you are requesting an infeasibility exemption and the estimated amount reused/recycled is less than 65%, please explain why (attach additional sheets if necessary): ______If the actual amount reused/recycled is less than 65%, please explain why: ______

Prepared by (please print): ______Date: ______Contractor Signature: ______Phone Number: ______

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-58 of MB Form

Conversion Rates

The following conversion rates are estimates. The ranges vary widely, depending on how the materials are handled (compacted, loose, chipped, etc.). Use the conversion factors and receipts from any previous projects to help you estimate the potential amount of materials and diversion. Take into consideration the type and load of vehicles that will be used to haul the materials. Ask your hauler or recycler to assist you in estimating these numbers.

Material Lbs/cy Tons/cy

Asphalt 1,400 lbs/cy 0.7 tons/cy

Brick 2,430 lbs/cy 1.21 tons/cy

Cardboard 100 lbs/cy 0.05 tons/cy

Concrete 2,600 lbs/cy 1.3 tons/cy (Sources range from1,000 to 4,000) Dirt/Soils 2,660 lbs/cy 1.33 tons/cy

Drywall 700 lbs/cy 0.35 tons/cy

Wood (chipped) 300 – 650 lbs/cy 0.15 – 0.3 tons/cy

Mixed C&D Debris 900 lbs/cy 0.45 tons/cy

Mixed Waste/Trash 100 – 350 lbs/cy 0.5 – 0.175 tons/cy

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-59 of MB Form

SECTION 11. ADDITIONAL TERMS

11-1 NONDISCRIMINATORY EMPLOYMENT

The Contractor shall not unlawfully discriminate against any individual based on race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, sex, gender, gender identity, gender expression, age, sexual orientation or military and veteran status. The Contractor understands and agrees that it is bound by and will comply with the nondiscrimination mandates of all statutes and local ordinances and regulations.

11-2 NOTICE TO PROCEED

Upon award of the Contract and signing the Contract Documents, the City shall issue the Contractor a Notice to Proceed, as specified in Section 4 of the Contract. The City will not authorize any Work to be done under these Contract Documents before the Contract has been fully executed. Any Work that is done by the Contractor in advance of the Notice to Proceed to Fulfill Preconstruction Requirements and Order Materials, or the Notice to Proceed with Construction (whichever is applicable), shall be considered as being done at the Contractor’s own risk and responsibility, and as a consequence will be subject to rejection.

11-3 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK

Until the final acceptance of the Work by the City as defined in Section 6-8.2 of the General Provisions, by written action of the Engineer, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall bear the risk of injury or damage to any part of the Work by the action of the elements, criminal acts, or any other cause. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof, except for such injuries or damages arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, its officers, agents or employees. In the case of suspension of Work from any cause whatever, the Contractor shall be responsible for all materials and the protection of Work already completed, shall properly store and protect them if necessary, and shall provide suitable drainage and erect temporary structures where necessary.

11-4 PROCEDURE IN CASE OF DAMAGE TO PUBLIC PROPERTY

Any portions of curb, gutter, sidewalk or any other City improvement damaged by the Contractor during the course of construction shall be replaced by the Contractor at its own cost. The cost of additional replacement of curb, gutter or sidewalk in excess of the estimated quantities shown in the Bid form and Specifications, and found necessary during the process of construction (but not due to damage resulting from carelessness on the part of the Contractor during its operation), shall be paid to the Contractor at the unit prices submitted in its Bid.

11-5 REMOVAL OF INTERFERING OBSTRUCTIONS

The Contractor shall remove and dispose of all debris, abandoned structures, tree roots and obstructions of any character encountered during the process of excavation. It is understood that the cost of any such removals are made a part of the unit price bid by the Contractor under the item for excavation or removal of existing Work.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-60 of MB Form

11-6 SOILS ENGINEERING AND TESTING

An independent certified materials testing firm must be retained by the Contractor to perform materials tests and applicable special inspections during the Contractor’s entire operation to ascertain compliance with the Contract requirements. If the initial tests do not meet the Contract requirements, the Contractor shall bear the cost of all subsequent tests.

The Contractor shall provide a copy of the testing and inspection reports to the Engineer within 24 hours upon receipt.

If the City requires other tests or more specific requirements for testing regarding this Project, those details will be included in the Special Provisions.

11-7 ACCESS TO PRIVATE PROPERTY

Unless otherwise stated in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall be responsible for all fees and costs associated with securing permission to access private property for any portion of the Project.

11-8 WORKING DAYS AND HOURS

The Contractor shall do all Work between the hours of 7:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday. No Work will be allowed on Saturday, Sunday or City holidays listed on the City’s website unless specifically mentioned in the Contract Documents or authorized by the City Engineer.

In addition, no Work will be allowed on any special election Day that may be declared. Should a special election Day be declared, a time extension of one Working Day will be granted for each such Day.

A permit may have other hours or Days for the Contractor to do the Work, and those hours and Days shall supersede any hours and Days written in this Section.

Whenever the Contractor is permitted or directed to perform night Work or to vary the period during which Work is performed during the Working Day, the Contractor shall give 24 hours’ notice to the Engineer so that inspection may be provided. Also, a charge may be made to the Contractor for approved overtime or weekend inspections requested by the Contractor.

In the event that the Contractor exceeds the hours of work requirement without prior approval from the City Engineer, the City Engineer will issue a verbal warning. A second violation will result in a written warning. Thereafter, any subsequent exceedance of authorized work hours will result in the Contractor being assessed liquidated damages in the amount of $200.00 per occurrence, which will be deducted from the Contract amount.

11-9 CLAIM DISPUTE RESOLUTION

In the event of any dispute or controversy with the City over any matter whatsoever, the Contractor shall not cause any delay or cessation in or of Work, but shall proceed with the performance of the Work in dispute. The Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided that pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the parties. The Disputed Work will be categorized as an “unresolved dispute” and payment, if any, shall be as later determined by mutual agreement

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-61 of MB Form

or a court of law. The Contractor shall keep accurate, detailed records of all Disputed Work, claims and other disputed matters.

All claims arising out of or related to the Contract Documents or the Project, and the consideration and payment of such claims, are subject to the Government Claims Act (Government Code Section 810 et seq .) with regard to filing claims. All such claims are also subject to Public Contract Code Section 9204 and Public Contract Code Section 20104 et seq . (Article 1.5), where applicable. The Contract hereby incorporates those provisions as though fully set forth herein. Thus, the Contractor or any Subcontractor must file a claim in accordance with the Government Claims Act as a prerequisite to filing a construction claim in compliance with Section 9204 and Article 1.5 (if applicable), and must then adhere to Article 1.5 and Section 9204, as applicable, pursuant to the definition of “claim” as individually defined therein.

11-10 THIRD PARTY CLAIMS

The City shall have full authority to compromise or otherwise settle any claim relating to the Project at any time. The City shall timely notify the Contractor of the receipt of any third-party claim relating to the Project. The City shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs incurred in providing this notice.

11-11 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

The Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, State and local laws, ordinances, codes and regulations in force at the time the Contractor performs pursuant to the Contract Documents.

11-12 CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS

By signing the Contract, the Contractor represents, covenants, agrees, and declares under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that: (a) the Contractor is licensed, qualified, and capable of furnishing the labor, materials, and expertise necessary to perform the services in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract Documents; (b) there are no obligations, commitments, or impediments of any kind that will limit or prevent its full performance under the Contract Documents; (c) there is no litigation pending against the Contractor that could adversely affect its performance of the Contract, and the Contractor is not the subject of any criminal investigation or proceeding; and (d) to the Contractor’s actual knowledge, neither the Contractor nor its personnel have been convicted of a felony.

11-13 CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

The Contractor agrees not to accept any employment or representation during the term of the Contract or within 12 months after acceptance as defined in Section 6-8.2 of the General Provisions that is or may likely make the Contractor “financially interested,” as provided in Government Code Sections 1090 and 87100, in any decisions made by the City on any matter in connection with which the Contractor has been retained pursuant to the Contract Documents.

11-14 APPLICABLE LAW

The validity, interpretation, and performance of these Contract Documents shall be controlled by and construed under the laws of the State of California, excluding California’s choice of law rules. Venue for any such action relating to the Contract shall be in the Los Angeles County Superior Court.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-62 of MB Form

11-15 TIME

Time is of the essence in these Contract Documents.

11-16 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

The Contractor and Subcontractors shall at all times remain, as to the City, wholly independent contractors. Neither the City nor any of its officials, officers, employees or agents shall have control over the conduct of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or any of their officers, employees, or agents, except as herein set forth, and the Contractor and Subcontractors are free to dispose of all portions of their time and activities that they are not obligated to devote to the City in such a manner and to such Persons that the Contractor or Subcontractors wish except as expressly provided in these Contract Documents. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall have no power to incur any debt, obligation, or liability on behalf of the City, bind the City in any manner, or otherwise act on behalf of the City as agents. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall not, at any time or in any manner, represent that they or any of their agents, servants or employees, are in any manner agents, servants or employees of the City. The Contractor and Subcontractors agree to pay all required taxes on amounts paid to them under the Contract, and to indemnify and hold the City harmless from any and all taxes, assessments, penalties, and interest asserted against the City by reason of the independent contractor relationship created by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall include this provision in all contracts with all Subcontractors.

11-17 CONSTRUCTION

In the event of any asserted ambiguity in, or dispute regarding the interpretation of any matter herein, the interpretation of these Contract Documents shall not be resolved by any rules of interpretation providing for interpretation against the party who causes the uncertainty to exist or against the party who drafted the Contract Documents or who drafted that portion of the Contract Documents.

11-18 NON-WAIVER OF TERMS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

Waiver by either party of any one or more of the conditions of performance under these Contract Documents shall not be a waiver of any other condition of performance under these Contract Documents. In no event shall the making by the City of any payment to the Contractor constitute or be construed as a waiver by the City of any breach of covenant, or any default that may then exist on the part of the Contractor, and the making of any such payment by the City shall in no way impair or prejudice any right or remedy available to the City with regard to such breach or default.

11-19 TERM

The Contract is effective as of the Effective Date listed, and shall remain in full force and effect until the Contractor has fully rendered the services required by the Contract Documents or the Contract has been otherwise terminated by the City. However, some provisions may survive the term listed within this Section, as stated in those provisions.

11-20 NOTICE

Except as otherwise required by law, any notice or other communication authorized or required by these Contract Documents shall be in writing and shall be deemed received on (a) the day of

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-63 of MB Form

delivery if delivered by hand or overnight courier service during the City’s regular business hours or (b) on the third business day following deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, to the addresses listed on the Contractor’s Bid and City Hall, or at such other address as one party may notify the other.

11-21 SEVERABILITY

If any term or portion of these Contract Documents is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of these Contract Documents shall continue in full force and effect.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City GP-64 of MB Form

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City SP-1 of MB Form

PART I: SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

I. SCHEDULE OF VALUES a. The lowest three (3) bidders shall submit a Project Schedule of Values (Appendix II) within three (3) calendar days after bid opening. The completed schedule shall include all sheets with all blanks filled in, including inserting “N/A” (for not applicable) if necessary. Values for items of work, totals for each division of work, and the sum total value for all items shall match amounts listed for the corresponding bid items on the bidder’s bid. The lowest (3) bidders shall coordinate the delivery of the completed Project Schedule of Values with the City’s Project Manager.

b. In addition to the required submittals for Partial and Final Payments specified in Section 9-3.2 of the General Provisions, Contractor shall submit a Schedule of Values indicating the values for each item of work completed during each billing period as well as the cumulative value of work completed to date.

II. CONSTRUCTION STAGING AREA Contractor shall be responsible for securing an offsite staging area for this Project. Staging materials and storing of construction vehicles onsite will not be permitted.

The Cost of securing a staging area shall be considered as included in the appropriate bid item and no additonal compensation will be allowed therefor.

III. CITY HALL OPERATING HOURS AND CONTRACTOR WORK HOURS a. Normal City Hall Operating Hours i. For the purposes of bidding, Contractor shall assume that City Hall will function at normal hours and capacity for the entire duration of construction. Contractor shall also assume work hours shall be as specified in this Item III of the Special Instructions. Contractor shall plan/schedule/phase work to ensure that normal City Hall business continues and is uninterrupted by any construction activities, and is reminded that City Hall business is considered as “essential”. Any construction activity that disrupts normal City Hall business will be immediately stopped by the City’s Project Manager and no compensation or additional time shall be provided due to the work stoppage.

ii. For the purposes of bidding, Contractor shall assume the following schedule for City Hall Operations: Operation Day(s) Hours City Hall Hours (Full Staff) Monday – Thursday 7:30 a.m. – 5:30 p.m. City Hall Hours (Partial Staff) Friday 7:30 a.m. – 4:30 p.m. City Council Meetings 1st & 3 rd Tuesday of the Month 6:00 p.m. – 11:00 p.m. 2nd & 4 th Wednesday of the Planning Commission Meeting 6:00 p.m. – 9:30 p.m. Month Cultural Arts Commission 3rd Monday of the Month 6:00 p.m. – 8:00 p.m. Meeting Library Commission Meeting 2nd Monday of the Month 6:00 p.m. – 8:00 p.m. Parks & Recreation 4th Monday of the Month 6:00 p.m. – 8:00 p.m. Commission Meeting Parking & Public Improvements 4th Thursday of the Month 6:00 p.m. – 8:00 p.m. Commission

12100 -0001 \2410807v2 .doc City TP-1 of MB Form

b. Contractor Work Hours i. Normal Contractor Work Hours. Except as noted below, the Contractor’s normal work hours shall be 7:30 a.m. – 4:30 p.m. Monday – Friday.

ii. Exceptions to Normal Contractor Work Hours. Contractor will be prohibited from performing the following construction activities during City Hall hours, City Council meetings or Commission meetings. 1. Noise Related Construction Activities . Activities whose noise level may interfere with City Hall staff’s ability to conduct regular City business shall only occur during the period specified below. Examples of such noise related construction activities include, but are not limited to jackhammering, drilling, breaking, sawing, shot pinning, and equipment installation. 2. Removal of Equipment Requiring Use of a Crane. 3. Inside Work Requiring the Relocation of Staff. Activities on the inside of City Hall, which requires the relocation of staff in order to access a work area shall only occur during the period specified below.

iii. Summary of Contractor Work Hours Description of Activity Allowable Work Day(s) Allowable Work Hours Normal Construction Monday - Friday 7:30 a.m. – 4:30 p.m. Friday 7:30 a.m. – 4:30 p.m. Excessively Noisy Construction Saturday 9:00 a.m. – 6:00 p.m. Activities Sunday 9:30 a.m. – 6:00 p.m. Friday 7:30 a.m. – 4:30 p.m. Removal of Equipment Saturday 9:00 a.m. – 6:00 p.m. Requiring Use of a Crane Sunday 9:30 a.m. – 6:00 p.m. Inside Work Requiring the Monday – Thursday 6:00 p.m. – 7:00 a.m. (next day)* Relocation of Staff Friday – Monday 5:00 p.m. Fri – 7:00 a.m. Mon *Except during City Council or Commission meetings. On those nights, work may begin no earlier than 30 minutes after the end of the meeting.

iv. Due to the availability of the City’s Building Inspector (City Hall normal work days and hours) for required code related building inspections, the Contractor must make provisions to conduct their activities in such a manner to ensure appropriate personnel is available on those days and times at no additional cost to the City.

IV. CONSTRUCTION PHASING & TEMPORARY COOLING/HEATING/POWER/PLUMBING a. Contractor shall provide a mobilization and construction phasing plan for City review and acceptance prior to construction and mobilization. The City reserves the right to request modification to the mobilization plan (at no additional cost to the City) so as to not affect occupancy/facility operations. Such work includes gaining access to above ceiling equipment in occupied spaces, altering/demolishing/installing thermostats in occupied spaces, transitioning through corridors in occupied spaces to gain access to equipment, etc.

b. Contractor shall provide a power, utilities and equipment shut down plan and schedules for City review and acceptance prior to construction.

c. The contractor shall provide weekly phasing plan updates and shall notify the City

12100 -0001 \2410807v2 .doc City TP-2 of MB Form

of any noise related work (including jackhammering, drilling, shot pinning, equipment installation, etc.) two weeks prior to execution for City approval. Noise related work

d. Contractor shall provide temporary cooling/heating/power/plumbing during demolition and installation to provide continued occupant/facility operation. Refer to site-specific information below.

e. The server room shall maintain under continuous operation without any disruption or downtime.

f. Contractor shall provide weekly phasing plan updates and shall notify the City of any noise related work (including jackhammering, drilling, shot pinning, equipment installation, etc.) two weeks prior to execution for City approval. City may require noise related work to be performed on Fridays and weekends as not to disturb occupant operations. In addition, the City may require non-noise related work within the office areas to be performed during after hour and weekend time frames as not to obstruct occupant operations.

g. Contractor shall restore all occupied areas disturbed during construction to their original state. Special care shall be taken to protect al cubicles, conference rooms, and occupied spaces during construction.

Full compensation for compliance with the preceding requirement shall be considered as being included in Bid Item No. 2 – Construction Phasing & Temporary Cooling/Heating/Power/Plumbing.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2 .doc City TP-3 of MB Form

12100 -0001 \2410807v2 .doc City TP-4 of MB Form

V. SPECIAL PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE AND PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY (BID ITEM NO.9) Contractor’s attention is directed to paragraphs 8 & 9 of General Provisions Section 7- 8 Worksite Maintenance. Work directed by the Engineer in writing and payment for work performed pursuant to these two Paragrpahs shall be applied to the not-to- exceed Bid Item No. 9 – Special Project Site Maintenance and Public Convenience and Safety.

VI. PERMITS Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall obtain a Building Permit for the project. Permit shall be obtained online through the City of Manhattan Beach Citizen Self Service (CSS) portal at energov.citymb.info/EnerGovProd/SelfService#/home

Contrctor shall create a free account for accessing this system.

VII. CONTRACTOR DAILY REPORT Contractor shall complete and submit to the City the Contractor Daily Report (Appendix III) daily.

VIII. PARKING Contractor may use the Civic Center Lot behind City Hall to park Contractor crew vehicles, materials and equipment during Contractor work hours only. Contractor crew vehicles, materials, and equipment shall be removed from the Civic Center Lot when the Contractor is not working.

IX. COORDINATION OF CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WITH CITY HALL OPERATIONS For bidding purposes, Contractor shall assume that City Hall operations will resume for the duration of the construction contract.

X. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL TESTING/INSPECTING Contractor shall provide the appropriate personnel, perform the testing; and submit the required documentation as specified in technical provisions. The Technical Specification sections that specify Field Quality Control and/or include, but is not limited to, to following sections:

• Section 09 91 13 Exterior Painting • Section 22 05 29 Hangers and Support for Plumbing Piping and Equipment • Section 23 05 00 Common Work Results for HVAC • Section 23 05 29 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment • Section 23 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment • Section 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC • Section 23 23 00 Refrigerant Piping • Section 23 31 13 Metal Ducts • Section 23 81 26 Split-System Air-Conditioners • Section 26 05 19 Low-Volt Power Conductors and Cables • Section 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical • Section 26 22 00 Low Voltage Transformers • Section 26 24 16 Panelboards

12100 -0001 \2410807v2 .doc City TP-5 of MB Form

Full compensation for compliance with this requirement shall be considered as included in Bid Item No. 8 – Field Quality Control/Testing.

XI. COMMISSIONING General Commissioning Requirements: The contractor shall perform commissioning services as part of the scope of work to ensure the proper installation, testing, and operation all individual and interrelated global systems and equipment. The contractor shall perform (at a minimum) the following commissioning scope of work for the systems described in the construction documents and shall not extend to unrelated unaltered systems:

a. Provide a single point contact for commissioning services.

b. Coordinate subcontractors, vendors, manufacturers, and testing agencies as required to support Commissioning activities

c. Prepare Pre-functional Test checklist for the systems from manufacturer's Field Installation Verification checklist and Equipment Startup Verification checklist furnished by equipment supplier through the installation contractor.

d. Perform Pre-Functional Tests and Manufacturer start-up checklists

e. Certify that the system is operational and complete and ready for acceptance testing (TAB complete, BMS complete, PFT complete) and equipment Startup complete.

f. Prepare and execute Functional Performance Test Procedures for the systems.

g. Complete Control System Checkout and Testing.

h. Perform Control System Demonstration and Acceptance Testing.

i. Train the owner in basic operation of the systems, equipment and controls and provide required passwords.

j. Provide as-built Sequence of Operations to incorporate into systems manual.

k. Provide a Test and Balance (TAB) in time for use in performing functional testing.

l. Coordinate balance activities with activities of the mechanical and controls contractors.

m. Provide Final Commissioning Report.

n. Performs post-occupancy review of building operations 10 months after substantial completion. Contractors shall correct identified deficiencies under manufacturer’s or contractor warranties.

Full compensation for compliance with this requirement shall be considered as

12100 -0001 \2410807v2 .doc City TP-6 of MB Form

included in Bid Item No. 10 – Commissioning.

XII. ACCESS SECURITY CLEARANCE Access security clearance will be required of all persons entering City Hall after hours during construction. The City will require the following information:

a. List of all workers, Contractor & subcontractor, that will enter City Hall during construction.

b. Copy of the driver’s license or other government issued identification card for all workers listed in (a).

For security clearance, it will take one (1) full, normal City Hall business work day to process this clearance. This clearance is also required for any change in personnel assigned.

XIII. SITE SECURITY Contractor shall maintain the security of the work area during after-hours construction, including but not limited to:

a. Ensuring that only workers that have undergone the security access clearance described above enter City Hall,

b. Ensuring that no outside access door will remain open or left propped open unattended at any time,

c. Advising any unauthorized persons within City Hall to exit the building, and

d. Contacting the Manhattan Beach Police Department if any problems arise.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2 .doc City TP-7 of MB Form

PART II: STANDARD AND SPECIAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

12100 -0001 \2410807v2 .doc City TP-8 of MB Form

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

City of Manhattan Beach

City Hall HVAC Improvement

Project No. D-938

Bid Documents

DECEMBER 1, 2020

Kitchell CEM 2450 Venture Oaks Way, Suite 500 Sacramento, California 95833 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

DOCUMENT 00 01 05 - CERTIFICATIONS

ARCHITECT’S CERTIFICATION I hereby certify that certain of the Specifications contained herein were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. This Certification covers the following: Division: 03-09

Name: Kevin Hallock

Firm: Kitchell CEM

Reg. No.: C33444 Exp. Date: 01/31/2021

MECHANICAL ENGINEER’S CERTIFICATION I hereby certify that certain of the Specifications contained herein were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. This Certification covers the following: Divisions: 22, 23

Name: Ahmad Elkot

Firm: Kitchell CEM

Reg. No.: M38746 Exp. Date: 03/31/2022

ELECTRICAL ENGINEER’S CERTIFICATION

I hereby certify that certain of the Specifications contained herein were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. This Certification covers the following: Divisions: 26

Name: Milutin Backovich

Firm: Kitchell CEM

Reg. No.: E13335 Exp. Date: 09/30/2022

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 00 01 05 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 00 01 05 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 00 01 10 - TABLE OF CONTENTS

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

00 01 00 Project Cover Sheet 00 01 05 Certification Page 00 01 10 Table of Contents

DIVISIONS 03, 05, 06, 07, 08, and 09 – ARCHITECTURAL REQUIRE

06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 07 52 13 Atactic-Polypropylene (app) Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 84 13 Penetration Firestopping 07 92 00 Joint Sealants 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08 31 13 Access Doors and Frames 09 91 13 Exterior Painting 09 91 23 Interior Painting 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings

DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS

22 05 00 Common Work Results for Plumbing 22 05 10 Basic Piping Installation Requirements 22 05 23 General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping 22 05 29 Hangers and Support for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment

DIVISION 23 – HVAC REQUIREMENTS

23 05 00 Common Work Results for HVAC 23 05 13 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment 23 05 29 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 07 00 HVAC Insulation 23 07 19 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 09 23 Direct Digital Control System for HVAC 23 21 13 Hydronic Piping 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps 23 23 00 Refrigerant Piping 23 31 00 HVAC Ducts and Casings 23 31 13 Metal Ducts 23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories 23 34 00 HVAC Fans 23 64 23 Air Cooled Water Chillers 23 72 13 Air Cooled Condensing Units

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 00 01 10 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

23 74 10 Custom Air-Handling Units 23 81 26 Split-System Air-Conditioners

DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 05 19 Low-Volt Power Conductors and Cables 26 02 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical 26 05 34 Outlet and Junction Boxes for Electrical 26 05 35 Raceway for Electrical Systems 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 22 00 Low Voltage Transformers 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 26 28 16 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers

END OF SECTION 00 01 10

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 00 01 10 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 06 10 00 - ROUGH CARPENTRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Framing with timber. 3. Framing with engineered wood products. 4. Shear wall panels. 5. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 6. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers. 7. Wood furring. 8. Wood sleepers. 9. Plywood backing panels.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Boards or Strips: Lumber of less than 2 inches nominal size in least dimension.

B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal size or greater but less than 5 inches nominal size in least dimension.

C. Exposed Framing: Framing not concealed by other construction.

D. OSB: Oriented strand board.

E. Timber: Lumber of 5 inches nominal size or greater in least dimension.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency. 3. For fire-retardant treatments, include physical properties of treated lumber both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5664.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 06 10 00 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

4. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the ALSC Board of Review.

B. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES: 1. Wood-preservative-treated wood. 2. Fire-retardant-treated wood. 3. Engineered wood products. 4. Power-driven fasteners. 5. Post-installed anchors. 6. Metal framing anchors.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agency providing classification marking for fire-retardant treated material, an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that periodically performs inspections to verify that the material bearing the classification marking is representative of the material tested.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Stack wood products flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect wood products from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL

A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, comply with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Grade lumber by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Dress lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 19 percent unless otherwise indicated.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 06 10 00 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Engineered Wood Products: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that show compliance with building code in effect for Project. 1. Allowable design stresses, as published by manufacturer, shall meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency.

2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED LUMBER

A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for interior construction not in contact with ground, Use Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in contact with ground. 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. Do not use inorganic boron (SBX) for sill plates. 2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, chemical formulations shall not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes.

B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or that does not comply with requirements for untreated material.

C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review.

D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below-grade exterior masonry or concrete walls. 4. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches above the ground in crawlspaces or unexcavated areas. 5. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade.

2.3 DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING

A. Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: Construction or No. 2 grade. 1. Application: Interior partitions not indicated as load bearing. 2. Species: a. Douglas fir-larch; WCLIB or WWPA.

2.4 TIMBER FRAMING

A. Comply with the following requirements, according to grading rules of grading agency indicated:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 06 10 00 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Species and Grade: Douglas fir-larch, Douglas fir-larch (north), or Douglas fir-south; No. 1 grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.

2.5 ENGINEERED WOOD PRODUCTS

A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of engineered wood product from single source from a single manufacturer.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER

A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 4. Cants. 5. Furring.

B. Dimension Lumber Items: Construction or No. 2 grade lumber of the following species: 1. Douglas fir-larch; WCLIB or WWPA.

C. Concealed Boards: 19 percent maximum moisture content andt he following species and grades: 1. Douglas fir-larch; Construction or No. 2 Common grade; WCLIB or WWPA.

D. For blocking not used for attachment of other construction, Utility, Stud, or No. 3 grade lumber of any species may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate defects that will interfere with its attachment and purpose.

E. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work.

F. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling.

2.7 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS

A. Equipment Backing Panels: Plywood, DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2-inch nominal thickness.

2.8 FASTENERS

A. General: Fasteners shall be of size and type indicated and shall comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 06 10 00 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M.

B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667.

C. Power-Driven Fasteners: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70.

D. Post-Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC193 or ICC-ES AC308 as appropriate for the substrate. 1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5.

2. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2.

2.9 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS

A. Allowable design loads, as published by manufacturer, shall meet or exceed those of products of manufacturers listed. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. Framing anchors shall be punched for fasteners adequate to withstand same loads as framing anchors.

B. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 coating designation. 1. Use for interior locations unless otherwise indicated.

2.10 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Flexible Flashing: Composite, self-adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable, butyl rubber or rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a high-density polyethylene film, aluminum foil, or spunbonded polyolefin to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.025 inch.

B. Water-Repellent Preservative: NWWDA-tested and -accepted formulation containing 3-iodo-2-propynyl butyl carbamate, combined with an insecticide containing chloropyrifos as its active ingredient.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 06 10 00 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install engineered wood products to comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry accurately to other construction. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction.

D. Install plywood backing panels by fastening to studs; coordinate locations with utilities requiring backing panels.

E. Install shear wall panels to comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

F. Install metal framing anchors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install fasteners through each fastener hole.

G. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated.

H. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. 1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and intersections where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 inches o.c.

I. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics do not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.

J. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber. 1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water. 2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water.

K. Where wood-preservative-treated lumber is installed adjacent to metal decking, install continuous flexible flashing separator between wood and metal decking.

L. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. Table 2304.10.1 "Fastening Schedule," in California Building Code (CBC). 2. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener.

M. Use steel common wire nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood. Drive nails snug but do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise indicated.

N. For exposed work, arrange fasteners in straight rows parallel with edges of members, with fasteners evenly spaced, and with adjacent rows staggered. 1. Comply with indicated fastener patterns where applicable. Before fastening, mark fastener locations, using a template made of sheet metal, plastic, or cardboard.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 06 10 00 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2. Use common nails unless otherwise indicated. Drive nails snug but do not countersink nail heads.

3.2 WOOD BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION

A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved.

B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces unless otherwise indicated.

3.3 TIMBER FRAMING INSTALLATION

A. Install timber beams with crown edge up and provide not less than 4 inches of bearing on supports. Provide continuous members unless otherwise indicated; tie together over supports as indicated if not continuous.

B. Install wood posts using metal anchors indicated.

C. Treat ends of timber beams and posts exposed to weather by dipping in water-repellent preservative for 15 minutes.

3.4 PROTECTION

A. Protect rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, rough carpentry becomes wet enough that moisture content exceeds that specified, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label.

END OF SECTION 06 10 00

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 06 10 00 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 06 10 00 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 07 52 13 - ATACTIC-POLYPROPYLENE (APP) MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Atactic-polypropylene (APP)-modified bituminous membrane roofing.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" apply to Work of this Section.

1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Roofing Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, deck Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including flatness and fastening. 5. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 6. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affects roofing system. 7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 8. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: For roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work, including: 1. Base flashings and membrane terminations. 2. Roof plan showing orientation of steel roof deck and orientation of roofing, fastening spacing, and patterns for mechanically fastened roofing. 3. Insulation fastening patterns for corner, perimeter, and field-of-roof locations.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 52 13 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Samples for Verification: For the following products: 1. Sheet roofing, of color required. 2. Aggregate surfacing material in gradation and color required. 3. Roof paver, 8” x 8” in size, in each color and texture required. 4. Walkway pads or rolls, of color required.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Manufacturer qualifications must have a minimum of ten years’ documented experience.

B. For Installer and manufacturer. Provide written documentation from manufacturer of installer’s authorization to install roofing system, and eligibility to obtain warranty specified.

C. Installation firm must have a minimum of three years’ experience and certified by the roofing system manufacturer. Furnish qualification documentation including a list of a minimum of ten projects within 100 mile radius from the project site and include size, location and the project owner contact information. State Contractors License: Class C-39.

D. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's special warranties.

1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components.

B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life.

C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.

D. Handle and store roofing materials, and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 52 13 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements.

1.9 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Special warranty includes membrane roofing, base flashings, roof insulation, cover boards, and other components of roofing system. 2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of recordation of the notice of completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:

B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Johns Manville Dibiten Poly 4.5 Slate White or comparable product by one of the following: 1. CertainTeed Corporation. 2. Firestone Building Products. 3. GAF Materials Corporation.

C. Source Limitations: Obtain components including roof insulation, cover board, and fasteners for roofing system from manufacturer approved by membrane roofing manufacturer.

2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General Performance: Installed roofing and base flashings shall withstand specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight. 1. Accelerated Weathering: Roofing system shall withstand 2000 hours of exposure when tested according to ASTM G 152, ASTM G 154, or ASTM G 155. 2. Impact Resistance: Roofing system shall resist impact damage when tested according to ASTM D 3746 or ASTM D4272.

B. Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another and adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

C. FM Global Listing: Roofing, base flashings, and component materials shall comply with requirements in FM Global 4450 or FM Global 4470 as part of a roofing system, and shall be listed in FM Global' "RoofNav" for Class 1 or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify materials with FM Global markings.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 52 13 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Fire/Windstorm Classification: Class 1A-90. 2. Hail-Resistance Rating: MH.

D. Energy Star Listing: Roofing system shall be listed on the DOE's ENERGY STAR "Roof Products Qualified Product List" for low-slope roof products.

E. Energy Performance: Roofing system shall have an initial solar reflectance of not less than 0.70 and an emissivity of not less than 0.75 when tested according to CRRC-1.

F. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: ASTM E 108 or UL 790, Class B; for application and roof slopes indicated; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

G. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly designs indicated. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

2.3 ROOFING SHEET MATERIALS

A. Roofing Membrane Sheet: ASTM D 6223/D 6223M, Grade S, Type I or II, APP-modified asphalt sheet (reinforced with a combination of polyester fabric and glass fibers); smooth surfaced; suitable for application method specified.

B. Granule-Surfaced Roofing Cap Sheet: ASTM D 6222/D 6222M, Grade G, Type I or II, APP-modified asphalt sheet (reinforced with polyester fabric); granule surfaced; suitable for application method specified, and as follows: 1. Granule Material: Slate. 2. Granule Color: White.

2.4 BASE FLASHING SHEET MATERIALS

A. Backer Sheet: smooth surfaced; suitable for application method specified.

B. Granule-Surfaced Flashing Sheet: ASTM D 6223/D 6223M, Grade G, Type I or II, APP-modified asphalt sheet (reinforced with a combination of polyester fabric and glass fibers); granule surfaced; suitable for application method specified, and as follows: 1. Granule Color: White.

2.5 AUXILIARY ROOFING MATERIALS

A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing. 1. Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Cold-Applied Adhesive: Roofing system manufacturer's standard asphalt-based, one- or two-part, asbestos-free, cold-applied adhesive specially formulated for compatibility and use with roofing membrane and base flashings.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 52 13 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene, plain or modified bitumen; nonhardening, nonmigrating, nonskinning, and nondrying.

D. Liquid Membrane: Two-component, fast-curing, polymethyl-methacrylate (PMMA) resin and non-woven, chopped strand fabric reinforcement.

E. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening roofing components to substrate; tested by manufacturer for required pullout strength, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer.

F. Roofing Granules: Slate roofing granules, No. 11 screen size with 100 percent passing No. 8 sieve and 98 percent of mass retained on No. 40 sieve, color to match roofing.

G. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide those recommended by roofing system manufacturer.

2.6 SUBSTRATE BOARDS

A. Substrate Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M, glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum substrate, Type X, 1/2 inch thick. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Georgia-Pacific Corporation, DensDeck Roof Board b. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond eXP Extended Exposure Sheathing. c. USG Corporation; Securock Glass Mat Roof Board.

B. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening substrate board to roof deck.

2.7 WALKWAYS

A. Walkway Pads: Reinforced asphaltic composition pads with slip-resisting mineral-granule surface, manufactured as a traffic pad for foot traffic and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer, 3/8 inch thick, minimum. 1. Pad Size: 24" x 24".

2.8 ROOF INSULATION

A. General: Preformed roof insulation boards manufactured or approved by roofing manufacturer, selected from manufacturer's standard sizes suitable for application, of thicknesses indicated and that produce FM Global-approved roof insulation.

B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2, felt or glass-fiber mat facer on both major surfaces. Provide tapered insulation boards as required for drainage of the roofing system. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Rmax Multi-Max FA-3 or comparable product by one of the following:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 52 13 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

a. Atlas Roofing Corporation. b. GAF Materials Corporation. c. Johns Manville.

2.9 INSULATION ACCESSORIES

A. General: Roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatibility with roofing.

B. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation and cover boards to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer.

C. Insulation Adhesive: Insulation manufacturer's recommended adhesive formulated to attach roof insulation to substrate or to another insulation layer as follows: 1. Modified asphaltic, asbestos-free, cold-applied adhesive. 2. Bead-applied, low-rise, one-component or multicomponent urethane adhesive. 3. Full-spread spray-applied, low-rise, two-component urethane adhesive.

D. Insulation Cant Strips: ASTM C 208, Type II, Grade 1, cellulosic-fiber insulation board.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place, curbs are set and braced, and roof-drain bodies are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood cants, blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. 3. Verify that deck is securely fastened with no projecting fasteners and with no adjacent units in excess of 1/16 inch out of plane relative to adjoining deck.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections.

B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 52 13 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Comply with roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Substrate-Joint Penetrations: Prevent roofing asphalt and adhesives from penetrating substrate joints, entering building, or damaging roofing system components or adjacent building construction.

3.4 SUBSTRATE BOARD INSTALLATION

A. Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to roof slopes with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together. 1. Fasten substrate board to top flanges of steel deck according to recommendations in FM Global's "RoofNav" and FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-29 for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification. 2. Fasten substrate board to top flanges of steel deck to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof according to roofing system manufacturers' written instructions.

3.5 INSULATION INSTALLATION

A. Install one lapped base-sheet course and mechanically fasten to substrate according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Insulation Cant Strips: Install and secure preformed 45-degree insulation cant strips at junctures of roofing system with vertical surfaces or angle changes greater than 45 degrees.

C. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line, with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation. 1. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections, and penetrations.

D. Install insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2.7 inches or greater, install two or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches in each direction. 1. Where installing composite and noncomposite insulation in two or more layers, install noncomposite board insulation for bottom layer and intermediate layers, if applicable, and install composite board insulation for top layer.

E. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water.

3.6 ROOFING INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Install roofing system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and applicable recommendations in ARMA/NRCA's "Quality Control Guidelines for the Application of Polymer Modified Bitumen Roofing."

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 52 13 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Install roofing system MBA 3-N-L-M, according to roof assembly identification matrix and roof assembly layout illustrations in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" and to Section requirements.

B. Install roofing system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and applicable recommendations in ARMA/NRCA's "Quality Control Guidelines for the Application of Polymer Modified Bitumen Roofing" and as follows: 1. Deck Type: N (nailable). 2. Base Sheet: One.

C. Start installation of roofing in presence of manufacturer's technical personnel.

D. Coordinate installation of roofing system so insulation and other components of the roofing system not permanently exposed are not subjected to precipitation or left uncovered at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. 1. Provide tie-offs at end of day's work to cover exposed roofing sheets and insulation with a course of coated felt set in roofing cement or hot roofing asphalt, with joints and edges sealed. 2. Complete terminations and base flashings, and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system. 3. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing.

3.7 BASE-SHEET INSTALLATION

A. Install lapped base-sheet course, extending sheet over and terminating beyond cants. Attach base sheet as follows: 1. Adhere to substrate in a uniform coating of cold-applied adhesive.

3.8 APP-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE INSTALLATION

A. Install modified bituminous roofing sheet and cap sheet according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions, starting at low point of roofing system. Extend roofing sheets over and terminate beyond cants, installing as follows: 1. Torch apply to substrate. 2. Unroll roofing sheets and allow them to relax for minimum time period required by manufacturer.

B. Laps: Accurately align roofing sheets, without stretching, and maintain uniform side and end laps. Stagger end laps. Completely bond and seal laps, leaving no voids. 1. Repair tears and voids in laps and lapped seams not completely sealed. 2. Apply roofing granules to cover exuded bead at laps while bead is hot.

C. Install roofing sheets so side and end laps shed water.

3.9 FLASHING AND STRIPPING INSTALLATION

A. Install base flashing over cant strips and other sloping and vertical surfaces, at roof edges, and at penetrations through roof; secure to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and as follows:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 52 13 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Prime substrates with asphalt primer if required by roofing system manufacturer. 2. Flashing-Sheet Application: Torch apply flashing sheet to substrate.

B. Extend base flashing up walls or parapets a minimum of 8 inches above roofing membrane and 4 inches onto field of roofing membrane.

C. Mechanically fasten top of base flashing securely at terminations and perimeter of roofing.

D. Install roofing cap-sheet stripping where metal flanges and edgings are set on roofing according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.

E. Roof Drains: Set 30-by-30-inch galvanized metal flashing in bed of asphaltic adhesive on completed roofing membrane. Cover metal flashing with roofing cap-sheet stripping, and extend a minimum of 6 inches beyond edge of metal flashing onto field of roofing membrane. Clamp roofing membrane, metal flashing, and stripping into roof-drain clamping ring. 1. Install stripping according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.

3.10 WALKWAY INSTALLATION

A. Walkway Pads: Install walkway pads, using units of size indicated according to walkway pad manufacturer's written instructions. Provide a space between pads of 2” for cross roof drainage.

3.11 PROTECTING AND CLEANING

A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction does not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner.

B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of recordation of the notice of completion and according to warranty requirements.

C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction.

END OF SECTION 07 52 13

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 52 13 - 9 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONLLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 52 13 - 10 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 07 62 00 – SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Manufactured reglets with counterflashing. 2. Formed low-slope roof sheet metal fabrications.

1.2 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials.

B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materials, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.

1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review special roof details, roof drainage, roof-penetration flashing, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affect sheet metal flashing and trim. 3. Review requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 4. Review sheet metal flashing observation and repair procedures after flashing installation.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each manufactured product and accessory.

B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Detail fabrication and installation layouts, expansion-joint locations, and keyed details. Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work. 3. Include identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project. 4. Include details for forming, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions. 5. Include details for joining, supporting, and securing, including layout and spacing of fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. Include pattern of seams. 6. Include details of termination points and assemblies. 7. Include details of expansion joints and expansion-joint covers, including showing direction of expansion and contraction from fixed points. 8. Include details of roof-penetration flashing. 9. Include details of edge conditions, including eaves, ridges, valleys, rakes, crickets, and counterflashings as applicable. December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 62 00 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

10. Include details of special conditions. 11. Include details of connections to adjoining work. 12. Detail formed flashing and trim at scale of not less than 3 inches per 12 inches .

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store sheet metal flashing and trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry.

B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal flashing and trim installation.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of recordation of the notice of completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight.

B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

C. FM Approvals Listing: Manufacture and install copings that are listed in FM Approvals' "RoofNav" and approved for windstorm classification, Class 1-120. Identify materials with name of fabricator and design approved by FM Approvals.

D. SPRI Wind Design Standard: Manufacture and install copings tested according to SPRI ES-1 and capable of resisting the following design pressure:

E. Design Pressure: As indicated on Drawings.

F. Recycled Content: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 20 percent.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 62 00 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

G. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2.2 SHEET METALS

A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping.

B. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Provide zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet according to ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; prepainted by coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. 1. Surface: Smooth, flat.

2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS

A. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 mils thick, consisting of a slip- resistant polyethylene- or polypropylene-film top surface laminated to a layer of butyl- or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; specifically designed to withstand high metal temperatures beneath metal roofing. Provide primer according to written recommendations of underlayment manufacturer. 1. Thermal Stability: ASTM D 1970; stable after testing at 240 deg F or higher. 2. Low-Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970; passes after testing at minus 20 deg F or lower.

B. Slip Sheet: Rosin-sized building paper, 3 lb/100 sq. ft. minimum.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal unless otherwise indicated.

B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item. 1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head. 2. Fasteners for Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329.

C. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick.

D. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric silicone polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 62 00 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

E. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited movement.

2.5 MANUFACTURED SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

A. Reglets: Units of type, material, and profile required, formed to provide secure interlocking of separate reglet and counterflashing pieces, and compatible with flashing indicated with interlocking counterflashing on exterior face, of same metal as reglet. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Fry Reglet; Springlock Flashing System or comparable product by one of the following: a. OMG Roofing Products, Inc. b. Keystone Flashing Company, Inc. c. National Sheet Metal Systems, Inc. 3. Material: Aluminum, 0.024 inch thick. 4. Surface Mount Type: Provide with upturned fastening flange and extension leg of length to match thickness of applied finish materials. 5. Finish: With manufacturer's standard color coating.

2.6 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details shown and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible. 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal. 2. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 3. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view.

B. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.

C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing."

D. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 62 00 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

E. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal standard.

F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal.

G. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet metal standard and by FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured.

H. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder.

I. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use. Rivet joints where necessary for strength.

J. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints where necessary for strength.

K. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.

2.7 LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Roof Edge Flashing (Gravel Stop): Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long, but not exceeding 12-foot- long sections. Furnish with 6-inch- wide, joint cover plates. Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. 1. Joint Style: lapped minimum 4". 2. Fabricate with scuppers spaced 10 feet apart, to dimensions required with 4-inch- wide flanges and base extending 4 inches beyond cant or tapered strip into field of roof. Fasten gravel guard angles to base of scupper. 3. Fabricate from the Following Materials: a. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.052 inch thick. b. Finish: With manufacturer's standard color coating.

B. Base Flashing: Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.052 inch thick.

C. Counterflashing: Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.052 inch thick. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of recordation of the notice of completion.

PART 3 - PRODUCTS

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 62 00 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. 3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION

A. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free. Prime substrate if recommended by underlayment manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer for installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches . Roll laps and edges with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days.

B. Apply slip sheet, wrinkle free, directly on substrate before installing sheet metal flashing and trim.

3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant. 2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning, and free of buckling and tool marks. 5. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. 6. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.

B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure-treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard. 1. Coat concealed side of uncoated-aluminum sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 62 00 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet.

C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner or intersection. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.

D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate wood blocking or sheathing not less than 1-1/4 inches for nails and not less than 3/4 inch for wood screws.

E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation.

F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction. 1. Use sealant-filled joints unless otherwise indicated. Embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants."

G. Rivets: Rivet joints in uncoated aluminum where necessary for strength.

3.4 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions, and cited sheet metal standard. Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line, levels, and slopes. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight and weather resistant.

B. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Interlock bottom edge of roof edge flashing with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at staggered 3-inch centers.

C. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for FM Approvals' listing for required windstorm classification.

D. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close-fitting collar with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending minimum of 4 inches over base flashing. Install stainless-steel draw band and tighten.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 62 00 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

E. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Extend counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints minimum of 4 inches . Secure in waterproof manner by means of interlocking folded seam or blind rivets and sealant unless otherwise indicated.

3.5 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.

B. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing."

3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering.

B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder.

C. Clean off excess sealants.

D. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove unused materials and clean finished surfaces as recommended by sheet metal flashing and trim manufacturer. Maintain sheet metal flashing and trim in clean condition during construction.

E. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.

END OF SECTION 07 62 00

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 62 00 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 07 84 13 - PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Penetrations in fire-resistance-rated walls.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FM Global according to FM Global 4991, "Approval of Firestop Contractors," or been evaluated by UL and found to comply with its "Qualified Firestop Contractor Program Requirements."

B. Installer Qualifications: A firm experienced in installing penetration firestopping similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful performance. Qualifications include having the necessary experience, staff, and training to install manufacturer's products per specified requirements. Manufacturer's willingness to sell its penetration firestopping products to Contractor or to Installer engaged by Contractor does not in itself confer qualification on buyer.

C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Penetration firestopping shall comply with the following requirements: 1. Penetration firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Penetration firestopping is identical to those tested per testing standard referenced in "Penetration Firestopping" Article. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements: a. Penetration firestopping products bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. Classification markings on penetration firestopping correspond to designations listed by the following: 1) UL in its "Fire Resistance Directory."

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 84 13 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install penetration firestopping when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by penetration firestopping manufacturers or when substrates are wet because of rain, frost, condensation, or other causes.

B. Install and cure penetration firestopping per manufacturer's written instructions using natural means of ventilations or, where this is inadequate, forced-air circulation.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that penetration firestopping is installed according to specified requirements.

B. Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core-drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate penetration firestopping.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Grace Construction Products. 2. Hilti, Inc. 3. Specified Technologies Inc. 4. 3M Fire Protection Products. 5. Tremco, Inc.; Tremco Fire Protection Systems Group.

2.2 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING

A. Provide penetration firestopping that is produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire-resistance rating of construction penetrated. Penetration firestopping systems shall be compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with penetrating items if any.

B. Penetrations in Fire-Resistance-Rated Walls: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg. 1. Fire-resistance-rated walls include fire-barrier and smoke barrier walls. 2. F-Rating: Not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated.

C. Low-Emitting Materials: Penetration firestopping sealants and sealant primers shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 84 13 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

D. Accessories: Provide components for each penetration firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by penetration firestopping manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestopping indicated. 1. Temporary forming materials. 2. Steel sleeves.

2.3 MIXING

A. For those products requiring mixing before application, comply with penetration firestopping manufacturer's written instructions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other items or procedures needed to produce products of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and with the following requirements: 1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of penetration firestopping. 2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with penetration firestopping. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.

B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces.

C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent penetration firestopping from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of the Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove stains. Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing firestopping's seal with substrates.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 84 13 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated.

B. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. 1. After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestopping.

C. Install fill materials for firestopping by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated. 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.

3.4 IDENTIFICATION

A. Identify penetration firestopping with preprinted metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches of firestopping edge so labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestopping. Use mechanical fasteners or self-adhering-type labels with adhesives capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed. Include the following information on labels: 1. The words "Warning - Penetration Firestopping - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." 2. Contractor's name, address, and phone number. 3. Designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 4. Date of installation. 5. Manufacturer's name. 6. Installer's name.

3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by penetration firestopping manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur.

B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure that penetration firestopping is without damage or deterioration at time of recordation of the notice of completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, immediately cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated penetration firestopping and install new materials to produce systems complying with specified requirements.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 84 13 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.6 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SCHEDULE

A. Where UL-classified systems are indicated, they refer to system numbers in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" under product Category XHEZ.

B. Firestopping for Metallic Pipes, Conduit, or Tubing: 1. UL-Classified Systems: W-L-1028. 2. Type of Fill Materials: As required to achieve rating.

C. Firestopping for Nonmetallic Pipe, Conduit, or Tubing: 1. UL-Classified Systems: W-L-2242. 2. Type of Fill Materials: As required to achieve rating.

D. Firestopping for Insulated Pipes: 1. UL-Classified Systems: W-L-8011. 2. Type of Fill Materials: As required to achieve rating.

E. Firestopping for Flexible Metallic Electrical Penetrants: 1. UL-Classified Systems: W-L-1224. 2. Type of Fill Materials: As required to achieve rating.

END OF SECTION 07 84 13

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 84 13 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 84 13 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Silicone joint sealants. 2. Butyl joint sealants. 3. Latex joint sealants.

1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product.

B. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint-sealant formulation. 4. Joint-sealant color.

1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING

A. Preconstruction Laboratory Testing: Submit to joint-sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants. 1. Adhesion Testing: Use ASTM C 794 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 2. Compatibility Testing: Use ASTM C 1087 to determine sealant compatibility when in contact with glazing and gasket materials. 3. Stain Testing: Use ASTM C 1248 to determine stain potential of sealant when in contact with masonry substrates. 4. Submit manufacturer's recommended number of pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates, joint-sealant backings, and miscellaneous materials. 5. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 6. For materials failing tests, obtain joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures, including use of specially formulated primers. 7. Testing will not be required if joint-sealant manufacturers submit data that are based on previous testing, not older than 24 months, of sealant products for adhesion to, staining of, and compatibility with joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted.

B. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates as follows:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 92 00 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Locate test joints where indicated on Project or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Conduct field tests for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. 3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be erected. 4. Arrange for tests to take place with joint-sealant manufacturer's technical representative present. a. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1.1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. 1) For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 5. Report whether sealant failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively, retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained. 6. Evaluation of Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing.

1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-sealant manufacturer. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of recordation of the notice of completion.

B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of recordation of the notice of completion.

C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure caused by stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from causes exceeding design specifications.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 92 00 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS

A. Silicone, S, NS, 25, NT: Single-component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 758. b. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc; SCS2350. c. Polymeric Systems, Inc..

2.2 BUTYL JOINT SEALANTS

A. Butyl-Rubber-Based Joint Sealants: ASTM C 1311. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Bostik, Inc.; Chem-Calk 300. b. Pecora Corporation; BC-158.

2.3 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS

A. Acrylic Latex: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Sonolac. b. Pecora Corporation; AC-20. c. Sherwin-Williams Company. d. Tremco Incorporated; Tremflex 834.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.

B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates.

C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 92 00 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost.

B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.

C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS

A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.

B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.

C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application, and replace them with dry materials.

D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints.

E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 92 00 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.

F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated on Drawings according to Figure 8C in ASTM C 1193. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints.

3.4 CLEANING

A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur.

3.5 PROTECTION

A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of recordation of the notice of completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work.

3.6 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE

A. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces JS-1. 1. Joint Locations: a. Joints in exterior cement plaster. b. Joints between metal panels. c. Joints in flashing and metal trim. d. Joints between different materials listed above. e. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of louvers. f. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, nonstaining, S, NS, 50, NT.Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.

B. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces not subject to significant movement JS-2. December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 92 00 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Perimeter joints between fixtures installed as part of the work and the interior walls. 2. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 3. Joint-Sealant: acrylic latex. 4. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.

C. Joint-Sealant Application: Concealed mastics JS-3. 1. Joint Locations: a. Aluminum thresholds. b. Sill plates. c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Butyl-rubber based. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: Black.

END OF SECTION 07 92 00

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 07 92 00 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 08 11 13 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes hollow-metal work.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to NAAMM-HMMA 803 or SDI A250.8.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate anchorage installation for hollow-metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site no more than two weeks prior to installation.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, fire-resistance ratings, and finishes.

B. Shop Drawings: Include the following: 1. Elevations of each door type. 2. Details of doors, including vertical- and horizontal-edge details and metal thicknesses. 3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. 4. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. 5. Details of each different wall opening condition. 6. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections. 7. Details of accessories. 8. Details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing. 9. Details of conduit and preparations for power, signal, and control systems.

C. Schedule: Provide a schedule of hollow-metal work prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. Coordinate with final Door Hardware Schedule.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product Test Reports: For each type of hollow-metal door and frame assembly, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 08 11 13 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver hollow-metal work palletized, packaged, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project-site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic. 1. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to factory-finished units.

B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions.

C. Store hollow-metal work vertically under cover at Project site with head up. Place on minimum 4-inch- high wood blocking. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each stacked door to permit air circulation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Amweld International, LLC. 2. Ceco Door; ASSA ABLOY. 3. Curries Company; ASSA ABLOY. 4. Fleming Door Products ltd.; Assa Abloy Group Company. 5. Shanahans Manufacturing Ltd. 6. Steelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand company.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain hollow-metal work from single source from single manufacturer.

2.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C.

2.3 INTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES

A. Construct interior doors and frames to comply with the standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified.

B. Commercial Doors and Frames: NAAMM-HMMA 861. At locations indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. 1. Physical Performance: Level A according to SDI A250.4. 2. Frames: a. Materials: Uncoatedsteel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch. b. Frames: Fabricated from same material as adjacent door frame. c. Construction: Full profile welded. 3. Exposed Finish: Prime.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 08 11 13 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2.4 EXTERIOR HOLLOW-METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

A. Construct exterior doors and frames to comply with the standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified.

B. Commercial Laminated Doors and Frames: NAAMM-HMMA 867. At locations indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. 1. Physical Performance: Level A according to SDI A250.4. 2. Doors: a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches c. Face: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch, with minimum G90 A90 coating. d. Core: Polyisocyanurate. 3. Frames: a. Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch, with minimum G90 A90 coating. b. Construction: Full profile welded. 4. Exposed Finish: Prime.

2.5 FRAME ANCHORS

A. Jamb Anchors: 1. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap-and-stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, not less than 0.042 inch thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch thick. 2. Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.042 inch thick.

B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch, and as follows: 1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners.

2.6 MATERIALS

A. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled.

B. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B.

C. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.

D. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application as indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hollow-metal frames of type indicated.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 08 11 13 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2.7 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate hollow-metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for metal thickness. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment.

B. Hollow-Metal Doors: 1. Steel-Stiffened Door Cores: Provide minimum thickness 0.026 inch, steel vertical stiffeners of same material as face sheets extending full-door height, with vertical webs spaced not more than 6 inches apart. Spot weld to face sheets no more than 5 inches o.c. Fill spaces between stiffeners with glass- or mineral-fiber insulation. 2. Fire Door Cores: As required to provide fire-protection ratings indicated. 3. Vertical Edges for Single-Acting Doors: Bevel edges 1/8 inch in 2 inches. 4. Top Edge Closures: Close top edges of doors with flush closures of same material as face sheets. 5. Bottom Edge Closures: Close bottom edges of doors where required for attachment of weather stripping with end closures or channels of same material as face sheets. 6. Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottoms of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. 7. Astragals: Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by NFPA 80 for fire-performance rating or where indicated. Extend minimum 3/4 inch beyond edge of door on which astragal is mounted or as required to comply with published listing of qualified testing agency.

C. Hollow-Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. 1. Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. 2. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 3. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottoms of jambs with at least four spot welds per anchor; however, for slip-on drywall frames, provide anchor clips or countersunk holes at bottoms of jambs. 4. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows: a. Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows: 1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high. 4) Five anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high. 5. Head Anchors: Two anchors per head for frames more than 42 inches wide and mounted in metal-stud partitions. 6. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction. a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers. b. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 08 11 13 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

D. Fabricate concealed stiffeners and edge channels from either cold- or hot-rolled steel sheet.

E. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal work to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates. 1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware. 2. Comply with applicable requirements in SDI A250.6 and BHMA A156.115 for preparation of hollow-metal work for hardware.

2.8 STEEL FINISHES

A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer. 1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free primer complying with SDI A250.10; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings despite prolonged exposure.

2.9 ACCESSORIES

A. Louvers: Provide louvers for exterior and interior doors, where indicated, which comply with SDI 111C. 1. Fabrication: a. Design: Stationary louver type with mechanically fastened construction. Hidden vertical supports to allow unlimited continuous line appearance 2. Frame: a. Frame Depth: Match door thickness. b. Wall Thickness: 0.063 inch (1.6 mm), nominal. c. Material: Extruded aluminum, Alloy 6063-T6. 3. Blades: a. Style: non-drainable. 45 degrees at 1 7/8 inches (48 mm), nominal. b. Wall Thickness: 0.063 inch (1.6 mm), nominal. c. Material: Extruded aluminum, Alloy 6063-T6. 4. Sightproof Louver: Stationary louvers constructed with inverted-V or inverted-Y blades. 5. Lightproof Louver: Stationary louvers constructed with baffles to prevent light from passing from one side to the other. 6. Fire-Rated Automatic Louvers: Louvers constructed with movable blades closed by actuating fusible link, and listed and labeled for use in fire-rated door assemblies of type and fire-resistance rating indicated by same qualified testing and inspecting agency that established fire-resistance rating of door assembly. 7. Unless noted otherwise all exterior louvered openings shall be screened. 8. Insect Screens: a. Aluminum: 18-16 mesh, mill finish, .011 inch (0.3 mm) wire. b. Frame: Aluminum.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 08 11 13 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Examine roughing-in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations before frame installation.

C. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work.

D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.

B. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install hollow-metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place. Comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Hollow-Metal Frames: Install hollow-metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelites, borrowed lites, and other openings, of size and profile indicated. Comply with SDI A250.11 or NAAMM-HMMA 840 as required by standards specified. 1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. a. At fire-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80. b. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. c. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening. d. Install door silencers in frames before grouting. e. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly set and secured. f. Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances. g. Field apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that will be filled with grout containing antifreezing agents.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 08 11 13 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. a. Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. 3. Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside frames. 4. In-Place Metal or Wood-Stud Partitions: Secure slip-on drywall frames in place according to manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances: a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor.

C. Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary. 1. Non-Fire-Rated Steel Doors: a. Between Door and Frame Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. c. At Bottom of Door: 3/4 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. d. Between Door Face and Stop: 1/16 inch to 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. 2. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80.

3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including hollow-metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.

B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow-metal work immediately after installation.

C. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer.

D. Metallic-Coated Surface Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions.

E. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of abraded areas of paint are specified in painting Sections.

END OF SECTION 08 11 13

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 08 11 13 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 08 11 13 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 08 31 13 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes access doors and frames for walls and ceilings.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES

A. Flush Access Doors with Exposed Flanges: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Acudor UF-5000 Universal Access door or comparable product by one of the following: a. Babcock-Davis. b. JL Industries, Inc.; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group. c. Larsens Manufacturing Company. d. MIFAB, Inc. e. Milcor; Commercial Products Group of Hart & Cooley, Inc. f. Nystrom, Inc. 3. Door Size: As shown in drawings. 4. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet for Door: Nominal 0.079 inch (1.59 mm), 14 gage, factory finished. 5. Stainless-Steel Sheet for Door: Nominal 0.075 inch , 14 gage, No. 4 finish. 6. Frame Material: Same material as door. Nominal 0.064 inch (1.59 mm), 16 gage metallic-Coated Steel Sheet or Nominal 0.060 inch (1.59 mm), 16 gage for Stainless-Steel. 7. Latch and Lock: Cam latch, screwdriver operated .

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 or A60 metallic coating.

B. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bars: ASTM A 666, Type 304. Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 08 31 13 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2.3 FINISHES

A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.

C. Painted Finishes: Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish. 1. Factory Finished: Apply manufacturer's standard baked-enamel or powder-coat finish immediately after cleaning and pretreating, with minimum dry-film thickness of 1 mil for topcoat.

D. Stainless-Steel Finishes: 1. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors and frames.

3.3 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust doors and hardware, after installation, for proper operation.

END OF SECTION 08 31 13

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 08 31 13 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 09 91 13 - EXTERIOR PAINTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following exterior substrates: 1. Concrete masonry units (CMUs). 2. Cement Plaster. 3. Steel and iron. 4. Galvanized metal. 5. Wood.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

B. MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

C. MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

D. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

E. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

F. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1. Include printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted. 2. Indicate VOC content.

B. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of topcoat. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square. 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area.

1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 91 13 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Paint: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.

1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F.

B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:

B. Basis-of-Design Product: Products of Sherwin-Williams Co. are basis of design. Subject to compliance and City review, equivalent products by the following will be considered: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. Dunn-Edwards Corporation. 3. Frazee Paint; Comex Group.

2.2 PAINT, GENERAL

A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its "MPI Approved Products Lists."

B. VOC Content: For field applications, paints and coatings shall comply with VOC content limits of authorities having jurisdiction and the following VOC content limits: 1. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Masonry (Clay and CMUs): 12 percent.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 91 13 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers.

D. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.

B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection.

C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated.

D. Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or mortar joints exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only. 3. Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of exterior door frames. 4. Paint entire exposed surface of window frames and sashes. 5. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 6. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers.

B. Tint undercoats same color as topcoat, but tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.

C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 91 13 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.

E. Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety and Security Work. Follow manufacturer's recommendation for given substrates: 1. Paint the following work where exposed to the exterior and view: a. Equipment, including panelboards and switch gear. b. Uninsulated metal piping. c. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. e. Metal conduit. f. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: City may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. 1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations.

3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site.

B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.

D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.

3.6 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE

A. CMU and Cement Plaster Substrates: 1. Latex System: Dry film thickness of not less than 5 mils . a. Prime Coat: S-W Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer Sealer, A24W8300. b. Intermediate Coat: Same as topcoat. c. Topcoat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat A6 Series. 2. Elastomeric System Alternate: Total dry film thickness of not less than 12 mils. a. Prime Coat: S-W Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer Sealer, A24W8300. b. Intermediate Coat: Same as topcoat. c. Topcoat: S-W Conflex, A5-400.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 91 13 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Steel and Iron Substrates: 1. Latex System: Dry film thickness of not less than 5 mils . a. Prime Coat: S-W ProIndustrial Acrylic Metal Primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Same as topcoat. c. Topcoat: S-W Pro Industrial Acrylic Semigloss B66-650.

C. Galvanized Metal Substrates: 1. Latex System: Dry film thickness of not less than 5 mils . a. Prime Coat: S-W ProIndustrial Acrylic Metal Primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Same as topcoat. c. Topcoat: : S-W Pro Industrial Acrylic Semigloss B66-650.

D. Wood Substrates: 1. Latex System: Dry film thickness of not less than 5 mils . a. Prime Coat: S-W Durakote Latex Primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Same as topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series.

END OF SECTION 09 91 13

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 91 13 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 91 13 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 09 91 23 - INTERIOR PAINTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates: 1. Concrete masonry units (CMUs). 2. Wood. 3. Gypsum board. 4. Plaster.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

B. MPI Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

C. MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

D. MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

E. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

F. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

G. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1. Include Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted. 2. Indicate VOC content.

B. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square. 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 91 23 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Paint: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.

1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.

1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F.

B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:

B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide comparable product by one of the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. Dulux (formerly ICI Paints); a brand of AkzoNobel. 3. Dunn-Edwards Corporation. 4. Duron, Inc. 5. Frazee Paint; Comex Group. 6. Glidden Professional. 7. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. 8. Pratt & Lambert. 9. Sherwin-Williams Company.

C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product listed in the Interior Painting Schedule for the paint category indicated.

2.2 PAINT, GENERAL

A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its "MPI Approved Products Lists."

B. Material Compatibility:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 91 23 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.

C. VOC Content: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, paints and coatings shall comply with VOC content limits of authorities having jurisdiction and the following VOC content limits: 1. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L.

D. Low-Emitting Materials: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, 90 percent of paints and coatings shall comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers."

E. Colors: As indicated in a color schedule. 1. Twenty percent of surface area will be painted with deep tones.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Masonry (Clay and CMUs): 12 percent. 2. Wood: 15 percent. 3. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. 4. Plaster: 12 percent.

C. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth.

D. Plaster Substrates: Verify that plaster is fully cured.

E. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers.

F. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 91 23 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any.

C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.

1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated.

E. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and areas where shop paint is abraded. Paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces.

F. Wood Substrates: 1. Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer. 2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off. 3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood. 4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations in "MPI Manual."

1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 5. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers.

B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.

C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 91 23 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

E. Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety and Security Work:

1. List below contains items that are often field painted, plus others that are often not. Revise list to suit Project. Paint the following work where exposed in occupied spaces: a. Equipment, including panelboards. b. Uninsulated metal piping. c. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. e. Metal conduit. f. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material. g. Other items as directed by the City.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site.

B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.

3.6 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE

A. CMU Substrates: 1. Latex System : a. Block Filler: Block filler, latex, interior/exterior. 1) S-W PrepRite ProBlock Primer, B51W00620, at 400 sq. ft. per gal.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 91 23 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior (MPI Gloss Level 3). 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.7 mils dry, per coat.

B. Wood Substrates: Wood trim. 1. Latex over Latex Sealer System: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior. 1) S-W PrepRite ProBlock Primer, B51W00620, at 400 sq. ft. per gal. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior (MPI Gloss Level 3). 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.7 mils dry, per coat.

C. Gypsum Board and Plaster Substrates: 1. Latex over Latex Sealer System: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior. 1) S-W PrepRite ProBlock Primer, B51W00620, at 400 sq. ft. per gal. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior (MPI Gloss Level 3). 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.7 mils dry, per coat.

END OF SECTION 09 91 23

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 91 23 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 09 96 00 – HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of high-performance coating systems on the following substrates: 1. Exterior Substrates: a. Steel.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1. Indicate VOC content.

B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product indicated.

C. Samples for Verification: For each type of coating system and in each color and gloss of topcoat indicated. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches (200 mm) square. 2. Label each coat of each Sample. 3. Label each Sample for location and application area.

D. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following: 1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 2. VOC content.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Coating Maintenance Manual: Provide coating maintenance manual including area summary with finish schedule, area detail designating location where each product/color/finish was used, product data pages, material safety data sheets, care and cleaning instructions, touch-up procedures, and color samples of each color and finish used.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 96 00 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Coatings: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L) of each material and color applied.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Delivery and Handling: Deliver products to project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed containers, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. Packaging shall bear the manufacture’s label with the following information: 1. Product name and type (description). 2. Batch date. 3. Color number. 4. VOC content. 5. Environmental handling requirements. 6. Surface preparation requirements. 7. Application instructions.

B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F (7 deg C). 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.

1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F (10 and 35 deg C).

B. Do not apply coatings when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.

C. Do not apply exterior coatings in snow, rain, fog, or mist.

D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide PPG Architectural Coatings; products indicated or comparable product from one of the following:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 96 00 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Sherwin-Williams Company 2. Benjamin Moore & Co. 3. Devoe Paint Company; Akzo Nobel. 4. Tnemec Inc.

B. Comparable Products: Comparable products of approved manufacturers will be considered in accordance the following: 1. Products are approved by manufacturer in writing for application specified. 2. Products meet performance and physical characteristics of basis of design product including published ratio of solids by volume, plus or minus two percent.

C. Source Limitations: Obtain paint materials from single source from single listed manufacturer. 1. Manufacturer's designations listed on a separate color schedule are for color reference only and do not indicate prior approval.

2.2 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS, GENERAL

A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each coating system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a coating system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in coating system and on substrate indicated. 3. Provide products of same manufacturer for each coat in a coating system.

B. VOC Content: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, paints and coatings shall comply with VOC content limits of authorities having jurisdiction and, for interior paints and coatings applied at Project site, the following VOC content limits, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 150 g/L. 3. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L. 4. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L. 5. Floor Coatings: 100 g/L. 6. Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L. 7. Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L.

C. Low-Emitting Materials: Interior paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Service's "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers."

D. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing of Coating Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 96 00 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample coating materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when samples are taken. If coating materials have already been delivered to Project site, samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and certified by testing agency. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements. 3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying paints if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying coating materials from Project site, pay for testing, and recoat surfaces coated with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to remove rejected materials from previously coated surfaces if, on recoating with complying materials, the two coatings are incompatible.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. Where acceptability of substrate conditions is in question, apply samples and perform in-situ testing to verify compatibility, adhesion, and film integrity of new paint application. 1. Report in writing conditions that may affect application, appearance, or performance of paint.

B. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers.

C. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected; application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and ISO 12944 coating standard for a C5 marine environment.

C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce coating systems indicated.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 96 00 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

D. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer, but not less than the following: 1. SSPC-SP 1 "Solvent Cleaning.” 2. SSPC-SP 10 "White Metal Blast Cleaning.”

3.3 APPLICATION

A. Apply high-performance coatings according to manufacturer's written instructions and ISO 12944 coating standard for a C5 marine environment. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for coating and substrate indicated. 2. Coat surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, coat surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Coat back sides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4. Do not apply coatings over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.

B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of finish coat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.

C. If undercoats or other conditions show through final coat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform coating finish, color, and appearance.

D. Apply coatings to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Produce sharp glass lines and color breaks.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test coatings for dry film thickness. 1. Contractor shall touch up and restore coated surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied coating does not comply with coating manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with coating manufacturer's written recommendations.

3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site.

B. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

C. Protect work of other trades against damage from coating operation. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 96 00 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced coated surfaces.

3.6 EXTERIOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATING SCHEDULE

A. Steel Substrates: 1. Pigmented Polyurethane over Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer System: a. Prime Coat: Primer, zinc-rich, epoxy: 1) 1 Coat: PPG Amercoat 68HS VOC, organic zinc rich epoxy applied at 3 to 5 dry mils b. Intermediate Coat: Epoxy, high-build, low gloss: 1) PPG Amerlock 2 VOC, multipurpose epoxy applied at 4- 8 dry mils c. Topcoat: Polyurethane, two-component, pigmented, gloss: 1) 1 Coat: PPG Amershield VOC, aliphatic polyester polyurethane applied at 3 to 5 dry mils.

END OF SECTION 09 96 00

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 09 96 00 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 22 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Pipe, tube, and fittings 2. Miscellaneous piping materials/products. 3. Valves. 4. Piping specialties. 5. Pipe escutcheons. 6. Mechanical sleeve seals. 7. Fire barrier penetration seals. 8. Fabricated piping specialties. 9. Motors and drives.

B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 1. ASME B31.1-2018 - Power Piping. 2. ASME B31.9-2017 - Building Services Piping. 3. ASME B16.20-2017 - Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges; Ring-Joint, Spiral-Would, and Jacketed 4. ASME B16.21-2016 - Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges. 5. ASME B16.10-2017 (R2003) - Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Valves. 6. ASME B16.34-2017 - Valves Flanged, Threaded and Welding End.

C. National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau (NCPWB) - Standard Procedure Specifications.

D. ASME SEC IX - ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Section IX: Welding and Brazing Qualifications.

E. ANSI Standards. 1. ANSI B16.20.1-2017 - Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges - Ring Joint, Spiral-Wound, and Jacketed.

F. AWWA Standards 1. AWWA C111-2007 - Rubber - Gasket Joints for Ductile - Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.

G. MSS Compliance: 1. MSS SP-25-2018 - Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Unions. 2. MSS SP-72-2010A - Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for General Service. 3. MSS SP-80-2019 - Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. 4. MSS SP-70-2011 - Gray Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 5. MSS SP-85-2011 - Gray Iron Globe and Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 6. MSS SP-78-2011 - Gray Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 7. MSS SP-71-1918 - Gray Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 00 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

H. FCI Compliance: 1. FCI 73-1-1998 - Pressure Rating Standard for “Y” Type Strainers. 2. FCI 78-1-1998 - Pressure Rating Standard for Pipeline Strainers Other than “Y Type.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. “Piping” includes, in addition to pipe, all fittings, flanges, valves, hangers and other accessories related to such piping.

B. “Wiring” includes in addition to conductors, all raceway, conduit, fittings, boxes, switches, hangers and other accessories related to such wiring.

C. “Concealed” means hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts, hung ceilings or embedded in construction.

D. “Exposed” means not installed underground or “concealed” as defined above.

E. “Provide” means to furnish and install.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General 1. Comply with the requirements of Division 1 and the specific requirements of the Sections of Division 22. 2. Submit all similar equipment together as part of the same submittal. For example: a. All water heaters shall be contained in the same submittal. b. All pumps shall be contained in the same submittal. 3. Contractor shall review all submittals prepared by each supplier and mark all copies as acceptable to the Contractor. This acceptance shall signify that all required service connections are shown and in the proper location to meet the installation requirements and that the equipment can fit in the space allowed. 4. Do not order equipment until submittals have been reviewed and approved by the Owner’s Representative. 5. Each item submitted shall be labeled or identified the same as on the drawings. 6. Mark submittal “Exactly as Specified” or accompanied by a letter from the supplier explaining in detail what difference, if any, exists between the submitted item and the specified item. Failure to point out the differences will be considered cause for disapproval. The Owner’s Representative will not assume any responsibility for differences concealed or otherwise not brought to their attention, and the Contractor will be required to correct any deficiencies or differences discovered at a later date, and assume responsibility for any delays, damage, and/or expenses incurred by others due to such action. 7. Brands or trade names are mentioned to set standards of quality only; use no substitute materials, however, unless approved in writing by the Owner’s Representative. Approval of substitute materials does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for providing a workable and functioning system as specified. 8. Submittals will be checked for general conformance with the design concept but acceptance by the Owner’s Representative in no manner is meant to verify that

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 00 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

dimensions, quantities, or location of services are as necessary to meet the job requirements. This remains the responsibility of the Contractor.

B. Shop Drawings 1. General: Prepare and submit plans, sections, details and diagrams to required scales for specified areas. Drawings shall be coordinated, dimensioned, indicate equipment and piping in relation to architectural and structural features as well as other building systems. Include minor piping, drains, air vents, etc. Indicate exact locations and elevations of valves, piping specialties, access doors, etc. 2. Required Drawings: Prepare and submit drawings for all areas and all plumbing work. Scale shall be minimum 3/8” = 1’-0” in mechanical rooms, fan rooms, and mechanical areas, and minimum 1/4” = 1’-0” elsewhere.

C. Coordination Drawings 1. General: Coordination drawings are defined as “shop drawings” which also indicate, on the same drawings, the major utilities of all other trades. “Coordination drawings” shall indicate location and elevations of structural slabs and beams, architectural elements, domestic water piping, plumbing vents, sanitary drains, storm drains, fire protection piping, lighting fixtures, electrical conduits (2-inch and larger), ductwork, penetrations of walls and roof, fire dampers, fire/smoke dampers, automatic dampers, terminal boxes, air outlets, access panels, ceiling mounted equipment and controls, gas piping, flues, fans, air handling equipment, etc. 2. Submit coordination drawings for the following: a. Entire building. b. Other areas for which space is limited. 3. It is the intent of the coordination drawings to ensure coordination of all major utilities, prior to the start of installation. This is a substantial effort which will require careful and detailed coordination and planning to ensure appropriate information is available, from all trades, in a timely manner. The coordination drawing effort shall be integrated into the project schedule and monitored to ensure conformance. 4. Conflicts between trades, which cannot be resolved through generally accepted practice of coordination between trades, shall be clouded on the coordination drawings and an appropriate description of the problem noted for review by the Owner’s Representative. 5. Nonconforming M/E work installed within designated coordination areas is subject to removal and replacement by installing contractor at no additional cost to Owner. 6. Coordination drawings shall be signed and dated by individual trade constructors. By act of signature and submittal of singular combined coordination drawings, each trade contractor acknowledges coordination of their portion of the Work with all other plumbing, mechanical, electrical, architectural, and structural work contractors.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 00 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3. Part Load Performance: Submit equipment data to indicate performance characteristics throughout ranges of possible load conditions. 4. Include operating weight and location of center of gravity of each item of equipment in manufacturer’s cut sheet for purposes of seismic calculation. 5. Pipes and Pipe Fittings: Submit schedule showing pipe material data, sizes, fitting valve type k factor, working pressure for each service. 6. Submit valve schedule showing manufacturer’s figure number, size, location, and valve features for each required valve. 7. Submit schedule showing manufacturer’s figure number, size, location, and features for each required piping specialty. a. Strainers: include pressure drop or chart for each type and size. b. Meters and gauges: include scale range for each service.

E. Test Reports 1. Manufacturer’s Tests a. Factory Tests: As specified for specific equipment. b. Field Tests: As specified. 2. System Pressure Tests: As specified under “Testing” article. Test log of pressure tests on each system. Indicate date of test, scope of test, test pressure, duration, and observers.

F. Certification 1. Seismic Restraints: As specified under Section 22 05 29. 2. Welding Certificates. 3. Brazing Certificates.

G. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Include, but not limited to, the following: 1. List of all equipment with Manufacturer’s name, model number, and local representative, service facilities and normal channel of supply for each item. Include phone number and address of service facilities 2. System Description: Description of start-up, operating, and shutdown procedures. 3. Controls: Diagrams and description of operation sequence of each system. 4. Equipment: Manufacturer’s brochures, ratings, certified shop drawings, lubrication charts and data, parts lists with part numbers, and belt and sheave data. Mark each sheet with equipment identification number and actual installed condition. 5. Materials and Accessories: Manufacturer’s brochures parts lists with part numbers and lubrication data where applicable. Mark each sheet with equipment identification number or system and location of installation; and to specifically identify which options are provided (in case where data sheet shows multiple options). 6. Certificate of factory tests, field tests and code compliance as specified. 7. Wiring and controls schematics. 8. Trouble shooting directions. 9. Maintenance procedures and frequencies. 10. Description of special tools. 11. Copies of warranties. 12. Safety precautions. 13. Emergency contingencies.

H. Record Documents 1. Comply with the Conditions of the Contract and the requirements of Section 22 05 53.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 00 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2. Indicate mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered per valve schedule, concealed unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located (i.e. traps, strainers, expansion compensators, vents, etc.). Indicate actual inverts and horizontal locations of underground piping. 3. Indicate equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 4. Identify approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed.

I. Samples: When specified under applicable Sections.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform all work in accordance with following rules (codes, standards and regulations): 1. Codes a. California Building Code, Latest Edition: CBC b. California Fire Code, Latest Edition: CFC c. California Electrical Code, Latest Edition: CEC d. California Plumbing Code, Latest Edition: CPC e. California Mechanical Code, Latest Edition: CMC f. California Occupational Safety Health Act: OSHA g. California Code of Regulations: CCR h. CCR Title 24 California Energy Code: CEC i. Applicable Local Codes and Ordinances. 2. Standards a. Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute: ARI b. Air Movement and Control Association, Inc.: AMCA c. Canadian Gas Association: CGA d. American National Standards Institute: ANSI e. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers: ASHRAE f. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: ASME g. American Society of Plumbing Engineers: ASPE h. American Society of Testing and Materials: ASTM i. American Water Works Association: AWWA j. American Welding Society: AWS k. Associated Air Balance Council: AABC l. Factory Mutual: FM m. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials: IAPMO n. Institute of Boiler and Radiator Manufacturers: IBR o. Manufacturer’s Standardization Society of the Valves and Fittings Industry: MSS p. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: NEMA q. National Electrical Testing Association: NETA r. National Environmental Balancing Bureau: NEBB s. National Fire Protection Association: NFPA t. Plumbing and Piping Industry Council: PPIC u. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc.: SMACNA v. Underwriters’ Laboratories: UL

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 00 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3. Regulations a. California State Fire Marshal: CSFM b. California State Department of Public Health: CSDPH c. Safety Orders of Division of Industrial Safety: SODIS d. TIER 1: Energy Standard for State Buildings: TIER 1 4. Where standards of Contract Documents for materials and/or workmanship are higher than those of applicable rules, Contract Documents shall take precedence; otherwise the rules shall govern. 5. Nothing in the Contract Documents is to be interpreted as permitting the Work not conforming to the rules. 6. Should there be any direct conflict between the rules and the Contract Documents, the rules shall govern. 7. Charges for all materials and labor required for the compliance with rules and regulations shall be included in the Contract Price.

B. Certifications: Provide proof of code compliance for equipment as follows: 1. Gas Fired Equipment and Safety Devices: Per applicable standards and bear label of CGA. a. Fuel-burning heating appliances shall bear permanent and legible factory-applied nameplate on which shall appear: manufacturer’s name; approved fuel input rating, expressed in Btu/hr.; model and serial numbers; instructions for lighting, operation, and shutdown; type fuel approved for use; and symbol of approved agency certifying compliance of equipment with recognized standards. 2. Electrical Equipment and Safety Devices: Per applicable standards of NEC; UL listed or classified. 3. Pressure Vessels and Pressure Safety Devices: Per applicable standards and bear label of ASME. 4. Energy Conservation: Comply with applicable codes. Provide equipment and materials certified by manufacturer per California energy code as applicable. 5. Equipment: Provide UL listed or classified equipment where required by code officials. Verify such requirements.

C. Repair or replace, to the satisfaction of the Owner, any damage to Work of this Section and damage caused by Work of this Section.

D. Workmanship shall be first class throughout and performed only by competent and experienced workmen in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. Constant supervision of the Work, either by the Contractor or his competent representative, shall be maintained.

E. Work shall be installed so as not to delay the progress of construction and shall be properly coordinated with other trades.

F. Use only new materials in perfect condition. Inspect all materials upon arrival at job site and immediately remove defective items from site.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Provide factory-applied plastic end-caps on each length of pipe and tube. Maintain end-caps through shipping, storage and handling as required to prevent pipe-end damage and eliminate dirt and moisture from inside of pipe and tube.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 00 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Where possible, store pipe and tube inside and protected from weather. Where necessary to store outside, elevate above grade and enclose with durable, waterproof wrapping.

C. Protect flanges and fittings from moisture and dirt by inside storage and enclosure, or by packaging with durable, waterproof wrapping.

1.6 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. General 1. Base manufacturer is indicated in equipment schedules. 2. In Specification, additional acceptable manufacturer(s) may be indicated. 3. Other manufacturers, materials, or methods shall not be used unless approved in writing by the Owner’s Representative. 4. The burden of proof as to the equality of any proposed substitute manufacturer, material, or method shall be upon the Contractor. 5. The Owner’s Representative’s decision shall be final.

B. Requests for substitution review and acceptance shall be accomplished by table of comparison listing pertinent features of both specified and proposed materials, such as materials of construction, performance, dimensions, weights, replacement or maintenance access, motor type, horsepower, voltage, phase, service factor. Review of proposed substitutions will not be made until receipt of satisfactory comparison tabulation.

C. Submittal of substitutions shall be limited to one proposal for each type or kind of item, unless otherwise permitted by the Owner’s Representative. If first proposed product submittal is rejected, Contractor shall then submit the first-named or scheduled product.

D. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs and coordination due to the substitution, such as impacts on electrical requirements, weight, openings in slabs and roofs, structural framing, housekeeping pad size, etc.

1.7 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Cause as little interference or interruption of existing utilities and services as possible. Schedule Work which will cause interference or interruption in advance with Construction Manager.

B. Examine Contract Documents to determine how other Work will affect execution of plumbing Work.

C. Determine and verify locations of all existing utilities.

D. Arrange for, coordinate, and pay costs incidental to providing utility company services indicated. Establish lines and levels for each system and coordinate with other systems to prevent conflicts and maintain proper clearances and accessibility.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 00 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping sections for pipe, tube, fittings materials joining methods. Comply with governing regulations.

2.2 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING MATERIALS/PRODUCTS

A. Welding Materials: Provide welding materials to comply with installation requirements. 1. Comply with Section II, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials.

B. Gaskets for Flanged Joints: ASME B16.21; full-faced for cast-iron flanges; raised-face for steel flanges, unless otherwise indicated.

2.3 PIPING SPECIALITIES

A. General: Provide factory-fabricated piping specialties recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. Provide piping specialties of types and pressure ratings indicated for each service or, if not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes as indicated, and connections, which properly mate with pipe, tube, equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Installer’s option.

B. Dielectric Unions and Flanges 1. General: Provide standard products recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated, which effectively isolate ferrous from non-ferrous piping (electrical conductance), prevent galvanic action, and stop corrosion. Pressure rating equal to or greater than that of nearby valves. 2. Manufacturers a. B & K Industries, Inc. b. Capital Mfg. Co.; Div. of Harsco Corp. c. Eclipse, Inc. d. Epco Sales, Inc. e. Perfection Corp. f. Rockford-Eclipse Div. g. Victaulic/Clearflow. h. Calpico.

2.4 PIPE ESCUTCHEONS

A. General: Provide solid (not split-hinged) pipe escutcheons as specified herein with inside diameter closely fitting pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is insulated. Select outside diameter of escutcheon to completely cover pipe penetration hole in floors, walls, or ceilings; and pipe sleeve extension, if any. Furnish pipe escutcheons with nickel or chrome finish for occupied areas, prime paint finish for unoccupied areas. All escutcheons shall be vandal proof.

B. Pipe Escutcheons for Moist Areas: For waterproof floors, and areas where water and condensation can be expected to accumulate, provide solid brass or solid sheet brass pipe escutcheons.

C. Pipe Escutcheons for Dry Areas: Provide solid solid sheet metal escutcheons.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 00 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

D. Manufacturers 1. Chicago Specialty. 2. Producers Specialty. 3. Sanitary-Dash.

2.5 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS

A. General: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates which cause rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation.

B. Sleeve: To be furnished by same manufacturer of seals; schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe or Century line sleeves, with integral anchor and waterstop collar.

C. Manufacturers 1. Thunderline Link Seal. 2. Metraflex Metraseal.

2.6 FIRE BARRIER PENETRATION SEALS

A. Provide seals for any opening through fire-rated walls, floors, or ceilings used as passage for plumbing components such as piping. 1. Piping: Provide fire stopping material as specified in Section 07 84 13.

2.7 FABRICATED PIPING SPECIALTIES

A. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves of one of the following: 1. Sheet-Metal: Fabricate from galvanized sheet metal; round tube closed with snaplock joint, welded spiral seams, or welded longitudinal joint. Fabricate from the following gauges: a. 3-inch and smaller: 0.040-inch/20 gauge thick. b. 4 to 6-inch: 0.064-inch/16 gauge thick. c. Over 6-inch: 0.079-inch/14 gauge thick.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. General: Install pipes and pipe fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve permanently-leakproof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated service without piping failure. Install each run with minimum joints and couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions for disassembly and maintenance/replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes (where indicated) by use of reducing fittings. Align piping accurately at connections, within 1/16-inch misalignment tolerance.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 00 - 9 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

not otherwise indicated, run piping in shortest route which does not obstruct usable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold piping close to walls, overhead construction, columns and other clearance to 1/2-inch where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of piping, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated piping for 1-inch clearance outside insulation. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal piping from view, by locating in column enclosures, in hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings; do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as indicated.

C. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves.

D. Electrical and Elevator Equipment Spaces: Do not run piping through transformer vaults, electrical rooms and other electrical or electronic equipment spaces and enclosures, unless piping or ductwork is for equipment serving that electrical space.

E. Comply with ASME B 31.1.

F. Pressures: Do not install piping, valves or piping specialties where exposed to system pressures greater than their rated working pressures.

G. Sloping, Air Venting and Draining: 1. Slope piping as indicated, true to line and grade, and free of traps and air pockets. Unless indicated otherwise, slope piping in direction of flow as follows:

Service Inclination Min. Slope Cooling Coil Condensate Down 1/8” per foot Drain (1-percent)

H. Install piping free of sags and bends. Support requirements are specified in Section 22 05 29.

I. Fittings 1. Provide standard, manufactured fittings in all cases. Field fabricated fittings are prohibited. Bushings are prohibited on pressure piping. 2. Weld-O-Lets and Thread-O-Lets may be used for non-galvanized steel piping if main pipe size is at least three standard pipe sizes larger than branch pipe, e.g. 2-inch main and 1-inch branch. 3. Provide insulating couplings at connections of ferrous piping to non-ferrous piping.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF VALVES

A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the following requirements: 1. Install valves where required for proper operation and isolation of equipment, including valves in branch lines where necessary to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to be accessible and so that separate support can be provided when necessary. 2. Install valves with stems pointed up, in vertical position where possible, but in no case with stems pointed downward from horizontal plane unless unavoidable. Install valve drains with hose-end adapter for each valve that must be installed with stem below horizontal plane.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 00 - 10 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Insulation: Where insulation is indicated, install extended-stem valves, arranged in proper manner to receive insulation.

C. Renewable Seats: Select and install valves with renewable seats, except where otherwise indicated.

D. Fluid Control: Except as otherwise indicated, install gate, ball, globe, and butterfly valves to comply with ASME B31.9. Where throttling is indicated or recognized as principal reason for valve, install globe valves.

E. Installation of Check Valves 1. Swing Check Valves: Install in horizontal position with hinge pin horizontally perpendicular to center line of pipe. Install for proper direction of flow. 2. Wafer Check Valves: Install between two flanges in horizontal or vertical position, position for proper direction of flow. Provide silent type wafer check valves at pump discharge locations. 3. Lift Check Valve: Install in piping line with stem vertically upward, position for proper direction of flow.

F. Install globe valves to close against pressure.

G. Install plug valve with seat toward equipment to be isolated.

H. Valve Discharge Piping: Provide discharge pipe to atmosphere from all relief and safety valves, sized with area equal to sum of outlet areas of all valves connected thereto, unless indicated larger.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES

A. Pipe Escutcheons: Install pipe escutcheons on each pipe penetration thru floors, walls, partitions, and ceilings where penetration is exposed to view; and on exterior of building. Secure escutcheon to pipe or insulation so escutcheon covers penetration hole, and is flush with adjoining surfaces.

B. Dielectric Unions and Flanges: Install at each piping joint between ferrous and non-ferrous piping. Comply with manufacturer’s installation instructions.

C. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: Loosely assemble rubber links around pipe with bolts and pressure plates located under each bolt head and nut. Push into sleeve and center. Tighten bolts until links have expanded to form watertight seal.

D. Fire Barrier Penetration Seals: Fill entire opening with sealing compound. Adhere to manufacturer’s installation instructions.

3.4 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED PIPING SPECIALTIES

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 00 - 11 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3. Size sleeves so that piping and insulation (if any) will have free movement in sleeve, including allowance for thermal expansion; but not less than two pipe sizes larger than piping run. 4. Where insulation includes vapor-barrier jacket, provide sleeve with sufficient clearance for installation. 5. Pack 100 percent of annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Provide acoustical sealant at each end of pipe sleeve to seal packing in place. a. At fire-rated walls, partitions, floors, roofs, and ceilings: Packing shall be through- penetration firestop. b. At non-fire-rated walls, partitions, floors, roofs, and ceilings: Packing shall be fiberglass insulation, with density of 1.5 pcf. 6. Install length of sleeve equal to thickness of construction penetrated, and finish flush to surface; except floor sleeves. 7. Extend floor sleeves 1 inch above level floor finish. 8. Provide temporary support of sleeves during placement of concrete and other work around sleeves. 9. Provide temporary closure to prevent concrete and other materials from entering sleeves.

B. Type of Sleeves 1. Install sheet-metal sleeves at walls and partitions. 2. Install schedule 40 pipe sleeves in concrete slabs. 3. Install mechanical sleeve seals at exterior penetrations; below grade, and at slabs-on- grade.

C. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: Install in accordance with the manufacture’s instructions.

3.5 PIPING EXPANSION PROVISIONS

A. General: Install domestic hot water piping with at least four elbows or tees at following locations. 1. Between piping mains and risers. 2. Between equipment and pump or tank. 3. Between piping main and equipment.

B. Expansion Loops: Fabricate expansion loops as indicated, and elsewhere as determined by Installer for adequate expansion of installed piping system. Provide pipe anchor and pipe alignment guides as indicated, and elsewhere as determined by Installer to properly anchor piping in relationship to expansion loops. 1. At Contractor’s option, pipe anchors may be insulated lugged anchors; Pipe Shields, Inc.; Model #C4000 Series. Comply with requirements for insulated pipe supports in Section 22 05 29. 2. At Contractor’s option, pipe guides may be guided insulated pipe supports; Pipe Shields, Inc.; Model #B3000 or B7000 Series. Comply with requirements for insulated pipe supports in Section 22 05 29.

3.6 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES

A. Install all equipment in accord with manufacturer’s recommendations and in accordance with the equipment’s listing (if applicable).

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 00 - 12 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Access 1. Install all equipment and devices to permit easy access for maintenance. 2. Maintain easy access to all equipment and devices installed as part of Division 22 Work, including but not limited to, motors, drives, valves, actuators, etc. 3. Proper access shall include: a. Valves may be operated. b. Control devices may be adjusted. c. Equipment access panels may be opened. d. Normal maintenance work such as lubrication of bearings, etc., may be performed readily within arm’s reach of access opening. 4. Relocate items which interfere with access. 5. When possible, install Work in accessible locations to avoid the need for access panels. 6. Provide access panels in ceilings, partitions, enclosures, etc. as required in order to achieve easy access to all equipment and devices provided or installed under Division 22 Work. Many access panel locations may be indicated on the Drawings. Provide additional access panels as required. a. For non-security walls, partitions, ceilings, enclosures, etc.: Provide non-security access panels as Work of Division 22. b. For security walls, partitions, ceilings, enclosures, etc.: Provide security access panels as Work of Division 22. 7. Coordinate with the Owner’s Representative to achieve acceptable locations of access panels. 8. Coordinate all access panel locations with other trades and the Contractor. 9. Where possible, avoid locating access panels in secure areas. 10. Provide stainless steel access panels in areas subject to moisture.

C. Provide all necessary anchoring devices and supports. 1. Use structural supports suitable for equipment, or as indicated. 2. Check loadings and dimensions of equipment with shop drawings. 3. Do not cut or weld to building structural members, unless specifically indicated. 4. Provide all required equipment supports, including those not detailed on architectural and mechanical Drawings. 5. Comply with Section 22 05 29.

D. Verify that equipment will fit support layouts indicated. 1. Where substitute equipment is used, revise indicated supports to fit, at no additional cost to the Owner.

E. Coordinate size and location of roof penetrations, floor penetrations, and wall openings with Work of other Sections.

F. Install rain hoods and metal counter flashings as indicated and as required to make all penetrations of plumbing work through walls and roofs, water and weather-tight. Furnish all clamps, waterproofing material and labor necessary.

G. Install floor mounted equipment on 6-inch high concrete pad, 6 inches larger on each side than base of unit, unless otherwise specified, indicated, or equipment manufacturer’s recommendation calls for. Coordinate size and location of equipment pads and curbs with Work of other Sections.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 00 - 13 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

H. In Mechanical Rooms, Mechanical Areas, Fan Rooms, etc., coordinate locations of floor drains, floor sinks, etc. with locations of equipment and housekeeping pads. Locate drains to properly serve equipment and to result in orderly routing of drain piping, while minimizing tripping hazards, etc.

I. In areas other than mechanical rooms, do not install piping, or equipment in exposed manner unless indicated otherwise.

3.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING OF VALVES

A. Valve Adjustment: After piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before final testing, adjusting, and balancing, inspect each valve for possible leaks. Adjust or replace packing to stop leaks, replace valve if leak persists.

B. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer’s touch-up paint.

C. Valve Identification: Tag each valve in accordance with Section 22 05 53.

3.8 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING OF PIPING SPECIALTIES

A. Adjusting: Adjust faces of meters and gauges to proper angle for best visibility.

B. Cleaning: Clean windows of meters and gauges and factory-finished surfaces. Replace cracked or broken windows, repair any scratched or marred surfaces with manufacturer’s touch-up paint.

3.9 EQUIPMENT VIBRATION

A. Mechanical Balance: Pumps, motors, and drives, when equipment is installed and in normal operation, shall be within the following maximum limits, unless specified more restrictively for individual equipment items: 1. 600 RPM and Less: 0.003-inch displacement, peak-to-peak. 2. Over 600 RPM: 0.10-inch per second velocity, peak.

B. Pulley Run-Out: When equipment is installed and in normal operation, pulley run-out in radial and axial directions not to exceed 0.001 inches.

C. Field Tests: If requested, test equipment to determine compliance with specified requirements. Measure vibration displacement and velocity in vertical direction relative to floor. Make measurements on bearing housings (not end caps), or other heavy structural element directly connected to bearing housing, at each end of equipment.

D. Field Balancing: Balance and retest equipment as required for compliance with specified requirements.

3.10 CLEANING, FLUSHING, INSPECTING

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 00 - 14 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

strainer baskets and refill systems. Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports and accessory items. 1. Inspect pressure piping in accordance with procedures of ASME B31.1.

END OF SECTION 22 05 00

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 00 - 15 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 00 - 16 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 22 05 10 - BASIC PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Basic requirements to furnish and install site piping. 2. Special tools. 3. Tape wrap. 4. Coal Tar Epoxy Coating. 5. Heat Shrink Wrap. 6. Pipe locating wire. 7. Closure sections. 8. Joint lubricant. 9. Feeler gauge. 10. Couplings.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ANSI/NSF 60 2014 - Standard for Drinking Water Treatment and Chemicals - Health Effects.

B. AWWA/ANSI C104/A21.4-90 2016 - Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water.

C. AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10-87 2012 - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings for Water.

D. AWWA C900 2016 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 inch through 12 inch (100 mm through 300 mm) for Water Transmission and Distribution.

E. AWWA C210 2015 - Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines.

F. AWWA C651 2014 - Disinfecting Water Mains.

G. NFPA 25 - Standards for the Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems.

1.3 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide all materials as required that will result, upon completion, in a functioning system in compliance with performance requirements specified, and any modifications resulting from reviewed shop and field coordination drawings.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Division 1.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 10 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Group shop drawings and product data of related systems, products, and accessories in a single complete submittal.

C. Submit complete data on pipe, fittings, linings, coatings, and any manufacturer’s installation instructions for pipelines assembled in the field from standard pieces.

D. Prior to fabricating, purchase, or laying of any onsite pipe, or conduit, submit an electronic three-dimensional CAD (Land Desktop 2004) formatted coordination model of all existing and proposed underground pipe and conduit routings showing how contractor will route pressure pipelines and electrical conduits above or below gravity sewers and storm drain pipeline. Pipes and conduits shall be modeled to scale as three-dimensional surfaces, color- coded or otherwise identified as to type of utility. Utilities shall be placed in the model to true horizontal and vertical scale using project datum and layout coordinates. Contractor will be provided a DXF conversion of three-dimensional finish contour grading, and a two- dimensional line string model of site utilities as shown on the drawings. Line string DXF model has no diameter associated with individual utilities and contractor is to verify horizontal and vertical point of connection with individual buildings. Submit Certification of Compliance that utilities will be installed in accordance with approved utility coordination model unless otherwise directed. Maintain correct as-built conditions on coordination model. Submit as-built copy of model to Owner’s Representative prior to project closeout.

E. Color, DVD, log sheets and written report detailing CCTV inspection of gravity pipelines.

1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Fire Protection: Conform to National Fire Protection Association.

B. Plumbing: Conform to 2018 UPC with California Amendments, 2019 California Plumbing Code.

C. Mechanical: Conform to 2018 UMC with California Amendments, 2019 California Mechanical Code.

D. Seismic: Conform to Chapter 23 of CCR Title 24.

E. Structural: Conform to 2018 IBC with California Amendments, 2019 California Building Code.

F. Electrical: Conform to 2017 NEC with California Amendments, 2019 California Electrical Code.

G. Fire: Conform to 2018 IFC with California Amendments, 2019 California Fire Code.

1.6 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS

A. Install work at locations shown on Drawings. If prevented by project conditions, prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of work. Include changes to Work specified in other sections. Obtain permission of Owner’s Representative before proceeding with rearrangement.

B. Examine related work and surface before starting work on any section

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 10 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Report to Owner’s Representative, in writing, conditions which will prevent proper provision of this work. 2. Beginning work of any section without reporting unsuitable conditions to Owner’s Representative constitutes acceptance of conditions. 3. Cause as little interference or interruption of existing utilities and services as possible. Notify Owner’s Representative of any interruption. 4. Keep roads clear of materials and debris.

1.7 PRODUCT STORAGE AND PROTECTION

A. Storage 1. Exercise care in handling and storing of materials and equipment to avoid damage. 2. Store materials and equipment onsite in enclosures or under protective coverings. 3. Do not store materials and equipment directly on the ground. 4. Store equipment containing electrical motors, controls, and wiring in indoor, heated, clean, dry locations.

B. Protection 1. Protect all work and materials and equipment against loss or damage. 2. Close all pipe openings with caps or plugs. 3. Clean and deliver all work and equipment in an unblemished, new conditions.

1.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Repair or replace defective or damaged work, as directed by Owner’s Representative.

B. Perform indicated tests to demonstrate satisfactory workmanship, operation, and performance. 1. Conduct tests in presence of Owner’s Representative and, if requested, inspectors of agencies having jurisdiction, including local City Fire Marshall Representative. 2. Arrange date of tests in advance with Owner’s Representative, manufacturer, and installer. 3. Give all inspectors minimum of 48 hours notice. 4. Furnish or arrange for use of electrical energy, steam, water, air, oxygen, or gas required for tests.

C. Repair or replace equipment and systems damaged, found inoperative, or defective, and continue remedial measures and retests until satisfactory results are obtained.

1.9 DRAWINGS

A. Drawings in general are diagrammatic and indicate sizes and locations only. Detailed connections to equipment and methods of installation for a complete installation are not shown.

B. Scaled dimensions shall be considered approximate.

C. Before proceeding with work check and verify dimensions required for a complete operating system.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 10 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1.10 REVIEW OF CONSTRUCTION

A. Work may be reviewed at any time by Owner’s Representative.

B. Advise Owner’s Representative that work is ready for review at following times 1. Prior to backfilling buried work. 2. Prior to concealment of work in walls and above ceilings. 3. When all requirements of contract have been completed.

C. Neither backfill nor conceal work without consent of Owner’s Representative.

1.11 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

A. Contractor to maintain current As-Built Drawings and provide same to Owner’s Representative at close of construction.

B. Include all change orders, field changes, adjustments, substitutions and deletions.

C. Show sizes, invert elevations, and location of underground piping and related work.

1.12 POINT OF MANUFACTURE

A. Owner’s Representative shall have free access to those parts of the manufacturer’s plant that are involved in work performed under this Specification. The manufacturer shall afford the inspector, without charge, all reasonable facilities for determining whether the pipe or appurtenances meet the requirements of this Specification.

B. Inspection by Owner’s Representative shall not relieve contractor of responsibility to furnish material conforming in all respects to the requirements of this specification. If plant inspection and/or testing is requested by Owner’s Representative, manufacturer shall notify Owner’s Representative at least 72 hours in advance of date, time, and place of product testing.

C. If plant inspection and/or testing is requested by Owner’s Representative, manufacturer shall notify Owner’s Representative at least 72 hours in advance of date, time, and place of product testing.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SPECIAL TOOLS

A. Furnish to Owner’s Representative at completion of work: 1. One set of any special tools required to operate, adjust, dismantle, or repair equipment furnished under any section of this Division. 2. “Special Tools”: Those not normally found in possession of mechanics or maintenance personnel.

2.2 TAPE WRAP

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 10 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

A. Tape Wrap: 15 mil, butyl rubber adhesive, polyethylene-backed tape as produced by Polyken Division of the Kendall Company, Boston, MA; Royston Laboratories, Inc., Pittsburg, PA.

2.3 COAL TAR EPOXY COATING

A. Coal Tar Epoxy Coating for Protection of Metal: Self-priming coal tar; Tnemec 46N-413, Carboline 300M, Ameron 78HB.

2.4 HEAT SHRINK WRAP

A. Heat Shrink Wrap Pipe Joints: Use Raychem or Canuso of appropriate size and shape for flexible couplings and flange joints.

2.5 PIPE LOCATING WIRE AND MARKER

A. Pipe Locating Wire: Bare AWG No. 10, soft drawn, single-strand copper wire.

B. Provide at least six mil PVC electrical tape insulation around wire where adjacent to metal pipe, valves, and in all valve boxes.

C. Pipe marker shall be internal with locating wire color coded for use with different utility pipe systems, and marked with the utility tape every 24 inches. Provide 4 mil thick, 4-inch wide polyethylene marker.

2.6 CLOSURE SECTIONS

A. Furnish and install all necessary closures. Closure sections shall consist of one or more flexible couplings and plain-end pipe of lengths required to effect the closure. Pipe and couplings for closure sections shall conform to the pipe and flexible couplings specified for the principal parts of the pipeline.

2.7 JOINT LUBRICANT

A. Furnish joint lubricant with the pipes as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.

B. Lubricant for Water Pipes: Water-soluble, nontoxic, vegetable soap compound conforming to United States Pharmacopeia No. P39.

2.8 FEELER GAUGE

A. Furnish sufficient feeler gauges of the proper size, type, and shape for checking the rubber gaskets.

2.9 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS

A. Flexible Couplings for Use With Steel Pipe: Dresser, Style 38; Smith Blair, Style 411. Use transition coupling for connecting steel pipe to PVC pipe, material shall be equal to couplings used for steel pipe, Protecting coat couplings.

B. Flexible Couplings for Use With Ductile Iron Pipe or PVC With Ductile Iron Pipe Sizes: Dresser, Style 38, 40, or 138; Smith Blair, Style 411 or 431. Protecting coat couplings.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 10 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Bolts and Nuts for Exposed Conditions: Zinc-coated. Bolts, nuts and washers for buried service shall be Type 304 stainless steel.

D. Middle rings and followers shall be fusion epoxy lined and coated.

2.10 TRANSITION COUPLINGS

A. Transition couplings used to connect pipes with small differences in outside diameter shall be Dresser, Style 162; Smith Blair, Style 413 Protecting coat couplings.

B. Bolts, nuts, and middle rings shall be as specified for flexible couplings.

C. Middle rings and followers shall be fusion epoxy lined and coated (System 29, Section 09 96 00).

2.11 THRUST TIES

A. Provide thrust ties where shown and where required to restrain the force developed by 1 1/2 times the operating pressures specified. 1. Ductile Iron Pipe: Attach with socket clamps against a grooved joint coupling or flange.

B. Anchor studs perpendicular to longitudinal pipe axis are unacceptable.

C. Use type 304 stainless steel ties and hardware.

2.12 SERVICE SADDLES

A. Service Saddles: Smith Blair, Series 317; Romac, Model 202S. Service saddles shall be capable of withstanding 200 psi internal pressure without leakage or overstressing. The run diameter shall be compatible with the outside diameter of the pipe on which the saddle is installed. Taps shall have iron pipe threads. Saddles shall have malleable or ductile iron bodies and stainless steel straps, stainless steel hex nuts with washers, and neoprene seals. Service saddles shall be double-strap or wide band design. Saddles for PVC pipe shall be specifically designed for PVC pipe. Service saddles for use on PVC pipe shall provide full support around the circumference of the pipe. The saddle shall have a bearing area of sufficient width along the axis of the pipe so that the pipe will not be distorted when the saddle is tightened. The service clamps shall not have lugs or other protrusions that will dig into the pipe when the saddle is tightened, a U-bolt type of strap that does not provide sufficient bearing area or a clamping arrangement that is not fully contoured to the outside diameter of the pipe. Saddles shall have a wedge or taper type gasket for a watertight installation.

2.13 FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS

A. Flanged coupling adapters for ductile iron piping shall be Smith Blair, Series 912; Dresser, Style 127.

B. Bolts, nuts, and protective coatings for steel components shall be as specified hereinbefore for flexible couplings.

C. Middle rings and followers shall be fusion epoxy lined and coated.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 10 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2.14 SLAB, FLOOR, ROOF, AND WALL PENETRATIONS

A. General: Provide ductile iron wall pipe with thrust collar unless otherwise specified or shown.

B. Ductile Iron Wall Pipe 1. For penetrations through concrete walls. 2. Diameter and Ends: Same as connecting ductile iron pipe. 3. Thickness: Equal to or greater than remainder of pipe in line, pressure rating - 150 psi minimum. 4. Fittings: In accordance with the applicable Detail Piping Specification. 5. Provide taps for stud bolts in flanges set flush with wall face. 6. Thrust Collars a. Provide for all wall pipes. b. Rated for thrust load developed at 250 psi. c. Safety Factor: Minimum of two. d. Material and Construction 1) Ductile iron or cast iron, cast integral with wall pipe wherever possible. 2) Fabricate by welded attachment of ductile iron thrust collar to pipe where casting impossible. a) Perform in pipe manufacturer’s shop by qualified welders as specified herein. b) Welds: Electric arc welds of ductile iron with NI-55 or FC-55, nickel- iron-carbon weld rod. c) Continuously weld on each side all around.

C. Pipe Sleeves 1. Fabricate of 3/16 inch minimum thickness steel pipe. 2. Abovegrade in Nonsubmerged Areas: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. 3. Belowgrade or in Submerged or Damp Environments: Lined and coated after fabrication with System No. 2. 4. Seep Ring a. Provide 3/16 inch minimum thickness center flange for water stoppage on sleeves in exterior or water-bearing walls. b. Outside Diameter: Three inches greater than wall pipe outside diameter. c. Continuously fillet weld on each side all around. 5. Existing Walls: Holes drilled with a rotary drill may be provided in lieu of sleeves.

D. Modular Mechanical Seal 1. Provide for existing wall penetrations by pipe sleeve. 2. Type: Interconnected synthetic rubber links shaped and sized to continuously fill annular space between pipe and wall sleeve opening. 3. Assemble interconnected rubber links with Type 316 stainless steel bolts, nuts, and pressure plates. 4. Size modular mechanical seals according to manufacturer’s instructions for the size of pipes shown to provide a watertight seal between pipe and wall sleeve opening.

2.15 STEEL CASING PIPE

A. Smooth steel pipe fabricated in sections for welded field joints.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 10 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Conform to AWWA C200 2017.

C. Size and thickness as shown on Drawings or required by Owner’s Representatives.

D. Interior and exterior coating - Coal tar epoxy conforming to AWWA C210 20 mils total dry film thickness applied in two or more coats.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSERTS, SLEEVES, AND EXPANSION PLUGS

A. Lay out work in advance of pouring concrete slabs or walls, and furnish and set inserts and sleeves necessary to complete the work.

B. Size inserts and required reinforcing rod to support the load applied.

C. Expansion plugs shall be selected for at least five times the load applied.

3.2 PREPARATION AND HANDLING

A. Pipe and fittings shall be inspected for dirt, damage, or defects prior to being installed or lowered into the trench. The interior and exterior protective coating shall be inspected, and all damaged areas patched with material similar to the original whole sections or replaced with new undamaged pipe. Clean ends of pipe thoroughly. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of pipe and keep clean during and after installing.

B. Use proper implements, tools, and facilities for the safe and proper protection of the pipe. Handle pipe in a manner which avoids damage to the pipe. Do not drop or dump pipe onto the ground or into trenches.

C. When cutting and/or machining the pipe is necessary, use only tools and methods recommended by the pipe manufacturer and approved by the Owner’s Representative.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED PIPING

A. Unless shown otherwise, piping shall be parallel to building lines. Hangers on adjacent piping shall be aligned where possible on common size ranges.

B. All pipe flanges shall be set level, plumb, and aligned. All flanged fittings shall be true and perpendicular to the axis of the pipe. Boltholes in all flanges shall straddle vertical centerline of pipes.

C. Unions shall be installed where required for piping or equipment installation, even though they are not shown on the drawings.

D. Plastic flanges at any joint with a raised face shall be bolted up using a filler gasket. The filler gasket shall bear the bolt load uniformly and remove the flange moment from that part of the flange protruding beyond the outer edge of the raised face.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 10 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

E. Pipe taps to the pipe barrel are unacceptable. Pipe tap connections to ductile iron piping shall only be made at a tapping boss of a fitting, valve body, or equipment casting.

F. Piping shall be installed without springing or forcing the pipe in a manner which would set up stresses in the pipe, valves, or connected equipment.

G. Required straight runs of piping upstream and downstream of flow measuring devices shall be smooth.

H. Where valve handwheels are shown, valve orientation shall be as shown. Where valve handwheels are not shown, valves shall be oriented to permit easy access to the handwheels, and to avoid interferences.

3.4 VENTS AND DRAINS

A. Vent the high points and drain the low points of all pressure pipelines, except gravity flow services, whether shown on the Drawings or not. Unless otherwise shown or directed, use 3/4-inch ball valves on pipelines 2-1/2 inch and larger and 1/2-inch ball valves on pipelines two inches and smaller.

3.5 INSULATED JOINTS

A. Install insulated joints between all connections of metallic pipe with dielectric coatings and metallic pipe with cement-mortar coatings.

B. Insulating joints shall be installed between copper pipe and any other metallic pipe.

C. Insulated joints shall be installed between ductile iron and any other type of metallic pipe or any existing ductile iron pipe unless otherwise shown. Insulated joints are not required between metallic pipe and nonmetallic pipe.

D. Do not insulate joints between steel pipe and iron valves or other appurtenances or vice versa.

E. Insulated joints may consist of flanges, flexible couplings, insulating unions, or other type of joints as specified in these specifications, unless otherwise shown or directed.

F. Cover and protect insulated joint during painting of aboveground adjacent piping to prevent short circuiting.

G. Install insulated joints at all connections of pipes with cathodic protection to equipment and buildings.

3.6 CORROSION PROTECTION OF ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSED ACCESSORIES

A. All atmospheric exposed surfaces of black and hot-dip galvanized steel, brass, copper and bronze piping components including, but not limited to, pipe hangers, supports, expansion joints, pipe guides, flexible couplings, vent and drain valves, and fasteners shall be painted in accordance with Section 09 96 00.

B. Pipe support systems shall be painted No. 70, light gray, as specified in ANSI Z53.1; Tnemec Co., Inc. No. 2050.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 10 - 9 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.7 HEAT SHRINK WRAP

A. Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions to surfaces that are cleaned, prepared, and primed.

3.8 WALL PIPES AND PIPE SLEEVES

A. Wall pipes and pipe sleeves embedded in concrete walls, floors, and on slabs shall be embedded as specified in Section 03 30 00 and as shown. Support all pipes embedded in concrete walls, floors, and slabs with formwork to prevent contact with the reinforcing steel.

3.9 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS, FLANGED COUPLINGS ADAPTERS, GROOVED JOINT COUPLINGS, AND SERVICE SADDLES

A. Clean oil, scale, rust, and dirt from the pipe to provide a clean seat for the gasket. Care shall be taken that the gaskets are wiped clean before they are installed. Flexible couplings and flanged coupling adapter gaskets may be lubricated with soapy water or manufacturer’s standard lubricant before installation on the pipe ends. Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Bolts shall be tightened progressively on opposite sides a little at a time until all bolts have a uniform tightness. Use torque-limiting wrenches.

3.10 PIPING SYSTEMS TESTING

A. General 1. Prior to acceptance of work, test piping systems in the presence of the Owner’s Representative and authorities having jurisdiction per respective and applicable governing codes and requirements of this section. All water piping shall be tested prior to backfilling per NFPA and the State Fire Marhall requirements. 2. Provide necessary equipment and materials and make necessary test connections required to properly execute tests. 3. Use only potable water for hydrostatic testing of potable water lines. 4. Contractor may use [Site Name] water system as source for test water. Submit plan to protect water system from contamination prior to use. 5. Remake leaking gasket joints with new gaskets and new flange bolting. Destroy old bolting. Where welded joints fail, submit proposed method of repair for approval by the Owner’s Representative. Testing shall take place during steady state ambient temperature conditions. 6. Other than standard piping flanges, plugs, caps and valves, use only commercially manufactured expandable elastomer plugs for sealing off piping for test purposes. The safe test pressure rating of any plug shall be not less than two times the actual test pressure being applied. Do not use expandable elastomer plugs for piping which could develop sufficient reactive force to cause damage to a structure, other piping, or cause moving of thrust or anchor provisions in case of blow-out. 7. Remove components from piping systems during testing whenever the component may sustain damage from the test pressure or test media. After completion of the test, reinstall the component and retest at the component pressure rating with suitable media. 8. Check system components such as valves for functional operation under system test pressure. 9. Duration of test shall be as specified per manufacturer.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 10 - 10 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

10. Prepare and maintain records of piping systems tests. Record Owner’s Representative and contractor personal responsibilities, dates, test gauge identification numbers, ambient temperature, pressure ranges, rates of pressure drop and leakage rates. 11. The connections between new underground piping and the existing shall not be separately tested. Pressure specified in governing code shall be maintained on the joint for not less than 30 minutes. 12. In the event testing demonstrates leakage rates in excess of specified limits, determine source(s) of leakage, repair or replace defective materials and workmanship and retest installation until compliance with specified requirements. 13. Take necessary precautions to vent the expansion force of compressed air trapped during high pressure hydrostatic pressure testing to preclude injury and damage. The Owner’s Representative may require the removal of any system component including plugs and caps to ascertain whether the water has reached all parts of the system if purging or vent valves are not provided during construction.

B. Preparation and Execution 1. Buried Pressure Piping: Conduct final acceptance tests on buried pressure piping that is to be hydrostatically tested after the trench has been completely backfilled, except water piping shall be tested prior to backfilling. The contractor may, if field conditions permit, partially backfill the trench and leave the joints open for inspection and conduct an initial test, except water pipe tests.

C. Hydrostatic Leak Tests 1. Equipment: Furnish two graduated containers; two pressure gauges; one hydraulic force pump, and suitable hose and suction pipe as required. 2. Buried Water Fire Suppression Water Piping. a. Water piping shall be tested in accordance with NFPA. b. Where any section of pipe is provided with concrete thrust blocking, do not make the pressure test until at least five days have elapsed after the thrust blocking is installed. If high-early-strength concrete is used for thrust blocking, the time may be reduced to two days. When testing cement-mortar lined piping, slowly fill the section of pipe to be tested with water and allow to stand for 24 hours under slight pressure to allow the cement-mortar lining to absorb water. c. Expel all air from the piping system prior to testing and apply and maintain the specified test pressure by means of the hydraulic force pump. Valve off the piping system when the test pressure is reached and conduct the pressure test for two hours, reopening the isolation valve only as necessary to restore the test pressure. The pump suction shall be in a barrel or similar device, or metered so that the amount of water required to maintain the test pressure may be measured accurately. This measurement represents the leakage, which is defined as the quantity of water necessary to maintain the specified test pressure for the duration of the test period. No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage is greater than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the following formula. 1) L=SD(P)2/133,200 2) In the above formula 3) L=Allowable leakage, in gallons per hour 4) S=Length of pipe tested, in feet 5) D=Nominal diameter of pipe, in inches 6) P=Test pressure during the leakage test, in pounds per square inch

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 10 - 11 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

d. Correct any leakage greater than the allowance determined under this formula. e. Maximum test length shall be the shortest length that can be isolated by closing adjacent valves or the length between a valve and an end cap.

D. Gravity Sewers: Gravity sewers shall be air tested as follows: 1. Time of Testing: Test pipe after backfilling has been completed. The Contractor, at his option and expense, may make other earlier tests to ensure compliance with the tests specified herein. 2. Procedure a. After all plugs are in place and securely blocked, introduce air slowly into the pipe section to be tested until the internal air pressure reaches 5.0 pounds per square inch. Allow a minimum of two minutes for the air temperature to stabilize. b. Pipe and joints being air tested shall be considered satisfactory when tested at an average pressure of 3.0 pounds per square inch when (1) the total rate of air loss from the section being tested does not exceed 2.0 cubic feet per minute, or (2) the section of lines does not lose air at a rate greater than 0.0030 cubic foot per minute per square foot of internal pipe surface.

3.11 INTERIM CLEANING

A. Care shall be exercised during fabrication to prevent the accumulation of weld rod, weld spatter, pipe cuttings and filings, gravel, cleaning rags, etc., within piping sections. All piping shall be examined to assure removal of these and other foreign objects prior to assembly. Shop cleaning may employ any conventional commercial cleaning method if it does not corrode, deform, swell, or otherwise alter the physical properties of the material being cleaned.

3.12 FLUSHING

A. Following assembly and testing and prior to final acceptance, all potable water pipelines installed under this section shall be flushed with water and all accumulated construction debris and other foreign matter removed. Use only potable water for flushing potable water pipelines. Flushing velocities shall be a minimum of 2.5-feet per second. Cone strainers shall be inserted in the connections to attached equipment and left there until cleaning has been accomplished to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative. Accumulated debris shall be removed through drains two inches and larger or by dropping spools and valves.

3.13 CORROSION PROTECTION FOR BURIED, SUBMERGED, AND CONCRETE- ENCASED PIPE

A. All ductile iron pipe shall be cement-lined in accordance with ANSI A21.4/AWWA C104, except where otherwise noted.

B. Coat cast and ductile iron pipe and fittings. 1. Coat with coal-tar epoxy per AWWA C210 and manufacturer’s recommendations. Provide two coats minimum. Minimum DFT 20 mils. 2. All abraded areas of coal-tar epoxy coatings shall be cleaned and repaired to provide a protective covering equal to the original and acceptable to the Owner’s Representative.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 10 - 12 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Buried ductile iron piping shall be installed with polyethylene bagging in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5-88. Installation shall be in accordance with Methods A and C of the indicated standard.

D. Tape Wrap - Steel and Other Metal Pipe 1. Field apply tape wrap on appurtenances and short lengths of buried metallic piping not otherwise protected. Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Clean pipe and appurtenances with power brushes to remove rust, scale, or other material. Grind or file smooth any sharp burrs that will damage the wrap and solvent clean to remove oils and greases. Apply primer and spiral wrap with a 50 percent overlap to form a double layer. Apply with enough tension to make wrap conform to the surface without wrinkles, but do not stretch excessively. Roll or press the overlap seams to ensure complete bonding.

E. Heat shrink wrap flange and flexible pipe joints per manufacturer’s recommendations.

3.14 DISINFECTION

A. Pipelines intended to carry potable water shall be disinfected before placing in service. Disinfecting procedures shall conform to AWWA C651-86 2014 and ANSI/NSF 60, as hereinafter modified or expanded. 1. Complete flushing before disinfecting. 2. Disinfecting Mixture a. Disinfecting mixture shall be a chlorine-water solution having a free chlorine residual of 40 to 50 ppm. Prepare disinfecting mixture by injecting: (1) a liquid chlorine gas-water mixture; (2) dry chlorine gas; or (3) a calcium or sodium hypochlorite and water mixture into the pipeline at a measured rate while fresh water is allowed to flow through the pipeline. The combined mixture of fresh water and chlorine solution or gas shall be of the specified strength. b. Apply disinfecting mixture by means of a standard commercial solution feed chlorinating device. Dry chlorine gas shall be fed through proper devices for regulating the rate of flow and providing effective diffusion of the gas into the water within the pipe being treated. Chlorinating devices for feeding solutions of the chlorine gas or the gas itself must provide means for preventing the backflow of water into the chlorine cylinder. c. If the calcium hypochlorite procedure is used, first mix the dry powder with water to make a thick paste, then thin to approximately a one percent solution (10,000 ppm chlorine). If the sodium hypochlorite procedure is used, dilute the liquid with water to obtain a one percent solution. The following proportions of hypochlorite to water will be required.

Product Quantity Water

Calcium Hypochloritea 1 pound 7.5 gallon (65 - 70 percent C1)

Sodium Hypochloriteb 1 gallon 4.25 gallon (5.25 percent C1)

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 10 - 13 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

aComparable to commercial products known as HTH, Perchloron, and Pittchlor. bKnown as liquid laundry bleach, Clorox, Purex, etc. 3. Point of application: Inject disinfecting mixture into the pipeline to be treated at the beginning of the line through a valve and a suitable connection to the top of the pipeline. Clean water from the existing system or another source shall be controlled so as to flow slowly into the newly installed piping during the application of chlorine. Valves shall be manipulated so that the strong chlorine solution in the line being treated will not flow back into the line supplying the water. Use check valves if necessary. 4. Retention Period a. Treated water shall be retained in the pipeline long enough to destroy all nonspore- forming bacteria. With proper flushing and the specified solution strength, 24 hours is adequate. At the end of the retention period, the disinfecting mixture shall have a strength of at least 10 ppm of chlorine. b. Operate all valves, hydrants, and other appurtenances during disinfection to assure that the disinfecting mixture is dispersed into all parts of the line, including dead ends, new services, and similar areas that otherwise may not receive the disinfecting solution. c. Do not place concentrated quantities of commercial disinfectant in the line before it is filled with water. d. After chlorination, flush the water from the pipeline until the water through the line is equal chemically and bacteriologically to the permanent source of supply. 5. Dispose of disinfecting water in an acceptable manner that will protect receiving waters from harmful or toxic concentrations of chlorine. The disinfecting water shall be retained onsite in open detention basins or other methods approved by the Owner’s Representative.

3.15 VALVES

A. Install valves in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Operating stems shall be vertical unless otherwise indicated or approved by Owner’s Representative.

3.16 LOCATING WIRE AND MARKER TAPE

A. Pipe locating wire shall be provided for the entire length of all pressure pipelines except for metallic piping.

B. Install locating wire by strapping to the pipe or tubing with PVC tape, polyethylene backed tape, or tie locks. Test pipelocating wire with pipe locator equipment prior to final acceptance of pipeline.

C. Stub the locating wire up inside each valve box. Sufficient excess length shall be provided at terminal connections to allow continuation of locating wire to the terminal connection.

D. Wire splices shall be made with compression fittings or soldering; wrapped with Tac-Tape, Aqua-Seal; and wrapped with electrical tape. Prevent bare copper wire from contacting metallic appurtenances including, but not limited to, pipe, buried valves, or fittings.

END OF SECTION 22 05 10

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 10 - 14 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 22 05 23 - GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Gate valves. 2. Globe valves. 3. Ball valves. 4. Butterfly valves. 5. Angle valves. 6. Swing check valves. 7. Strainers. 8. Drain valves. 9. Non-lubricated plug valves. 10. Lubricated plug valves. 11. Self-contained automatic valves. 12. Valve operators. 13. Accessories

1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Domestic Water Piping, Below Ground: 160 psig. 2. Domestic Water Piping, Above Ground: 125 psig.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Division 1.

B. Product Data for each valve type. include body material, valve design, pressure and temperature classification, end connection details, seating materials, trim material and arrangement, dimensions and required clearances, and installation instructions. Include list indicating valve and its application. Include pressure drop curve or chart for each type and size of valve.

C. Maintenance Data for valves to include in the operating and maintenance manuals as specified in Division 1 for the following: 1. Trap primers. 2. Strainers. 3. Hot water return balancing valve assemblies. 4. Water pressure reducing valves. 5. Temperature and pressure relief valves. 6. Gas pressure regulators.

D. Include detailed manufacturer’s instructions on adjusting, servicing, disassembling, and repairing. Submit spare parts list for each type of valve. Include this data in Maintenance Manual.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Single-Source Responsibility: Comply with the requirements specified in Division 1.

B. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9 2017, Building Services Piping, for materials and installation.

C. ASSE Compliance: Comply with ASSE Standards for mixing valve applications.

D. MSS Compliance: Comply with the various MSS Standard Practice documents as follows: 1. MSS SP-67-2016 - Butterfly valves 2. MSS SP-70-2016 - Gray Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 3. MSS SP-71-2016 - Gray Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 4. MSS SP-78-2016 - Gray Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 5. MSS SP-80-2016 - Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle, and Check Valves. 6. MSS SP-85-2016 - Gray Iron Globe and Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 7. MSS SP-110-2016 - Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends.

E. ANSI Compliance: 1. ANSI B16.1-2016 - Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 2. ANSI B16.10-2016 - Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Valves. 3. ANSI Z21.22-2016 - Relief Valves for Hot Water Supply Systems. 4. ANSI Z21.41-2016 - Quick Disconnect Devices for Use with Gas Fuel Appliances.

F. ASTM Compliance: 1. ASTM A276-2016 - Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. 2. ASTM A351-2016 - Castings, Austenitic, Austenitic-Ferritic (Duplex), for Pressure- Containing Parts. 3. ASTM B61-2016 - Steam or Valve Bronze Castings. 4. ASTM B62-2016 - Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. 5. ASTM B98-2016 - Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar, and Shapes. 6. ASTM B127-2016 - Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS N04400) Plate, Sheet, and Strip. 7. ASTM B139-2016 - Phosphor Bronze Rod, Bar, and Shapes. 8. ASTM B164-2016 (R2008) - Nickel-Copper Alloy Rod, Bar, and Wire. 9. ASTM B194-2016 - Copper-Beryllium Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar. 10. ASTM B584-2016 - Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. 11. ASTM D429-2016 (R2003) - Rubber Property - Test for Adhesion to Rigid Substrates. 12. ASTM D1784-2016 - Rigid PolyVinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated PolyVinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds.

G. Valves: Manufacturer’s name and pressure rating marked on valve body.

H. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME SEC IX and applicable state regulations.

I. Welders Certification: In accordance with ASME SEC IX.

J. NSF Compliance: 1. Comply with NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects, for potable domestic water plumbing specialties.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

K. Valve Identification: Comply with MSS SP-25, Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Unions.

L. Valve Types; Provide valve of ‘same type’ by ‘same manufacturer.’

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends. 3. Set bail and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. 4. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open. 5. Block check valves in either closed or open position.

B. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store indoors and maintain valve temperature higher than ambient dew-point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures.

C. Use a sling to handle large valves. Rig to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels and stems as lifting or rigging points.

1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Strainers: a. Furnish stainless steel screens of quantity of identical units not less than 10 percent of amount of each type and size installed. 2. Furnish gasket material of quantity of identical units not less than 10 percent of amount of each type and size installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Gate Valves: a. Crane. b. Jenkins. c. Lunkenheimer. 2. Globe Valves: a. Crane. b. Jenkins. c. Lunkenheimer. 3. Ball Valves: a. Kitz Corporation of America. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc-: Apollo Division. c. NIBCO Inc. December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

4. Butterfly Valves: a. Kitz Corporation of America. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc-: Apollo Division. c. NIBCO Inc. 5. Angle Valves: a. Crane. b. Jenkins. c. Lunkenheimer. 6. Check Valves: a. Kitz Corporation of America. b. NIBCO Inc. c. Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc. d. Walworth. 7. Strainers: a. Kitz Corporation of America. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc-: Apollo Division. c. NIBCO Inc. 8. Drain valves: a. Kitz Corporation of America. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc-: Apollo Division. c. NIBCO Inc. 9. Plug Valves (Non-Lubricated): a. Kitz Corporation of America. b. Canbraco Industries Inc: Apollo Division c. NIBCO Inc.

2.2 VALVES - BASIC, COMMON FEATURES

A. General: Provide factory-fabricated valves recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. Provide valves of types and pressure ratings indicated; provide proper selection as determined by installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes as indicated, and connections, which properly mate with pipe, tube, and equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated, the Contractor shall confirm selection of the valve with the OWNER Representatve. Valves shall be of same make for all these services.

B. Pressure and Temperature Ratings: As indicated in the “Application Schedule” of Part 3 of this Section and as required to suit system pressures and temperatures.

C. Sizes: Same size as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Operators (If Applicable): Use specified operators and handwheels, except provide the following special operator features: 1. Handwheels: For valves other than quarter turn. 2. Lever Handles: For quarter-turn valves 6 inches and smaller, except for plug valves, which shall have square heads. Furnish Owner with 1 wrench for every 10 plug valves. 3. Chain-wheel Operators: For valves 4 inches and larger, installed 96 inches or higher above finished floor elevation. Furnish and install chain-wheel operators on valves located more than 3 feet above accessible ceiling or access doors with the chain extended to within 6 inches of the ceiling. 4. Gear-Drive Operators: For quarter-turn valves 8 inches and larger.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

E. Extended Stems: Where insulation is indicated or specified, provide extended stems arranged to receive insulation.

F. Bypass and Drain Connections: Comply with MSS SP-45 bypass and drain connections.

G. Threads: ASME B16.4 for cast iron and ASME B16.15 for bronze valves

H. Flanges: ASME B16.24 for bronze valves.

I. Solder Joint: ANSI/ASME B16.18. 1. Caution: Where soldered end connections are used, use solder having a melting point below 840 degrees F for gate, globe, and check valves; below 421 degrees F for ball valves.

2.3 GATE VALVES

A. Up to and including 2-inches: Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, single wedge threaded ends.

B. Over 2-inches: Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, OS&Y, single wedge, flanged ends.

2.4 GLOBE VALVES

A. Up to and including 2-inches: Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, renewable composition disc, screwed ends, with back seating capacity repackable under pressure.

B. Over 2-inches: Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, OS&Y, plug-type disc, flanged ends, renewable seat and disc.

2.5 BALL VALVES

A. Ball Valves, 2-inches and Smaller: MSS SP-110 compliant; ANSI B1.20.1 (threaded end) and ANSI B16.18 (soldered end); Class 150 SWP and 600 psi non-shock CWP, ASTM B 584 bronze body and bonnet, 2-piece construction; machined solid chrome-plated brass ball, full port valves; blowout proof stem design; bronze or brass stem; multi-fill PTFE seats and seals; true adjustable packing; soldered end or threaded connection. (Note: Standard and reduced port and hollow ball design not acceptable). Ball shall be vented to allow relief of any trapped media between body and ball. 1/4-inch through 2-inch valve shall be CSA approved for gas service of 1/2 psi at the appliance, and 5 psi from appliance to the meter. 1. Operator: Vinyl-covered steel lever handle. 2. Operator: Lever operators with lock. 3. Stem Extension: For valves installed in insulated piping provide 2 inches extended handle of non-thermal conductive material. Provide protective sleeve that allows operation of the valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing the insulation 4. Memory/Balancing Stop: For operator handles.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Ball Valves, 2-1/2 inches through 4 inches: MSS SP-110; ANSI B1.20.1; Class 150 SWP and 600 psi non-shock CWP, ASTM B 283 bronze body and bonnet, 3-piece or 2-piece construction; machined solid chrome-plated brass ball, full port valves; blowout proof stem design; bronze or brass stem; multi-fill PTFE seats and seals; adjustable packing; soldered end or threaded connection. (Note: Standard and reduced port and hollow ball design not acceptable). 1. Operator: Vinyl-covered steel lever handle. 2. Operator: Lever operators with lock. 3. Stem Extension: For valves installed in insulated piping provide 2 inch extended handle of non-thermal conductive material. Provide protective sleeve that allows operation of the valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing the insulation 4. Memory/Balancing Stop: For operator handles.

2.6 BUTTERFLY VALVES

A. Butterfly Valves: 4 inches thru 12 inches: MSS SP-67 and API 609, 200 psi CWP,150 psi maximum pressure differential (except 14 inches through 24 inches which shall be rated at 150 psi), ASTM A536.84 ductile-iron body and bonnet, extended neck, stainless-steel stem, molded-in or bonded-in EPDM or Buna N seat, EPDM or Buna N stem seals, wafer, lug, or grooved style; valve shall be bi-directional and suitable for dead-end service in either direction at the full working pressure of the valve with the downstream flange removed for up to 96 hours. 1. Disc Type: Nickel-plated ductile iron. 2. Disc Type: Aluminum bronze. 3. Disc Type: Elastomer-coated ductile iron. 4. Disc Type: Epoxy-coated ductile iron. 5. Operator for Sizes 2 inches to 6 inches: Standard lever handle with memory stop.

2.7 ANGLE VALVES

A. Up to and including 2-Inches: Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, renewable composition disc, screwed ends, with back seating capacity repackable under pressure.

B. Over 2-Inches: Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, OS&Y, plug-type disc, flanged ends, renewable seat and disc.

2.8 CHECK VALVES (SWING)

A. Swing Check Valves, 3 inches and Smaller: MSS SP-80; Class 125, 200psi CWP and Class 150, 300-psi CWP; horizontal swing, Y-pattern, ASTM B62 cast-bronze body and cap, rotating bronze disc with integral seat or composition seat, threaded or soldered end connections:

B. Swing Check Valves, 3 inches and Larger: MSS SP-71, Class 125, 200psi CWP, ASTM A126 cast-iron body and bolted cap, horizontal-swing bronze disc, flanged or grooved end connections.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2.9 SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES (SUMP PUMP DISCHARGE)

A. Up to 2 inches: 1. Class 125, cast bronze. Stainless steel stem, Buna N Disc, Teflon seat ring, beryllium copper spring, screwed ends.

B. 2-1/2 inches and larger: 1. 125 pounds water or flanged cast iron body, renewable bronze seat and disc, stainless steel spring.

2.10 STRAINERS (Y-TYPE)

A. Strainers: Y-pattern, unless otherwise indicated, and full size of connecting piping. Include ASTM A 666, Type 304, stainless-steel screens with 3/64 inch round perforations, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum steam working pressure, unless otherwise indicated. 2. 2 inches and Smaller: Bronze body, with female threaded ends. 3. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: Cast-iron body, with interior AWWA C550 or FDA-approved, epoxy coating and flanged ends. 4. Y-Pattern Strainers: Screwed screen retainer with centered blowdown. a. Drain: Factory installed, hose-end drain valve. 5. Basket Strainers: Bolted flange or clamp cover, and basket with lift-out handle.

2.11 HOT WATER RETURN BALANCING VALVE ASSEMBLY

A. Hot water return balancing valves shall be a multi-function valve that incorporates an isolation ball valve, a 20-mesh strainer and flow control cartridge in the same body. Valve shall not be replaced by functionally equivalent separate components that increase the material and labor cost of the project. Five (5) year warranty on the valves.

2.12 TRAP PRIMER VALVES

A. Trap priming of floor drains and floor sinks shall be accomplished in one of the following methods (Comply with plumbing drawings and piping diagrams for type for trap primer specified or depicted): 1. Trap primer elbow (for concealed flush valves). 2. Vacuum breaker trap primer. 3. Automatic trap primer (TP-1). 4. Sink trap primer.

B. Trap Primer Elbow: Sloan Model VBF-21-A1 or A2 which includes cast brass 1-1/2 inch slip joint elbow; water deflector to control the amount of water diverted from the flush; compression elbow for 3/8 inch tubing to floor drain and two slip joint coupling nuts with gaskets.

C. Vacuum Breaker Trap Primer: Sloan Model VBF-272-A which includes one-piece, chrome plated flush connection; water deflector to control the amount of water diverted from the flush; 3/8 inch elbow and flex-bend tube connection from vacuum breaker to wall; diverter wall flange and fittings; chrome plated wall flange and fitting to connect 1/2 inch NPT pipe.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

Model VBF-A1 also includes high back pressure vacuum breaker and one-piece bottom hex coupling nut.

D. Automatic Trap Primer Valve (TP-1): ASSE 1018, water-supply-fed type, with the following characteristics 1. Trap primer shall be pressure drop activated and be of all brass construction including a brass body with 1/2 inch male NPT inlet and 1/2 inch NPT discharge. Internal components shall consist of a stainless steel debris screen, brass piston and brass discharge jet. Lubricated O-rings shall be EPDM and seal O-rings shall be nitrile. Trap primers shall be installed on domestic cold water pipe of 1-1/2 inch diameter or less and shall be located where they will be subject to frequent pressure drops of at least 10 psi. Working pressure shall be 35 to 75 psi. Provide distribution units as required for more than one drain. Trap primers shall be UPC certified and IAMPO listed. 2. Trap Primer Distribution Units shall be Precision Plumbing Products Model DU-2, DU- 3, or DU-4. Distribution units shall consist of a 2 inch diameter copper body with 3/8 inch female NPT brass discharge fittings and 1/2 inch male NPT composite top with nitrile O-ring. 3. Allow 1 foot of drop for every 20 feet of distance from primer to floor drain. 4. Flush system prior to installing trap primers. 5. Cycle primers 6 times to assure proper operation.

E. Sink Outlet: Zurn Model Z1021 to be used in conjunction with 1-1/4 inch sink outlet. 1. Trap primer, chrome plated polished cast brass body with cleanout, ground joint elbow with 1-1/2 inch NPT outlet, 1-1/2 inch slip nuts and washers, and reducing washer for 1- 1/4 inch sink tail piece hookup, escutcheon and rigid polished chrome primer line with 1/2 inch compression fittings.

2.13 DRAIN VALVES

A. Hose-End Drain Valves: MSS SP-110 compliant; ANSI B1.20.1 (threaded end) and ANSI B16.18 (soldered end); Class 150 SWP and 600 psi non-shock CWP, ASTM B 584 bronze body and bonnet, 2-piece construction; machined solid chrome-plated brass ball, full port valves; blowout proof stem design; bronze or brass stem; multi-fill PTFE seats and seals; adjustable packing; threaded or soldered end connection. (Note: Standard and reduced port and hollow ball design not acceptable). 1. Operator: Vinyl-covered steel fever handle. 2. Operator: Lever operators with lock. 3. Stem Extension: For valves installed in insulated piping provide 2 inches extended handle of non-thermal conductive material. Provide protective sleeve that allows operation of the valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing the insulation 4. Memory/Balancing Stop: For operator handles. 5. Inlet: Threaded or solder joint. 6. Outlet: Short-threaded nipple with ASME B1.20.7, garden-hose threads and cap. 7. Cap: Die cast brass. 8. Chain: Brass.

2.14 PLUG VALVES (NON-LUBRICATED)

A. 2½-inches and larger:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. MSS SP-78, 150 psi, cast iron body and plug, non-lubricated, Teflon packing, flanged ends. Provide lever operator or wrench.\

B. Use ball valves 2 inches and smaller, comply with Article 2.3.

C. Use non-lubricated plugs only when shut off valves are also provided.

D. For below grade polyethylene piping, use thermoplastic plug valves molded from polyethylene resin which conforms to ASTM D1248, Type II, Class B with antioxidants, Category 5, grade P23. Valves shall be plain-end for heat-fusion joining in the pipeline. Valves shall have elastomer seats, plug seals, and ground water seal. Plug shall be retained in body by a plug retainer Valves shall have 2 inch square nut operators.

2.15 PLUG VALVES (LUBRICATED)

A. Up to and including 2 inches: Semi-steel, tapered plug, screwed gald type, threaded body.

B. 2-1/2 inches through 4 inches: Semi-steel, 2-bolt cover, tapered plug, flanged body.

C. 6 inches and Over: Semie-steel, bolted gland type, tapered plug, flanged body.

D. Operator: 1. Lever operator with memory stop smaller than 6 inches. 2. Gear operator 6 inches and larger.

2.16 VALVE OPERATORS

A. General 1. Valve operator types describe only general characteristics of operators. 2. Provide operators compatible with valve with which it will be used and of same manufacturer, or product that is recommended by valve manufacturer. 3. Size operator to operate valve for full range of pressures and velocities specified. 4. Valve operators shall open by turning counterclockwise.

B. Manual Operators 1. General a. Provide manual handwheel operators unless otherwise shown or specified. b. Galvanize and paint ferrous handwheels same color as valve and associated pipeline. c. When maximum force required to operate valve under full operating head exceeds 40 pounds, provide gear reduction operators. d. Gear operators totally enclosed and lubricated. e. Quarter-turn valve operators: self-locking type to prevent disc or plug from creeping and provide with position indicators to show position of valve disc or plug. f. Worm and gear type operators: self-locking worm-gears, one-piece design, of gear bronze material, accurately machine cut. Worm hardened alloy steel, with thread ground and polished. g. Geared traveling nut type operators: threaded steel reach rods with internally threaded bronze or ductile iron nut.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 9 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

h. Provide safety isolation valves and lockout valves with handles, handwheels, or chain wheels painted “safety yellow.” Equip handles to take padlock and wheels, chain and padlock. Isolation valves are valves that shut off source of stored energy (such as compressed air or water pressure) and that, if opened, could endanger safety or life. 2. Exposed Operators a. Furnish with geared operators, extension stems, floor stands, and other elements to permit operation from normal operating level. b. Lever type operators: means of being fixed in any given position to prevent accidental movement; rugged, noncorrosive construction; fully compatible with valve. 3. Buried Operators a. Provide buried service operators on valves larger than 2½ inches with 2 inch AWWA operating nut. b. Provide buried operators on valves two inches and smaller with cross handle for operation by forked key. c. All moving parts of valve and operators enclosed in housing to prevent contact with soil. d. Design buried service operators for quarter-turn valves to withstand 450 foot- pounds of input torque at FULLY OPEN or FULLY CLOSED positions without damage to valve or operator and grease pack and gasket to withstand submersion in water to 10 psi. e. Install valves with extension stems, as required, and valve boxes.

2.17 ACCESSORIES

A. Valve Operator Tags 1. Provide valve operator with 1-1/2 inch minimum diameter heavy brass or stainless steel tag. 2. Tag shall bear valve number. 3. Attach tags to operator with key rings so that ring and tag cannot be removed. 4. Numbers and letters block type, 1/4 inch high.

B. T-Handled Operating Wrenches: Provide two galvanized operating wrenches, four feet long. Provide two galvanized operating keys for cross handled valves. 1. Manufacturers: a. Mueller, Model . b. Clow Corp, Model.

C. Valve Boxes 1. Provide Buffalo two-piece sliding type, cast iron, with five 1/4 inch shaft valve boxes of appropriate length for installation. Cast word WATER, or SEWAGE into top of lid, as appropriate for service. a. If required, provide extension pieces of manufacturer’s standard type. 2. Covers: bolt-down type with Type 304 stainless steel removable screws conforming to Section 05 05 23 - Tamper Proof Metal Fasteners. 3. Complete with all necessary bases and accessories. 4. Manufacturers a. Mueller, Model . b. Clow Corp., Model.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 10 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

c. Kennedy Valve, Model.

D. Extension Stems for Valve Operators 1. Where depth of valve is such that centerline is more than three feet below grade, provide operating extension stems to bring operating nut six inches below surface of ground and/or box cover.

2. Construct extension stems of steel, complete with two inch square operating nut.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine piping system for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of valves. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling.

C. Operate valves from fully open to fully closed positions. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operation.

D. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness.

E. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Check gasket material for proper size, material composition suitable for service, and freedom from defects and damage.

F. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.

3.2 APPLICATION

A. Provide unions on both sides of all valves except valves that have flanged connections. Provide unions at piping connections to all equipment or apparatus unless equipment or apparatus have flanged connections.

B. Provide brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe.

C. Provide ball or butterfly valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. Note: Ball valves shall be limited to pipe sizes 4 inches and smaller.

D. Provide ball or butterfly valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services.

E. Provide lug end butterfly valves adjacent to equipment when provided to isolate equipment, for pressure reducing valves as indicated on Drawings.

F. Provide spring loaded check valves on discharge of water pumps.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 11 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

G. Provide listed has shutoff valves in natural vas systems for shut-off service.

H. Provide hot water return balancing valves in domestic hot water recirculating systems where indicated on the Plumbing Drawings and Piping Diagram.

I. Provide butterfly valve for main domestic water shutoff.

J. Provide isolation shutoff valves and unions at inlet and outlet sides of all water pressure reducing valves, water/gas solenoid valves and gas pressure regulators.

3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Establish invert elevations, slopes for drainage to 1/4 inch/foot, 2 percent, minimum unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. Maintain gradients.

B. Install piping so that entire system is drainable. Provide drain valves with hose connections at low points.

C. Connect branch piping to top of mains.

3.4 INSTALLATION

A. Install valves as indicated, according to manufacturer’s written instructions.

B. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

C. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow servicing, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.

D. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.

E. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above the center of the pipe.

F. Install valves in a position to allow full stem movement.

G. Installation of Check Valves: Install for proper direction of flow as follows: 1. Swing Check Valves: Horizontal position with hinge pin level.

3.5 SOLDERED CONNECTIONS

A. Cut tube square and to exact lengths.

B. Clean end of tube to depth of valve socket with steel wool, sand cloth, or a steel wire brush to a bright finish. Clean valve socket.

C. Apply proper soldering flux in an even coat to inside of valve socket and outside of tube.

D. Open ball valves to fully open position.

E. Remove the cap and disc holder of swing check valves having composition discs.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 12 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

F. Insert tube into valve socket, making sure the end rests against the shoulder inside valve. Rotate tube or valve slightly to ensure even distribution of the flux.

G. Apply heat evenly to outside of valve around joint until solder melts on contact. Feed solder until it completely fills the joint around tube. Avoid hot spots or overheating valve. Once the solder starts cooling, remove excess amounts around the joint with a cloth or brush.

H. Solder copper tube-and-fitting joints where indicated, in accordance with recognized industry practice. Cut tube ends squarely, ream to full inside diameter, and clean outside of tube ends and inside of fittings. Apply solder flux to joint areas of both tubes and fittings. Insert tube full depth into fitting, and solder in manner which will draw solder full depth and circumference of joint. Wipe excess solder from joint before it hardens. 1. Use soft solders having a maximum melting point of 570 degrees F (299 degrees C). 2. E.G.: 95-5 tin-antimony = 460 degrees F (238 degrees C); 96-4 tin-silver = 430 degrees F (221 degrees C).

I. Do not use hard solder with a melting point of 840 degrees F (449 degrees C) or higher, because resultant crack on a valve surface may cause fluid leakage.

J. Prepare copper tubes conforming to ASTM B88, Seamless Copper Water Tubes.

K. The maximum service pressure and temperature of solder jointed valves are limited by the properties of solder and tube materials. Information on typical solder materials are provided below: Max. Maximum Working Pressure Temp. Size 1/4~1-inch Size 1¼~2-inch Size 2½~3-inch Solders Degree F MPa psi MPa psi MPa psi

95-5 TA 100 3.45 500 2.76 400 2.07 300 (H95 Sb-5A) 150 2.76 400 2.41 350 1.90 275 96-4TA 200 2.07 300 1.72 250 1.38 200 (H96 Ag-3.5A) 250 1.38 200 1.12 175 1.03 150

3.6 THREADED CONNECTIONS

A. Note the internal length of threads in valve ends and proximity of valve internal seat or wall to determine how far pipe should be threaded into valve.

B. Align threads at point of assembly.

C. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads, except where dry seal threading is specified.

D. Assemble joint, wrench tight. Wrench on valve shall be on the valve end into which the pipe is being threaded.

E. Do not apply an excessive force when threading pipes into valve bores. It will cause seat deformation and operational difficulty. Adequate threading torques are given below:

Valve Size 1/4~1/2- 3/4- 1- 1¼- 1½- 2- 2½- 3~4- inch inch inch inches inches inches inches inches December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 13 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

Threading 20~ 39~ 49~ 59~ 69~ 78~ 108~ 127~ Torque (Nm) 29 49 59 69 78 88 118 137

3.7 FLANGED CONNECTIONS

A. Align flange surfaces parallel.

B. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly with a torque wrench.

C. For dead-end service, butterfly valves require flanges both upstream and downstream for proper shutoff and retention.

3.8 VALVE END SELECTION

A. Select valves with the following ends or types of pipe/tube connections: 1. Copper Tube Size, 2-1/2 inches and Smaller: Solder ends. 2. Copper Pipe Sizes, 3 inches and Larger: Flanged end.

3.9 APPLICATION SCHEDULE

A. General Application: Use ball and butterfly valves for shutoff duty; and ball for throttling duty. Comply with the requirements of piping system Specification Sections for specific valve applications and arrangements.

B. Natural Gas Systems: Use the following valve types: 1. Ball Valves: UL listed / CSA approved for gas service, Class 150, 600 psi. 2. Plug Valves: Approved for gas service, Class 150 psi.

3.10 PROTECTION AND CLEANING

A. Clean interior and exterior of valves prior to installation. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.

B. Protect valves during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.

C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted valves at end of day and when work stops

3.11 STARTUP SERVICES

A. Before operating systems, perform these steps: 1. Remove all plugs used during testing of piping systems and plugs used for temporary sealing of piping and valves during installation. 2. Open all valves. 3. Remove and clean all debris from inside and outside of valves. 4. Replace all strainer screens with new.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 14 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Check valves and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. Verify drain grates are secure to drain body using detention type screws.

3.12 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust valves and correct deficiencies discovered during startup services.

3.13 PLUMBING VALVE SCHEDULES

A. Provide valves as scheduled on the following “Data Sheets.” Each Data Sheet begins with a new page.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 15 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

BALL VALVE DATA SHEET

Ball Valves: 2 inches and smaller (two-piece):

MANUFACTURER SOLDER ENDS Kitz #69 Conbraco (Apollo) 77-204 thru 208 Nibco S-585-70 MANUFACTURER THREADED ENDS Kitz #68 Conbraco (Apollo) 77-204 thru 208 Nibco S-585-70

Ball Valves: 2-1/2 inch (three piece and two piece):

MANUFACTURER SOLDER ENDS Kitz #69 Conbraco (Apollo) 82-209-01 Nibco S-595Y MANUFACTURER THREADED ENDS Kitz #68 Conbraco (Apollo) 82-209-01 Nibco S-595Y

Ball Valves - 3 inch (three piece and two piece)

MANUFACTURER SOLDER ENDS Kitz #69 Conbraco (Apollo) 82-240-01 Nibco S-585-70 MANUFACTURER THREADED ENDS Kitz #68 Conbraco (Apollo) 82-209-01 Nibco S-595Y

Ball Valves - 4 inch (three piece and two piece):

MANUFACTURER SOLDER ENDS Kitz #68 (use threaded with C x MIP adapters) Conbraco (Apollo) 82-24A-01 Nibco S-585-70 MANUFACTURER THREADED ENDS Kitz #68 Conbraco (Apollo) 82-209-01 Nibco S-595Y

Comply with Article 2.2 and 2.5 for valve description and accessories.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 16 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

BUTTERFLY VALVE DATA SHEET

Butterfly Valves: 2 inches and larger.

The following are model numbers for wafer-type, with nickel-plated ductile-iron disc;

MANUFACTURER LEVER GEAR Kitz 5112-E-L 5112-E-G Conbraco (Apollo) 6X13X-01 6W13X-02 Nibco WD-20103 WD-20105

The following are model numbers for lug-type, with nickel-plated ductile-iron disc:

MANUFACTURER LEVER GEAR Kitz 6112-E-L 6112-E-G Conbraco (Apollo) 6L13X-01 6L-13X-02 Nibco LD-20103 LD-20105

The following are model numbers for wafer--type, with aluminum-bronze disc:

MANUFACTURER LEVER GEAR Kitz 5122-E-L 5112-E-G Conbraco (Apollo) 6W 14X-01 6VW14X-02 Nibco WD-20003 WD-20005

The following are model numbers for lug-type, with aluminum-bronze disc:

MANUFACTURER LEVER GEAR Kitz 6122-E-L 6122-E-L Nibco LD-2000-3 LD-2000-5 Conbraco 6L14X-01 6W14X-02

Comply with Article 2.6 for valve description and accessories.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 17 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SWING CHECK VALVE DATA SHEET

Swing Check Valves - 2 inch and Smaller--

CLASS125 CLASS 125 CLASS 150 CLASS 150 THREADED SOLDER THREADED SOLDER MANUFACTURER ENDS ENDS ENDS ENDS Kitz 22 23 29 30 Crane 37 1342 137 Nibco T-413 S-413 T-433

Swing Check Valves - 2-1/2 inch and Larger:

MANUFACTURER CLASS 125 CLASS 175 Kitz 78 x Crane 373 x Nibco F-918 x Stockham G-931 G-940 x means not available.

Comply with Article 2.8 for valve description and accessories.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 18 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

DRAIN VALVE DATA SHEET

Drain Valves:

MANUFACTURER THREADED ENDS SOLDER ENDS Kitz 68C 69C Conbraco (Apollo) 77-101 thru 109 77-204 thru 209 Nibco T-585-70-HC S-585-70-HC

Comply with Article 2.13 for valve description and accessories.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 19 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

STRAINER DATA SHEET

Strainers: 2 inches and smaller.

MANUFACTURER THREADED ENDS SOLDERED ENDS Kitz #15 #16 Spirax Sarco BT/TBT Mueller 351/352

Strainers: 2-1/2 inches and 3 inches.

MANUFACTURER THREADED ENDS FLANGED ENDS Kitz #15 (2-1/2” & 3”)

Strainers: 2 inches through 12 inches.

MANUFACTURER THREADED ENDS FLANGED ENDS Kitz (see above) #80 Comply with Article 2.10 for valve description and accessories.

END OF SECTION 22 05 23

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 23 - 20 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 22 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Pipe hangers and supports. 2. Vertical piping clamps. 3. Hanger-rod attachments. 4. Building attachments. 5. Pipe shields.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP 90, Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Division 1.

B. Shop Drawings: Sealed by a Professional Structural Engineer licensed in the State of California. 1. Support and Bracing Shop Drawings: Submit plans, sections, details, schedules and other information necessary to describe support hangers and bracing for all plumbing systems. Submittal shall indicate location and type of all hangers and supports. Each attachment to the building structure shall have vertical and horizontal point loads identified. 2. Shop drawings for each type of hanger and support, indicating dimensions weights, required clearances, and methods of component assembly.

C. Calculations: Sealed by a Professional Structural Engineer licensed in the State of California. 1. Prepare design drawings and calculations for support and seismic restraint of piping and equipment.

D. Product Data 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). 4. Manufacturer’s data (catalog cuts and data sheets), for each manufactured component including hangers, attachments, inserts, thermal shields anchors and guides, auxiliary framing and wall seals. Provide a project specific hanger and support schedule indicating all devices, manufacture and model, where used. Cross reference to product data and specification paragraph. Data shall demonstrate that components comply with Specifications.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 29 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each type of support and anchor. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manual in accordance with requirements of Division 1.

F. Certificates 1. Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under the “Quality Assurance” Article.

G. Licensed Engineer’s hanger and support installation report specified in the “Field Quality Control” Article.

H. Qualification Data 1. For manufacturer as specified in the “Quality Assurance” Article.

1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Design and calculations for support and seismic bracing shall be performed under the direct supervision of and sealed by a Professional Structural Engineer licensed in the State of California and experienced in the design of this Work.

B. Where not fully called for in the Contract Documents, design of plumbing hangers and supports shall be the plumbing contractor’s responsibility. Design shall conform to accepted engineering practice using a safety factor of 2-1/2.

C. Vibration Isolation: Comply with the requirements of Section 23 05 48.

D. Seismic Restraints: Comply with the seismic design criteria outlined in Section 23 05 48.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer’s qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of supports and anchors, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 29 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

5. MSS Standard Compliance: a. Provide pipe hangers and supports of which materials design and manufacture comply with MSS SP-58. Select and apply pipe hangers and supports, complying with MSS SP-69. b. Fabricate and install pipe Local and supports, complying with MSS SP-89. c. Terminology used in this Section is defined in MSS SP-90.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate resiliently supported Work with other trades to avoid rigid contact with the building. Inform other trades such as drywall, plastering, or electrical, to avoid any contact which would reduce the vibration isolation.

1.7 CONFLICTS AND DISCREPANCIES

A. Bring to the Owner’s Representative’s attention prior to installation any conflicts with other trades which will result in unavoidable contact to equipment, piping, etc., described herein, due to inadequate spaces, etc. Corrective work necessitated by conflicts after installation shall be at Contractor’s expense.

B. Bring to the Owner’s Representative’s attention prior to installation any discrepancies between the Contract Documents and field conditions, changes required due to specific equipment selection, etc., prior to installation. Corrective Work necessitated by discrepancies after installation shall be at Contractor’s expense.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Corrosion Resistance: Provide hot-dip galvanized steel, cadmium plating, or other approved corrosion resistant materials for exterior Work and for Work which will be subject to outdoor exposure during construction.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide hangers and supports of one of the following: 1. Superstrut, Gold Gal V. 2. B-Line Systems, lnc. 3. Tolco.

2.3 MANUFACTURED HORIZONTAL PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 29 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

Provide felt-lined hangers and supports for copper piping systems in direct contact with copper piping components including galvanized coatings where installed for piping and equipment that will not have a field applied finish. Pipe attachments include nonmetallic coating for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper piping.

B. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: 100 psi average compressive strength, waterproofed calcium silicate, encased with sheet metal shield. Shield Insert shall cover entire circumference of pipe and be of length indicated by manufacturer for pipe size and thickness of insulation by CSS Pre-Insulated Supports.

C. Powder-Actuated Drive-Pin Fasteners: Powder-actuated type, drive-pin attachments are not acceptable.

D. Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

E. Adjustable Steel Clevises Hangers: MSS Type 1.

F. Yoke Type Pipe Clamps: MSS Type 2.

G. Steel Double Bolt Pipe Clamps: MSS Type 3.

H. Steel Pipe Clamps: MSS Type 4.

I. Pipe Hangers: MSS Type 5.

J. Adjustable Swivel Pipe Rings: MSS Type 6.

K. Adjustable Steel Bond Hangers: MSS Type 7.

L. Adjustable Band Hangers: MSS Type 9.

M. Adjustable Swivel Rings, Band Type: MSS Type 10.

N. Split Pipe Pings: MSS Type 11.

O. Extension Split Pipe Clamps: MSS Type 12.

P. U-Bolts: MSS Type 24.

Q. Clips: MSS Type 26.

R. Pipe Slides and Slide Plates: MSS Type 35, including one of the following plate types: 1. Plate: Unguided type. 2. Plate: Guide type. 3. Plate: Hold-down Clamp type.

S. Pipe Saddle Supports: MSS Type 36, including steel pipe base support and cast-iron floor flange.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 29 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

T. Pipe Stanchion Saddles: MSS Type 37, including steel pipe base support and cast-iron floor flange.

U. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports: MSS Type 38, including steel pipe base support and cast- iron floor flange.

V. Single Pipe Rolls: MSS Type 41.

W. Adjustable Roller Hangers: MSS Type 43.

X. Pipe Roll Stands: MSS Type 44.

Y. Pipe Rolls and Plates: MSS Type 45.

Z. Adjustable Pipe Roll Stands: MSS Type 46.

AA. Makeshift, field devised methods of plumbing pipe support, such as with the use of scrap framing materials, are not allowed. Support and positioning of piping shall be by means of engineered methods that comply with IAPMO PS 42.

2.4 VERTICAL PIPING CLAMPS

A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory-fabricated vertical piping clamps complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit vertical piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer’s published product information. Select size of vertical piping clamps to exactly fit pipe size of bare pipe. Provide felt-lined or copper-plated clams for copper-piping systems.

B. For vertical mid-span supports of piping 4 inch and under, use Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE Stout Brackets with Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE Stout Clamps or two-hole pipe clamps (MSS Type 26).

C. Two-Bolt Riser Clamps: MSS Type 8.

D. Four-Bolt Riser Clamps: MSS Type 42.

2.5 HANGER-ROD ATTACHMENTS

A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory-fabricated hanger-rod attachments complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit horizontal-piping hangers and building attachments, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer’s published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hanger-rod attachments to suit hanger rods.

B. Steel Turnbuckles: MSS Type 13.

C. Steel Clevises: MSS Type 14.

D. Swivel Turnbuckles: MSS Type 15.

E. Malleable Iron Sockets: MSS Type 16.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 29 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

F. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts: MSS Type 17.

2.6 BUILDING ATTACHMENTS

A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory-fabricated building attachments complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit building substrate conditions, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer’s published product information. Select size of building attachments to suit hanger rods. Powder-actuated fasteners are not acceptable.

B. Concrete Inserts 1. Cast-in-Place Concrete Inserts: MSS Type 18. 2. Post-Installed Anchors: Proprietary type, designed for intended uses, and ICC ESR evaluated. a. Manufacturers 1) ITW Ramset/Red Head. 2) Simpson. 3) Hilti Co.

C. Top Beam C-Clamp: MSS Type 19.

D. Side Beam or Channel Clamps: MSS Type 20.

E. Center Beam Clamps: MSS Type 21.

F. Welded Beam Attachments: MSS Type 22.

G. C-Clamps: MS Type 23.

H. Top Beam Clamps: MSS Type 25.

I. Side Beam Clamps: MSS Type 27.

J. Steel Beam Clamps with Eye Nut: MSS Type 28.

K. Linked Steel Clamps with Eye Nut: MSS Type 29.

L. Malleable Beam Clamps: MSS Type 30.

M. Steel Brackets: One of the following for indicated loading: 1. Light Duty: MSS Type 31. 2. Medium Duty: MSS Type 32. 3. Heavy Duty: MSS Type 33.

N. Side Beam Brackets: MSS Type 34.

O. Plate Lugs: MSS Type 57.

P. Horizontal Travelers: MSS Type 58.

Q. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Not allowed.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 29 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2.7 INSULATED PIPE SUPPORTS (PIPE SHIELDS)

A. All insulated lines shall be protected at the point of support by insulated pipe supports provided and installed by the pipe erector.

B. All insulated pipe supports shall be load rated. Load ratings shall be established by pipe support manufacturer based upon testing and analysis in conformance with the latest edition of the following codes: 1. ASME B31.1, MSS SP-58, MSS SP-69, and MSS SP-89.

C. Manufacturers 1. Pipe Shields Incorporated (PSI). 2. Michigan. 3. B-Line.

D. Insulated Pipe Supports 1. Pipe supported on rod hangers PSI, Michigan, B-Line. 2. Pipe supported on Flat Surfaces PSI, Michigan, B-Line. 3. Pipe supported on pipe rolls PSI, Michigan, B-Line. 4. Pipe Guides PSI, Michigan, B-Line. 5. Anchors PSI, Michigan, B-Line. 6. Riser Pipe Supports PSI, Michigan, B-Line.

E. Insulation 1. 360-degree insulation, encased in 360-degree sheet metal shield. 2. Provide assembly of same thickness as adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulating Material: a. Cold Piping (below 50 degrees F): Urethane foam, 100 psi compressive strength. b. Hot piping (above 50 degrees F): Calcium silicate, 100 psi compressive strength, treated with water repellent.

2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Auxiliary Steel 1. Provide auxiliary structural steel as required for supports, anchors, guides, seismic restraints and vibration isolators. 2. All structural steel systems to be designed in accordance with AISC Steel Handbook. 3. All systems to be secured to building structure in a method acceptable to and approved by the Owner’s Representative. 4. Steel Work: Fabricate neatly. Grind off excess burrs and welding spatter. Paint with rust inhibitive primer.

B. Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: Provide products complying with ASTM A36.

C. Cement Grout: Portland cement (ASTM C150, Type I or Type III) and clean uniformly graded, natural sand (ASTM C404, Size No.2). Mix at a ratio of 1.0 part cement to 2.0 parts sand, by volume, with minimum amount of water required for placement and hydration.

D. Heavy Duty Steel Trapezes: Fabricate from steel shapes selected for loads required; weld steel in accordance with AWS Standards.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 29 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

E. Pipe Alignment Guides: Provide factory-fabricated guides, of cast semi-steel or heavy fabricated steel, consisting of bolted two-section outer cylinder and base with two section guiding spider bolted tight to pipe. Size guide and spiders to clear pipe and insulation (if any), and cylinder. Provide guides of length recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel. 1. Manufacturers a. Hyspan. b. Metraflex.

F. Plenum Rated Pipe Clamps: ASTM E84 25/50 plastic clamps from Hubbard Enterprises/Holdrite.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work. Notify the Owner’s Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.

B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.

3.2 GENERAL

A. Install devices in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and approved shop drawings.

B. Support of pipe tubing and equipment shall be accomplished through means of engineered products specific to each application. Makeshift field devised methods will not be allowed.

C. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping specification Sections.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Proceed with installation of hangers, supports and anchors only after required building structural work has been completed in areas where the Work is to be installed. Correct inadequacies including (but not limited to) proper placement of inserts, anchors and other building structural attachments.

B. Prior to installation of hangers, supports, anchors and associated Work, Installer shall meet at Project site with Contractor, Installer of each component of associated Work, Inspection and testing agency representatives (if any), Installers of other Work requiring coordination with Work of this Section and the Owner’s Representative for purpose of reviewing material selections and procedures to be followed in performing the Work in compliance with requirements specified.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 29 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.4 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING ATTACHMENTS

A. Install building attachments at required locations within concrete or on structural steel for proper piping support. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69, or per schedules below, whichever is more severe. Install additional building attachments where support is required for additional concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten insert securely to forms. 1. For plumbing piping, support spacing shall be per California Plumbing Code (CPC). 2. For fire protection piping, support spacing shall be per code and NFPA 13.

B. Loading on Steel Beams 1. Do not place eccentric loads on steel beams for loads greater than 50 pounds. 2. For loads greater than 50 pounds, use attachments which create concentric loading.

C. Cast-in Place Concrete Inserts 1. Install before concrete is placed. Fasten inserts securely to forms. 2. Install with reinforcing bar through opening at top of insert or with steel plate to distribute load, as detailed on Drawings. 3. Maximum load per insert in slabs shall be 200 pounds, with a minimum spacing of 5 feet in any direction. For loads greater than 200 pounds, or where spacing cannot be maintained, make attachment to building structure or auxiliary steel, rather than to slab.

D. Post-Installed Concrete Anchors: Maximum tension load per insert shall not exceed ICC ESR published values.

E. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Not allowed.

3.5 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly from building structure; comply with MSS SP-69. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible. Install supports with maximum spacing complying with MSS SP-69. Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports of smaller diameter pipe. Do not use wire or perforated metal to support piping, and do not support piping from other piping. Install in accordance with Seismic Restraint manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems (SMACNA). 1. Materials, design and type numbers per MSS-58.

B. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping.

C. Support fire protection piping independently of other piping.

D. Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports which are copper plated, felt-lined.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 29 - 9 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

E. Provisions for Movement: Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends and similar units.

F. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

G. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so that maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.1 Power Piping Codes are not exceeded.

H. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements: 1. Provide insulated pipe support (pipe shield) at each support of insulated piping. 2. Select model of insulated pipe support according to published recommendations of insulated pipe support manufacturer, based on pipe size, pipe material, fluid medium, fluid temperature, support spacing, and type of support. 3. Submit tabulation showing proposed uses of insulated pipe supports for different applications.

I. Provide pipe supports on all DWV vertical piping penetrating floor slabs.

J. All hanger components shall be Superstrut Gold Galv. 1. Vertical Piping: Superstrut C720 clamps attached to the pipe above each floor to rest on the floor. Provide copperplate on copper tubing. Provide additional support at base of cast iron risers. Provide intermediate support for vertical piping greater than 12 feet in length. 2. Individually Suspended Piping: Superstrut J-Hanger or Clevis, complete with threaded rod. Copper pipe will be used in conjunction with felt lined hangers. Pipe Size Rod Size 2-inch and smaller 3/8 inch 2-1/2 to 3-1/2-inch 1/2 inch 4 to 5-inch 5/8 inch 6-inch 3/4 inch 8-inch and up 7/8 inch 3. Provide 3/8 inch or support of PVC and CPVC and provide continuous support. 4. Trapeze Suspension: Superstrut 1-5/8-inch width channel in accordance with manufacturers published load ratings. No deflection to exceed L/180 of a span. 5. Trapeze Supporting Rods: Shall have a safety factor of 5; securely anchor to building structure. 6. Pipe Straps: Superstrut 702 isolate copper pipe with two layers of 2-inch wide 10 mil polyvinyl tape (Cush-A-Strip or Cush-A-Clamps). Where used for seismic support systems, provide Superstrut 702 or C708 series pipe straps.

K. Concrete Inserts: Superstrut C302 continuous insert or 452-TB spot insert. Do not use actuated fasteners for support of overhead piping unless approved by the Owner’s Representative. 1. Install building attachments within concrete or to structural steel. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 29 - 10 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten insert to forms. Install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. 2. Install concrete inserts in new construction prior to placing concrete. Superstrut 452-TB, C745, or C302. 3. Install post-installed concrete anchors after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install according to fastener manufacturer’s written instructions. Do not use in lightweight concrete slabs or in concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick.

L. Steel Connectors: Beam clamps with retainers. 1. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts washers, and other accessories

M. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

N. Support to Structure 1. Steel Structure: Provide and install additional steel bracing as required to suit structure. Provide through bolts with length to suit requirements of the structural components. Burning or welding on any structural member may only be done if approved by the Owner’s Representative.

O. Rubber Neoprene Pipe Isolators 1. Pipe isolators shall comprise an internal rubber or neoprene material that isolates pipe from hanger and structure. Install at all piping located in acoustical walls as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Isolation material shall be either a rubber or neoprene material that prevents contact between the pipe and the structure. Superstrut S716 or A716.

P. Pipe Hangers and Support Spacing: Locate hangers and supports at each change of direction, within one foot of elbow, and space at or within following maximum limits. Note that spacing listed are recommended maximums; increased spacing requirements due to California Building Code requirements, CCR Title 24, or other regulations in force and applicable for this contract shall be adhered to. Pipe Steel Steel Copper Diameter Fluid Vapor Fluid 1/2 to 1-inch 6 8 6 1-1/4 to 1-1/2-inch 8 10 6 Over 2-inch 10 10 10

Q. For cast iron soil piping. 1. Support piping at every other joint for piping length of less than 4 feet. 2. For piping longer than 4 feet, provide support on each side of the coupling, within 18 inches of each joint. 3. Hanger shall not be installed on the coupling. 4. Provide support at each horizontal branch connection. 5. Provide Superstrut Seismic Manual Stamped OPA-0003 using Seismic Restraint Manual tables.

R. Provide support for piping through roof, arranged to anchor piping solidly in place at the roof penetration. December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 29 - 11 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

S. Provide rigid insulation and a 12-inch long, 18-gauge galvanized sheet metal shield between the covering and the hanger whenever hangers are installed on the outside of the pipe covering or CSS Pre-Insulated Calcium Silicate Support.

T. Insulate copper tubing from ferrous materials and hangers with felt lined hangers.

U. Provide a support or hanger close to each change of direction of pipe either horizontal or vertical and as near as possible to concentrated loads.

V. Suspend rods from concrete inserts with removable nuts where suspended from concrete decks. Power actuated inserts will not be allowed.

3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on attachments.

B. Support Adjustment: Provide grout under supports so as to bring piping and equipment to proper level and elevations.

C. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer’s touch-up paint.

3.7 PAINTING

A. Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint and exposed areas immediately after erection of hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.

B. Touching Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal is specified in Sections 09 91 13 Exterior Painting and 09 91 23 Interior Painting.

C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A780.

3.8 INSPECTION AND INSTRUCTION

A. Obtain inspection and approval from the Owner’s Representative of any installation to be covered or enclosed prior to such enclosure.

3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Licensed Engineer’s Report: Prepare hanger and support installation report. Include seal and signature of Registered Structural Engineer, licensed in the State of California, certifying compliance with Specifications.

END OF SECTION 22 05 29

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 29 - 12 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 22 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Pipe Markers. 2. Valve Tags. 3. Equipment Nameplates. 4. Chart and Diagram Frames.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASME A13.1-2007 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Division 1.

B. Product Data: Indicate model, type, and application usage.

C. Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, letter style, and color coding for each system and vault cover.

D. Submit valve numbering scheme, valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function type, and valve manufacturer’s name and model number.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate with Owner’s Representative for preferred color schemes and service abbreviations and valve and equipment numbering schemes prior to submittal review.

B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering of surfaces where devices are to be applied.

C. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors.

D. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. If not installed before ceiling is installed, the Contractor shall remove ceiling at no additional cost to the OWNER and install identifying devices.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Seton Name Plate Corp.

B. Brimar.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 53 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Brady.

2.2 PIPE MARKERS

A. Markers: ASME A13.1. 1. Pressure sensitive vinyl (self sticking) material. 2. Mechanically fastened type: Snap on or strap on. a. For dirty, greasy, or oily pipe where pressure sensitive markers may not perform satisfactorily. 3. All weather film for outdoor exposed piping. 4. Provide 360 degree and pipe flow arrows and fluid being conveyed. 5. Size of letters legend:

OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF LENGTH OF COLOR SIZE OF LETTERS PIPE OR PIPE FIELD AND ARROWS COVERING

3/4 to 1-1/4 inch 8 inch 1/2 inch 1-1/2 to 2 inch 8 inch 3/4 inch 2-1/2 to 6 inch 12 inch 1-1/4 inch 8 to 10 inches 24 inch 2-1/2 inch Over 10 inches 32 inch 3-1/2 inch

2.3 VALVE TAGS

A. Tags: Brass or anodized aluminum type. 1. Brass: Minimum 19 gauge, polished, 2-inch diameter with following lettering: a. Service: 1/4-inch stamped black filled letters. b. Valve numbers: 3/8-inch stamped black filled letters. 2. Aluminum: 2 inch diameter, 0.032 inch thick, with following lettering: a. Service: 1/4-inch engraved letters. b. Valve numbers: 3/8-inch engraved letters.

B. Fasteners: 4 ply 0.018 copper or monel wire meter seals, brass “S” hooks or No. 16 brass jack chain.

2.4 EQUIPMENT NAME PLATES

A. 1/8-inch rigid plastic or bakelite with 4 edges beveled, with black background and white border and letters. 1. Two 3/8-inch mounting holes. 2. Minimum 1/2-inch high lettering. 3. Commercial quality, rust resisting nuts and bolts with backwashers, self tapping screws or rivets.

2.5 CHART AND DIAGRAM FRAMES

A. Chart and diagram frames: Extruded aluminum with plexiglass or glass windows.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 53 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials.

3.2 VALVE AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION

A. Designate all equipment and valves by distinguishing numbers and letters on charts and/or diagrams. 1. Tag and locate following equipment items: a. Valves. b. All items indicated on equipment schedules and plumbing fixtures. 2. Designation shall match that indicated.

B. Install tags on all devices with numbers and letters corresponding to charts.

C. Fasten tags securely to devices with tag fasteners in manner for easy reading.

D. Attach equipment nameplates in conspicuous location, directly on item of equipment or apparatus such as starters and pumps.

E. For unsuitable surfaces, such as high temperature or lack of space, use copper or brass rings or chains to attach tags.

F. Furnish four charts. 1. Mount 1 chart in frame and secure on wall in location directed by Owner’s Representative. 2. Include remaining 3 sets in “Operation and Maintenance Manuals”. 3. Show valve tag numbers on project as-built drawings.

G. Provide safety sign for each piece of exposed mechanical equipment that may start automatically.

3.3 PIPE IDENTIFICATION

A. Locate pipe markers as follows: 1. Next to each valve and fitting, except on plumbing fixtures and equipment. 2. At each branch or riser take off. 3. At each passage through walls, floors and ceilings. 4. At each pipe passage to underground. 5. On all horizontal pipe runs every 20 feet, at least once in each room and each story traversed by piping system. 6. Identify piping contents, flow direction, supply and return.

Install markers with tape color bands over each end of marker, extending around pipe and overlapping a minimum of 30 degrees.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 53 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.4 SERVICE ABBREVIATIONS

A. Coordinate with Owner’s Representative for preferred color schemes and service abbreviations as indicated below:

CD Cooling Coil Condensate Drain Piping (Gravity) PCD Pumped Cooling Coil Condensate Drain Piping CW Domestic Cold Water F Fire Protection Water Service HW (x-degrees F) Domestic Hot Water Supply (indicate temperature) HWC (x-degrees F) Domestic Hot Water Circulating (indicate temperature) NPW Non-Potable Water OD Overflow Drain SD Storm Drain SS Sanitary Sewer (in mechanical chases and exposed to view) SP Sprinkler System V Vent (in mechanical chases and exposed to view)

3.5 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND MARKING TAPE

A. Install underground marking tape directly above all outside utility lines.

B. Allow 12 inches between tape and line, and install as close to grade level as feasible.

END OF SECTION 22 05 53

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 22 05 53 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Piping materials and installation common to most piping systems. 2. Dielectric unions and flanges. 3. Escutcheons. 4. Mechanical sleeve seals. 5. Sleeves. 6. Motors and drives. 7. Combination magnetic starters. 8. Equipment guards. 9. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment Sections. 10. Adjusting and cleaning.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 1. ASME B31.9-2016 - Building Services Piping. 2. ASME B16.20-2016 - Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges: Ring Joint Spiral Wound and Jacketed. 3. ASME B16.10-2016 (R2003) - Face to Face and End to End Dimensions of Valves. 4. ASME B16.34-2016 - Valves Flanged, Threaded and Welding End.

B. National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau (NCPWB).

C. Standard Procedure Specifications

D. ANSI Standards. 1. ANSI B16.20 - 2017 - Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges: Ring Joint Spiral Wound and Jacketed.

E. AWWA Standards 1. AWWA C111/A21.11-07: Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile–Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings

F. MSS Compliance: 1. MSS SP-25-2018 - Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Unions. 2. MSS SP-72-2010 - Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for General Service. 3. MSS SP-80-2019 - Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. 4. MSS SP-70-2011 - Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 5. MSS SP-85-2011 - Gray Iron Globe and Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 6. MSS SP-78-2011A - Gray Iron Plug Valves Flanged and Threaded Ends.

G. FCI Compliance: 1. FCI 73-1-1998 - Pressure Rating Standard for “Y” Type Strainers.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 00 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. “Piping” includes, in addition to pipe, all fittings, flanges, valves, hangers and other accessories related to such piping.

B. “Wiring” includes in addition to conductors, all raceway, conduit, fittings, boxes, switches, hangers and other accessories related to such wiring.

C. “Concealed” means hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts, hung ceilings or embedded in construction.

D. “Exposed” means not installed underground or “concealed” as defined above.

E. “Provide” means to furnish and install.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. General 1. Comply with the requirements of Division 1 and the specific requirements of the Sections of Division 23. 2. Submit all similar equipment together as part of the same submittal. For example: a. All roof exhaust fans shall be contained in the same submittal. b. All air outlets shall be contained in the same submittal. 3. Contractor shall review all submittals prepared by each supplier and mark all copies as acceptable to the Contractor. This acceptance shall signify that all required service connections are shown and in the proper location to meet the installation requirements and that the equipment can fit in the space allowed. 4. Do not order equipment until submittals have been reviewed and approved by the Owner’s Representative. 5. Each item submitted shall be labeled or identified the same as on the Drawings. 6. Mark submittal “Exactly as Specified” or accompanied by a letter from the supplier explaining in detail what difference, if any, exists between the submitted item and the specified item. Failure to point out the differences will be considered cause for disapproval. The Owner’s Representative will not assume any responsibility for differences concealed or otherwise not brought to their attention, and the Contractor will be required to correct any deficiencies or differences discovered at a later date, and assume responsibility for any delays, damage, and/or expenses incurred by others due to such action. 7. Brands or trade names are mentioned to set standards of quality only; use no substitute materials, however, unless approved in writing by the Owner’s Representative. Approval of substitute materials does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for providing a workable and functioning system as specified. Submittals will be checked for general conformance with the design concept but acceptance by the Owner’s Representative in no manner is meant to verify that dimensions, quantities, or location of services are as necessary to meet the job requirements. This remains the responsibility of the Contractor.

B. Shop Drawings 1. General: Prepare and submit plans, sections, details and diagrams to required scales for specified areas. Drawings shall be coordinated, dimensioned and indicate equipment,

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 00 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

piping, and ductwork in relation to architectural and structural features as well as other building systems. Include Minor piping, drains, air vents, etc. Indicate exact locations and elevations of valves, piping specialties, access doors, dampers etc. 2. Required Drawings: Prepare and submit drawings for all areas and all mechanical work. Scale shall be minimum 3/8” = 1’-0” in mechanical rooms, fan rooms, and mechanical areas, and minimum 1/4” = 1’-0” elsewhere.

C. Coordination Drawings 1. General: Coordination drawings are defined as “shop drawings” which also indicate, on the same drawings, the major utilities of all other trades. “Coordination Drawings” shall indicate location and elevations of structural slabs and beams, architectural elements, domestic water piping, plumbing vents, sanitary drains, storm drains, fire protection piping, lighting fixtures, electrical conduits (2-inch and larger), ductwork, penetrations of walls and roof, fire dampers, fire/smoke dampers, automatic dampers, terminal boxes, air outlets, access panels, ceiling mounted equipment and controls, gas piping, flues, fans, air handling equipment, etc. 2. Submit coordination drawings for the following: a. Entire housing building. b. Other areas for which space is limited. 3. It is the intent of the coordination drawings to ensure coordination of all major utilities, prior to the start of installation. This is a substantial effort which will require careful and detailed coordination and planning to ensure appropriate information is available, from all trades, in a timely manner. The coordination drawing effort shall be integrated into the project schedule and monitored to ensure conformance. 4. Conflicts between trades, which cannot be resolved through generally accepted practice of coordination between trades, shall be clouded on the coordination drawings and an appropriate description of the problem noted for review by the Owner’s Representative. 5. Nonconforming M/E work installed within designated coordination areas is subject to removal and replacement by installing contractor at no additional cost to Owner. 6. Coordination drawings shall be signed and dated by individual trade constrictors. By act of signature and submittal of singular combined coordination drawings, each trade contractor acknowledges coordination of their portion of the Work with all other plumbing, mechanical, electrical, architectural, and structural work contractors.

D. Product Data 1. General: Manufacturer’s specifications, data sheets, certified drawings, and installation instructions. Include physical and performance data such as weights, sizes, capacities, required clearances, performance curves, acoustical characteristics, finishes, color selection, location and size of field connections, and accessories. Include certified drawings on major equipment such as boilers, water chillers, cooling towers, controls, pumps, and tanks. 2. Motors: Submit manufacturer’s name, type, RPM, HP (KW), full load amps, efficiency, and power factor. 3. Part Load Performance: Submit equipment data to indicate performance characteristics throughout ranges of possible load conditions. 4. Include operating weight and location of center of gravity of each item of equipment in manufacturer’s cut sheet for purposes of seismic calculation. 5. Pipes and Pipe Fittings: Submit schedule showing pipe material data, sizes, fitting valve type k factor, working pressure for each service.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 00 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

6. Submit valve schedule showing manufacturer’s figure number, size, location, and valve features for each required valve. 7. Submit schedule showing manufacturer’s figure number, size, location, and features for each required piping specialty. a. Strainers: include pressure drop or chart for each type and size. 8. Meters and gauges: include scale range for each service.

F. Certification 1. Seismic Restraints: As specified under Sections 23 05 48. 2. Controls: As specified under Section 23 09 23. 3. Welding Certificates. 4. Brazing Certificates.

G. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Include, but not limited to, the following: 1. List of all equipment with Manufacturer’s name, model number, and local representative, service facilities and normal channel of supply for each item. Include phone number and address of service facilities 2. System Description: Description of start-up, operating, and shutdown procedures. 3. Controls: Diagrams and description of operation sequence of each system. 4. Equipment: Manufacturer’s brochures, ratings, certified shop drawings, lubrication charts and data, parts lists with part numbers, and belt and sheave data. Mark each sheet with equipment identification number and actual installed condition. 5. Materials and Accessories: Manufacturer’s brochures parts list with part numbers and lubrication data where applicable. Mark each sheet with equipment identification number or system and location of installation; and to specifically identify which options are provided (in case where data sheet shows multiple options). 6. Certificate of factory tests, field tests and code compliance as specified. 7. Wiring and controls schematics. 8. Trouble shooting directions. 9. Maintenance procedures and frequencies. 10. Description of special tools. 11. Copies of warranties. 12. Safety precautions. 13. Emergency contingencies.

H. Record Documents 1. Comply with the Conditions of the Contract and the requirements of Section 23 05 53. 2. Indicate ductwork mains and branches, size and location, for both exterior and interior; locations of dampers, control devices, filters, and terminal units requiring maintenance or repair. 3. Indicate mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered per valve schedule, concealed unions located, and with items requiring

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 00 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

maintenance located (i.e. traps, strainers, expansion compensators, vents, etc.). Indicate actual inverts and horizontal locations of underground piping. 4. Indicate equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 5. Identify approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed.

I. Samples: When specified under applicable Sections.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

B. Where possible, store pipe and tube inside and protected from weather. Where necessary to store outside, elevate above grade and enclose with durable, waterproof wrapping.

C. Protect flanges and fittings from moisture and dirt by inside storage and enclosure, or by packaging with durable, waterproof wrapping.

1.6 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. General: 1. Base manufacturer is indicated in equipment schedules. 2. In Specification, additional acceptable manufacturer(s) may be indicated. 3. Other manufacturers, materials, or methods shall not be used unless approved in writing by the Owner’s Representative. 4. The burden of proof as to the equality of any proposed substitute manufacturer, material, or method shall be upon the Contractor. 5. The Owner’s Representative’s decision shall be final.

1.7 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Cause as little interference or interruption of existing utilities and services as possible. Schedule Work which will cause interference or interruption in advance with Construction Manager.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 00 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Examine Contract Documents to determine how other Work will affect execution of mechanical Work.

C. Determine and verify locations of all existing utilities.

D. Arrange for, coordinate, and pay costs incidental to providing utility company services indicated.

E. Establish lines and levels for each system and coordinate with other systems to prevent conflicts and maintain proper clearances and accessibility.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPE, TUBE AND FITTINGS

A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping sections for pipe, tube, fitting materials joining methods. Comply with governing regulations.

2.2 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING MATERIALS/PRODUCTS

A. Welding Materials: Provide welding materials to comply with installation requirements. 1. Comply with Section II, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials.

B. Gaskets for Flanged Joints: ASME B16.21; full-faced for cast-iron flanges; raised-face for steel flanges, unless otherwise indicated.

2.3 PIPING SPECIALITIES

General: Provide factory-fabricated piping specialties recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. Provide piping specialties of types and pressure ratings indicated for each service or, if not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes as indicated, and connections, which properly mate with pipe, tube, equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Installer’s option.

A. Dielectric Unions and Flanges 1. General: Provide standard products recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated, which effectively isolate ferrous from non-ferrous piping (electrical conductance), prevent galvanic action, and stop corrosion. Pressure rating equal to or greater than that of nearby valves. 2. Manufacturer: a. Capitol Mfg. Co.; Div. of Harsco Corp. b. Epco Sales, Inc. c. Rockford-Eclipse Div.

2.4 PIPE ESCUTCHEONS

A. General: Provide solid (not split-hinged) pipe escutcheons as specified herein with inside diameter closely fitting pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 00 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

insulated. Select outside diameter of escutcheon to completely cover pipe penetration hole in floors, walls, or ceilings; and pipe sleeve extension, if any. Furnish pipe escutcheons with nickel or chrome finish for occupied areas, prime paint finish for unoccupied areas. All escutcheons shall be vandal proof.

B. Pipe Escutcheons for Moist Areas: For waterproof floors, and areas where water and condensation can be expected to accumulate, provide solid brass or solid sheet brass pipe escutcheons.

C. Pipe Escutcheons for Dry Areas: Provide solid sheet metal escutcheons.

D. Manufacturer: Chicago Specialty, Producers Specialty, Sanitary-Dash.

2.5 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS

B. Sleeve: To be furnished by same manufacturer of seals; schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe or Century line sleeves, with integral anchor and waterstop collar.

C. Manufacturer: Thunderline Link Seal or Metraflex Metraseal.

2.6 FIRE BARRIER PENETRATION SEALS

A. Provide seals for any opening through fire-rated walls, floors, or ceilings used as passage for mechanical components such as piping or ductwork. 1. Piping: Provide fire stopping material as specified in Section 07 84 13. 2. Ductwork: Provide fire damper or fire/smoke damper. For penetrations where fire damper or fire/smoke damper is not required by code, provide fire stopping material as specified in Section 07 84 13.

2.7 FABRICATED PIPING SPECIALTIES

2.8 MOTORS AND DRIVES

A. Motor controls and power wiring.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 00 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Provided as part of Division 26 work, unless indicated otherwise, including motor control switches, starters, disconnects, conduit and wiring, except for low voltage control wiring required for temperature controls. 2. Where equipment is specified with factory pre-wired controls and is furnished instead with components shipped loose, mechanical contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the complete installation and assume any additional costs. 3. See Section 23 09 23 for control wiring.

B. Motors 1. Ball or roller bearing type, high efficiency type, with starting and running characteristics consistent with torque and speed requirements of driven machine. 2. Use motors rated in accordance with NEMA performance standards to carry full nameplate load continuously at maximum temperature rise of 72 degrees F above ambient with service factor of 1.15. 3. Motors driven by variable frequency drives shall be rated for inverter duty and shall meet the requirements of NEMA MG-1 part 31.4.4.2. 4. Where substitute manufacturers are provided with different control panels, starters, or electrical characteristics from scheduled equipment, contractor shall coordinate complete installation and assume any additional costs. 5. Do not allow power requirements of driven machine to exceed nominal nameplate rating of motor furnished. 6. Do not include service factor when selecting motor horsepower. 7. Motors exposed to moisture or rain shall be totally enclosed, fan cooled (TEFC). Others may be open drip proof (ODP), unless otherwise indicated.

C. Motor electrical power characteristics: 460 volt, 3 phase, 60 Hz for 1/2 HP and larger; 115 volt, 1 phase, 60 Hz for smaller than 1/2 HP, unless noted otherwise.

D. Efficiency 1. Requirements apply to all motors, 1/2 HP and larger, except for refrigeration compressors, and for fans which run only in emergency mode, such as chemical exhaust fans. 2. Ratings in accordance with IEEE 112b Rating Method. 3. Motors shall be labeled as NEMA “Premium” Efficient, with efficiencies as follows, based on 1750 RPM.; a. Motors with other than 1750 RPM shall be same type motor as would meet requirements for 1750 RPM motors.

E. Belt Drives 1. Manufacturers: Browning, Gates, Woods, or Dayton. 2. Belts: V-belt drives rated at 1-1/2 times the motor horsepower. High quality commercial-grade rubber with polyester reinforcing. a. Provide two belts minimum for motor sizes 2 HP and larger. 3. Sheaves: Per ARI Standard 435-78.

Motor HP Fan RPM Sheave 0-100 1800 Adjustable or Fixed 15 and Above 0-1800 Fixed 0-3 1801 & above Adjustable or Fixed 5 & above 1801 & above Fixed

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 00 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

4. Adjustments: Fan static pressures shown and related RPM’s are only approximate. Adjust sheaves or change drives to obtain required performance. 5. Provide metal belt guard having sides of galvanized steel and expanded metal face with openings for fan tachometer readings. Belt guard shall be sized to allow either sheave to be increased by two sizes. 6. Spare Parts: Provide one complete set of spare belts for all equipment items. When two or more pieces of equipment require identical belts, provide quantity of spare belts sufficient to serve two pieces of equipment. (For example, if there are three identical fans, each requiring two fan belts, then provide four spare fan belts.) a. Obtain receipt from Owner. b. Identify each belt by equipment ID. c. For fans with two or more belts, fasten set of belts together to prevent separation during storage.

2.9 COMBINATION MAGNETIC STARTERS

A. These requirements apply to starters which are provided as part of mechanical equipment such as air handling units, air conditioning units, etc.

B. Circuit breaker type with motor circuit protector. Provide external operator handles for circuit breakers. Color code handles to display red in ON position and black in OFF position; design handle with up-down motion and with down position indicating OFF. Construct handles which permit locking handle in OFF position with three padlocks. Provide NEMA 4X weatherproof type enclosure. 24 VAC control circuit type; provide with integral 24 VAC transformer.

2.10 EQUIPMENT GUARDS

A. Use suitable structural frames with minimum 12-gauge, 3/4-inch galvanized mesh, or expanded metal mesh.

B. Attach to equipment by removable clips and bolts with swing nuts, or other approved connectors.

C. At belts, provide opening for measuring RPM’s.

D. Provide at all belts, couplings, moving machinery and equipment in accord with OSHA.

E. Design for easy access to belts and other items requiring replacement.

F. Provide holes in guards for tachometer readings and checking of belt tension.

G. Install in least obstructive manner as possible, with respect to equipment operation. For example, keep fan drive guards as far out of inlet air stream as practical, so as to minimize effect losses.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 00 - 9 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

A. General: Install pipes and pipefittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve permanently-leakproof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated service without piping failure. Install each run with minimum joints and couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions for disassembly and maintenance/replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes (where indicated) by use of reducing fittings. Align piping accurately at connections, within 1/16-inch misalignment tolerance.

B. Locate piping runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally (pitched to drain) and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Orient horizontal runs parallel with walls and column lines. Locate runs as shown or described by diagrams, details and notations or, if not otherwise indicated, run piping in shortest route which does not obstruct usable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold piping close to walls, overhead construction, columns and other clearance to 1/2 inch where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of piping, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated piping for 1-inch clearance outside insulation. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal piping from view, by locating in column enclosures, in hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings; do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as indicated.

C. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves.

D. Electrical and Elevator Equipment Spaces: Do not run piping or ductwork through transformer vaults, electrical rooms and other electrical or electronic equipment spaces and enclosures, unless piping or ductwork is for equipment serving that electrical space.

E. Comply with ASME B31.1.

F. Pressures: Do not install piping, valves or piping specialties where exposed to system pressures greater than their rated working pressures.

G. Sloping, Air Venting and Drainin 1. Slope piping as indicated, true to line and grade, and free of traps and air pockets. Unless indicated otherwise, slope piping in direction of flow as follows:

H. Install piping free of sags and bends. Support requirements are specified in Section 23 05 29.

I. Refrigerant: Clean, dehydrate, and cap refrigerant piping. Take care to ensure that entire system is clean and dry during installation. Clean tubing by means of swab saturated in methyl alcohol or refrigerant 12 drawn through tubing as many times as necessary to thoroughly clean and dry interior of tubing and to eliminate formation of copper oxide. Before refrigerant lines are silver brazed, flush all air from tubing and pass slow-running stream of dry nitrogen through system during brazing process. Purge lines completely and maintain nitrogen flow at steady rate of not less than three cubic feet per hour. After brazing, interior of refrigerant lines must be clean and bright.

J. Fittings 1. Provide standard, manufactured fittings in all cases. Field fabricated fittings are prohibited. Bushings are prohibited on pressure piping.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 00 - 10 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2. Weld-O-Lets and Thread-O-Lets may be used for non-galvanized steel piping if main pipe size is at least three standard pipe sizes larger than branch pipe, e.g. 2-inch main and 1-inch branch. 3. Provide insulating couplings at connections of ferrous piping to non-ferrous piping.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF VALVES

B. Insulation: Where insulation is indicated, install extended-stem valves, arranged in proper manner to receive insulation.

C. Renewable Seats: Select and install valves with renewable seats, except where otherwise indicated.

F. Install globe valves to close against pressure.

G. Install plug valve with seat toward equipment to be isolated.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 00 - 11 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Dielectric Unions and Flanges: Install at each piping joint between ferrous and non-ferrous piping. Comply with manufacturer’s installation instructions.

D. Fire Barrier Penetration Seals: Fill entire opening with sealing compound. Adhere to manufacturer’s installation instructions.

3.4 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED PIPING SPECIALTIES

A. Pipe Sleeves: Install pipe sleeves of types indicated where piping passes through walls, floors, ceilings, and roofs. 1. Do not install sleeves through structural members, except as detailed on Drawings, or as reviewed by the Owner’s Representative. 2. Install sleeves accurately centered on pipe runs. 3. Size sleeves so that piping and insulation (if any) will have free movement in sleeve, including allowance for thermal expansion; but not less than two pipe sizes larger than piping run. 4. Where insulation includes vapor-barrier jacket, provide sleeve with sufficient clearance for installation. 5. Pack 100 percent of annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Provide acoustical sealant at each end of pipe sleeve to seal packing in place. a. At fire-rated walls, partitions, floors, roofs, and ceilings: Packing shall be through- penetration firestop. b. At non-fire-rated walls, partitions, floors, roofs, and ceilings: Packing shall be fiberglass insulation, with density of 1.5 pcf. 6. Install length of sleeve equal to thickness of construction penetrated, and finish flush to surface; except floor sleeves. 7. Extend floor sleeves 1 inch above level floor finish. 8. Provide temporary support of sleeves during placement of concrete and other work around sleeves. 9. Provide temporary closure to prevent concrete and other materials from entering sleeves.

C. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

3.5 PIPING EXPANSION PROVISIONS

A. General: Install domestic hot water piping with at least 4 elbows or tees at following locations. 1. Between piping mains and risers. 2. Between equipment and pump or tank. 3. Between piping main and equipment.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 00 - 12 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Expansion Loops: Fabricate expansion loops as indicated, and elsewhere as determined by Installer for adequate expansion of installed piping system. Provide pipe anchor and pipe alignment guides as indicated, and elsewhere as determined by Installer to properly anchor piping in relationship to expansion loops. 1. At Contractor’s option, pipe anchors may be insulated lugged anchors; Pipe Shields, Inc., Model #C4000 Series. Comply with requirements for insulated pipe supports in Section 23 05 29. 2. At Contractor’s option, pipe guides may be guided insulated pipe supports; Pipe Shields, Inc., Model #B3000 or B7000 Series. Comply with requirements for insulated pipe supports in Section 23 05 29.

3.6 TESTING

A. General: Provide labor and test equipment including test pumps, gauges, instruments and other equipment required. Use test quality pressure gauges, instruments and other equipment required. Use test quality pressure gauges with range of approximately twice test pressure. Use calibrated gauges and instruments.

B. Piping 1. General: Remove from systems, during testing, equipment which would be damaged by test pressure. Replace removed equipment after testing. Systems may be tested in sections as work progresses; however, any previously tested portion shall become a part of any later test of composite system. 2. Correct leaks by remaking joints with new material; makeshift remedies will not be permitted. Test time accrues only while full test pressure is on system. Test before backfilling, concealing, insulating or making connections to potable water system. 3. Test Schedule: Test each section of systems at one and one-half times the maximum working pressure of that section, but at not less than scheduled test pressure. Obtain maximum working pressures from the Owner’s Representative if not indicated on Drawings. Unless indicated otherwise, scheduled tolerance is “no pressure loss”, except that due to temperature change, in 24 hour period.

C. Valves 1. General Service Valves: Test bonnets for tightness. Test operate from closed-to-open-to- closed position while under test pressure. 2. Automatic Valves: Test, including solenoid valves, water regulating valves, pressure reducing valves, pressure relief valves, safety valves and temperature and pressure relief valves for proper operation at settings indicated. 3. Safety Valves: Test relief valves, safety relief valves, safety valves and temperature and pressure relief valves 3 times.

D. Piping Specialties: Test thermometers, pressure gauges, flow measuring devices, and water meters for accurate indication; automatic water feeders, air vents, trap primers, vacuum breakers, and other specialties for proper performance.

E. Hangers and Supports: With systems in normal operation, test hangers, supports and rods to ensure they are plumb and supporting proper share of load. Additionally support systems and equipment that sway, crawl, or vibrate.

F. Ductwork: Comply with the requirements of Section 23 31 00.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 00 - 13 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

G. Ductwork Specialties 1. Verify fire dampers, fire/smoke dampers, smoke dampers, and two position AVD’s (automatic volume dampers) are 100% open, unless damper is indicated to be closed during normal operation.

H. Buried Pipe and Equipment Wrapping and Coating: Test surfaces with standard 8,000 to 10,000 volt electrical holiday detector.

I. Other Materials and Equipment 1. Rotation: Verify. 2. Motor Amperage: Verify operating motor amperage does not exceed motor nameplate rating. 3. Test as specified; as recommended by equipment manufacturer; and as otherwise necessary or directed to assure they are complete, operable, and ready for use.

3.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Inspect all equipment and put in good working order.

B. Clean all exposed and concealed items 1. Clean air surfaces of all coils, fans (including fan wheels and motors), air handler plenums and air filter frames. 2. Clean floor drains, cleanouts, and plumbing fixtures. 3. Clean specialties such as traps and strainers. Replace strainer screens with new prior to system commissioning.

C. Ductwork: Blow-out ducts with fans before connecting terminal units. Clean ducts before installing air outlets.

D. Equipment and Materials: Remove foreign materials including dirt, grease, splashed paint, and plaster, etc. Restore damaged finishes to original condition.

E. Piping: Flush clean interior of piping. Upon completion of flushing, completely drain systems at low points; remove, clean, and replace strainer baskets and refill systems.

F. Gas: After testing of natural gas system, and before any gas is put into line, blow out entire system of piping to remove scale and dirt; purge air by filling system with gas.

G. Adjusting: Adjust equipment and system components as indicated or as otherwise required to result in intended system operation. Thereafter, as a result of system operation, or as directed, make readjustments as necessary to refine performance and to effect complete system tune- up.

3.8 SPECIAL TOOLS

A. Furnish to Owner not later than when OWNER takes possession of equipment.

B. Definition of Special Tools: Identified in or otherwise implied by, the manufacturer’s operation and maintenance manuals for the furnished equipment, or which are otherwise required for the operation, with the manufacturer’s recommended procedures for operation, adjustment and maintenance. Special tools do not include those required for major repairs

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 00 - 14 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

normally done by factory trained or otherwise specialized service personnel, nor do they include those normally found in the possession of OWNER’s on site maintenance personnel.

3.9 MANUFACTURER’S START-UP ASSISTANCE

A. Where the services of a factory authorized service representative are specified for the start-up of certain pieces of equipment, arrange to have the manufacturer of such equipment perform start-up and check-out service. Manufacturer shall provide a letter which shall be on the manufacturer’s letterhead, shall list the equipment, shall certify that the equipment has been examined, that it has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions, started up, adjusted, and checked out in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, and is operating properly. The letter shall be addressed to the OWNER and shall be signed by an authorized representative of the manufacturer.

3.10 CLEANING, FLUSHING, INSPECTING

A. General: Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials, and prepare for application of specified coatings (if any). Flush clean interior of piping. Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports and accessory items. Upon completion of flushing, completely drain systems at low points; remove, clean and replace strainer baskets and refill systems. 1. Inspect pressure piping in accordance with procedures of ASME B31.

3.11 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING OF VALVES

B. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer’s touch-up paint.

C. Valve Identification: Tag each valve in accordance with Section 23 05 53.

3.12 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING OF PIPING SPECIALTIES

A. Adjusting: Adjust faces of meters and gauges to proper angle for best visibility.

B. Cleaning: Clean windows of meters and gauges and factory-finished surfaces. Replace cracked or broken windows, repair any scratched or marred surfaces with manufacturer’s touch-up paint.

3.13 EQUIPMENT VIBRATION

A. Mechanical Balance: Fans, pumps, motors, and drives, when equipment is installed and in normal operation, shall be within the following maximum limits, unless specified more restrictively for individual equipment items: 1. 600 RPM and Less: 0.003-inch displacement, peak-to-peak. 2. Over 600 RPM: 0.10-inch per second velocity, peak.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 00 - 15 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Pulley Run-Out: When equipment is installed and in normal operation, pulley run-out in radial and axial directions not to exceed 0.001-inch.

D. Field Balancing: Balance and retest equipment as required for compliance with specified requirements.

END OF SECTION 23 05 00

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 00 - 16 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 05 13 - COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Single Phase Electric Motors. 2. Three Phase Electric Motors. 3. Variable Frequency Drives.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. AFBMA 9-2015 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings.

B. AFBMA 11-2017 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.

C. ANSI/IEEE 112-2017 - Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators.

D. NEMA MG 1-2016 - Motors and Generators.

E. 2019 California Electrical Code.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Division 1.

B. Product Data including complete motor data, motor enclosures.

C. Test results verifying nominal efficiency and power factor for motors larger than 1/2 horsepower.

D. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.

E. Operation and maintenance data.

F. Assembly Drawings: Include bearing data with replacement sizes and lubrication instructions.

G. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.

1.4 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of electric motors for HVAC & Plumbing System use, and their accessories, with minimum three years documented product development, testing, and manufacturing experience.

1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Current edition of California Electrical Code.

B. Conform to state energy code.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 13 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Protect motors stored on site from weather and moisture by maintaining factory covers and suitable weather-proof covering. For extended outdoor storage, remove motors from equipment and store separately.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace defective variable frequency drives within specified warranty period. 1. Include parts and labor. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of recordation of the notice of completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Westinghouse. 2. General Electric.

2.2 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION AND REQUIREMENTS

A. Motors: Design for continuous operation in 105 degrees F environment, and for temperature rise in accordance with NEMA MG 1 limits for insulation class, Service Factor, and motor enclosure type.

B. Explosion-Proof Motors: UL approved and labeled for hazard classification, with over- temperature protection.

C. Visible Nameplate: Indicating motor horsepower, voltage, phase, cycles, RPM, full load amps, locked rotor amps, frame size, manufacturer’s name and model number, Service Factor, Power Factor, efficiency, ambient temperature.

D. Electrical Connection: Conduit connection boxes, threaded for conduit. For fractional horsepower motors where connection is made directly, provide screwed conduit connection in end frame. Provide grounding lug in conduit boxes.

E. Capacity: Minimum horsepower indicated and able to operate driven devices under all conditions without overload.

2.3 SINGLE PHASE POWER - SPLIT PHASE MOTORS

A. Starting Torque: Less than 150 percent of full load torque.

B. Starting Current: Up to seven times full load current.

C. Breakdown Torque: Approximately 200 percent of full load torque.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 13 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

D. Drip-proof Enclosure: Class A (125-degrees F temperature rise) insulation, NEMA Service Factor, prelubricated sleeve or ball bearings.

E. Enclosed Motors: Class A (125-degrees F temperature rise) insulation, 1.0 Service Factor, prelubricated ball bearings.

2.4 SINGLE PHASE POWER - PERMANENT-SPLIT CAPACITOR MOTORS

A. Starting Torque: Exceeding one fourth of full load torque.

B. Starting Current: Up to six times full load current.

C. Multiple Speed: Through tapped windings.

D. Open Drip-proof or Enclosed Air Over Enclosure: Class A (50-degrees C temperature rise) insulation, minimum 1.0 Service Factor, prelubricated sleeve or ball bearings, automatic reset overload protector.

2.5 SINGLE PHASE POWER - CAPACITOR START MOTORS

A. Starting Torque: Three times full load torque.

B. Starting Current: Up to five times full load current.

C. Pull-up Torque: Up to 350 percent of full load torque.

D. Breakdown Torque: Approximately 250 percent of full load torque.

E. Motors: Capacitor in series with starting winding; capacitor-start/capacitor-run motors shall have two capacitors in parallel with run capacitor remaining in circuit at operating speeds.

F. Drip-proof Enclosure: Class A (125-degrees F temperature rise) insulation, NEMA Service Factor, prelubricated ball bearings.

G. Enclosed Motors: Class A (125-degrees F temperature rise) insulation, 1.0 Service Factor, prelubricated ball bearings.

2.6 THREE PHASE POWER - SQUIRREL CAGE MOTORS

A. Starting Torque: Between one and one and one-half times full load torque.

B. Starting Current: Up to six times full load current.

C. Power Output, Locked Rotor Torque, Breakdown or Pullout Torque: NEMA Design B characteristics.

D. Design, Construction, Testing, and Performance: Conform to NEMA MG 1 for Design B motors.

E. Insulation System: NEMA Class B or better.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 13 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

F. Testing Procedure: In accordance with ANSI/IEEE 112, Test Method B. Load test motors to determine freedom from electrical or mechanical defects and compliance with performance data.

G. Motor Frames: NEMA standard T-frames of steel, aluminum, or cast iron with end brackets of cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts.

H. Thermistor System (Motor Frame Sizes 254T and Larger): Three PTC thermistors imbedded in motor windings and epoxy encapsulated solid state control relay for wiring into motor starter.

I. Bearings: Grease lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped with plugged provision for relubrication, rated for minimum AFBMA 9, L-10 life of 20,000 hours. Calculate bearing load with NEMA minimum V- belt pulley with belt center line at end of NEMA standard shaft extension. Stamp bearing sizes on nameplate.

J. Sound Power Levels: To NEMA MG 1.

K. Part Winding Start (Where Indicated): Use part of winding to reduce locked rotor starting current to approximately 60 percent of full winding locked rotor current while providing approximately 50 percent of full winding locked rotor torque.

L. Weatherproof Epoxy Sealed Motors (Where Indicated): Epoxy seal windings using vacuum and pressure with rotor and starter surfaces protected with epoxy enamel. Bearings double shielded with waterproof non-washing grease.

M. Nominal Efficiency: Meet or exceed values in Schedules at full load and rated voltage when tested in accordance with ANSI/IEEE 112.

N. Nominal Power Factor: Meet or exceed values in Schedules at full load and rated voltage when tested in accordance with ANSI/IEEE 112.

2.7 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES

A. General: 1. Furnish Variable Frequency Drives (VFD’s) with constant speed bypass switches in the numbers and voltages shown on the plans. VFD’s shall be UL or ETL listed. 2. Variable Frequency Drive Systems shall be compatible with any standard NEMA B design 3-phase induction motor. Variable Frequency Drive Systems shall be sized to ensure the motor full load amps does not exceed the controller continuous RMS amps. 3. Variable Frequency Drive Systems shall be Saftronics Varispeed Drive, Toshiba Houston, or Graham and shall be furnished with the options listed on the blueprints.

B. Hardware: 1. Variable Frequency Drive Systems shall be microprocessor based, fully transistorized with a conservatively rated 3-phase full wave diode bridge input and a PWM sine-coded output waveform. The input diode bridge shall offer complete immunity against voltage dips, line noise and harmonics. The VFD’s shall be tested and rated for a minimum of 20 years Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF). Provide manufacturers test results with submittal to verify MTBF.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 13 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2. To minimize electrical and acoustical noise and to eliminate low speed cogging, a minimum of 15,000 pulses per second shall be generated. The VFD shall not ‘cog’ at frequencies above 1.8 Hz. There shall be no sudden frequency shifts and associated acoustical noise shifts through the range of 1.8 to 60 Hz. 3. The VFD’s input constant power factor shall be 0.95 or better over the entire operating range. Efficiency shall be measured at 96 percent minimum from 0 to 100 percent load. Provide manufacturers test results with submittal to verify efficiency and power factor. 4. Solid State Ground Fault Protection shall be standard. Adaptive electronic motor overload protection shall be provided which shall protect both the motor and drive at all frequencies. Electronic thermal overload circuits which properly protect the motor only at full speed shall not be acceptable. The VFD shall sense the load and speed and shall recalibrate the thermal trip curve to ensure low speed motor protection. The initial trip point shall be adjustable from at least 40 to 100 percent of the VFD amperage rating. 5. Isolated control inputs shall be provided. The motor speed shall be directly proportional to 0 to 10 volt, 4 to 20 mA, and variable resistance input signals. 6. The microprocessor based control board shall be common for all sizes from 1 to 200 KVA. 7. The VFD shall be suitable for installation and use under the following environmental conditions: 20 to 104 degrees F, 0 to 90 percent RH, noncondensing. The VFD shall not be located in direct sunlight. VFD shall be housed in an all steel hinged NEMA enclosure. Unless otherwise noted the placement of the required VFD shall be in the following order unless restricted by available space, ambient temperature or other requirements: within the mechanical equipment, adjacent to the equipment in weathertight NEMA enclosure, in electrical rooms and in attic space. 8. Drive operation options shall be switch selectable and shall include at a minimum the following functions: a. Automatic speed holding if control signal is lost. b. DC injection braking, full speed to stop, fixed at 100 percent torque or adjustable (plus ‘coast to stop’ capability). c. Adjustable hand jog. d. Automatic reduction in voltage with a reduction of load. This energy saving feature shall not sacrifice acceleration torque. e. 16 Voltage Frequency patterns including: 1) 4 - General Purpose 2) 4 - Variable Torque 3) 4 - Constant high starting torque (high Hz/V ratio at starting speeds). 4) 4 - high speed f. 50, 60, 72, 90, 120 and 180 Hz maximum speeds shall be switch selectable in each VFD. Electronic motor direction reversing. 9. The VFD shall provide the following operational features: a. Speed search transfer. The VFD shall be able to start from bypass or fault trip into a spinning load without stopping the motor or creating a fault condition. The VFD shall match the motor’s speed and then drive the motor to its proper speed. b. Adjustable current limit threshold. c. Multiple restart upon fault trip. d. Minimum 40:1 speed ratio. e. Individually adjustable acceleration and deceleration patterns, adjustable from 0.1 to 1,800 seconds.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 13 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

f. Minimum 2 second power loss ride through without drive trip or loss of programming.

C. Fault Indication and Operation 1. The following fault conditions shall cause the VFD to shut-off(trip) and shall be annunciated by LED indicators on the control board: FU: Fuse Blown, OC: Instantaneous Overcurrent, OV: Overvoltage, UV: Undervoltage, OH: Overheat, EB: External Failure, CPF: Control Function Error, CPF-SEL: Control Function Selection Error, OL:Overload 2. The VFD shall attempt to restart a minimum of 5 times after tripping on a fault. A dry contact on the VFD shall close after the fifth unsuccessful restart attempt.

D. Control Module 1. The VFD shall be equipped with a digital operator interface which shall allow the following functions: a. Digital frequency indication on an LCD display. b. Digital fault indication on the LCD display. Digital fault reset. Storage and operator initiated recall of the fault conditions in the sequence of occurrence. c. Auto/Manual operation switch. d. Digital speed control in 0.1 Hz increments. e. Forward/Reverse operation. f. Jog

E. Variable Frequency Drive Bypass 1. The VFD Bypass system shall consist of the following: a. Door interlock disconnect switch. b. 3 contactors (1 for bypass operation and 2 for isolating the VFD when bypass is being utilized). c. Manual reset motor overload relay. d. Safety circuit terminal strip. e. Fused control transformer. f. “Power On” light. g. Operation “Mode” switch with status pilot lights (Drive or bypass). h. Safety circuit “Trip” indicator pilot light. i. Line reactor.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLICATION

A. Motors drawing less than 250 watts and intended for intermittent service may be integral with manufactured equipment and need not conform to these specifications.

B. Motors shall be open drip-proof type, except where specifically noted otherwise.

C. Motors 2 HP and larger or when indicated in the individual Section shall be the energy efficient type.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 13 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. The minimum efficiency of energy efficient motors shall be:

Motor HP Efficiency, Percent 0.5 79 0.75 81 1.0 83 1.5 84 2.0 85 3.0 87.5 5.0 87.5 7.5 89.5 10.0 89.5 15.0 91 20.0 91.7 25.0 92.5 30.0 93

D. Single phase motors for shaft mounted fans, centrifugal pumps: split phase type.

E. Single phase motors for shaft mounted fans or blowers: permanent split capacitor type.

F. Single phase motors for fans, pumps, blowers and air compressors: capacitor start type.

G. Single phase motors for fans, blowers and pumps: capacitor start, capacitor run type.

H. Motors located in exterior locations, wet air streams downstream of sprayed coil dehumidifiers, air cooled condensers, humidifiers, direct drive axial fans, explosion proof environments and wet air stream: totally enclosed type.

I. Motors located in exterior locations: totally enclosed weatherproof epoxy-sealed type.

J. Belt connected motors: With slide bases and shaft as required for aligning pulleys.

K. In finished areas mount motor protection switches flush and install suitable cover plates.

3.2 NEMA OPEN MOTOR SERVICE FACTORS

HP 3600 RPM 1800 RPM 1200 RPM 900 RPM 1/6-1/3 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.35 1/2 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.15 3/4 1.25 1.25 1.15 1.15 1 1.25 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.5-150 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15

3.3 PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE: SINGLE PHASE - OPEN, DRIP-PROOF

Percent RPM NEMA Percent Power HP (Syn) Frame Efficiency Factor 1/6 1200 48 41 48

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 13 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

Percent RPM NEMA Percent Power HP (Syn) Frame Efficiency Factor 1/4 1200 48,56 41 51 1/3 1200 48,56 56 55 1/2 1200 56 62 60 3/4 1200 56,143T 68 68 1 1200 184 65 62 1-1/2 1200 215 67 60 2 1200 215 68 65 3 1200 215 75 80 1/8 1800 48 1/6 1800 48 49 58 1/4 1800 48,56 53 52 1/3 1800 48,56 56 55 1/2 1800 48,56 64 65 3/4 1800 56 63 64 1 1800 56,143T,182T 68 72 1-1/2 1800 56,145T,184T 70 64 2 1800 56,145T,182T 73 72 3 1800 184T 78 78 5 1800 184T,213T 74 76 7-1/2 1800 215T 77 85 10 1800 215T 84 90 1/3 3600 48,56 55 68 1/2 3600 48,56 57 71 3/4 3600 56 62 75 1 3600 56 63 69 1-1/2 3600 56,143T 68 77 2 3600 56,145T 71 75 3 3600 56,182T 76 88 5 3600 184T 76 88 7-1/2 3600 213T 81 82 10 3600 215T 83 86

3.4 PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE: THREE PHASE - OPEN, DRIP-PROOF Percent RPM NEMA Percent Power HP (Syn) Frame Efficiency Factor 1/2 900 56,143T 71 57 3/4 900 145T 74 56 1 900 182T 71 66 1-1/2 900 184T 74 67 2 900 213T 73 63 3 900 215T 76 60 5 900 254T 80 60 7-1/2 900 256T 85 62 1/4 1200 48,56

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 13 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

Percent RPM NEMA Percent Power HP (Syn) Frame Efficiency Factor 1/3 1200 48,56 70 1/2 1200 48,56 71 58 3/4 1200 56,143T 77 67 1 1200 56,145T 77 69 1-1/2 1200 56,145T,182T 78 77 2 1200 184T 78 72 3 1200 213T 79 72 5 1200 215T 83 76 7-1/2 1200 254T 85 78 10 1200 256T 86 78 15 1200 284T 87 82 20 1200 286T 87 81 25 1200 324T 88 84 1/4 1800 48 1/3 1800 48,56 74 1/2 1800 48,56 74 63 3/4 1800 48,56 74 60 1 1800 56,142T,143T 75 64 1-1/2 1800 56,145T 79 69 2 1800 56,145T 80 70 3 1800 56,145T,182T 81 77 5 1800 184T 84 82 7-1/2 1800 213T 86 76 10 1800 215T 87 78 15 1800 254T 87 77 20 1800 256T 89 86 25 1800 284T 89 83 1/3 3600 48,56 1/2 3600 48,56 74 63 3/4 3600 48,56 75 73 1/3 3600 48,56 1/2 3600 48,56 74 63 3/4 3600 48,56 75 73 1/2 3600 56 67 63 1 3600 56 75 64 1-1/2 3600 56,143T 78 82 2 3600 56,145T 80 86 3 3600 56,145T 81 84 5 3600 56,182T 81 88 7-1/2 3600 184T 84 85 10 3600 213T 87 89 15 3600 215T 87 91 20 3600 254T 89 86 25 3600 256T 89 87

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 13 - 9 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.5 PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE: THREE PHASE - TOTALLY ENCLOSED, FAN COOLED Percent RPM NEMA Percent Power HP (Syn) Frame Efficiency Factor 1/4 900 56 1/3 900 56 1/2 900 56,143T 68 48 3/4 900 145T 73 57 1 900 182T 68 64 1-1/2 900 184T 74 65 2 900 213T 75 66 3 900 215T 75 60 5 900 254T 80 60 7-1/2 900 256T 81 63 10 900 284T 88 67 15 900 286T 89 66 20 900 324T 90 68 25 900 326T 88 69 1/6 1200 48 1/4 1200 48,56 1/3 1200 56 1/2 1200 56 71 58 3/4 1200 56,143T 76 68 1 1200 56,145T 77 67 1-1/2 1200 56,145T,182T 77 71 2 1200 184T 80 73 3 1200 213T 79 73 5 1200 215T 83 73 7-1/2 1200 254T 85 75 10 1200 256T 86 82 15 1200 284T 88 79 20 1200 286T 88 81 25 1200 324T 90 80 1/8 1800 42 1/6 1800 42 1/4 1800 48 1/3 1800 48,56 72 1/2 1800 48,56 74 63 3/4 1800 48,56 74 60 1 1800 56,143T 77 62 1-1/2 1800 56,145T 79 66 2 1800 56,145T 81 74 3 1800 182T 82 78 5 1800 184T 84 82 7-1/2 1800 213T 86 79 10 1800 215T 88 81 15 1800 254T 90 80 20 1800 256T 90 83

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 13 - 10 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

Percent RPM NEMA Percent Power HP (Syn) Frame Efficiency Factor 25 1800 284T 90 84 1/6 3600 42 1/4 3600 42 1/3 3600 48 1/2 3600 48,56 67 63 3/4 3600 48,56 75 73 1 3600 56 75 76 1-1/2 3600 56,143T 74 80 2 3600 56,145T 76 89 3 3600 56,145T,182T 81 87 5 3600 84T 85 94 7-1/2 3600 184T,213T 86 85 10 3600 215T 87 92 15 3600 215T,254T 89 92 20 3600 254T,256T 87 89 25 3600 256T,284T 88 87 20 3600 256T 87 25 3600 284T 85

3.6 PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE: THREE PHASE - TWO SPEED, ONE WINDING, OPEN, DRIP-PROOF, VARIABLE TORQUE. Percent RPM NEMA Percent Power HP (Syn) Frame Efficiency Factor 1/0.25 1800/900 143T 80/86 75/49 1.5/0.37 1800/900 145T 77/61 81/58 2/0.5 1800/900 145T 77/60 85/67 3/0.75 1800/900 184T 81/71 83/60 5/1.2 1800/900 184T 81/61 84/63 7.5/1.9 1800/900 215T 83/75 82/65 10/2.5 1800/900 215T 83/76 87/66 15/3.7 1800/900 254T 20/5 1800/900 256T 25/6.3 1800/900 284T

3.7 PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE: THREE PHASE - TWO SPEED, ONE WINDING, TOTALLY ENCLOSED, FAN COOLED, CONSTANT TORQUE Percent RPM NEMA Percent Power HP (Syn) Frame Efficiency Factor 1/0.5 1800/900 143T 77/59 80/48 1.5/0.75 1800/900 143T 76/61 85/50 2/1 1800/900 184T 75/64 86/52 3/1.5 1800/900 184T 80/66 85/48 5/2.5 1800/900 215T 83/69 82/48 7.5/3.75 1800/900 256T

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 13 - 11 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

Percent RPM NEMA Percent Power HP (Syn) Frame Efficiency Factor 10/5 1800/900 254T 15/7.5 1800/900 256T 20/10 1800/900 284T 25/13 1800/900 286T

3.8 PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE: THREE PHASE - TWO SPEED, TWO WINDING, OPEN, DRIP-PROOF, CONSTANT TORQUE Percent RPM NEMA Percent Power HP (Syn) Frame Efficiency Factor 1/0.44 1800/900 145T 77/59 80/48 1.5/0.7 1800/900 182T 76/61 85/50 2/0.9 1800/900 182T 75/64 86/52 3/1.3 1800/900 184T 80/66 85/48 5/2.2 1800/900 215T 83/69 82/48 7.5/3.3 1800/900 256T 10/4.4 1800/900 256T 15/6.7 1800/900 284T 20/8.9 1800/900 286T 25/11 1800/900 286T

3.9 PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE: THREE PHASE - ENERGY EFFICIENT, OPEN, DRIP-PROOF Percent RPM NEMA Percent Power HP (Syn) Frame Efficiency Factor 1 1200 145T 81 72 1-1/2 1200 182T 83 73 2 1200 184T 85 75 3 1200 213T 86 60 5 1200 215T 87 65 7-1/2 1200 254T 89 73 10 1200 256T 89 74 15 1200 284T 91 77 20 1200 286T 91 78 25 1200 324T 92 74 1 1800 143T 82.5 84 1-1/2 1800 145T 85 85 2 1800 145T 86 85 3 1800 182T 87.5 86 5 1800 184T 88 87 7-1/2 1800 213T 89.5 86 10 1800 215T 90 85 15 1800 256T 91 85 20 1800 256T 91.7 86

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 13 - 12 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

Percent RPM NEMA Percent Power HP (Syn) Frame Efficiency Factor 25 1800 284T 93 85 1-1/2 3600 143T 82 85 2 3600 145T 83 87 3 3600 145T 84 85 5 3600 182T 86 86 7-1/2 3600 184T 87 88 10 3600 213T 88 86 15 3600 215T 90 89 20 3600 254T 90 89 25 3600 256T 90 92

3.10 PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE: THREE PHASE - ENERGY EFFICIENT, TOTALLY ENCLOSED, FAN COOLED Percent RPM NEMA Percent Power HP (Syn) Frame Efficiency Factor 1 1200 145T 81 72 1-1/2 1200 182T 84 65 2 1200 184T 86 68 3 1200 213T 87 63 5 1200 215T 88 66 7-1/2 1200 254T 90 68 10 1200 256T 90 75 15 1200 284T 91 72 20 1200 286T 91 76 25 1200 324T 91 71 1 1800 143T 83 84 1-1/2 1800 145T 85 85 2 1800 145T 85 85 3 1800 182T 88 83 5 1800 184T 89 83 7-1/2 1800 213T 90 85 10 1800 215T 91 84 15 1800 254T 92 86 20 1800 256T 93 85 25 1800 284T 93 84 1-1/2 3600 143T 83 85 2 3600 145T 84 87 3 3600 182T 85 87 5 3600 184T 87 88 7-1/2 3600 213T 88 86 10 3600 215T 89 86 15 3600 254T 90 91 20 3600 256T 90 89 25 3600 284T 90 92

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 13 - 13 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

END OF SECTION 23 05 163

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 13 - 14 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Pipe Hangers and Supports. 2. Vertical Piping Clamps. 3. Hanger-Rod Attachments. 4. Building Attachments. 5. Pipe Shields.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP 90, Guidelines on Terminology for pipe hangers and supports.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

B. Codes and Standards 1. Code Compliance: Comply with applicable codes pertaining to product materials and installation of supports and anchors. 2. Qualify welding processes and welding operators according to AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code-Steel. a. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. 3. Qualify welding processes and welding operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX: Welding and Brazing Qualifications. 4. Listing and Labeling: Provide hangers and supports that are listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100. a. UL and FM Compliance: Hangers, supports, and components include listing and labeling by UL and FM where used for fire protection piping systems b. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 5. Licensed Engineer: Prepare hanger and support design drawings and calculations for seismic restraint of piping and equipment. Include seal and signature of Registered Structural Engineer licensed in the State of California certifying compliance with Specifications. 6. MSS Standard Compliance: a. Provide pipe hangers and supports of which materials design and manufacture comply with MSS SP-58. Select and apply pipe hangers and supports, complying with MSS SP- 69. b. Fabricate and install pipe Local and supports, complying with MSS SP-89. c. Terminology used in this Section is defined in MSS SP-90.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 29 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Corrosion Resistance: Provide hot-dip galvanized steel, cadmium plating, or other approved corrosion resistant materials for exterior work and for work which will be subject to outdoor exposure during construction.

D. Coordination 1. Coordinate resiliently supported work with other trades to avoid rigid contact with the building. Inform other trades such as drywall, plastering, or electrical, to avoid any contact which would reduce the vibration isolation.

E. Conflicts and Discrepancies 1. Bring to the Owner’s Representative’s attention prior to installation any conflicts with other trades which will result in unavoidable contact to equipment, piping, etc., described herein, due to inadequate spaces, etc. Corrective work necessitated by conflicts after installation shall be at Contractor’s expense. 2. Bring to the Owner’s Representative’s attention prior to installation any discrepancies between the Specifications and field conditions, changes required due to specific equipment selection, etc., prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by discrepancies after installation shall be at Contractor’s expense.

F. Inspection and Instruction 1. Obtain inspection and approval from the Owner’s Representative of any installation to be covered or enclosed prior to such enclosure.

1.4 VIBRATION ISOLATION

A. Comply with the requirements of Section 23 05 48.

1.5 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS

A. Submit manufacturer’s technical product data, including installation instructions for each type of support and anchor. Include the following: 1. Manufacturer’s data (catalog cuts and data sheets), for each manufactured component including hangers, attachments, inserts, thermal shields anchors and guides, auxiliary framing and wall seals. Provide a project specific hanger and support schedule indicating all devices, manufacture and model, where used. Cross reference to product data and specification paragraph. Data shall demonstrate that components comply with Specifications. 2. Support and Bracing Shop Drawings: Submit plans, sections, details, schedules and other information necessary to describe support hangers for all HVAC systems. Submittal shall indicate location and type of all hangers and supports. Each attachment to the building structure shall have vertical and horizontal point loads identified. 3. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each type of support and anchor. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manual in accordance with requirements of Division 1. 4. Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under the “Quality Assurance” Article. 5. Shop drawings for each type of hanger and support, indicating dimensions weights, required clearances, and methods of component assembly. 6. Licensed Engineers hanger and support drawings specified in the “Quality Assurance’ Article 7. Licensed Engineer’s hanger and support installation report specified in the “Field Quality Control” Article. December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 29 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Where not fully called for in the Contract Documents, design of HVAC hangers and supports shall be the Mechanical Contractor’s responsibility. Design shall conform to accepted engineering practice using a safety factor of 2-1/2.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide hangers and supports of one of the following: 1. Superstrut, Gold Galv. 2. B -Line Systems, lnc. 3. Tolco.

2.3 MANUFACTURED HORIZONTAL PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory fabricated horizontal piping hangers and supports complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by installer to suit horizontal-piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer’s published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pipe size for bare piping, and to exactly fit around piping insulation with saddle or shield for insulated piping. Provide felt-lined hangers and supports for copper piping systems in direct contact with copper piping components including galvanized coatings where installed for piping and equipment that will not have a field applied finish. Pipe attachments include nonmetallic coating for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper piping.

C. Powder-Actuated Drive-Pin Fasteners: Powder-actuated type, drive-pin attachments are not acceptable.

D. Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

E. Adjustable Steel Clevises Hangers: MSS Type 1.

F. Yoke Type Pipe Clamps: MSS Type 2.

G. Steel Double Bolt Pipe Clamps: MSS Type 3.

H. Steel Pipe Clamps: MSS Type 4.

I. Pipe Hangers: MSS Type 5.

J. Adjustable Swivel Pipe Rings: MSS Type 6.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 29 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

K. Adjustable Steel Bond Hangers: MSS Type 7.

L. Adjustable Band Hangers: MSS Type 9.

M. Adjustable Swivel Rings, Band Type: MSS Type 10.

N. Split Pipe Pings: MSS Type 11.

O. Extension Split Pipe Clamps: MSS Type 12.

P. U-Bolts: MSS Type 24.

Q. Clips: MSS Type 26.

R. Pipe Slides and Slide Plates: MSS Type 35, including one of the following plate types: 1. Plate: Unguided type. 2. Plate: Guide type. 3. Plate: Hold-down Clamp type.

S. Pipe Saddle Supports: MSS Type 36, including steel pipe base support and cast-iron floor flange.

T. Pipe Stanchion Saddles: MSS Type 37, including steel pipe base support and cast-iron floor flange.

U. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports: MSS Type 38, including steel pipe base support and cast- iron floor flange.

V. Single Pipe Rolls: MSS Type 41.

W. Adjustable Roller Hangers: MSS Type 43.

X. Pipe Roll Stands: MSS Type 44.

Y. Pipe Rolls and Plates: MSS Type 45.

Z. Adjustable Pipe Roll Stands: MSS Type 46.

AA. Makeshift, field devised methods of HVAC pipe support, such as with the use of scrap framing materials, are not allowed. Support and positioning of piping shall be by means of engineered methods that comply with IAPMO PS 42.

2.4 VERTICAL PIPING CLAMPS

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 29 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. For vertical mid-span supports of piping 4-inch and under, use Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE Stout Brackets with Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE Stout Clamps or two-hole pipe clamps (MSS Type 26).

C. Two-Bolt Riser Clamps: MSS Type 8.

D. Four-Bolt Riser Clamps: MSS Type 42.

2.5 HANGER-ROD ATTACHMENTS

B. Steel Turnbuckles: MSS Type 13.

C. Steel Clevises: MSS Type 14.

D. Swivel Turnbuckles: MSS Type 15.

E. Malleable Iron Sockets: MSS Type 16.

F. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts: MSS Type 17.

2.6 BUILDING ATTACHMENTS

C. Top Beam C-Clamp: MSS Type 19.

D. Side Beam or Channel Clamps: MSS Type 20.

E. Center Beam Clamps: MSS Type 21.

F. Welded Beam Attachments: MSS Type 22.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 29 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

G. C-Clamps: MS Type 23.

H. Top Beam Clamps: MSS Type 25.

I. Side Beam Clamps: MSS Type 27.

J. Steel Beam Clamps with Eye Nut: MSS Type 28.

K. Linked Steel Clamps with Eye Nut: MSS Type 29.

L. Malleable Beam Clamps: MSS Type 30.

M. Steel Brackets: One of the following for indicated loading: 1. Light Duty: MSS Type 31. 2. Medium Duty: MSS Type 32. 3. Heavy Duty: MSS Type 33.

N. Side Beam Brackets: MSS Type 34.

O. Plate Lugs: MSS Type 57.

P. Horizontal Travelers: MSS Type 58.

Q. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Not allowed.

2.7 INSULATED PIPE SUPPORTS (PIPE SHIELDS)

A. All insulated lines shall be protected at the point of support by insulated pipe supports provided and installed by the pipe erector.

C. Manufacturer: Pipe Shields Incorporated (PSI)

D. Insulated Pipe Supports 1. Pipe supported on rod hangers. 2. Pipe supported on Flat Surfaces. 3. Pipe supported on pipe rolls. 4. Pipe Guides. 5. Anchors. 6. Riser Pipe Supports.

E. Insulation 1. 360-degrees insulation, encased in 360-degrees sheet metal shield. 2. Provide assembly of same thickness as adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulating Material: a. Cold Piping (below 50 degrees F): Urethane foam, 100 psi compressive strength.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 29 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

b. Hot piping (above 50-degrees F): Calcium silicate, 100 psi compressive strength, treated with water repellent.

2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Auxiliary Steel: 1. Provide auxiliary structural steel as required for supports, anchors, guides, seismic restraints and vibration isolators. 2. All structural steel systems to be designed in accordance with AISC Steel Handbook. 3. All systems to be secured to building structure in a method acceptable to and approved by the Project Structural Engineer. 4. Steel Work: Fabricate neatly. Grind off excess burrs and welding spatter. Paint with rust inhibitive primer.

B. Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: Provide products complying with ASTM A36.

D. Heavy Duty Steel Trapezes: Fabricate from steel shapes selected for loads required; weld steel in accordance with AWS Standards.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Install devices in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. Examine areas and conditions under which supports and anchors are to be installed. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer.

C. Support of pipe tubing and equipment shall be accomplished through means of engineered products specific to each application. Makeshift field devised methods will not be allowed.

D. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping specification Sections.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 29 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.2 PREPARATION

3.3 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING ATTACHMENTS

A. Install building attachments at required locations within concrete or on structural steel for proper piping support. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69. Install additional building attachments where support is required for additional concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten insert securely to forms.

B. Loading on Steel Beams 1. Do not place eccentric loads on steel beams for loads greater than 50-pounds. 2. For loads greater than 50 pounds, use attachments which create concentric loading.

D. Concrete Wedge Anchor Inserts: Maximum tension load per insert shall not exceed manufacturer’s published rating.

E. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Not allowed.

3.4 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 29 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Materials, design and type numbers per MSS-58.

C. Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports which are copper plated, felt-lined.

D. Provisions for Movement: Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends and similar units.

E. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

F. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so that maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.1 Power Piping Codes are not exceeded.

G. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements: 1. Provide insulated pipe support (pipe shield) at each support of insulated piping. 2. Select model of insulated pipe support according to published recommendations of insulated pipe support manufacturer, based on pipe size, pipe material, fluid medium, fluid temperature, support spacing, and type of support. 3. Submit tabulation showing proposed uses of insulated pipe supports for different applications.

H. Provide pipe supports on all DWV vertical piping penetrating floor slabs.

I. All hanger components shall be Superstrut Gold Galv. 1. Vertical Piping: Superstrut clamps attached to the pipe above each floor to rest on the floor. Provide copperplate on copper tubing. Provide additional support at base of cast iron risers. Provide intermediate support for vertical piping greater than 12 feet in length. 2. Individually Suspended Piping: Superstrut J-Hanger or Clevis, complete with threaded rod. All hangers on supply and return piping handling heating hot water or steam shall have a swing connector at point of support. Copper pipe will be used in conjunction with felt lined hangers.

Pipe Size Rod Size 2-inch and Smaller 3/8-inch 2-1/2-inch to 3-1/2-inch 1/2-inch 4-inch to 5-inch 5/8-inch 6-inch 3/4-inch 8-inch and up 7/8-inch

3. Provide 3/8 inch or support of PVC and CPVC and provide continuous support. 4. Trapeze Suspension: Superstrut 1-5/8-inch width channel in accordance with manufacturer’s published load ratings. No deflection to exceed L/180 of a span. 5. Trapeze Supporting Rods: Shall have a safety factor of 5; securely anchor to building structure.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 29 - 9 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

6. Pipe Straps: Superstrut 702 isolate copper pipe with two thicknesses of 2-inch wide 10-mil polyvinyl tape (Cush-A-Strip or Cush-A-Clamps). Where used for seismic support systems, provide Superstrut 702 or C708 series pipe straps.

J. Concrete Inserts: Superstrut C302 continuous insert or 452-TB spot insert. Do not use powder-actuated fasteners for support of overhead piping unless approved by the Owner’s Representative. 1. Install building attachments within concrete or to structural steel. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten insert to forms. Install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. 2. Install concrete inserts in new construction prior to placing concrete. Superstrut 452-TB, C745, or C302. 3. Install post-installed concrete anchors after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install according to fastener manufacturer’s written instructions. Do not use in lightweight concrete slabs or in concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick.

K. Steel Connectors: Beam clamps with retainers. 1. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts washers, and other accessories

L. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

M. Support to Structure 1. Steel Structure: Provide and install additional steel bracing as required to suit structure. Provide through bolts with length to suit requirements of the structural components. Burning or welding on any structural member may only be done if approved by the Owner’s Representative.

N. Rubber Neoprene Pipe Isolators 1. Pipe isolators shall comprise an internal rubber or neoprene material that isolates pipe from hanger and structure. Install at all piping located in acoustical walls. Architectural Drawings shall show location of acoustical walls. 2. Isolation material shall be either a rubber or neoprene material that prevents contact between the pipe and the structure. Superstrut S716 or A716.

O. Pipe Hangers and Support Spacing: Locate hangers and supports at each change of direction, within one foot of elbow, and space at or within following maximum limits. Note that spacing listed are recommended maximums; increased spacing requirements due to California Building Code requirements, CCR Title 24, or other regulations in force and applicable for this contract shall be adhered to.

Pipe Diameter Steel Fluid Steel Vapor Copper Fluid 1/2 to 1-inch 6 8 6 1-1/4 to1-1/2-inch 8 10 6 Over 2-inch 10 10 10

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 29 - 10 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

P. Provide support for piping through roof, arranged to anchor piping solidly in place at the roof penetration.

Q. Provide rigid insulation and a 12-inch long, 18 gauge galvanized sheet metal shield between the covering and the hanger whenever hangers are installed on the outside of the pipe covering or CSS Pre-Insulated Calcium Silicate Support.

R. Insulate copper tubing from ferrous materials and hangers with felt lined hangers.

S. Provide a support or hanger close to each change of direction of pipe either horizontal or vertical and as near as possible to concentrated loads.

T. Suspend rods from concrete inserts with removable nuts where suspended from concrete decks. Power-actuated fasteners will not be allowed.

3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on attachments.

B. Support Adjustment: Provide grout under supports so as to bring piping and equipment to proper level and elevations.

C. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer’s touch-up paint.

3.6 PAINTING

C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A780.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

END OF SECTION 23 05 29

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 29 - 11 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 29 - 12 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 05 48 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Vibration Isolators. 2. Seismic Restraints. 3. Flexible Connectors.

B. Related Sections 1. Section 23 05 00 - Common Work Results for HVAC. 2. Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASHRAE - Guide to Average Noise Criteria Curves.

B. SMACNA “Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems”, OSHPD Approval No. R- 0001.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. All equipment and accessories to be the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in its manufacture.

B. All items of a given type shall be the product of the same manufacturer.

C. Provide necessary design for avoidance of excessive noise and vibration in building due to operation of machinery or equipment, or due to interconnected piping or conduit.

D. Installation of all vibration isolation units, and associated hangers and bases, shall be under direct supervision of vibration isolation manufacturer’s representative.

1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide seismic restraints for pipes and equipment, including pipes above roofs, supported from below in accordance with the requirements of the California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Parts 3, 4, and 5.

B. Submit in accordance with Division 1.

C. Shop drawings and product data; submittal shall include: 1. Concrete and steel details for equipment. 2. Vibration isolation devices: Catalog cuts, isolation efficiencies and rated static deflections. 3. Welds or anchor bolt locations. 4. Reinforcing and template steels.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 48 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

5. Number and locations of seismic restraints for each piece of equipment; specific details of restraints including anchor bolts for mountings and maximum load at each location. 6. Spring O.D., free operation, and solid height of springs and ratio of horizontal to vertical stiffness. 7. Number and location of vibration isolators for each piece of equipment including actual operating load for each vibration isolator.

D. Seismic calculations for each seismic restraint sized and signed by registered Structural Engineer licensed in the State of California.

E. Manufacturer’s installation instructions. 1. Manufacturer’s Installation Report as specified in the “Field Quality Control” Article.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 VIBRATION ISOLATORS

A. Manufacturers 1. Mason Industries, Inc. 2. Vibration Mountings and Controls, Inc. 3. Vibration Eliminator Company. 4. Peabody Noise Control, Inc.

B. Manufactured Units. 1. Isolator Type “PN”; three layers of 1/4-inch neoprene waffle pad bounded between 16 gauge sheet metal shims or 3/4-inch thick neoprene waffle pad consisting of 2-inch square modules separated by thin web. Load distribution top plate utilized as required with additional 1/5 inch thick washer and bushing when pads are anchored to structure. 2. Isolator Type “NM”: Double deflection neoprene mountings having a minimum static deflection of .35 inch. Metal surfaces neoprene covered to avoid corrosion. Friction pads top and bottom. 3. Isolator Type “NML”: Neoprene mountings with integral seismic restraints and consisting of captive steel insert embedded in neoprene. Mountings may be used in tension and shear as well as compression. Neoprene pad may be bonded to base plate for additional deflection as required. 4. Isolator Type “MS”: Spring type, free standing and laterally stable without any housing, complete with 1/4-inch neoprene acoustical friction pad or neoprene cup between base plate and support. Provide leveling height and solid spring height in submittals. 5. Isolator Type “MSL”: Spring type mountings designed to resiliently resist seismic forces in all directions. Snubbing in all modes with adjustment to limit upward, downward and horizontal travel to a maximum of 1/4 inch before contacting snubbers. Provide spring with same characteristics as described in Type MS mountings. Provide mountings with leveling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to equipment, and with ports or openings to verify possible overload conditions. In submittals include spring diameter, deflections, compressed spring height and solid spring height. 6. Isolator Type “HN”: Vibration hangers which contain minimum .35-inch static deflection neoprene element. Neoprene rod isolation bushing shall pass through hanger box lower hole to prevent metal to metal contact.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 48 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

7. Isolator Type “HS”: Vibration hangers which contain steel spring seated in 1/4-inch thick neoprene cup with integral rod isolation bushing. Bushing shall pass through lower hanger box hole to prevent metal-to-metal contact. Provide spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes large enough to permit hanger rod to swing through 30 degree arc. Provide minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of rated deflection.

2.2 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS

A. Manufacturers 1. Midland-Ross Superstrut. 2. Pipe Shields, Inc. 3. B-Line.

B. Restraint Types 1. Type R-1: Provide directional seismic restraints with interlocking steel members restrained by replaceable, minimum 1/4-inch thick bridge bearing neoprene bushing, capable of rotation after installation to verify isolation system is out of contact with restraints. Incorporate minimum air gap of 1/8 inch in snubber design in all directions before contact is made between rigid and resilient surfaces. 2. Type R-2: Restraints of all isolated suspended piping, ductwork and equipment using steel cables arranged to achieve required all-directional restraint and sized to resist seismic loads. Indicate proposed method of achieving sufficient slack to avoid short circuiting vibration isolators in submittal drawing.

C. General Requirements 1. Provide seismic restraints for all vibration isolated equipment, ductwork and piping. 2. Restrain supported and suspended equipment and piping by devices capable of restraint in all three mutually orthogonal directions. 3. For suspended equipment, utilize stranded steel aircraft cable plus modifications to isolators to prevent excessive vertical motion. 4. Seismic restraints must be installed and adjusted so equipment and piping vibration isolation is not degraded by utilization of restraints.

2.3 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS

A. Manufacturers 1. Mason Industries, Inc. 2. Amber Booth.

B. Neoprene Connectors 1. Use flexible EPDM connectors on equipment as indicated on drawings or on equipment schedule, manufactured of multiple layers of frictioned nylon cord with EPDM cover and liner. Do not use steel wire or rings as internal pressure reinforcement. Provide straight connectors with two spheres with a centered molded external ductile iron ring to maintain two spherical shapes. Two inch and smaller sizes may have threaded ends. Provide floating flanges with recess to lock bead wire in raised face EPDM flanges. Use tapered twin sphere connectors as described above where line size changes are required in straight piping runs.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 48 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2. Flanged equipment may be directly connected to neoprene elbows in size range 2-1/2 to 12 inches, if piping makes 90 degree turn and flanges are equal sized. Long radius reducing EPDM elbows may be used in place of steel or cast iron elbows at pump connections. 3. When pressure would cause connector to extend beyond its rated elongation, employ control rods using 1-1/2-inch thick bridge-bearing neoprene washer bushings designed for maximum loading of 1000 psi. 4. Provide twin sphere connectors with minimum rating of 250 psi at 170 degree F and 165 psi at 250 degree F. Provide elbows and reducing twin spheres with minimum pressure rating of 220 psi at 170 degree F and 145 psi at 250 degree F. Limit neoprene materials to 220 degree F. Certified safety factors shall be a nominal 4 to 1 with minimum acceptable test results of 3.6 to 1. Tests shall cover burst, flange leakage, extension without control rods and flange retention at 50 percent of burst pressure without control rods. 5. Include in submittals test reports by independent consultants showing minimum reduction of 20 DB in vibration accelerations and 10 DB in sound pressure levels at typical blade passage frequencies.

C. Flexible Stainless Steel Hose 1. Provide flexible stainless steel hose with stainless steel braid and carbon steel fittings. Provide flanged fittings for sizes 3-inch and larger, and make nipples for smaller sizes. Use bronze braided flexible hose with female sweat ends for copper lines. Install hoses on equipment side of shut-off valves horizontally and parallel to equipment shafts whenever possible. Flexible metal hose shall be Type BSS or BFF.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Isolate plumbing equipment from building structure by means of noise and vibration isolators.

B. Install isolators in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions.

C. Vibration isolators must not cause change of position of equipment or piping resulting in piping stresses or misalignment.

D. Make no rigid connections between equipment and building structure that degrade noise and vibration isolation system. 1. Loop electrical conduit connections to isolated equipment to allow free motion.

E. Do not use isolator leveling bolts as jacking screws.

F. Verify that installed isolators and mounting systems permit equipment motion in all directions.

G. Install vibration isolators for motor driven equipment.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 48 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.2 SEISMIC CONTROL

A. Provide seismic restraints for pipes and equipment per CBC, CMC, and CPC, including pipes above roofs, supported from below.

B. Design and provide restraints to prevent permanent displacement in any direction caused by lateral motion, overturning, or uplift.

C. Provide approved resilient restraining devices as required to prevent equipment and piping motion in excess of 1/4 inch.

D. Provide capability of safely accepting external forces without failures.

E. Do not short circuit vibration isolation systems or transmit objectionable vibration or noise.

F. Provide restraint for piping in mechanical rooms for pipe sizes covered by SMACNA.

G. Designs: Where designs, etc., are neither indicated nor referenced, submit such designs, together with supporting calculations prepared by Structural Engineer registered in the State of California. Calculations shall substantiate seismic restraint capability to safely accept external forces without failure and maintain equipment in position.

H. Rigidly Supported Piping 1. Where required for all systems, except sprinkler piping system, restrain per SMACNA seismic standards.

I. Flexibly Supported Piping 1. Provide and locate restraints to allow normal operation of systems without transmitting vibrations to building structure. 2. Locations of Restraints: Per SMACNA and Factory Mutual where applicable. 3. Construction of Restraint: Steel cables, installed slack, may be used.

3.3 EQUIPMENT ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL

A. Position equipment and structural base on blocks or wedges at proper operating height. Set steel bases for 1-inch clearance between pad and base. Set concrete bases for 2-inch clearance.

B. Provide operating load conditions prior to transferring base isolator loads to springs and remove wedges.

C. Adjust or provide additional resilient restraints to flexibly limit startup equipment lateral motion to 1/4 inch.

D. Prior to startup, clean out all foreign matter between bases and equipment.

E. Verify that there are no isolation short circuits in the base, isolators or seismic restraints.

F. Position all corner or side seismic restraints with equipment operating for proper operating clearance.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 48 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.4 PIPING ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT

A. Isolate piping outside of shafts as follows: 1. Water piping 1-1/4 inch and larger in mechanical equipment rooms: Within 50 feet or 100 pipe diameters whichever is smaller, of connected rotating equipment and pressure reducing stations. a. Piping where exposed on roof.

B. Provide spring isolators on piping connected to isolated equipment as follows: 1. Up to 4 inches in diameter, first 3 points of support. 2. 1.5 to 8 inches in diameter, first 4 points of support. 3. 10 inches and over in diameter, first 6 points of support. 4. Static deflection of first point shall be twice deflection of isolated equipment.

C. Locate Isolators: 1. Close to building structure. a. Hanger boxes butted to ceiling structure. 2. Between building structure and supplementary steel if required.

D. Supplementary steel to be sized for maximum deflection of 0.08 inches at center span.

E. Seismic restraint spacing shall be in accordance with specified hanger spacing.

F. Provide Seismic Restraint For All Piping: 1. In equipment room. 2. On roofs. 3. In shafts and in ceiling of occupied spaces.

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Provide inspection by manufacturer’s representative of all vibration isolating devices after installation of all devices.

B. Submit written report by manufacturer regarding installation error, improper selection of devices, and other faults that could affect performance of system. Include report on steps to properly complete isolation work.

END OF SECTION 23 05 48

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 48 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe Markers. 2. Valve Tags. 3. Equipment Nameplates. 4. Duct Labels.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASME A13.1-2007 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Division 1.

B. Product Data: Indicate model, type, and application usage.

C. Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, letter style, and color coding for each system and vault cover.

D. Submit valve numbering scheme, valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function type, and valve manufacturer’s name and model number.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate with Owner’s Representative for preferred color schemes and service abbreviations and valve and equipment numbering schemes prior to submittal review.

B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering of surfaces where devices are to be applied.

C. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Seton Name Plate Corp.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 53 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Brimar.

C. Brady.

2.2 PIPE MARKERS

OUTSIDE DIAMETER LENGTH OF COLOR SIZE OF LETTERS AND OF PIPE OR PIPE FIELD ARROWS COVERING

3/4 to 1-1/4 inch 8 inch 1/2 inch 1-1/2 to 2 inch 8 inch 3/4 inch 2-1/2 to 6 inch 12 inch 1-1/4 inch 8 to 10 inches 24 inch 2-1/2 inch Over 10 inches 32 inch 3-1/2 inch Ductwork 2-1/2 inch

2.3 VALVE TAGS

A. Tags: Brass or anodized aluminum type. 1. Brass: Minimum 19 gauge, polished, 2-Inch diameter with following lettering: a. Service: ¼-inch stamped black filled letters. b. Valve numbers: 3/8-inch stamped black filled letters. 2. Aluminum: 2-inch diameter, 0.032-inch thick, with following lettering: a. Service: ¼-inch engraved letters. b. Valve numbers: 3/8-inch engraved letters.

B. Fasteners: 4 ply 0.018 copper or monel wire meter seals, brass “S” hooks or No. 16 brass jack chain.

2.4 EQUIPMENT NAME PLATES

A. 1/8-inch rigid plastic or bakelite with 4 edges beveled, with black background and white border and letters. 1. Two 3/8-inch mounting holes. 2. Minimum ½-inch high lettering. 3. Commercial quality, rust resisting nuts and bolts with backwashers, self tapping screws or rivets.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 53 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2.5 DUCT LABELS

A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16- inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.

B. Letter Color: White.

C. Background Color: Black.

D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 degrees F.

E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2- 1/2 by 3/4-inch.

F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.

G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.

H. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.

I. Duct Label Contents: Include identification of duct service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, duct size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with duct system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each duct label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high.

2.6 STENCILS

A. Stencils: Prepared with letter sizes according to ASME A13.1 for piping; minimum letter height of 1-1/4-inches for ducts; and minimum letter height of ¾-inch for access panel and door labels, equipment labels, and similar operational instructions. 1. Stencil Material: Aluminum. 2. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, acrylic enamel black unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spray-can form. 3. Identification Paint: Exterior, acrylic enamel in colors according to ASME A13.1 unless otherwise indicated.

2.7 CHART AND DIAGRAM FRAMES

A. Chart and diagram frames: Extruded aluminum with plexiglass or glass windows.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 53 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.2 VALVE AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION

A. Designate all equipment, valves, dampers and terminal units by distinguishing numbers and letters on charts and/or diagrams. 1. Tag and locate following equipment items: a. Valves. b. Dampers. c. All items indicated on equipment schedules except registers, grilles and diffusers. 2. Designation shall match that indicated.

B. Install tags on all devices with numbers and letters corresponding to charts.

C. Fasten tags securely to devices with tag fasteners in manner for easy reading.

D. Attach equipment nameplates in conspicuous location, directly on item of equipment or apparatus such as starters, pumps, fans, HVAC units and control panels.

E. For unsuitable surfaces, such as high temperature or lack of space, use copper or brass rings or chains to attach tags.

F. Furnish four (4) charts. 1. Mount one (1) chart in frame and secure on wall in location directed by Owner’s Representative. 2. Include remaining three (3) sets in “Operation and Maintenance Manuals”. 3. Show valve tag numbers on project as-built drawings.

G. Provide safety sign for each piece of exposed mechanical equipment that may start automatically.

3.3 PIPE IDENTIFICATION

B. Install markers with tape color bands over each end of marker, extending around pipe and overlapping a minimum of 30 degrees.

3.4 SERVICE ABBREVIATIONS

A. Coordinate with Owner’s Representative for preferred color schemes and service abbreviations as indicated below: 1. G (xxx psi) Natural Gas (indicate pressure). 2. REF Refrigerant (exposed)

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 53 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.5 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND MARKING TAPE

A. Install underground marking tape directly above all outside utility lines.

B. Allow 12 inches between tape and line, and install as close to grade level as feasible.

3.6 CONTROL DIAGRAMS AND INSTRUCTIONS

A. Provide HVAC control and systems instructions and diagrams in wall mounted frames. Mount framed diagrams in conspicuous, easily accessible places in equipment rooms housing appropriate HVAC system.

B. Diagrams and instructions may be reduced in size provided they are legible and lettering is not smaller than “elite” type of standard typewriter.

3.7 DUCTWORK IDENTIFICATION

A. Install self-adhesive duct labels with permanent adhesive on air ducts in the following color codes: 1. Blue: For cold-air supply ducts. 2. Yellow: For hot-air supply ducts. 3. Green: For exhaust-, outside-, relief-, return-, and mixed-air ducts. 4. ASME A13.1 Colors and Designs: For hazardous material exhaust.

B. Stenciled Duct Label Option: Stenciled labels, showing service and flow direction, may be provided instead of plastic-laminated duct labels, at Installer’s option, if lettering larger than 1-inch high is needed for proper identification because of distance from normal location of required identification.

C. Access doors: Provide duct labels or stenciled signs on each access door in ductwork and housings, indicating purpose of access (to what equipment) and other maintenance and operating instructions, and appropriate safety and procedural information.

D. Concealed doors: Where access doors are concealed above acoustical ceilings or similar concealment, plasticized tags may be installed for identification in lieu of specified signs, at Installer’s option.

E. Access doors for fire-dampers, smoke dampers, and fire/smoke dampers: Permanently identify on the exterior by a label with letters not less than 1/2 inch in height reading “FIRE DAMPER”, “SMOKE DAMPER”, or “FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER”. Comply with requirements of CMC.

END OF SECTION 23 05 53

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 53 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 53 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 05 93 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of air systems. 2. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. 3. Sound measurement of equipment operating conditions. 4. Vibration measurement of equipment operating conditions. 5. Flow testing and balancing of following systems: a. Domestic water systems.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. AABC - National Standards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation, Total System Balance.

B. NEBB - Procedural Standards for Testing, Balancing and Adjusting of Environmental Systems.

1.3 TOLERANCES

A. Adjust air handling systems to plus or minus 5 percent for supply, return and exhaust systems from figures indicated.

B. Adjust hydronic systems to plus or minus 10 percent of design conditions indicated.

C. Indicate system air leakage loss. Loss shall not exceed 3 percent.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Division 1.

B. Name of adjusting and balancing agency for approval within 30 days after award of Contract.

C. Test Reports: Report Forms. 1. Submit reports on AABC National Standards for Total System Balance or NEBB forms. 2. Forms shall include the following information: a. Title Page: 1) Company name, address, telephone number. 2) Project name, location. 3) Project Architect. 4) Project Engineer. 5) Project Contractor. 6) Project Altitude. b. Instrument List: 1) Instrument description; manufacturer; model; serial number; range; calibration date.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 93 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

c. Air Moving Equipment: 1) Location; manufacturer; model; air flow, specified and actual; return air flow, specified and actual; outside air flow, specified and actual; total static pressure (total external), specified and actual; inlet pressure; discharge pressure; fan RPM. d. Exhaust Fan Data: 1) Location; manufacturer; model; air flow, specified and actual; total static pressure (total external), specified and actual; inlet pressure; discharge pressure; fan RPM. e. Return Air/Outside Air Data: 1) Identification/location; design air flow; actual air flow; design return air flow; actual return air flow; design outside air flow; actual outside air flow; return air temperature; outside air temperature; required mixed air temperature; actual mixed air temperature; design outside/return air ratio; actual outside/return air ratio. f. Electric Motors: 1) Manufacturer; HP/BHP; phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual, no load; RPM; service factor; starter size, rating, heater elements. g. V-Belt Drive: 1) Identification/location; required driven RPM; driven sheave, diameter and RPM; belt, size and quantity; motor sheave, diameter and RPM; center to center distance, maximum, minimum, and actual. h. Duct Traverse: 1) System zone/branch; duct size; area; design velocity; design air flow; test velocity; test air flow; duct static pressure; air temperature; air correction factor. i. Air Distribution Test Sheet: 1) Air terminal number; room number/location; terminal type; terminal size; area factor; design velocity; design air flow; test (final) velocity; test (final) air flow); percent of design air flow. j. Pump Data: 1) Identification/number; manufacturer; size/model; impeller; service; design flow rate, pressure drop, BHP; actual flow rate, pressure drop, BHP; discharge pressure; suction pressure; total operating head pressure; shut off, discharge and suction pressures; shut off, total head pressure. k. Cooling/Heating Coil Data: 1) Identification/number; location; service; manufacturer; air flow, design and actual; entering air DB temperature, design and actual; entering air WB temperature, design and actual; leaving air DB temperature, design and actual; leaving WB temperature, design and actual; air pressure drop, design and actual. l. Sound Level Report: 1) Location; octave bands - equipment off; octave bands - equipment on. m. Vibration Test: 1) Location of points: a) Fan bearing, drive end. b) Fan bearing, opposite end. c) Motor bearing, center (if applicable). d) Motor bearing, drive end. e) Motor bearing, opposite end. f)Casing (bottom or top). g) Casing (side). h) Duct after flexible connection (discharge).

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 93 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

i)Duct after flexible connection (suction).

2) Test readings: a) Horizontal, velocity and displacement. b) Vertical, velocity and displacement. c) Axial, velocity and displacement. 3) Normally acceptable readings, velocity and acceleration. 4) Unusual conditions at time of test. 5) Vibration source (if non-complying). n. Prior to commencing work, draft reports indicating adjusting, balancing, and equipment data required. o. Draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. Provide final copies for Owner’s Representative and for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. p. Provide reports in soft cover, letter size, 3-ring binder manuals, complete with index page and indexing tabs, with cover identification at front and side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets, and indicating thermostat locations. q. Include detailed procedures, agenda, sample report forms and copy of AABC National Project Performance Guaranty prior to commencing system balance.

D. Closeout Submittals.

E. Project Record Documents: 1. Submit record documents under provisions of Division 1. 2. Accurately record actual locations of balancing valves and rough setting.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Agency shall be company specializing in adjusting and balancing of systems specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience certified by AABC. Perform Work under supervision of AABC Certified Test and Balance Engineer or registered Professional Engineer.

B. Total system balance shall be performed in accordance with AABC National Standards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation, Total System Balance.

C. Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Convene a conference two weeks prior to commencing work of this Section, under provisions of Division 1.

1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Sequence work under provision of Division 1.

B. Sequence work to commence after completion of systems, and schedule completion of work before recordation of the notice of completion.

C. Provide assistance in final adjustment and test of smoke control system with Fire Authority.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 93 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1.7 TESTING AND STARTUP PROCEDURE

A. The following procedures shall be used for starting and testing of each item of equipment.

B. Prior to testing and/or starting, clean inside each piece of equipment and provide clean filters and strainers. Owner’s Representative will inspect.

C. Prior to equipment startup, submit in writing to Owner’s Representative approval to begin Checking Equipment/Test Procedure and Startup Procedure. Submit manufacturer’s recommendations for startup/testing.

D. Checking Equipment/Test Procedure: 1. Fans: a. Record serial numbers, model, brand, etc. b. Lubricate where necessary. c. Check belts. d. Check rotation. e. Check voltage and phase. f. Check for free movement. g. Turn fan on and begin testing. 2. Air Handling Units: a. Record serial numbers, model, brand, etc. b. Lubricate where necessary. c. Check belts. d. Check rotation. e. Check voltage and phase. f. Check for free movement. g. Check terminal connections. h. Turn on power 24 hours prior to starting to allow crankcase heaters to warm up. i. Turn unit on and begin testing. 3. Split System/Heat Pumps: a. Record serial numbers, model, brand, etc. b. Lubricate where necessary. c. Check rotation. d. Check voltage and phase. e. Check for free movement. f. Evacuate lines as per manufacturer’s recommendations and hold to 48 hours without leak. g. Request the presence of a Owner’s Representative. h. In the presence of a Owner’s Representative: 1) Demonstrate that the lines have been evacuated to the recommended micron level and are holding without leaks. 2) Turn on vacuum pump, close valve on pump and turn pump off. 3) Demonstrate that lines are holding a vacuum. i. Open suction and liquid valves. j. Turn unit on. k. Install gages and add a small amount of refrigerant if necessary to compensate for the line length and evaporator coil. l. Begin testing unit.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 93 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

4. Cooling Equipment: a. Record serial numbers, model, brand, etc. b. Lubricate where necessary. c. Check belts. d. Check rotation. e. Check voltage and phase. f. Check for free movement. g. Turn on fans and pump. h. Begin testing unit. i. Check pump discharge valve setting. j. Check pump strainer. They must be clean. k. Check all discharge nozzles. They must be clean. l. Check bleed off setting to maintain a pH value acceptable to Owner’s Representative as per unit manufacturer’s recommendations based on the water supply analyses. 1) Provide water supply analyses.

E. Startup Procedure: 1. Fans: a. Check control sequence of fan. Check interlocks. b. Correct deficiencies. c. Request the presence of an Owner’s Representative and control Subcontractor for startup test. d. In the presence of a Owner’s Representative: 1) Check control sequence of fan. Check interlocks. 2. Air Handling Units: a. Initiate test mode outlined in factory startup manual and verify each stage of operation, i.e. fan operation, and first and second stage of heating and cooling. b. Turn system to automatic operation at thermostat. c. Check that unit cools, heats and fan runs. d. Request the presence of an Owner’s Representative and Control Subcontractor for startup test. e. In the presence of a Owner’s Representative: 1) Turn unit off. 2) Set time clocks to manual mode. 3) Turn unit back on. 4) Initiate test mode outlined in factory startup manual and verify each stage of operation, i.e. fan operation, and first and second stage of heating and cooling. 5) Set room thermostat to automatic operation and place a thermostat in the leaving air. 6) Remove outside air thermostat from unit and place in ice water. Verify operation of economizer mode and first and second stage of cooling during simulated winter and cool-summer conditions. 7) Set room thermostat to higher setting and verify operation of heat cycle. 8) Replace all covers on unit and put time clock in automatic mode. f. If all items are found satisfactory, unit is turned into 5-day test as follows: 1) Run system at 60 degrees for 24 hours regardless of seasonal load and system design, 2) Run system at 80 degrees for 24 hours regardless of seasonal load and system design.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 93 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3) Run system at control temperature for 72 hours using a temperature recorder. g. If system satisfies above set of requirements, system is deemed satisfactory. h. Verify with Owner’s Representative for actual room temperature required during heating and cooling. 3. Split Systems/Heat Pumps: a. Initiate test mode outlined in factory startup manual to verify defrost cycle. b. Turn system to automatic operation at thermostat. c. Check that unit cools, heats and fan runs. d. Request the presence of a Owner’s Representative and Control Subcontractor for startup test. e. In the presence of a Owner’s Representative: 1) Turn unit off. 2) Set time clocks to manual mode. 3) Turn unit back on. 4) Initiate test mode outlined in factory startup manual to verify defrost cycle. 5) Turn system to automatic operation at thermostat. 6) Check that unit cools, heats and fan runs. 7) Replace all covers on unit and put time clock in automatic mode. f. If all items are found satisfactory, unit is turned into 5-day test: 1) Run system at 60 degrees F cooling for 24 hours regardless of seasonal load and system design. 2) Run system at 80 degrees F heating for 24 hours regardless of seasonal load and system design. 3) Run system at indoor design temperature for 72 hours using a temperature recorder. g. If system satisfies above set of requirements, system is deemed satisfactory. h. Verify with Owner’s Representative for actual room temperature required during heating and cooling. 4. Cooling Equipment: a. Check damper operation. b. Check pump operation. c. Check bleed and flush operation. d. Turn system to automatic operation at thermostat. e. Check that heating and cooling cycles operate per manufacturer’s sequence of operation. f. Request the presence of a Owner’s Representative and Control Subcontractor for startup test. g. In the presence of a Owner’s Representative: 1) Turn unit off. 2) Set time clocks to manual operation. 3) Turn unit back on. 4) Check damper operation by adjusting outside air thermostat to higher than outside air temperature. 5) Check pump operation. 6) Check flush operation by adjusting flush cycle frequency setting. 7) Turn system to automatic operation at thermostat. 8) Turn thermostat to system calls for heat and verify operation of heat cycle. 9) Put time clock in automatic mode. h. If items are found satisfactory, unit is turned into 5-day test same as outlined in Package Unit Startup item (f). i. If system satisfies above requirements, system is deemed satisfactory.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 93 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

F. Where equipment and components are interlocked into a system, test and verify proper operation as a complete system.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Products and materials shall be as described in pertinent sections of Division 23.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Before commencing work, verify that systems are complete and operable. Ensure the following: 1. Equipment is operable and in safe and normal condition. 2. Control systems are installed complete and operable. 3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in addition to final filters. 5. Duct systems are clean of debris. 6. Fan rotation is correct. 7. Fire and volume dampers are in place and open. 8. Coil fins have been cleaned and combed. 9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. 10. Air outlets are installed and connected. 11. Duct system leakage has been minimized. 12. Pump rotation is correct. 13. Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place. 14. Service and balance valves are open. 15. Air vents are installed and operating properly.

B. Report any defects or deficiencies noted during performance of services to Owner’s Representative.

C. Promptly report abnormal conditions in mechanical systems or conditions which prevent system balance.

D. If, for design reasons, system cannot be properly balanced, report as soon as observed.

E. Commencement of work indicates acceptance of existing conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Provide instruments required for testing, adjusting, and balancing operations. Make instruments available to Owner’s Representative to facilitate spot checks during testing.

B. Provide additional balancing devices as required.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 93 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.3 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust work under provisions of Division 1.

B. Recorded data shall represent actually measured, or observed condition.

C. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops.

D. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified.

E. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings.

F. Air System Procedure 1. Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply, return, and exhaust air quantities. 2. Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pilot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct. 3. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. 4. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise. 5. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extent that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as dampers and splitters. 6. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide drive changes required. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation. 7. Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet. 8. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters. 9. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design conditions. Set minimum position for outside air dampers to achieve indicated minimum outside air CFM’s. 10. Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers to check leakage. 11. Where modulating dampers are provided, take measurements and balance at extreme conditions. Balance variable volume systems at maximum air flow rate, full cooling, and at minimum air flow rate, full heating. 12. Take sound level reading at two diffusers per zone at approximately 5 feet above floor. Readings shall be between 43 and 41 db.

3.4 CONTROL COORDINATION

A. Cooperate with control system installer and equipment installer in making adjustments to equipment as required to accomplish indicated performance.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 93 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Assist in the testing of the chemical agent mode controls in Housing Buildings, to verify that all required fans and dampers position automatically and properly in response to system commands.

END OF SECTION 23 05 93

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 93 - 9 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 05 93 - 10 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 07 00 - HVAC INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Acceptable Manufacturers. 2. Piping Insulation and Jacketing Materials. 3. Insulation Materials. 4. Equipment Insulation Materials.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer’s qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of mechanical insulation products, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years.

B. Installer’s qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years successful installation experience on projects with mechanical insulations similar to that required for this Project.

C. Flame/smoke ratings: Provide composite mechanical insulation (insulation, jackets, coverings, sealers, mastics and adhesives) with flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less, as tested by ASTM E84 (NFPA 255) method. 1. Exception: Outdoor mechanical insulation may have flame spread index of 75 and smoke developed index of 150.

D. Insulation on pipes, ducts, and plenums in building spaces shall not breed or promote microbial growth.

E. Insulation products shall be formaldehyde-free.

F. K Values: Thermal conductivity in BTU-in/hr. sq.ft. deg.F.

G. Density: In pound/cu.ft. (pcf).

H. Vapor Permeability, in perms: (0.02 perms = 0.02 grains/hr x sq. ft x inch Hg.)

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product data: Submit manufacturer’s technical product data and installation instructions for each type of mechanical insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer’s product number, k-value, thickness, and furnished accessories for each mechanical system requiring insulation.

B. Maintenance data: Submit maintenance data and replacement material lists for each type of mechanical insulation. Include this data and product data in maintenance manual.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 07 00 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with manufacturer’s stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard indexes of products.

B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged or wet insulation; remove from Project site.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Available manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Armacell. 2. CertainTeed Corp. 3. Johns Manville Corp. 4. Owens-Corning Corp.

2.2 PIPING INSULATION MATERIALS

A. Fiberglass piping insulation: Preformed, one piece, with all service jacket/self sealing lap; K value of 0.23 at 75F (33.1 at 24C mean temperature) mean temperature. 1. Vapor Barrier Jacket: With integral, factory-applied, paintable, white reinforced kraft outer surface bonded to aluminum foil with self-sealing lap. Maximum vapor permeance of 0.02 perms, and minimum beach puncture of 50 units.

B. Elastomeric Foam Piping Insulation: Closed cell. K-value of 0.27 or less at 75F (39 or less at 24C) mean temperature. Maximum vapor permeance of 0.08 perms. Meet 25 flame / 50 smoke rating for thicknesses up to 1.5 inch. Insulation shall be CFC free. 1. Pipe sizes up to 6”: Preformed, one-piece insulation. Armacell AP/Armaflex, Rubatex Insul-Tube 180, or approved equal.

C. Jackets: 1. Interior Applications: a. Vapor Barrier Jackets: Kraft, reinforced foil vapor barrier with self-sealing adhesive joints. b. PVC Jackets: One piece, premolded type. c. Canvas Jackets: UL listed treated cotton fabric, 6oz/sq. yd. 2. Exterior Applications: a. Aluminum Jackets: ASTM B209, 20 mils thick; with 2 joint longitudinal seams, and factory supplied butt straps.

D. Fittings and Valves: Manville Zeston, Speed-Line. Premolded PVC fitting covers over precut insulation of same thickness as adjacent piping. Do not use for engine exhaust piping.

E. Bands, wires, and cement: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 07 00 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

F. Adhesives, sealers, and protective finishes: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.

2.3 DUCTWORK INSULATION MATERIALS

A. Duct Wrap with Vapor Barrier: 1.5 inch thick fiberglass; 0.75 lb/cu. ft.. R-value of 5.2 at 75F mean temperature (0.92 at 24C mean temperature); installed R-value of 4.2. With factory-applied FSK (foil scrim kraft) facing with maximum vapor permeance of 0.02 perms. Formaldehyde free.

B. Elastomeric Foam Duct Insulation: Closed Cell. K-value of 0.27 or less at 75F (39 or Less at 24C) mean temperature. Maximum vapor permeance of 0.08 perms. Meet 25 flame / 50 smoke rating for thickness up to 1.5 inch. Insulation shall be CFC free. 1. Sheet and Roll: Armacell AP, Rubatex Insul-Sheet 1800.

C. Fire Wrap Duct Insulation: 2 inch thick. Thermal Ceramics Firemaster, 3M Firemaster, or Certainteed Flamecheck.

D. Ductwork insulation accessories: Provide staples, bands, wires, tape, anchors, corner angles and similar accessories as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.

E. Ductwork insulation compounds: Provide cements, adhesives, coatings, sealers, protective finishes and similar compounds as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.

F. Internal Duct Liner: Insulation inside the ductwork shall not be used on HVAC systems utilizing evaporative cooling.

2.4 EQUIPMENT INSULATION MATERIALS

A. Rigid fiberglass equipment insulation: 6 lb./cu.ft. insulation board; All Service Jacket; K value of 0.22 at 75 degrees F mean temperature mean temperature.

B. Flexible equipment insulation: 1. Johns Manville Micro-Flex APT Jacket. K value of 0.24 at 75 degrees F mean temperature. 2. Elastomeric Foam: Closed cell sheet and roll. K-value of 0.27 or less at 75 degrees F mean temperature. Maximum vapor permeance of 0.08 perms. Meet 25 flame/50 smoke rating for thicknesses up to 1 inch. Armacell AP/Armaflex, Rubatex Insul-Sheet 1800.

C. Jacketing material for equipment insulation: Provide pre-sized glass cloth jacketing material, not less than 7.8 ounces per square yard, or metal jacket at Installer’s option, except as otherwise indicated.

D. Equipment insulation compounds: Provide adhesives, cements, sealers, mastics and protective finishes as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.

E. Equipment insulation accessories: Provide staples, bands, wire, wire netting, tape, corner angles, anchors and stud pins as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 07 00 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine areas and conditions under which mechanical insulation is to be installed. Do not proceed with Work of this Section until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.

3.2 PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION

A. General: Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves its intended purpose.

B. Install insulation on pipe systems after acceptance of pressure testing.

C. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. Insulate each continuous run of piping with full-length units of insulation, with single cut piece to complete run. Do not use cut pieces or scraps abutting each other.

D. Clean and dry pipe surfaces prior to insulating. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered.

E. Insulate valves, fittings and similar items in each piping system with equivalent thickness and composition of insulation as applied to adjoining pipe run. Factory molded, precut or job fabricated units may be used in accordance with manufacturer’s published recommendations. Cover with premolded PVC fitting covers for fiberglass insulation.

F. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier jackets on cold pipe insulation, including at valves and fittings. Protect vapor barrier to prevent puncture or other damage. Do not use staples. Follow recommendations of insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.

G. Extend piping insulation without interruption through walls, floors and similar piping penetrations, except where otherwise indicated.

H. Insulation shall be butted against insulated pipe supports, as specified in Section 23 05 29. For hot pipes, apply 3 inches wide vapor barrier tape or band over the butt joints. For cold piping apply wet coat of vapor barrier lap cement on butt joints and seal joints with 3 inches wide vapor barrier tape or band.

I. If grooved piping system is employed where piping insulation is specified, insulate all mechanical joints as specified for pipe fittings. Maintain thermal expansion capability of grooved piping system intact.

J. Elastormeric Foam insulation: 1. Install per manufacturer’s published recommendations. 2. Cut custom pieces from insulation sheets for use at elbows, valves, Victaulic fittings, strainers, and other irregular surfaces. Follow manufacturer’s published recommendations. Obtain manufacturer’s cutting templates. 3. Seal all joints completely with proper adhesive such as Armacell 520 or Rubatex Contact Adhesive. Apply adhesive to both sides of all joints.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 07 00 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

K. For insulated piping installed in locations exposed to weather, provide sealants, etc.for aluminum jacketing to result in watertight finished installation.

L. For insulated valves installed out-of-doors, provide removable weatherproof stainless steel box at each valve to completely enclose and protect the insulation and (if applicable) the piping freeze protection heater strips.

M. Provide fiberglass piping insulation for all applications unless indicated otherwise: 1. Refrigerant: Provide closed cell elastomeric foam insulation. If required insulation thickness is greater than 1.5 inch, provide fiberglass insulation. 2. Indoor Cooling Coil Condensate Drain Lines: Provide elastomeric foam insulation.

N. Minimum pipe insulation thickness: 1. Insulation thicknesses (inch / mm) for system type and pipe diameters per following table based on specified K factor. Comply with California Title 24 as a minimum, unless a more stringent requirement is specified.

Insulation Thickness Schedule Runouts 3/4” to 1-1/2” to 2-1/2” to 8” and Piping System 5” to 6” up to 2” 1” 2” 4” greater Refrigerant 1” 1” 1-1/2” 1-1/2” 1-1/2” 1-1/2”

3.3 DUCTWORK SYSTEM INSULATION

B. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces.

C. Clean and dry ductwork prior to insulating. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered.

D. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier on ductwork insulation, and protect it to prevent puncture and other damage.

E. Extend ductwork insulation without interruption through walls, floors and similar ductwork penetrations, except at fire dampers, fire/smoke dampers, or where otherwise indicated.

F. Insulate all ductwork except for the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exhaust ductwork, unless within 25 feet of fan. 2. Factory insulated or lined items such as terminal units, air supply chambers, etc. 3. Conditioned air supply duct exposed in conditioned area served by that duct. 4. 10 feet downstream of humidifiers. 5. When code prohibits.

G. Application requirements: 1. Ductwork Installed within Buildings: Insulate with minimum 1-1/2 inches thick (installed thickness 1 inch), fiberglass duct wrap insulation with vapor barrier, unless otherwise specified.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 07 00 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2. Ductwork Installed out-of-doors (Including Ductwork within Architectural Screen or Enclosure): a. Insulate with 2-inch thick elastomeric foam insulation. b. Install per manufacturer’s published recommendations. c. Cut custom pieces from insulation sheets. d. Seal all joints completely with proper adhesive such as Armacell 520 or Rubatex Contact Adhesive. Apply adhesive to both sides of all joints. e. Enclose within 0.016 inch aluminum jacket with Z-joint seams and butt straps. Provide sealants, etc. to result in watertight finished installation.

3.4 EQUIPMENT INSULATION

A. General: Install equipment thermal insulation products in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions, and in compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves intended purpose.

B. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces and on clean and dry surfaces. Redo poorly fitted joints. Do not use mastic or joint sealer as filler for gapping joints and excessive voids resulting from poor workmanship.

C. Apply insulation using staggered joint method for both single and double layer construction, where feasible. Apply each layer of insulation separately.

D. Coat insulated surfaces with layer of insulating cement, troweled in workmanlike manner, leaving smooth continuous surface. Fill in scored block, seams, chipped edges and depressions, and cover over wire netting and joints with cement of sufficient thickness to remove surface irregularities.

E. Cover insulated surfaces with all-service jacketing neatly fitted and firmly secured. Lap seams at least 2 inches. Apply over vapor barrier where applicable.

F. Provide removable insulation sections to cover parts of equipment which must be opened periodically for maintenance; include metal vessel covers, fasteners, flanges, frames and accessories.

END OF SECTION 23 07 00

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 07 00 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 07 19 - HVAC PIPING INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes insulating the following HVAC piping systems: 1. Steam and steam condensate piping. 2. Dual-service heating and cooling piping.

1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 23 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance.

C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.

1.5 SCHEDULING

A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results.

B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS

A. Comply with requirements in “Piping Insulation Schedule, General,” “Indoor Piping Insulation Schedule,” “Outdoor, Aboveground Piping Insulation Schedule,” and “Outdoor, Underground Piping Insulation Schedule” for where materials shall be applied.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 07 19 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. See "Product Characteristics" Article in Evaluations for comparisons and temperature ranges for insulation material properties.

C. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.

D. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.

E. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795.

F. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application.

B. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows: 1. Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils thick and an epoxy finish 5 mils thick if operating in a temperature range between 140 and 300 deg F. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. 2. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300 deg F with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range.

C. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation.

D. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water.

3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 07 19 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules.

C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state.

D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.

E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.

F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.

G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.

H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.

I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical.

J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.

K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses.

L. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c. a. For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 07 19 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness.

N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement.

O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints.

P. For above-ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration-control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts.

3.4 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION

A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.

B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below-ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 07 19 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. 7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below-ambient services and a breather mastic for above-ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour. 8. For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. 9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union." Match size and color of pipe labels.

C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant.

D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless- steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket.

3.5 FINISHES A. Pipe Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Section 09 91 13 "Exterior Painting" and Section 09 91 23 "Interior Painting." 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.

B. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 07 19 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets.

3.6 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces. 2. Underground piping. 3. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury.

END OF SECTION 23 07 19

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 07 19 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 09 23 - DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Furnish a native BACnet Energy Management System (EMS) as specified herein. The operator’s all building controllers, application controllers, and all input/output devices shall communicate using the protocols and network standards as defined by ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2020, BACnet. In other words, all and controllers, including unitary controllers, shall be native BACnet devices. No gateways shall be used for communication to controllers installed under this section. Gateways may be used for communication to existing systems or to systems installed under other sections.

B. The native BACnet EMS shall be as specified herein and consist of a high-speed, peer-to-peer local area network of DDC controllers connected to a building controller as specified. All HVAC and/or Electrical system points monitored and controlled by the EMS, including the building floor plans as well as all control devices, will be depicted by point-and-click graphics.

C. Provide all necessary BACnet-compliant hardware and software to meet the system’s functional specifications. Provide Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) for Windows-based control software and every controller in system, including unitary controllers. All controller devices must be BTL tested and listed by the official BACnet Testing Laboratory, having the BTL approval mark issued.

D. All devices in this new project facility location shall be accessible from a single graphical user interface.

E. Prepare individual hardware layouts, interconnection drawings, and software configuration from project design data.

F. Design, provide, and install all equipment cabinets, panels, data communication network cables needed, and all associated hardware.

G. Furnish and install the required software to produce a complete and operational native BACnet EMS as specified herein.

H. Provide complete manufacturer’s specifications for all items that are supplied. Include vendor name of every item supplied.

I. Provide supervisory specialists, including a dedicated project manager, and technicians throughout the duration of the project to assist in all phases of EMS system installation, startup, and commissioning.

J. Provide a comprehensive operator and technician training program as described herein.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

K. Provide as-built documentation, operator’s terminal software, diagrams, system backup via USB, and all other associated project operational documentation (such as technical manuals) on approved media, the sum total of which accurately represents the final system.

L. Provide 1-year Preventative Maintenance Agreement as part of this project. Preventative Maintenance includes maintaining software licensing, updates, patching, removing nuisance alarms, and any misc owner-related tasks including training.

1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. A distributed logic control system complete with all software and hardware functions shall be provided and installed. System shall be completely based on ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135- 2020, This system is to control all mechanical equipment, including all unitary equipment such as heat pumps, fan-coils, AC units, etc., and all air handlers, boilers, cooling towers, and any other listed equipment using native BACnet-compliant components. Non-BACnet- compliant or proprietary equipment or systems (including gateways) shall not be acceptable and are specifically prohibited.

B. Operator’s controller software shall be 64-bit operating system running Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 8.1 or Windows 10 as the computer operating system. The Energy Management System (EMS) application program shall be written to communicate specifically utilizing BACnet protocols. Software functions delivered on this project shall include password protection, scheduling (including optimum start), alarming, logging of historical data, full graphics including animation, after-hours billing program, demand limiting, and a full suite of field engineering tools including graphical programming and applications. Systems using operating systems other than that described above are strictly prohibited. All software required to program EMS application specific controllers and all field level devices and controllers will be left with the owner. All software passwords required to program and make future changes to the system will also become the property of the owner. All software required to make any program changes anywhere in the system, along with scheduling and trending applications, will be left with the owner. All software passwords required to program and make future changes to schedules, trends and related program changes will also become the property of the owner. All software required for all field engineering tools including graphical programming and applications will be left with the owner. All software passwords required to program and make future changes to field engineering tools, including graphical programming and applications will be left with the owner.

C. Building controllers shall include complete energy management software, including scheduling building control strategies with optimum start and logging routines. All energy management software and firmware shall be resident in field hardware and shall not be dependent on the operator’s terminal. Operator’s terminal software is to be used for access to field-based energy management functions only. Provide zone-by-zone direct digital logic control of space temperature, scheduling, runtime accumulation, equipment alarm reporting, and override timers for after-hours usage.

D. All application controllers for every terminal unit (HP, UV, etc.), air handler, all central plant equipment, and any other piece of controlled equipment shall be fully programmable.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

Application controllers shall be mounted next to controlled equipment and communicate with building controller through BACnet LAN.

E. System Architecture 1. EMS Contractor shall utilize Owner’s IT WAN for connection from BACnet Server to all Global Controllers furnished and installed as part of this project. Connection shall be by way of BACnet/IP as defined in Addendum A (Annex J) of the ANSI/ASHRAE Standard for BACnet. Connection between all Integration Level Global Controllers, the BACnet Server and any client work stations (PC’s or Lap Tops) shall be high-speed, peer-to-peer Ethernet as per Standard IEEE802.3. Owner shall furnish and maintain IT WAN infrastructure. 2. EMS Contractor shall provide and install a dedicated MS/TP LAN extending from all Global Controller’s to distributed field level controller BACnet devices. 3. Distributed field level controllers are responsible for directly controlling and monitoring HVAC and Electrical system points throughout the facility. 4. The BACnet Server hosts system configurations, programming databases and stores all trendlog data. The Server maintains all backup files for system configuration and programming located on Global Controller’s and field level controllers and is capable of directly uploading or downloading information from the controllers. 5. An operator’s controller and/or any designated portable operator’s terminal (if specified) shall be used as a graphical user interface to provide system supervision, management report generation and alarm annunciation.

1.3 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Control Manufacturers: 1. The base bid shall be the BACtalk system from Alerton Technologies, INC 2. Or Approved Equal. 3. Contractor shall request use of an equivalent item in accordance with General Provisions Section 4-1.6.

B. Owner and Owner’s Representative reserves the right to approve and/or deny qualification status of all potential bidders based upon references and compliance with Specifications and Contract Documents.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The Contractor shall be regularly engaged in the manufacturing, installation and maintenance of EMS systems and shall have demonstrated technical expertise and experience in the manufacture, installation and maintenance of EMS systems similar in size and complexity to this project.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. The EMS system shall be designed, installed, commissioned, and serviced by manufacturer- authorized and trained personnel. System provider shall have an in-place support facility within 50 miles of the site with technical staff, spare parts inventory and necessary test and diagnostic equipment.

C. To provide the level of support and response required by the Owner, the Energy Management System Contractor shall have a fully staffed service department with the following minimum personnel and service offerings: 1. Minimum of 1 (one) Dedicated Support Technician located at a fixed location with access to a network for remote access to the site. 2. Minimum of 1 (one) Dedicated Service Dispatcher to route calls and prioritize service response. 3. Minimum of 15 (fifteen) Dedicated Field Service Technicians. To ensure that there are personnel available to respond to service requests in a timely manner, these technicians are to be dedicated to service and not used on construction projects. 4. Maintain a 24/7 Service Call Center staffed by live operators enabling immediate response to Owner’s critical emergency EMS concerns.

D. The EMS Contractor shall provide an on-site, experienced project manager for this work who is responsible for direct supervision of the installation, start up and commissioning of the EMS system.

E. EMS Contractor shall have a proven record of successful native BACnet installations and maintenance of equivalent native BACnet systems for a minimum period of 5 years utilizing the same native BACnet manufacturer’s product line that the Contractor proposes to use on this project.

F. Materials and equipment shall be manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with the specification requirements.

G. All BAS peer-to-peer network controllers, central system controllers and local user displays shall be UL Listed under Standard UL 916, category PAZX.

H. All electronic equipment shall conform to the requirements of FCC Regulation, Part 15, Governing Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Interference and be so labeled.

1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. The latest edition of the following standards and codes in effect and amended as of supplier's proposal date, and any applicable subsections thereof, shall govern design and selection of equipment and material supplied: 1. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE). 2. ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2020, BACnet. 3. Uniform Building Code (UBC), including local amendments. 4. UL 916 Underwriters Laboratories Standard for Energy Management Equipment. Canada and the US. 5. National Electrical Code (NEC).

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

6. FCC Part 15, Subpart J, Class A. 7. EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (European CE Mark). 8. UL-864 UUKL listing for Smoke Controls for any equipment used in smoke control sequences.

B. City, county, state, and federal regulations and codes in effect as of contract date.

C. Except as otherwise indicated, the system supplier shall secure and pay for all permits, inspections, and certifications required for his work, and arrange for necessary approvals by the governing authorities.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Drawings 1. The system supplier shall submit engineered drawings, control sequence, and bill of materials for approval. 2. Drawings shall be submitted in the following standard sizes: 11” x 17” (ANSI B). 3. Eight (8) complete sets (copies) of submittal drawings shall be provided. 4. Drawings shall be available on flash drive.

B. System Documentation

Include the following in submittal package: 1. System configuration diagrams in simplified block format. 2. All input/output object listings and an alarm point summary listing. 3. Electrical drawings that show all system internal and external connection points, terminal block layouts, and terminal identification. 4. Complete bill of materials, valve schedule and damper schedule. 5. Manufacturer's instructions and drawings for installation, maintenance, and operation of all purchased items. 6. Overall system operation and maintenance instructions—including preventive maintenance and troubleshooting instructions. 7. For all system elements—operator’s building controller(s), application controllers, routers, and repeaters—provide BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statements (PICS) as per ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2020. 8. Provide complete description and documentation of any proprietary (non-BACnet) services and/or objects used in the system. 9. A list of all functions available and a sample of function block programming that shall be part of delivered system.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Provide factory shipping cartons for each piece of equipment and control device. Store equipment and materials inside and protected from weather.

1.8 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS

A. Refer to Division 0 and Division 1 for related contractual requirements.

B. Refer to Section 23 00 00 for General Mechanical Provisions.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Refer to Section 26 00 00 for General Electrical Provisions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONTROL PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE

A. All DDC programming throughout the EMS network shall adhere to the following standards: 1. Programming on all controllers must be completely operator definable and modifiable and must use a single common programming language for all control devices. Use of pre-canned, factory burned-in DDC programming on controllers is not acceptable and is grounds for rejection of EMS system. 2. Programming shall be developed in an object-oriented graphical programming environment. Line by line code programming is specifically prohibited and is not acceptable. 3. Programming must accommodate all written sequences of operations. 4. Programming must support the use of virtual software points in the same manner as all physical points are supported. 5. All programming points, virtual or real, for any specific device in the entire EMS network shall be accessible to all other network devices at any given time, regardless of physical location. 6. All programming shall adhere to the BACnet protocols for Standard Command Priorities. 7. Programming software must include a pre-developed cohesive PID (proportional- integral-derivative) algorithm whereby a user can adjust gain and anti-windup coefficients accordingly to effectively accomplish advanced sequence of operation requirements.

2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Except as indicated, system supplier to secure and pay for all permits, inspections, and certifications required for his work, and arrange for necessary approvals by the governing authorities.

B. BAS: Network of interoperable, stand-alone building controllers, field controllers on logical networks, graphics and programming for complete system. 1. Password access to features, functions and data contained in BAS. 2. Software for complete operating system, as specified, as integral part of supervisory controller. Not dependent upon higher level computer for execution. 3. System Backup: Electronic copies of software, project graphics, setpoints, and system parameters. Backups will allow Owner to restore system if necessary.

C. Distributed Logic Control System: Software and hardware per ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135. 1. System controls mechanical equipment, including unitary equipment such as VAV boxes, heat pumps, fan-coils, AC units, air handlers, boilers, chillers, and listed equipment using native BACnet-compliant components. 2. Operator's Workstation Software: BAS application written utilizing BACnet protocols. Software functions to include password protection, scheduling, alarming, logging of historical data, full graphics including animation, after-hours billing, demand limiting,

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

and full suite of field engineering tools including graphical programming applications. a. Programming to make future changes to e system, controllers, field level devices, system changes, scheduling, and trending. b. Field engineering tools, graphical programming and applications. 3. Building Controllers: Building management software, with scheduling building control strategies and optimum start and logging. a. Energy Management Software/Firmware: Resident in field hardware. b. Operator's Terminal Software: Used to access field-based building management functions. Zone-by-zone direct digital logic control of space temperature, scheduling, runtime accumulation, equipment alarm reporting, and override timers for after-hours usage. 4. Room Sensors: Viewable digital readout of room temperature, and outside air. Adjustable room setpoint within preset limits and set desired override time. Start and stop unit from digital sensor. Include wiring and firmware for field service mode allowing technicians to balance VAV zones and access parameters in zone controller directly from room sensor. Field service mode must have ability to be locked out. 5. Application Controllers: Terminal units including VAV, HP and UV, air handler, central plant equipment, and other controlled equipment to be programmable. Mount next to controlled equipment. Communicate with building controller through BACnet LAN.

2.3 FRONT END SERVER (COMPASS)

A. Structure of SERVER Interaction: Client/server relationship. Web server virtual machine for browser access. Server to archive data and store system. Operator Workstations to support operation. Virtualized server environment. Web clients may access archive server data. 1. Single Server License Shall: a. Maximum Devices to be Connected: 50

B. Sufficient storage to accommodate fully configured point databases, application databases, graphics files, user-defined reports, and historical data archived as specified.

C. Graphic Based Displays: For each system. 1. Operator Workstation: Point data for each system. Update every 30 seconds. 2. Dynamically update data any action by user. 3. Graphic Displays: Iconic graphic representations of mechanical equipment. Display graphic files, text, trendlog, and dynamic object data displays including animation. 4. Graphic Displays: "Drill Down" capability from main display to more specific system displays or navigation tree for building equipment and system diagnostic centric display organization. a. Tree Navigation Contents: Customizable per-user and per-group basis. 5. Systems with Terminal Unit Controls: Building floor plan with dynamic temperatures, drillable for more specific terminal information. 6. Points on graphics allow user to change field-resident Operator Workstation functions associated with project, including setpoints, weekly and exception schedules, from any screen, whether screen shows text or graphic display. Do without reference to object addresses or other numeric/mnemonic indications. 7. Protect display views unless operator credentials have proper access level. Assign access levels to each display/system object. Menu labels not to appear on graphic if operator does not have appropriate security level. 8. Analog objects: Displayed with operator modifiable units. Input objects may be

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

displayed as graphic items on display screen as an overlay to the system graphic. 9. Information: Labeled with descriptors and shown with appropriate engineering units. 10. DDCs system must provide graphic displays and files. Systems requiring graphics development or logic programming are prohibited. Graphic Files: JPG, GIF or PNG. 11. Submit graphic displays to Owner for review and approval. Approved graphics to be in place prior to commissioning. 12. Operator Workstation: Supply graphics library, to use unaltered or modified. Include library to assemble custom graphics. System to allow creation of new graphics. 13. Data Displays: Ability to link to content outside of BAS system. Content to include, but not limited to launching external files in their native applications.

D. User Interface: Graphics with custom geometry offering color gradient shading and variable opacity in scale to system variables; analog and digital, and color range settings. 1. User Interface Must Support: a. Displaying current values in the geometric shapes. b. Geometric shapes to be clickable allowing another graphic display. c. Color Scale: Support using AV's to define the color scale ranges.

E. The Operator Interface: Support the following functions. 1. Mouse-over tooltip information of graphic items or data points; can be turned off. 2. Right click capability to access system functionality such as Schedule, Trendlogs, and Alarms associated with display object selected. 3. Automatic zooming to screen size to maximize display to display area. Can be enabled or disabled. Background color, flood fills remaining screen background. 4. Support user configurable embedded Data Viewer for a persistent trend log data view to accompany system data and graphic information on a single display.

F. Password Protection: Preventing unauthorized use unless operator is logged on. 1. Limits operator to assigned functions when logged on. Includes displays as outlined. 2. Users: Individual User IDs, User Names, and Passwords. Case sensitive alphanumeric character entry except for User ID. User ID, User Name, and Password will enforce minimum of 8 characters and stored in encrypted format. 3. Each user to be allowed individual assignment of control functions, menu items, navigation tree, and user-specific system start display, and restricted access to discrete BACnet devices to which user requires access. 4. Passwords, user names, and access assignments: Adjustable via Compass. Password adjustable via web client. 5. Users to have set access levels, which define access to displays and individual objects user may control. System to have 10 distinct access levels for assignment. 6. Operator Workstation and Web Client: Auto logout feature when no keyboard or mouse activity is detected for time period, adjustable by system administrator. Enabled and disabled by system administrator. Screen message notifying log out. 7. Permit effective date range, and effective time of day, User are permitted access. 8. Operator Workstation: Support LDAP integration enforcing strong password policies.

G. Operator Activity Log: Tracks operator changes and activities. 1. Included in Operator Workstation. A log of what changed, who made the change, date and time of system activity, and value of change before and after. Operator may display activity, sort changes by user or operation and print Operator Activity Log. 2. Activity log to be gathered and archived to MSDB as needed. Log to be able to

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

exportable for spreadsheet display and sorting. 3. User option to record commenting in Operator Activity Log upon system point change. 4. Accessible via Web Client for viewing, sorting, filtering, and printing.

H. Scheduling: 1. Information to be in easy-to-read daily format including calendar of this month and next. Schedules to show actual ON/OFF times for day based on scheduling priority. Priority for Scheduling: Events, holidays and daily, with events being the highest. 2. Holiday and Special Event Schedules: Display data in calendar format. Be able to schedule holidays and special events directly from these calendars. 3. Operator to be able to change information for a given weekly or exception schedule if logged on with appropriate access privileges. 4. Schedule Wizard for schedules set up. Walks user through schedule generation. Have its own pull-down selection for startup or may be started by right-clicking on value displayed on graphic and then selecting Schedule. 5. Scheduling: Include optimum start based on outside air temperature, current heating/cooling setpoints, indoor temperature and previous starts history. Individual zones to have optimum start time calculated based on parameters listed. Operators to input schedules to set time that occupied setpoint is to be attained. Optimum start feature must calculate the startup time needed to match zone temperature to setpoint. Operators to be able to set a limit for maximum startup time allowed. 6. List show currently defined schedules. Includes standard, holiday and event schedules. User to be able to select a list showing scheduled points and zones. 7. Display of schedules must show ON times for standard, holiday and event schedules in different colors on a given day. OFF times must also be shown in additional colors. Operators may select from a calendar what days are to be scheduled and show points and zones affected. Operators may set time for one day and then match it to days of the week to be affected as a recurrence of same schedule. 8. Any displayed data that is changeable by operator may be selected using the right mouse button and schedule selectable on screen. Selection of schedule using this method allows viewing of assigned schedule and allows the point to be scheduled. 9. Schedule Support Functions: Drag-n-drop events and holidays on schedule calendar. a. Drag-n-drop events default to two-hour period; can operator adjusted. b. Drag-n-drop holidays default for OFF all day; edit for multiple-day holidays. c. View affected zones when adding or editing timed events of a schedule. 10. Web Client: A search list of scheduled points and zones to access schedule calendar. 11. Schedule Time Blocks: Present schedule detail via mouse-over information.

I. Advanced Scheduling: 1. Each resource shall have its own unique schedule object. 2. Both analog and binary points shall be scheduled. 3. Holiday schedules shall support perpetual holidays 4. Calendar Events Set to be Reoccurring Events: Daily, weekly, monthly and annually as well as a non-pattern occurrence by selecting groups of days so they can be edited on one occurrence.

J. Alarm Indication and Handling: Visual, printed, and email means of alarm indication. 1. Printout of Alarms: Sent to assigned terminal and port. May be filtered based on User

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 9 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

ID's authorization level. 2. Web Client: Display persistent alarm state for system regardless of data view including points in alarm but not acknowledged, and points that have gone into alarm and returned to normal without being acknowledged. 3. Recorded and archive at the Operator Workstation: a. Description of event and equipment initiating alarm. 256 characters in length. b. Time and date of alarm occurrence. c. Time and date of object state return to normal. d. Time and date of alarm acknowledgment e. Identification of operator acknowledging alarm. 4. Alarm messages: User-definable text, English or other specified language, and delivered to operator's terminal, client, or remote communication using email; authenticated SMTP supported. 5. Allow for set up of alarms. User interface will walk user through steps necessary. 6. Alarm annunciation includes navigation link to a user-selected display or URL. 7. Displayed data changeable by operator is right mouse button selectable. Alarm is then selectable on screen allowing view of alarm history or allow new alarm creation.

K. Trendlog Information: Display trendlog records in standard engineering units. 1. Periodically gather data stored in building controllers and store information in system database. Append stored records with new data. Overwriting records is not allowed unless file size is limited. System database capable of storing 50 million records before archiving data. Samples viewable at Web Client. a. Capable of trending on interval determined by polling rate, or change-of-value. 2. Add and edit trendlogs and setup information including the following: a. The interval at which it is to be logged. b. Operations shall be password protected. c. Accessed directly from graphics on which a trended object is displayed. 3. Trendlog Wizard: Setup of multiple trend logs simultaneously. Walk users through necessary steps. Have a pull-down selection for startup, or by right-clicking on value displayed on graphic, and then selecting Trendlogs from displayed menu. 4. Trendlog Data: Viewable on Datalogger accessible via Web Browser. Trend logs of any point on a graphic must be initiated by performing a right mouse click on the point.

L. DataViewer access via Web Browser: Capable of graphing trend-logged object data. 1. Access and ability to create, edit and view are restricted by user account credentials 2. Specific and repeatable URL defines trendlog views for browser bookmarking and email compatibility. 3. Call out of trendlog value at intersection of trend line and mouse-over vertical axis. 4. Trendlog or Energy log and companion logs configurable to display on one of two independent vertical scales embedded in display. 5. Click zoom for control of data set viewed along either graph axis. 6. User-specifiable start and end dates and fast scroll features supporting click zoom of macro scale view of data for quickly finding data set based on visual signature. 7. User export of the viewed data set to MS Excel. 8. Optional min/max ranges (Upper Control Limits, Lower Control Limits) for each value.

M. Energy Log Information: Display information in standard engineering units.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 10 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Periodically gather energy log data in field controller and archive information. Append files with new data. Overwriting archived data is not allowed unless file size is limited. 2. Store data in database format for use by third-party programs. System operation to stay online during graphing operations. 3. Operators to be able to change energy log setup information. Includes meters, meter pulse value, and type of energy units. Meters monitored by system may be logged. Support using flow and temperature sensors for BTU monitoring. 4. Web Client: Display data in tabular and graphical formats. Display in hourly, daily, weekly, monthly and yearly formats. Be able to select specific data periods to view.

N. Demand Limiting: Sheds and restores equipment based on energy usage when compared to shed and restore settings. 1. Shedding: Implemented independently on each zone or piece of system equipment. 2. Binary Shedding: 5 priority levels. Loads in a given priority level to be shed before any loads in a higher priority level are shed. Load shedding within a given priority level includes two methods; a "first off-first on" mode, and a "first off-last on" linear mode. 3. Analog Shedding: Program generated ramp used by individual zones or control algorithm to raise and lower cooling and heating settings reducing energy usage. 4. Status of each program to be displayed with description of each load on Web Client.

O. Tenant Activity: A program monitoring after-hours overrides by tenants, logs data, and generates bill based on usage and rate charged for each tenant space. 1. Tenant after-hours override usage is logged in Operator Workstation database. 2. Include entry of following information for use in logging and billing. a. Tenant's contact name and address. b. One or multiple tenant zones making up a total tenant space, including separate billing rate for each separate zone. c. Minimum and maximum values an event duration and event limit. d. Property management information. e. Overall billing rate. f. Seasonal adjustments or surcharge to billing rate. g. Billing notification type including, but not limited to printer, file and email. h. Billing form template. 3. Logging: Include recording the following information for each and every tenant event. a. Zone description. b. Time the event begins. c. Total override time. d. Limits shall be applied to override time. 4. A Tenant Bill: Generated for a specific period using entered configuration data and logged data. User with appropriate security level will be able to view and override billing information. User to be able to select a billing period to view and be able to delete events from billing and edit a selected tenant activity event's override time.

P. Reports: Capable of producing the following reports. Deliverable Format: CSV. 1. Trendlog configurations. 2. Alarm configurations. 3. Tenant activity configurations.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 11 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

4. Device summary. 5. Energy log configurations. 6. Schedule configurations. 7. Deliverable Format: CSV files.

Q. Field Engineering Tools: For programming controllers supplied. 1. Database Application Manager: Include controller logic files and associated graphics. 2. Device Manager: Detect devices connected on BACnet network by scanning. Display device instance, network ID, model, and description. Record and display software file loaded in each controller. Store file copies in project folder on computer's hard drive. 3. Audit when device not in database is added to network. 4. Backup/restore function for system to selected medium. System to be capable of restoring systems and creating a backup for instantiating a new client PC. 5. A means to scan, detect, interrogate, and edit third-party BACnet devices and BACnet objects within those devices.

R. Web Interface: System software based upon server/thin client architecture, designed around open standards of web technology. 1. Communicate using Ethernet and TCP. Access server using a web browser across Owner’s intranet and remotely via the Internet. Support 200 users with single license. 2. Web Browser: Microsoft Internet Explorer v11 or later, Firefox 70 or later, Chrome 78 or later, and Safari 13 or later. No special vendor-supplied software to be required. Display data in real-time. Update automatically without user interaction. 3. Web Pages: Automatically generated with HTML5 from data display files on Operator Workstation. Do not use systems requiring an HTML editor for web page generation. 4. Launching Web Browser on Operator Workstation presents a login page requiring a login name and password. Navigation and system adjustments dependent upon operators assigned privileges. User activity reports will show activity of operators, whether changes were made using a web client or Operator Workstation. 5. User Session Management including ability to view connected user sessions to the web client, see how long they have been active/inactive for each unique session, and force log-out for any or all sessions.

S. Context Menu Navigation: Web Browser: Support Context Menu Navigation via a right mouse click on a data point. 1. Operations to be dependent upon logged in user privileges and include: a. View and setup Alarms. b. View and setup Trend Logs. c. Display the BACnet properties for the selected Object. d. View and setup Schedules. e. View System activity for the selected Object.

T. Summary Pages: 1. Present system data in tabular form. Data to be from multiple devices. Points presented horizontally and devices listed on left side of table. 2. Built using spreadsheet that can be imported into Operator Workstation. 3. Data in summary pages to be live. Configure each object to be read only or writeable. 4. Both analog and binary data shall be supported. 5. Summary page, when populated, captured for archiving and review for analysis.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 12 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

6. The data shall be sortable by clicking on the column headings.

U. Advance Scheduling (EASE): Managed and arranged in multi-tier hierarchy. 1. Access through hierarchy to be controlled via login credentials. 2. Configured for MS SQL 2014/17/19 Enterprise. MS-SQL v2016/2017/2019 Standard or Enterprise versions are supported. 3. The Advanced Schedule Application: a. Apply conflict resolution logic for effective scheduling. b. Assign Work, Week and Holiday schedules for multiple resources. c. Create schedules with analog and binary resources. d. Create events for parent resources or children using inheritance. e. Customize event recurrence. f. Use Resource Picker to search and select resources. g. Create custom templates to hold the resource and event time. h. Schedule Operations Status: Use notification banner. Verify changes in resource tree. i. Verify event type applied to resource with indication given by resource hierarchy/tree.

2.4 BUILDING NETWORK CONTROLLER (ACM)

A. General Requirements: 1. BACnet Conformance: Approved by BTL as meeting BACnet Building Controller requirements. a. Refer to ANSI/ASHRAE 135, for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the functional groups listed above. b. Proprietary services, if used, document and provide as part of submittal data. Provide tools for working with proprietary information. 2. Scalable: Number of trunks and protocols selectable to fit project requirements 3. Capable of panel-mounting on DIN rail and/or mounting screws. 4. Global control strategies based on information from any objects in system, regardless if object is directly monitored by building controller module or by another controller. 5. Capable of running 6 independent control strategies simultaneously. Modification of one control strategy does not interrupt function or runtime others. 6. Software implementing DDC strategies to be completely flexible and user-definable. 7. Software Programming Tools: Provide as part of project software. Factory pre- programmed global strategies not modifiable by field personnel are not acceptable. Changing global strategies via firmware changes is also unacceptable. 8. Programming: Object-oriented control function blocks and support DDC functions. Flowcharts: Generated and automatically downloaded to controller. Programming tool to be resident on workstation. used same tool for controllers. 9. Graphically view inputs and outputs to each program block in real-time as program is executing. Function may be performed using operator's workstation or field computer. 10. Controller: 6,000 Analog Values and 6,000 Binary Values. 11. Controller IP configuration: Via direct USB connect or field computer. 12. Quad Core 996 Ghz processor to ensure fast processing speeds. 13. Execute control algorithms and automated control functions with 64-bit processor. 14. Minimum of 1 GB of DDR3 SDRAM on a 533 Mhz bus to ensure high speed data recording, large data storage capacity and reliability. 15. Support 2 on-board EIA-485 ports capable of supporting various EIA-485 protocols

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 13 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

including, but not limited to BACnet MS/TP and Modbus. Ports capable of supporting EIA-485 protocols including, to BACnet MS/TP and Modbus. 16. Support 2 ports-each of gigabit speed-Ethernet (10/100/1000) ports. Ports are capable of supporting Ethernet protocols including, BACnet IP, FOX, and Modbus. 17. Ports capable of having protocols assigned to utilize port's physical connection. 18. Minimum 4 onboard inputs, 2 universal inputs and 2 binary inputs. 19. Schedules: a. Normal seven-day scheduling, holiday scheduling and event scheduling. b. Support 380 BACnet Schedule Objects and 380 BACnet Calendar Objects. 20. Logging Capabilities: a. Log 2,000 objects at 15-minute intervals. Any object in system may be logged. Sample time interval adjustable at operator's workstation. b. Viewed logs on-site or off-site using WAN or remote communication. c. Periodically upload trended data to operator's workstation for archiving. Archived data available for use in spreadsheet or database programs. 21. Alarm Generation: Within the system for any object change of value or state, includes analog and binary object state changes, and controller communication failures. a. Each alarm may be dialed out as noted elsewhere. b. Provide alarm log for alarm viewing. Log may be viewed on-site at operator's terminal or off-site using remote communications. c. Handle up to 2,000 alarm setups stored as BACnet event enrollment objects, with system destination and actions individually configurable. 22. Demand Limiting of Energy: Built-in, user-configurable function. a. Controller modules support shedding up to 1,200 loads. b. Load shedding programs to operate as defined herein. 23. Tenant Activity Logging: Supported by a building controller module. Each independent module to support a 380 zones. a. Tenant Activity logging to function as defined herein.

B. BACnet MS/TP: 1. BACnet MS/TP LAN must be software-configurable from 9.6 to 115.4 Kbps a. Each BACnet MS/TP LAN shall support 64 BACnet devices at a minimum. b. Proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. Necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information.

C. BACnet IP: 1. The building controller shall comply with Annex J of the BACnet specification for IP connections. This device shall use Ethernet to connect to the IP internetwork, while using the same Ethernet LAN for non-IP communications to other BACnet devices on the local area network (LAN). 2. Must support interoperability on WANs and campus area networks (CANs), and function as a BACnet Broadcast Management Device (BBMD). 3. Each controller shall support at a minimum 128 BBMD entries. 4. BBMD management architecture shall support 3,000 subnets at a minimum. 5. Shall support BACnet Network Address Translation. 6. Proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. Necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 14 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

D. Expansion Ports: 1. Controller shall support two (2) expansion ports. a. Combining the two on-board EIA-458 ports with fully loaded expansion ports, the controller shall support six (6) EIA-485 trunks simultaneously. 2. Expansion Cards: Mate to the expansion ports, shall include the following. a. Dual port EIA-485 card. b. 78 kbps FTT10A LON network card.

E. Modbus Protocol Support: 1. Controller shall support reading from and writing to TCP Slaves and Serial Connections (RTU or ASCI over either EIA-485 or EIA-232). a. Shall be capable of mapping Modbus register coil data to BACnet AV, BV, MV, AI, BI, and MI object types. b. Support a minimum of 6000 Mapped Modbus points. 2. Support up to 384 virtual groupings of Modbus points where each grouping is represented as a single virtual BACnet device. a. Virtual BACnet devices support BACnet Change Of Value (COV) notifications b. Each Virtual device has diagnostic information for troubleshooting Modbus point mapping. Diagnostic point should include the following. 1) Number of points mapped. 2) Number of messages Transmitted and Received. 3) Modbus Exception Counts. 4) Display of last exception message. 5) Serial Setting (Baud rate, Parity, Stop Bits). 4. Integration Performance: Data age of integrated point shall be capable of 1 second for 5000 points.

V. Niagara Framework: 1. Controller shall utilize the Tridium Niagara Framework. a. Niagara Framework shall be version 3.8 or newer. b. Niagara licensing shall be stored on a removable MicroSD card for fast in-field replacement of controller. 2. The Niagara License for the controllers shall be an open license. a. The controller shall be programmable via Niagara Workplace programming tool. b. The controller shall be programmable via a Niagara embedded Workplace programming tool.

W. Power Supply: 1. Input for power: Accept between 17 and 30 VAC, 47 and 63 Hz. 2. On-board capacitor ensuring continuous operation of real-time clocks for 14 days.

X. Controller: Shall be in compliance with the following. 1. UL 916 for open energy management. 2. FCC Class B. 3. RoHS Compliant. 4. IEC 60703. 5. C-Tick Listed. 6. CE(EN 60730-1).

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 15 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

Y. Controller: Operate in the following environmental conditions. 1. Minus 4 to 149 degrees F (Minus 20 to 65 degrees C). 2. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent, non-condensing.

2.5 ADVANCED APPLICATION CONTROLLERS

A. Provide one or more native BACnet advanced application controllers for HVAC equipment requiring DDC standalone control independent of building control module operation. All controllers shall interface to building controller through either MS/TP LAN using BACnet protocol, or Ethernet LAN using BACnet over Ethernet or BACnet TCP/IP. No gateways shall be used. Controllers shall include input, output and self-contained logic program as needed for complete control of units. Controllers shall be fully programmable using graphical programming blocks. Programming tool shall be resident on operator controller and be the same tool as used for the building controller. No auxiliary or non-BACnet controllers shall be used.

B. BACnet Conformance 1. Application controllers shall be approved by the BTL as meeting the BACnet Application Specific Controller requirements. 2. Please refer to section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups, in the BACnet standard, for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the functional groups listed above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 3. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include, as a minimum, Analog Input, Analog Output, Analog Value, Binary Input, Binary Output, Binary Value, Multi-state Values, Device, File, and Program object types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information.

C. Application controllers shall include universal inputs with 10-bit resolution that accept 3K and 10K thermistors, 0–10VDC, Platinum 1000 Ohm RTD, 0–5VDC, 4–20mA and dry contact signals. Any input on a controller may be either analog or digital with a minimum of three (3) inputs that accept pulses. Controller shall also include support and modifiable programming for interface to intelligent room sensor with digital display. Controller shall include binary and analog outputs on board. Analog outputs with 10-bit resolution shall support either 0–10VDC or 0–20mA. Binary outputs shall have LED indication of status. Software shall include scaling features for analog outputs. Application controller shall include 20VDC voltage supply for use as power supply to external sensors. All outputs must have on-board Hand-Off-Auto (HOA) switches and a status indicator ligh 1. HOA switch position shall be monitored. Each analog output shall include a potentiometer for manually adjusting the output when the HOA switch is in the Hand position. The position of each and every HOA switch shall be available system wide as a BACnet object property.

D. All program sequences shall be stored on board application controller in EEPROM. No batteries shall be needed to retain logic program. All program sequences shall be executed by controller up to 20 times per second (minimum of 10 times per second) and capable of multiple PID loops for control of multiple devices. All calculations shall be completed using

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 16 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

floating-point math and system shall support display of all information in floating-point nomenclature at operator’s terminal. The following control blocks shall be supported: 1. Natural Log 2. Exponential 3. Log base 10 4. X to the power of Y 5. Nth square root of X 6. 5th Order Polynomial Equations 7. Astronomical Clock (sunrise/sunset calculation) 8. Time-based schedules

E. Programming of application controller shall be completely modifiable in the field over installed BACnet LANs or remotely using modem interface. Operator shall program logic sequences by graphically moving function blocks on screen and tying blocks together on screen. Application controller shall be programmed using programming tools as described in operator’s terminal section.

F. Application controller shall include support for intelligent room sensor (see Section 2.9.B.) Display on intelligent room sensor shall be programmable at application controller and include an operating mode and a field service mode. All button functions and display data shall be programmable to show specific controller data in each mode, based on which button is pressed on the sensor. See sequence of operation for specific display requirements at intelligent room sensor.

G. Schedules 1. The controller shall support a minimum of three (3) BACnet Schedule Objects and have a real-time clock on board with battery backup to maintain time through a power loss.

H. Logging Capabilities 1. Controller shall support a minimum of 50 trendlogs. Any object in the controller (real or calculated) may be logged. Sample time interval shall be adjustable at the operator’s Controller. 2. Controller shall periodically upload trended data to system server for long-term archiving if desired. fsArchived data stored in (MS Jet Database or SQL) database form and shall be available for use in third-party spreadsheet or database programs.

I. Alarm Generation 1. Alarms may be generated within the controller for any object change of value or state (either real or calculated). This includes things such as analog object value changes, and binary object state changes. 2. Alarm log shall be provided for alarm viewing. Log may be viewed on-site at the operator’s terminal or off-site using remote communications. 3. Controller must be able to handle up to 25 alarm setups stored as BACnet event enrollment objects, with system destination and actions individually configurable.

J. The controller processor shall be a 32-bit processor.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 17 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

K. The packaging of the controller shall provide operable doors to cover the terminals once installation is complete. The housing of the controller shall provide for DIN rail mounting and also fully enclose circuit board.

2.6 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS

A. Provide one (1) native BACnet application controller for each piece of unitary mechanical equipment that adequately covers all objects listed in object list for unit. All controllers shall interface to building controller through MS/TP LAN using BACnet protocol. No gateways shall be used. Controllers shall include input, output and self-contained logic program as needed for complete control of unit.

B. BACnet Conformance 1. Application controllers shall, as a minimum, support MS/TP BACnet LAN types. They shall communicate directly using this BACnet LAN at 9.6, 19.2, 38.4 and 76.8 Kbps, as a native BACnet device. Application controllers shall be approved by the BTL as meeting the BACnet Application Specific Controller requirements and support all BACnet services necessary to provide the following BACnet functional groups: a. Files Functional Group b. Reinitialize Functional Group c. Device Communications Functional Group 2. Please refer to Section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups in the BACnet standard, for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the functional groups listed above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 3. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include, as a minimum, Analog Input, Analog Output, Analog Value, Binary Input, Binary Output, Binary Value, Device, File, and Program Object Types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information.

C. Application controllers shall include universal inputs with 10-bit resolution that can accept 3K and 10K thermistors, 0–5VDC, 4–20mA, dry contact signals and a minimum of three (3) pulse inputs. Any input on controller may be either analog or digital. Controller shall also include support and modifiable programming for interface to intelligent room sensor. Controller shall include binary outputs on board with analog outputs as needed.

D. All program sequences shall be stored on board controller in EEPROM. No batteries shall be needed to retain logic program. All program sequences shall be executed by controller 10 times per second and shall be capable of multiple PID loops for control of multiple devices. Programming of application controller shall be completely modifiable in the field over installed BACnet LANs or remotely through modem interface. Operator shall program logic sequences by graphically moving function blocks on screen and tying blocks together on screen. Application controller shall be programmed using same programming tools as building controller and as described in operator section. All programming tools shall be provided and installed as part of system.

E. Application controller shall include support for intelligent room sensor (see Section 2.9.B.) Display on room sensor shall be programmable at controller and include an operating mode

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 18 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

and a field service mode. All button functions and display data shall be programmable to show specific controller data in each mode based on which button is pressed on the sensor. See sequence of operation for specific display requirements at intelligent room sensor.

2.5 VAV BOX CONTROLLERS—SINGLE DUCT

A. Provide one native BACnet application controller for each VAV box that adequately covers all objects listed in object list for unit. All controllers shall interface to building controller through MS/TP LAN using BACnet protocol. No gateways shall be used. Controllers shall include on board CFM flow sensor, inputs, outputs and programmable, self-contained logic program as needed for control of units.

B. Application controllers shall include universal inputs with 10-bit resolution that can accept 3K and 10K thermistors, 0–5 VDC, and dry contact signals. Inputs on controller may be either analog or digital. Controller shall also include support and modifiable programming for interface to intelligent room sensor with digital display. Controller shall also include binary outputs on board. For applications using variable speed parallel fans, provide a single analog output selectable for 0-10 V or 0-20 mA control signals. Application controller shall include microprocessor driven flow sensor for use in pressure independent control logic. All boxes shall be controlled using pressure-independent control algorithms and all flow readings shall be in CFM (LPS if metric).

C. All program sequences shall be fully custom programmable. No factory pre-programmed sequences of operations are allowed. All program sequences shall be stored on board application controller in EEPROM. No batteries shall be needed to retain logic program. All program sequences shall be executed by controller 10 times per second and shall be capable of multiple PID loops for control of multiple devices. Programming of application controller shall be completely modifiable in the field over installed BACnet LANs or remotely using modem interface. Operator shall program logic sequences by graphically moving function blocks on screen and tying blocks together on screen. Application controller shall be programmed using the same programming tool as Building Controller and as described in operator’s controller section. All programming tools shall be provided as part of system.

D. Application controller shall include support for intelligent room sensor (see Section 2.10.B.) Display on room sensor shall be programmable at application controller and include an operating mode and a field service mode. All button functions and display data shall be programmable to show specific controller data in each mode based on which button is pressed on the sensor. See sequence of operations for specific display requirements for intelligent room sensor.

E. On board flow sensor shall be microprocessor-driven and pre-calibrated at the factory. Pre- calibration shall be at 16 flow points as a minimum. All factory calibration data shall be stored in non-volatile memory. Calibration data shall be field adjustable to compensate for variations in VAV box type and installation. All calibration parameters shall be adjustable through intelligent room sensor. Operator’s controller, portable computers, and special hand- held field tools shall not be needed for field calibration.

F. Provide duct temperature sensor at discharge of each vav reheat box that is connected to controller for reporting back to building controller.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 19 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2.6 AUXILIARY CONTROL DEVICES

A. Temperature Sensors 1. All temperature sensors to be solid-state electronic, interchangeable with housing appropriate for application. Wall sensors to be installed as indicated on drawings. Mount 48 inches above finished floor. Duct sensors to be installed such that the sensing element is in the main air stream. Immersion sensors to be installed in wells provided by control contractor, but installed by mechanical contractor. Immersion wells shall be filled with thermal compound before installation of immersion sensors. Outside air sensors shall be installed away from exhaust or relief vents, not in an outside air intake, and in a location that is in the shade most of the day.

B. Intelligent Room Sensor with Touch Screen 1. Hardware a. Room sensor shall include: 1) Backlit touch screen LCD digital display 2) Temperature sensor 3) Humidity Sensor 4) Programmable Status Light indicator 5) CO2 Sensor (as scheduled on prints) b. Temperature sensor shall be a Uni-Cuve Type II thermstor with an accuracy of +/- 0.36 °F (0.2 °C) at calibration point over the range of 32-158 °F or better. c. Humidity sensor shall have an accuracy of +/-3% from 10-90% relative humidity or better. d. The intelligent room sensor’s Smart Light shall have a minimum of four colors (Blue, Red, Amber and Green) that will cast a glow onto the wall below the sensor to be used as visual indicator to the occupants of the condition of the system. The color and on/off state of smart light shall be fully programmable. e. CO2 Sensor shall have an accuracy of +/- 30 ppm over the range of 0-5000 ppm or better. f. CO2 sensor shall utilize Automatic Baseline Correction to maintain sensor calibration without need for manual calibration. g. The user shall interact with the smart sensor using a touch screen, with no buttons allowed. h. The intelligent room sensor shall have provisions for a tamper proof installation requiring tools to be removed from the wall. i. The touch screen shall have a surface hardness of Mohs 7 or greater to prevent being easily scratched. j. Controller shall function as room control unit and allow occupant to raise and lower setpoint, and activate terminal unit for override use—all within limits as programmed by building operator. 2. Display Content a. The intelligent room sensor shall simultaneously display room setpoint, room temperature, and outside temperature at each controller. b. The intelligent room sensor shall have the ability to add or remove from the display time-of-day, room humidity, and indoor air temp to customize the view for the customer. c. The intelligent room sensor must have the capability to show temperatures in degrees Fahrenheit or degrees Centigrade.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 20 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

d. A communication loss or improper communications wiring shall be displayed on the LCD screen to aid in trouble shooting. e. Information about the version of firmware shall be displayable on the LCD screen. f. A cleaning mode will be provided to allow for the touch screen to be cleaned without inadvertently making changes to system parameters. g. The intelligent room sensor shall have the ability to display the status of a lighting zone status and control the on/off state of the zone from the touch screen using a tenant accessible display page. h. The intelligent room sensor shall have the ability to display the status of a window zone (e.g. blinds) and control the on/off state of the zone from the touch screen using a tenant accessible display page. i. After Hours Override shall: 1) Override time may be set and viewed in 30 minute increments. 2) Override time countdown shall be automatic, but may be reset to zero by occupant from the sensor. 3) Time remaining shall be displayed. 4) Display shall show the word “OFF” in unoccupied mode unless a function button is pressed. 3. Other Modes a. The intelligent room sensor shall also allow service technician access to hidden functions for advanced system configuration. This functionality shall be accessed protected with a configurable pin number. b. Field service mode shall allow access to common parameters as dictated by the application’s sequence of operations. The parameters shall be viewed and set from the intelligent room sensor with no computer or other field service tool needed. c. Balance mode shall, if intelligent room sensor is connected to VAV controller, allow a VAV box to be balanced and all air flow parameters viewed. The balancing parameters shall be viewed and set from the intelligent room sensor with no computer or other field service tool needed. 4. Intelligent Room Sensor shall be in compliance of the following: a. UL Standard for Safety 916 b. FCC Part 15.107 & 109, Class B, CFR47-15 c. EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (European CE Mark).

C. Wall Sensor 1. Standard wall sensor shall use solid-state sensor identical to intelligent room sensor and shall be packaged in aesthetically pleasing enclosure. Sensor shall provide override function, warmer/cooler lever for set point adjustment and port for plug-in of Field Service Tool for field adjustments. Override time shall be stored in controller and be adjustable on a zone-by-zone basis. Adjustment range for warmer/cooler lever shall also be stored in EEPROM on controller. All programmable variables shall be available to field service tool through wall sensor port.

2.7 AUXILIARY CONTROL DEVICES

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 21 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

is in the main air stream. Immersion sensors to be installed in wells provided by control contractor, but installed by mechanical contractor. Immersion wells shall be filled with thermal compound before installation of immersion sensors. Outside air sensors shall be installed away from exhaust or relief vents, not in an outside air intake, and in a location that is in the shade most of the day.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 22 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

zone status and control the on/off state of the zone from the touch screen using a tenant accessible display page. h. The intelligent room sensor shall have the ability to display the status of a window zone (e.g. blinds) and control the on/off state of the zone from the touch screen using a tenant accessible display page. i. After Hours Override shall: 1) Override time may be set and viewed in 30 minute increments. 2) Override time countdown shall be automatic, but may be reset to zero by occupant from the sensor. 3) Time remaining shall be displayed. 4) Display shall show the word “OFF” in unoccupied mode unless a function button is pressed. 3. Other Modes a. The intelligent room sensor shall also allow service technician access to hidden functions for advanced system configuration. This functionality shall be accessed protected with a configurable pin number. b. Field service mode shall allow access to common parameters as dictated by the application’s sequence of operations. The parameters shall be viewed and set from the intelligent room sensor with no computer or other field service tool needed. c. Balance mode shall, if intelligent room sensor is connected to VAV controller, allow a VAV box to be balanced and all air flow parameters viewed. The balancing parameters shall be viewed and set from the intelligent room sensor with no computer or other field service tool needed. 4. Intelligent Room Sensor shall be in compliance of the following: a. UL Standard for Safety 916 b. FCC Part 15.107 & 109, Class B, CFR47-15 c. EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (European CE Mark).

2.8 ELECTRONIC ACTUATORS AND VALVES

A. Quality Assurance for Actuators and Valves 1. UL Listed Standard 873 and C.S.A. Class 4813 02 certified. 2. NEMA 2 rated enclosures for inside mounting, provide with weather shield for outside mounting. 3. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty. Two-year unconditional and three-year product defect from date of installation.

B. Execution Details for Actuators and Valves 1. VAV box damper and reheat valve actuation in addition to Fan Coil primary valve

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 23 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

actuation shall be floating type or analog (2–10 VDC, 4–20 mA). 2. Modulating Valve and Actuator control on Air Handling Units shall be analog (2–10 VDC, 4–20 mA).

C. Actuators for damper and control valves 0.5–6 inches shall be electric unless otherwise specified, provide actuators as follows: 1. UL Listed Standard 873 and Canadian Standards Association Class 481302 shall certify actuators. 2. NEMA 2 rated actuator enclosures for inside mounting. Use additional weather shield to protect actuator when mounted outside. 3. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty. Two-year unconditional and three-year product defect from date of installation. 4. Fail safe shall be provided when specified. Capacitors or spring return. 5. Overload Protection: Actuators shall provide protection against actuator burnout by using an internal current limiting circuit or digital motor rotation sensing circuit. Circuit shall insure that actuators cannot burn out due to stalled damper or mechanical and electrical paralleling. End switches to deactivate the actuator at the end of rotation are acceptable only for butterfly valve actuators. 6. A pushbutton gearbox release shall be provided for all non-spring actuators. 7. Modulating actuators shall be 24 VAC and consume 10 VA power or less. 8. Conduit connectors are required when specified and when code requires it.

D. Damper Actuators 1. Economizer actuators shall utilize analog control 2–10 VDC; floating control is not acceptable. 2. Electric damper actuators (including VAV box actuators) shall be direct shaft-mounted and use a V-bolt and toothed V-clamp causing a cold weld effect for positive gripping. Single bolt or set-screw type fasteners are not acceptable. 3. One (1) electronic actuator shall be direct shaft-mounted per damper section. No connecting rods or jackshafts shall be needed. Small outside air and return air economizer dampers may be mechanically linked together if one (1) actuator has sufficient torque to drive both and damper drive shafts are both horizontal installed. 4. Multi-section dampers with electric actuators shall be arranged so that each damper section operates individually. One (1) electronic actuator shall be direct shaft-mounted per damper section. (See below execution section for more installation details.)

E. Valve Actuators 0.5–6 inches 1. All zone service actuators shall be non-spring return unless otherwise specified. 2. The valve actuator shall be capable of providing the minimum torque required for proper valve close-off for the required application. 3. All control valves actuators shall have an attached 3-foot cable for easy installation to a junction box. 4. Override handle and gearbox release shall be provided for all non-spring return valve actuators.

F. Control Valves 0.5–6 inches 1. The BAS contractor shall furnish all specified motorized control valves and actuators. BAS contractor shall furnish all control wiring to actuators. The plumbing contractor shall install all valves. Equal percentage control characteristic shall be provided for all water coil control valves. Linear valve characteristic is acceptable for 3-way valves that

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 24 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

are 2.5 inches and above. 2. Characterized control valves shall be used for hydronic heating or cooling applications and small to medium AHU water-coil applications to 100GPM. Actuators are non-spring return for terminal unit coil control unless otherwise noted. If the coil is exposed to the outside air stream, see plans for spring return requirement. a. Leakage is 0% (zero percent), close-off is 200psi, maximum differential is 30psi; rangeablity is 500:1. b. Valves 0.5–2 inches shall be nickel-plated forged brass body, NPT screw type connections. c. Valves 0.5–1.25 inches shall be rated for ANSI Class 600 working pressure. Valves 1.5 and 2 inches shall be rated for ANSI Class 400 working pressure. d. The operating temperature range shall be 0–250 degrees F. e. Stainless steel ball and stem shall be furnished on all modulating valves. f. Seats shall be fiberglass reinforced Teflon. g. Two-way and three-way valves shall have an equal percentage control port. Full stem rotation is required for maximum flow to insure stable BTU control of the coil. h. Three-way valve shall be applicable for both mixing and diverting. i. The characterizing disc is made of TEFZEL and shall be keyed and held secure by a retaining ring. j. The valves shall have a blow-out proof stem design. k. The stem packing shall consist of two (2) lubricated O-rings designed for on-off or modulating service and require no maintenance. l. The valves shall have an ISO type, 4-bolt flange for mounting actuator in any orientation parallel or perpendicular to the pipe. m. A non-metallic thermal isolation adapter shall separate valve flange from actuator. n. One (1) fastening screw shall secure the direct coupling of the thermal isolation adapter between the actuator and the valve. This will prevent all lateral or rotational forces from affecting the stem and its packing O-rings. 2. Globe valves 0.5–2 inches shall be used for steam control or water flow applications. a. Valves shall be bronze body, NPT screw type, and shall be rated for ANSI Class 250 working pressure. b. Valves 0.5 inches (DN15) through 2 inches (DN50) with spring return actuators shall close off against 50 psi pressure differential with Class III leakage (0.1%). c. The operating temperature range shall be 20–280 degrees F. d. Spring loaded TFE packing shall protect against leakage at the stem. e. Two-way valves shall have an equal percentage control port. f. Three-way valves shall have a linear control and bypass port. g. Mixing and diverting valves must be installed specific to the valve design. 3. Globe Valves 2.5–6 inches a. Valves 2.5 inches (DN65) through 6 inches (DN50) shall be iron body, 125 lb. flanged with Class III (0.1%) close-off leakage at 50 psi differential. b. Valves with spring return actuators shall close off against 50 psi pressure differential with Class III leakage (0.1%). c. Flow type for two-way valves shall be equal percentage. Flow type for three-way valves shall be linear. d. Mixing and diverting valves must be installed specific to the valve design.

H. Butterfly valves 1. Butterfly valves shall be sized for modulating service at 60–70 degree stem rotation.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 25 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

Isolation valves shall be line-size. Design velocity shall be less than 12 feet per second when used with standard EPDM seats. a. Body is cast iron. b. Disc is aluminum bronze standard. c. Seat is EPDM standard. d. Body Pressure is 200 psi, -30–275 degrees F. e. Flange is ANSI 125/250. f. Media Temperature Range is -22–240 degree F. g. Maximum Differential Pressure is 200 psi for 2- to 6- inch size.

I. Butterfly Valve Industrial Actuators 1. Actuators shall be approved under Canadian Standards Association or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory to UL standards. CSA Class 4813 02 or equal. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4 (weatherproof) enclosure and will have an industrial quality coating. a. Actuator shall have a motor rated for continuous duty. The motor shall be fractional horsepower; permanent split capacitor type designed to operate on a 120 VAC, 1pH, 60 Hz supply. Two (2) adjustable cam-actuated end travel limit switches shall be provided to control direction of travel. A self-resetting thermal switch shall be imbedded in the motor for overload protection. b. Reduction gearing shall be designed to withstand the actual motor stall torque. Gears shall be hardened alloy steel, permanently lubricated. A self-locking gear assembly or a brake shall be supplied. c. Actuator shall have a 6-foot wiring harness provided for ease in field wiring (above 1500 in-lbs). Two (2) adjustable SPDT cam-actuated auxiliary switches, rated at 250 VAC shall be provided for indication of open and closed position. Actuator shall have heater and thermostat to minimize condensation within the actuator housing. d. Actuator shall be equipped with a hand wheel for manual override to permit operation of the valve in the event of electrical power failure or system malfunction. Hand wheel must be permanently attached to the actuator and when in manual operation electrical power to the actuator will be permanently interrupted. The hand wheel will not rotate while the actuator is electrically driven. e. The actuator shall be analog, floating, or two position as called out in the control sequence of operation. All Analog valves shall be positive positioning, and respond to a 2–10 VDC, 4-20 mA, or adjustable signal as required. Analog actuators shall have a digital control card allowing any voltage input for control and any DC voltage feedback signal for position indication. 2. Performance Verification Test a. Control loops shall cause productive actuation with each movement of the actuator and actuators shall modulate at a rate that is stable and responsive. Actuator movement shall not occur before the effects of previous movement have affected the sensor. b. Actuator shall have capability of signaling a trouble alarm when the actuator Stop-Go Ratio exceeds 30%. 3. Actuator mounting for damper and valve arrangements shall comply with the following: a. Damper actuators: Shall not be installed in the air stream. b. A weather shield shall be used if actuators are located outside. For damper actuators, use clear plastic enclosure. c. Damper or valve actuator ambient temperature shall not exceed 122 degrees F through any combination of medium temperature or surrounding air. Appropriate air

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 26 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

gaps, thermal isolation washers or spacers, standoff legs, or insulation shall be provided as necessary. d. Actuator cords or conduit shall incorporate a drip leg if condensation is possible. Water shall not be allowed to contact actuator or internal parts. Location of conduits in temperatures dropping below dew point shall be avoided to prevent water from condensing in conduit and running into actuator. e. Damper mounting arrangements shall comply to the following: 1) The ventilation subcontractor shall furnish and install damper channel supports and sheet metal collars. 2) No jack shafting of damper sections shall be allowed. 3) Multi-section dampers shall be arranged so that each damper section operates individually. One (1) electronic actuator shall be direct shaft mounted per section. f. Size damper sections based on actuator manufacturer’s specific recommendations for face velocity, differential pressure and damper type. In general: 1) Damper section shall not exceed 24 ft-sq. with face velocity >1500 FPM. 2) Damper section shall not exceed 18 ft-sq. with face velocity > 2500 FPM. 3) Damper section shall not exceed 13 ft-sq. with face velocity > 3000 FPM. g. Multiple section dampers of two or more shall be arranged to allow actuators to be direct shaft mounted on the outside of the duct. h. Multiple section dampers of three or more sections wide shall be arranged with a 3- sided vertical channel (8 inches wide by 6 inches deep) within the duct or fan housing and between adjacent damper sections. Vertical channel shall be anchored at the top and bottom to the fan housing or building structure for support. The sides of each damper frame shall be connected to the channels. Holes in the channel shall allow damper drive blade shafts to pass through channel for direct shaft-mounting of actuators. Open side of channel shall be faced downstream of the airflow, except for exhaust air dampers. i. Multiple section dampers to be mounted flush within a wall or housing opening shall receive either vertical channel supports as described above or sheet metal standout collars. Sheet metal collars (12-inch minimum) shall bring each damper section out of the wall to allow direct shaft-mounting of the actuator on the side of the collar.

2.9 ENCLOSURES

A. All controllers, power supplies and relays shall be mounted in enclosures.

B. Enclosures may be NEMA 1 when located in a clean, dry, indoor environment. Indoor enclosures shall be NEMA 12 when installed in other than a clean environment. Outdoor enclosures must be either NEMA 3R or NEMA 4.

C. All temperature control panels shall be fabricated in a local UL-listed panel shop within 50 miles of project site. Field assembled temperature control panels are not allowed.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 27 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence.

B. Notify the Owner’s Representative in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work.

C. Do not begin work until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved.

3.2 INSTALLATION (GENERAL)

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Provide all miscellaneous devices, hardware, software, interconnections, installation, and programming required to ensure a complete operating system in accordance with the sequences of operation and point schedules.

3.3 LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF COMPONENTS

A. Locate and install components for easy accessibility; in general, mount 48 inches above floor with minimum three (3) feet of clear access space in front of units. Obtain approval on locations from owner’s representative prior to installation.

B. All instruments, switches, transmitters, etc., shall be suitably wired and mounted to protect them from vibration, moisture, and high or low temperatures.

C. Identify all equipment and panels. Provide permanently mounted tags for all panels.

D. Provide stainless steel or brass thermowells suitable for respective application and for installation under other sections, and sized to suit pipe diameter without restricting flow.

3.4 INTERLOCKING AND CONTROL WIRING

A. Provide all interlock and control wiring associated with the EMS system. All wiring shall be installed neatly and professionally, in accordance with all national, state and local electrical codes.

B. Provide wiring as required by functions as specified and as recommended by equipment manufacturers, to serve specified control functions. Provide shielded low capacitance wire for all communications trunks.

C. Control wiring shall not be installed in power circuit raceways. Magnetic starters and disconnect switches shall not be used as junction boxes. Provide auxiliary junction boxes as required. Coordinate location and arrangement of all control equipment with the owner's representative prior to rough-in.

D. Provide auxiliary pilot duty relays on motor starters as required for control function.

E. Provide power for all control components from nearest electrical control panel or as indicated on the electrical drawings; coordinate with electrical contractor.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 28 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

F. All control wiring in mechanical, electrical, telephone and boiler rooms to be installed in raceways. Exposed control wiring shall also be installed in raceways. All other control wiring to be installed without conduit neatly and inconspicuously per local code requirements.

3.5 DDC OBJECT TYPE SUMMARY

A. Provide all database generation.

B. Displays 1. System displays shall show all analog and binary object types within the system. They shall be logically laid out for easy use by the owner. Provide outside air temperature indication on all system displays associated with economizer cycles.

C. Run Time Totalization 1. At a minimum, run time totalization shall be incorporated for each monitored supply fan, return fan, exhaust fan, hot water and chilled water pumps. Warning limits for each point shall be entered for alarm and or maintenance purposes.

D. Trendlog 1. All binary and analog object types (including zones) shall have the capability to be automatically trended.

E. Alarm 1. All analog inputs (High/Low Limits) and selected binary input alarm points shall be prioritized and routed (locally or remotely) with alarm message per owner's requirements.

F. Database Save 1. Provide backup database for all standalone application controllers on USB drive and local City of Manhattan Beach facilities management harddrive.

3.6 FIELD SERVICES

A. Prepare and start logic control system under provisions of this section.

B. Start up and commission systems. Allow sufficient time for startup and commissioning prior to placing control systems in permanent operation.

3.7 WARRANTY

A. Warranty shall cover all costs for parts, labor, associated travel, and expenses for a period of one (1) year from completion of system acceptance.

B. Extended Warranty – Years 2 to 5. For Characterized Control Valves (CCV), Globe Valves, Butterfly Valves, associated Valve Actuators and Damper Actuators, provide like kind replacement components for any defective material identified and returned in Years 2 to 5 from the date of system acceptance.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 29 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Response Time - Hardware and software personnel supporting this warranty agreement shall provide on-site or off-site service within a 4 hour time frame after failure notification to the vendor.

3.8 PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE SERVICE AGREEMENT (1-YEAR)

A. Contractor shall provide all system-backups, alarm cleanup, system updates, and system patches for the first year.

B. Contractor shall provide four visits per year.

C. Contractor shall provide option to continue services directly to the City of Manhattan Beach for years 2, 3, 4, & 5.

D. Provide the capability for off-site monitoring at control contractor's local or main office. At a minimum, off-site facility shall be capable of system diagnostics and software download. Contractor shall provide phone line for this service for one (1) year or as specified.

3.9 TRAINING

A. Provide application engineer to instruct owner in operation of systems and equipment.

B. Provide system operator’s training to include (but not be limited to) such items as the following: modification of data displays, alarm and status descriptors, requesting data, execution of commands and request of logs. Provide this training to a minimum of three persons.

C. Provide 8 hours of on-site training as part of this contract.

3.10 DEMONSTRATION

A. Demonstrate complete operating system to owner's representative.

B. Provide certificate stating that control system has been tested and adjusted for proper operation.

END OF SECTION 23 09 23

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 09 23 - 30 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 21 13 - HYDRONIC PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Pipe and Pipe Fittings.

B. Related Sections 1. Section 08 31 13 - Access Doors and Frames. 2. Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting. 3. Section 23 05 00 - Common Work Results for HVAC. 4. Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment. 5. Section 23 05 48 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment. 6. Section 23 05 53 - Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment. 7. Section 23 05 93 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC. 8. Section 23 07 00 - HVAC Insulation.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASME - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

B. ASME - BPVC Sec 9-2017 - Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Qualifications.

C. ASME B16.3-2016 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300.

D. ASME B16.23-2016 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings: DWV.

E. ASME B16.29-2017 - Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings-DWV.

F. ASME B31.9-2017 - Building Services Piping.

G. AWS A5.8/A5.8M-2011 - Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding.

H. AWS D1.1/D1.1M-2015 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.

I. ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5-2010 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems.

J. ANSI/AWWA C110-2012 - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings.

K. AWWA C111/A21.11-2017 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.

L. ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51-2017 - Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water.

M. ASTM A53/A53M-2018 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless.

N. ASTM A123/A123M-2017 - Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 21 13 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

O. ASTM A234/A234M-2018 - Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service.

P. ASTM B32-2008(R2014) – Specification for Solder Metal.

Q. ASTM B88-2018 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube.

R. ASTM D1785-2015e1 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120.

S. ASTM D2235-2004(R2016) - Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings.

T. ASTM D2241-2015 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure Rated Pipe (SDR Series).

U. ASTM D2466-2017 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40.

V. ASTM D2467-2015 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80.

W. ASTM D2680-2001(R2014) - Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) and Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Composite-Sewer Piping.

X. ASTM D2855-2015 - Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings.

Y. ASTM F477-2014 - Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe.

1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Conform to ASME B31.9.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit product data under provisions of Division 1.

B. Include data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories.

C. Include welders’ certification of compliance with ASME Sec 9.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Valves: Manufacturer’s name and pressure rating marked on valve body.

B. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME Sec 9 and applicable state labor regulations.

C. Welders Certification: In accordance with ASME Sec 9.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 21 13 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 EQUIPMENT DRAINS AND OVERFLOWS

A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53 or A120, Schedule 40 galvanized. 1. Fittings: Galvanized cast iron, or ASTM B16.3 malleable iron. 2. Joints: Screwed, or grooved mechanical couplings.

B. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L, hard drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.23 cast brass, or ASME B16.29 solder wrought copper. 2. Joints: ASTM B32, solder, Grade 95TA.

C. PVC Pipe: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40, or ASTM D2241, SDR 21 or 26. 1. Fittings: ASTM D2466 or D2467, PVC. 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld.

D. ABS Pipe: ASTM D2680 or D2751. 1. Fittings: ASTM D2751. 2. Joints: ASTM D2235, solvent weld.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.

B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly.

C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.

D. After completion, fill, clean, and treat systems.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient.

B. Install piping to conserve building space, and not interfere with use of space and other work.

C. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.

D. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.

E. Provide clearance for installation of insulation, and access to valves and fittings.

F. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Coordinate size and location of access doors with Section 08 31 13 - Access Doors and Frames.

G. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 21 13 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

H. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.

I. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 91 23 Interior Painting.

J. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.

K. Provide non-conducting dielectric connectors wherever joining dissimilar metals.

L. Install piping and valves concealed above ceilings or in walls unless otherwise indicated.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. Use grooved mechanical couplings and fasteners only in accessible locations.

B. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections.

C. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Sweat solder adapters to pipe.

D. Install gate or ball valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers.

E. Install butterfly valves for low differential pressure throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services.

F. Provide spring loaded check valves on discharge of water pumps.

G. Use plug cocks or glove valves for throttling service. Use non-lubricated plug cocks only when shut-off or isolating valves are also provided.

H. Lug end butterfly valves may be used to isolate equipment.

I. Provide 3/4 inch ball drain valves with hose thread connection at main shut-off valves, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers, and at equipment.

3.4 TESTING

A. Hydrostatically test piping system at psig. Hold test pressure for 2 hours without leakage.

3.5 FLUSHING, CLEANING, AND CHEMICAL TREATMENT

A. Flush and clean piping system with water to remove debris.

B. Chemically treat piping system.

END OF SECTION 23 21 13

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 21 13 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 21 23 – HYDRONIC PUMPS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Separately coupled, base-mounted, end-suction centrifugal pumps.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Buna-N: Nitrile rubber.

B. EPT: Ethylene propylene terpolymer.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of pump. Include certified performance curves and rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, final impeller dimensions, and accessories for each type of product indicated. Indicate pump's operating point on curves.

B. Shop Drawings: For each pump. 1. Show pump layout and connections. 2. Include setting drawings with templates for installing foundation and anchor bolts and other anchorages. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For pumps to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SEPARATELY COUPLED, BASE-MOUNTED, END-SUCTION CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

A. Bell and Gossett or approved equal.

B. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, centrifugal, overhung-impeller, separately coupled, end-suction pump as defined in HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3; designed for base mounting, with pump and motor shafts horizontal.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 21 23 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Pump Construction: 1. Casing: Radially split, cast iron, with replaceable bronze wear rings, threaded gage tappings at inlet and outlet, drain plug at bottom and air vent at top of volute, and flanged connections. Provide integral mount on volute to support the casing, and provide attached piping to allow removal and replacement of impeller without disconnecting piping or requiring the realignment of pump and motor shaft. 2. Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically balanced, keyed to shaft, and secured with a locking cap screw. For pumps not frequency-drive controlled, trim impeller to match specified performance. 3. Pump Shaft: Steel, with copper-alloy shaft sleeve. 4. Seal: Mechanical seal consisting of carbon rotating ring against a ceramic seat held by a stainless-steel spring, and Buna-N bellows and gasket. 5. Seal: Packing seal consisting of stuffing box with a minimum of four rings of graphite- impregnated braided yarn with bronze lantern ring between center two graphite rings, and bronze packing gland. 6. Pump Bearings: Grease-lubricated ball bearings in cast-iron housing with grease fittings.

D. Shaft Coupling: Molded-rubber insert and interlocking spider capable of absorbing vibration. Couplings shall be drop-out type to allow disassembly and removal without removing pump shaft or motor. EPDM coupling sleeve for variable-speed applications.

E. Coupling Guard: Dual rated; ANSI B15.1, Section 8; OSHA 1910.219 approved; steel; removable; attached to mounting frame.

F. Mounting Frame: Welded-steel frame and cross members, factory fabricated from ASTM A 36/A 36M channels and angles. Fabricate to mount pump casing, coupling guard, and motor.

G. Motor: Single speed, secured to mounting frame, with adjustable alignment. 1. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 23 05 13 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." a. Enclosure: Totally enclosed, air over Severe duty. b. Enclosure Materials: Cast iron. c. Motor Bearings: Permanently lubricated ball bearings. d. Unusual Service Conditions: 1) Ambient Temperature: 87 F. 2) Altitude: 50 feet above sea level. 3) High humidity. e. Efficiency: Premium efficient. f. NEMA Design: See Schedule. g. Service Factor: See Schedule.

H. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Capacity: See Schedule. 2. Total Dynamic Head: See Schedule. 3. Maximum Operating Pressure: 175 psig. 4. Maximum Continuous Operating Temperature: 225 deg F. 5. Inlet and Outlet Size: See Schedule.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 21 23 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

6. Impeller Size: See Schedule. 7. Motor Speed: See Schedule. 8. Motor Horsepower: See Schedule. 9. Electrical Characteristics: a. Volts: See Schedule. b. Phase: See Schedule. c. Hertz: 60. d. Full-Load Amperes: See Schedule. e. Minimum Circuit Ampacity: See Schedule. f. Maximum Overcurrent Protection: See Schedule.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine equipment foundations and anchor-bolt locations for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Examine roughing-in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before pump installation.

C. Examine foundations and inertia bases for suitable conditions where pumps are to be installed.

D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PUMP INSTALLATION

A. Comply with HI 1.4.

B. Install pumps to provide access for periodic maintenance including removing motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories.

C. Independently support pumps and piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps and weight of pumps is not supported by piping.

D. Automatic Condensate Pump Units: Install units for collecting condensate and extend to open drain.

E. Equipment Mounting: 1. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation and seismic control devices specified in Section 23 05 48 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC."

3.3 ALIGNMENT

A. Perform alignment service.

B. Comply with requirements in Hydronics Institute standards for alignment of pump and motor shaft. Add shims to the motor feet and bolt motor to base frame. Do not use grout between motor feet and base frame.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 21 23 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Comply with pump and coupling manufacturers' written instructions.

D. After alignment is correct, tighten foundation bolts evenly but not too firmly. Completely fill baseplate with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout while metal blocks and shims or wedges are in place. After grout has cured, fully tighten foundation bolts.

3.4 CONNECTIONS

A. Where installing piping adjacent to pump, allow space for service and maintenance.

B. Connect piping to pumps. Install valves that are same size as piping connected to pumps.

C. Install suction and discharge pipe sizes equal to or greater than diameter of pump nozzles.

D. Install check, shutoff, and throttling valves on discharge side of pumps.

E. Install Y-type strainer and shutoff valve on suction side of pumps.

F. Install flexible connectors on suction and discharge sides of base-mounted pumps between pump casing and valves.

G. Install pressure gages on pump suction and discharge or at integral pressure-gage tapping, or install single gage with multiple-input selector valve.

H. Install check valve and gate or ball valve on each condensate pump unit discharge.

I. Ground equipment according to Section 26 05 26 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."

J. Connect wiring according to Section 26 05 19 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."

3.5 STARTUP SERVICE

A. Perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Check piping connections for tightness. 3. Clean strainers on suction piping. 4. Perform the following startup checks for each pump before starting: a. Verify bearing lubrication. b. Verify that pump is free to rotate by hand and that pump for handling hot liquid is free to rotate with pump hot and cold. If pump is bound or drags, do not operate until cause of trouble is determined and corrected. c. Verify that pump is rotating in the correct direction. 5. Prime pump by opening suction valves and closing drains, and prepare pump for operation. 6. Start motor. 7. Open discharge valve slowly.

3.6 DEMONSTRATION

A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain hydronic pumps.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 21 23 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

END OF SECTION 23 21 23

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 21 23 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 21 23 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 23 00 - REFRIGERANT PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Refrigerant piping used for air-conditioning applications.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ANSI/ASHRAE 15-2018 - Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems.

B. ANSI/ASHRAE 34-2018 - Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants.

C. ANSI/ASME B16.22-2018 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings.

D. ANSI/ASME B31.5-2016 - Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components.

E. ASTM B32-2014 - Solder Metal.

F. ASTM B280-2016 - Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service.

G. ASTM B828-2016 - Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper-Alloy Tube and Fittings.

H. AWS A5.8/A5.8M-201 - Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding.

I. ANSI/ARI 49-1999 (R2008) - Refrigerant Liquid Receivers.

J. ARI 730-2001 (R2014) - Flowcapacity Rating and Application of Suctionline Filters and Filterdriers.

K. ARI 750-2001 - Thermostatic Refrigerant Expansion Valves.

L. ARI 760-2001 - Solenoid Valves for Use With Volatile Refrigerants.

M. UL 429 (Ed. 5) - Electrically Operated Valves.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of valve and refrigerant piping specialty indicated. Include Pressure drop based on manufacturer’s test data.

B. Shop Drawings: Show layout of refrigerant piping and specialties, including pipe, tube and fitting sizes, flow capacities, valve arrangements and locations, slopes of horizontal runs, oil traps, double risers, wall and floor penetrations, and equipment connection details. Show interface and spatial relationships between piping and equipment.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 23 00 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Refrigerant piping indicated on Drawings is schematic only. Size piping and design actual piping layout, including oil traps, double risers, specialties, and pipe and tube sizes to accommodate, as a minimum, equipment provided, elevation difference between compressor and evaporator, and length of piping to ensure proper operation and compliance with warranties of connected equipment.

C. Field quality-control test reports.

D. Operation and maintenance data.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with ASHRAE 15, Safety Code for Refrigeration Systems.

B. Comply with ASME B31.5, Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components.

1.5 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store piping in a clean and protected area with end caps in place to ensure that piping interior and exterior are clean when installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS

A. Copper Tube: ASTM B280, Type ACR.

B. Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22.

C. Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22.

D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B32. Use 95-5 tin antimony or alloy HB solder to join copper socket fittings on copper pipe.

E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8.

F. Flexible Connectors: 1. Body: Tin-bronze bellows with woven, flexible, tinned-bronze-wire-reinforced protective jacket. 2. End Connections: Socket ends. 3. Offset Performance: Capable of minimum 3/4-inch misalignment in minimum 7-inch long assembly. 4. Pressure Rating: Factory test at minimum 500 psig. 5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 degrees F.

2.2 VALVES AND SPECIALTIES

A. Diaphragm Packless Valves: 1. Body and Bonnet: Forged brass or cast bronze; globe design with straight-through or angle pattern. 2. Diaphragm: Phosphor bronze and stainless steel with stainless-steel spring. 3. Operator: Rising stem and hand wheel.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 23 00 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

4. Seat: Nylon. 5. End Connections: Socket, union, or flanged. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 degrees F.

B. Packed-Angle Valves: 1. Body and Bonnet: Forged brass or cast bronze. 2. Packing: Molded stem, back seating, and replaceable under pressure. 3. Operator: Rising stem. 4. Seat: Nonrotating, self-aligning polytetrafluoroethylene. 5. Seal Cap: Forged-brass or valox hex cap. 6. End Connections: Socket, union, threaded, or flanged. 7. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 8. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 degrees F.

C. Check Valves: 1. Body: Ductile iron, forged brass, or cast bronze; globe pattern. 2. Bonnet: Bolted ductile iron, forged brass, or cast bronze; or brass hex plug. 3. Piston: Removable polytetrafluoroethylene seat. 4. Closing Spring: Stainless steel. 5. Manual Opening Stem: Seal cap, plated-steel stem, and graphite seal. 6. End Connections: Socket, union, threaded, or flanged. 7. Maximum Opening Pressure: 0.50 psig. 8. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 9. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 degrees F.

D. Service Valves: 1. Body: Forged brass with brass cap including key end to remove core. 2. Core: Removable ball-type check valve with stainless-steel spring. 3. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 4. End Connections: Copper spring. 5. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.

E. Solenoid Valves: Comply with ARI 760 and UL 429; listed and labeled by an NRTL. 1. Body and Bonnet: Plated steel. 2. Solenoid Tube, Plunger, Closing Spring, and Seat Orifice: Stainless steel. 3. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 4. End Connections: Threaded. 5. Electrical: Molded, watertight coil in NEMA 250 enclosure of type required by location with 1/2-inch conduit adapter, and 115-V ac coil. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 400 psig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 degrees F. 8. Manual operator.

F. Safety Relief Valves: Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; listed and labeled by and NRTL. 1. Body and Bonnet: Ductile iron and steel, with neoprene O-ring seal. 2. Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel. 3. Seat Disc: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 4. End Connections: Threaded. 5. Working Pressure Rating: 400 psig.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 23 00 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

6. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 degrees F.

G. Thermostatic Expansion Valves: Comply with ARI 750. 1. Body, Bonnet, and Seal Cap: Forged brass or steel. 2. Diaphragm, Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel. 3. Packing and Gaskets: Non-asbestos. 4. Capillary and Bulb: Copper tubing filled with refrigerant charge. 5. Suction Temperature: 40 degrees F. 6. Superheat: Nonadjustable. 7. Reverse-flow option (for heat-pump applications). 8. End Connections: Socket, flare, or threaded union. 9. Working Pressure Rating: 450 psig.

H. Straight-Type Strainers: 1. Body: Welded steel with corrosion-resistant coating. 2. Screen: 100-mesh stainless steel. 3. End Connections: Socket or flare. 4. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 degrees F.

I. Angle-Type Strainers: 1. Body: Forged brass or cast bronze. 2. Drain Plug: Brass hex plug. 3. Screen: 100-mesh monel. 4. End Connections: Socket or flare. 5. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 6. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 degrees F.

J. Moisture/Liquid Indicators: 1. Body: Forged brass. 2. Window: Replaceable, clear, fused glass window with indicating element protected by filter screen. 3. Indicator: Color coded to show moisture content in ppm. 4. Minimum Moisture Indicator Sensitivity: Indicate moisture above 60-ppm. 5. End Connections: Socket or flare. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 degrees F.

K. Replaceable-Core Filter Dryers: Comply with ARI 730. 1. Body and Cover: Painted-steel shell with ductile-iron cover, stainless-steel screws, and neoprene gaskets. 2. Filter Media: 10 micron, pleated with integral end rings; stainless-steel support. 3. Desiccant Media: Activated alumina. 4. Designed for reverse flow (for heat-pump applications). 5. End Connections: Socket. 6. Access Ports: NPS 1/4 connections at entering and leaving sides for pressure differential measurements. 7. Maximum Pressure Loss: 2 psig. 8. Rated Flow: 5-tons. 9. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 10. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 degrees F.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 23 00 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

L. Permanent Filter Dryers: Comply with ARI 730. 1. Body and Cover: Painted-steel shell. 2. Filter Media: 10 micron, pleated with integral end rings; stainless-steel support. 3. Desiccant Media: Activated alumina. 4. Designed for reverse flow (for heat-pump applications). 5. End Connections: Socket. 6. Access Ports: NPS 1/4 connections at entering and leaving sides for pressure differential measurement. 7. Maximum Pressure Loss: 2 psig. 8. Rated Flow: 5-tons. 9. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 10. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 degrees F.

M. Liquid Accumulators: Comply with ARI 495. 1. Body: Welded steel with corrosion-resistant coating. 2. End Connections: Socket or threaded. 3. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 4. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 degrees F.

2.3 REFRIGERANTS

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, bur are not limited to the following:

B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Arkema Chemicals, Inc. 2. DuPont Company; Fluorochemicals Div. 3. Honeywell, Inc.; Genetron Refrigerants. 4. INEOS Fluor Americas LLC.

C. ASHRAE 34, R-22: Monochlorodifluoromethane.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS

A. Suction Lines NPS 1½ and Smaller for Conventional Air-Conditioning Applications: Copper, Type ACR, annealed-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with soldered joints.

B. Suction Lines NPS 4 and Smaller MPS 2 to NPS 4 for Conventional Air-Conditioning Applications: Copper, Type ACR, drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with soldered joints.

C. Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines and Suction Lines for Heat-Pump Applications: Copper, Type ACR, annealed-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with soldered joints.

D. Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines, and Suction Lines for Heat-Pump Applications: Copper, Type ACR, drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with soldered joints.

E. Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines, and Suction Lines for Heat-Pump Applications:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 23 00 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. NPS 1½ and Smaller: Copper, Type ACR, annealed-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with soldered joints. 2. NPS 1½ and Smaller: Copper, Type ACR, drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with soldered joints. 3. NPS 2 to NPS 3: Copper, Type K, annealed- or drawn-temper tubing and wrought- copper fittings with brazed joints. 4. NPS 4: Copper, Type ACR, drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with soldered joints.

F. Safety-Relief-Valve Discharge Piping: Copper, Type ACR, drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with soldered joints.

G. Safety-Relief-Valve Discharge Piping: 1. NPS 1½ and Smaller: Copper, Type ACR, annealed-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with soldered joints. 2. NPS 1½ and Smaller: Copper, Type ACR, drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with brazed joints. 3. NPS 2 to 3: Copper, Type K, annealed- or drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with brazed joints. 4. NPS 4: Copper, Type ACR, drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with soldered joints.

3.2 VALVE AND SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS

A. Install diaphragm packless valves in suction and discharge lines of compressor.

B. Install service valves for gage taps at strainers if they are not an integral part of strainers.

C. Install a check valve at the compressor discharge and a liquid accumulator at the compressor suction connection.

D. Except as otherwise indicated, install diaphragm packless valves on inlet and outlet side of filter dryers.

E. Install a full-sized, three-valve bypass around filter dryers.

F. Install solenoid valves upstream from each expansion valve. Install solenoid valves in horizontal lines with coil at top.

G. Install thermostatic expansion valves as close as possible to distributors on evaporators. 1. Install valve so diaphragm case is warmer than bulb. 2. Secure bulb to clean, straight, horizontal section of suction line using two bulb straps. Do not mount bulb in a trap or at bottom of the line. 3. If external equalize liners are required, make connection where it will reflect suction line pressure at bulb location.

H. Install safety relief valves where required by ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Pipe safety-relief-valve discharge line to outside according to ASHRAE 15.

I. Install moisture/liquid indicators in liquid line at the inlet of the thermostatic expansion valve or at the inlet of the evaporator coil capillary tube.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 23 00 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

J. Install strainers upstream from and adjacent to the following unless they are furnished as an integral assembly for device being protected: 1. Solenoid valves. 2. Thermostatic expansion valves. 3. Compressor.

K. Install filter dryers in liquid line between compressor and thermostatic expansion valve, and in the suction line at the compressor.

L. Install flexible connectors at compressors.

3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems; indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings.

B. Install Refrigerant piping according to ASHRAE 15.

C. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.

D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to buildings walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.

F. Install piping adjacent to machines to allow service and maintenance.

G. Install piping free of sags and bends.

H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

I. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.

J. Install piping as short and direct as possible, with a minimum number of joints, elbows, and fittings.

K. Arrange piping to allow inspection and service of refrigeration equipment. Install valves and specialties in accessible locations to allow for service and inspection. Install access doors or panels as specified in Division 8 Section “Access Doors and Frames” if valves or equipment requiring maintenance is concealed behind finished surfaces.

L. Install refrigerant piping in protective conduit where installed below ground.

M. Install refrigerant piping in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where exposed to mechanical injury.

N. Slope refrigerant piping as follows:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 23 00 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Install horizontal hot-gas discharge piping with a uniform slope downward away from compressor. 2. Install horizontal suction lines with a uniform slope downward to compressor. 3. Install traps and double risers to entrain oil in vertical runs. 4. Liquid lines may be installed level.

O. When brazing or soldering, remove solenoid-valve coils and sight glasses; also remove valve stems, seats, and packing, and accessible internal parts of refrigerant specialties. Do not apply heat near expansion-valve bulb.

P. Install pipe sleeves at penetrations in exterior walls and floor assemblies.

Q. Seal penetrations through fire and smoke barriers according to Section 07 84 13, Firestopping.

R. Install piping with adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hangers or between pipes for insulation installation.

S. Install sleeves through floors, walls, or ceilings, sized to permit installation of full-thickness insulation.

T. Seal pipe penetrations through exterior walls according to Section 07 92 00, Joint Protection for materials and methods.

U. Identify refrigerant piping and valves according to Section 23 05 53, Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment.

3.4 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA’s “Copper Tube Handbook.”

B. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS’s “Brazing Handbook,” Chapter “Pipe and Tube.” 1. Use Type BcuP, copper-phosphorus alloy for joining copper socket fittings with copper pipe. 2. Use Type BAg, cadmium-free silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel.

3.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Hanger, support, and anchor products are specified in Section 23 05 29, Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment.

B. Install the following pipe attachments: 1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20-feet long. 2. Roller hangers and spring hangers for individual runs 20-feet or longer. 3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20-feet or longer, supported on a trapeze. 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs. 5. Copper-clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct contact with copper pipe.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 23 00 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 1/2: Maximum span, 60-inches; minimum rod size, 1/4-inch. 2. NPS 5/8: Maximum span, 60-inches; minimum rod size, 1/4-inch. 3. NPS 1: Maximum span, 72-inches; minimum rod size, 1/4-inch. 4. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 96-inches, minimum rod size, 3/8-inch. 5. NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 96-inches, minimum rod size, 3/8-inch. 6. NPS 2: Maximum span, 96-inches; minimum rod size, 3/8-inch. 7. NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 108-inches; minimum rod size, 3/8-inch. 8. NPS 3: Maximum span, 10-feet; minimum rod size, 3/8-inch. 9. NPS 4: Maximum span, 12-feet; minimum rod size, 1/2-inch. 10. Support multifloor vertical runs at least at each floor.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.

B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Comply with ASME B31.5, Chapter VI. 2. Test refrigerant piping and specialties. Isolate compressor, condenser, evaporator, and safety devices from test pressure if they are not rated above the test pressure. 3. Line Test Pressure for Refrigerant R-22: a. Suction Lines for Air-Conditioning Applications: 185 psig. b. Suction Lines for Heat-Pump Applications: 325 psig. c. Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines: 325 psig. 4. Test high- and low-pressure side piping of each system separately at not less than the pressures indicated in No. 3 above. a. Fill system with nitrogen to the required test pressure. b. System shall maintain test pressure at the manifold gage throughout duration of test. c. Test joints and fittings with electronic leak detector or by brushing a small amount of soap and glycerin solution over joints. d. Remake leaking joints using new materials, and retest until satisfactory results are achieved.

3.7 SYSTEM CHARGING

A. Charge system using the following procedures: 1. Install core in filter dryers after leak test but before evacuation. 2. Evacuate entire refrigerant system with a vacuum pump to 500 micrometers. If vacuum holds for 12 hours, system is ready for charging. 3. Break vacuum with refrigerant gas, allowing pressure to build up to 2 psig. 4. Charge system with a new filter-dryer core in charging line.

3.8 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust thermostatic expansion valve to obtain proper evaporator superheat.

B. Adjust high- and low-pressure switch settings to avoid short cycling in response to fluctuating suction pressure.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 23 00 - 9 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Adjust set-point temperature of air-conditioning or chilled-water controllers to the system design temperature.

D. Perform the following adjustments before operating the refrigeration system, according to manufacturer’s written instructions: 1. Open shutoff valves in condenser water circuit. 2. Verify that compressor oil level is correct. 3. Open compressor suction and discharge valves. 4. Open refrigerant valves except bypass valves that are used for other purposes. 5. Check open compressor-motor alignment and verify lubrication for motors and bearings.

E. Replace core of replaceable filter dryer after system has been adjusted and after design flow rates and pressures are established.

END OF SECTION 23 23 00

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 23 00 - 10 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 31 00 - HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Duct Materials. 2. Ductwork - General. 3. Round Ductwork. 4. Flexible Ductwork. 5. Plenums.

B. Related Work Specified in Other Sections 1. Duct smoke detectors are furnished and connected under Fire Alarm Work, and installed as Work of this Section. 2. Duct temperature sensors, automatic dampers, and airflow measuring units are furnished and connected under Section 23 09 23, Control Systems, and installed as Work of this Section. 3. Wiring and conduit to fire/smoke dampers is specified under Electrical Work.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASHRAE - Handbook Fundamentals; Duct Design.

B. ASHRAE - Handbook Equipment; Duct Construction.

C. ASTM A90/A90M-2018 - Test Method for Weight of Coating on Iron and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc-Alloy Coatings.

D. ASTM A167-99 (R2009) - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.

E. ASTM A653/A653M-2016 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.

F. ASTM B209-2016 - Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate.

G. NFPA 90A-2016 - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems.

H. NFPA 90B-2018 - Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems.

I. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards.

J. UL 181-2013 - Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Duct Sizes: Outside clear dimensions.

B. Pressure Classifications:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 00 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. SMACNA 2-inch Standard with Seal Class A: a. Ductwork and plenums installed outdoors. b. Housing Building supply ductwork and plenums between air handling unit and points where ducts enter chases. 2. SMACNA 1-inch Standard with Seal Class C: a. Other ductwork and plenums other than listed above, unless indicated otherwise.

C. Seam: Locks or weld applied longitudinally to close section of duct, e.g., longitudinal seam, spiral seam.

D. Joint: Abutting connection between duct sections for continuity of air passage, e.g., cross joint, transverse joint, coupling.

E. Reinforcement: Hardware applied to strengthen duct, e.g., girth angles, tie rods, fasteners (not connectors), etc.

F. Stiffening: Folding, bending, beading, crossbreaking or corrugating of sheets to achieve strength through shape, e.g., pocket lock secures joint and is transverse stiffener, with girth angle and/or fasteners applied (not connectors), joint or stiffener.

1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select size and type of air-moving and distribution equipment and other air system components. Changes to layout or configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by the Owner’s Representative. Accompany requests for layout modifications with calculations showing that proposed layout will provide original design results without increasing system total pressure.

1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Construct ductwork to California Mechanical Code.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Division 1.

B. Product Data: 1. Provide make and model, gages for each duct size, material data sheets, and information for fittings.

C. Shop Drawings: CAD-generated and drawn to 1/4-inch equals 1-foot scale. Show fabrication and installation details for metal ducts. 1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, components, and attachments to other work. 2. Duct layout indicating sizes and pressure classes. 3. Elevations of top and bottom of ducts. 4. Dimensions of main duct runs from building to grid lines. 5. Fittings. 6. Reinforcement and spacing. 7. Seam and joint construction. 8. Penetrations through fire-rated and other partitions. 9. Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 00 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

10. Duct accessories, including access doors and panels. 11. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment, vibration isolation, and seismic restraints.

D. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Coordination Drawings: reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved. a. Ceiling suspension assembly members. b. Other systems installed in same space as ducts. c. Ceiling and wall-mounting access doors and panels required to provide access to dampers and other operating devices. d. Ceiling-mounting items, including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels, and special moldings. 2. Welding certificates. 3. Field quality-control test reports.

E. Indicate duct fittings, particulars such as gages, sizes, welds, and configuration prior to start of work for kitchen hood exhaust systems.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code - Steel, for hangers and supports and AWS D9.1, Sheet Metal Welding Code, for duct joint and seam welding.

B. NFPA Compliance: 1. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 2. NFPA 90B - Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Protect ductwork, accessories and purchased products from damage during shipping, storage and handling. Prevent end damage and prevent dirt and moisture from entering ducts and fittings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Spiral Round Ducts: 1. United McGill.

B. Flexible Connections: 1. Ventfabrics, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne.

C. Flexible Ducts: 1. Thermaflex. 2. United McGill. 3. Automatic Industries, Inc.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 00 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

D. Spring Fasteners: 1. Dzus. 2. Simmons “Quick-Lock”.

E. Duct Protective Coatings: 1. Varni-lite Corporation of America.

F. Duct Sealants: 1. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company (3M). 2. Benjamin Foster Company. 3. United McGill Corporation. 4. Hardcast Corporation Inc. 5. Miracle Adhesive Corporation.

G. Spin-in Fittings: 1. Modular Metals. 2. R & J Manufacturing.

2.2 DUCT MATERIALS

A. General: Non-combustible or conforming to requirements for Class 1 air duct materials, or UL 181.

B. Steel Ducts: ASTM A653 galvanized steel sheet, lock-forming quality, having zinc coating of 1.25-ounce per square foot for each side in conformance with ASTM A90.

C. Fasteners: Rivets, bolts, or sheet metal screws. 1. Screws and Rivets: a. Same material as sheet, except as noted. b. On aluminum sheets, provide cadmium plated or stainless steel. c. Zinc or cadmium plated, permitted on galvanized sheets. d. Minimum Screw Size: No. 1C. e. Minimum Rivet Size: 4-lb.

D. Sealant: Non-hardening, water resistant, fire resistive, compatible with mating materials; liquid used alone or with tape, or heavy mastic. Gaskets: Continuous, reinforced, inert self- conforming type. 1/8-inch thick. Width, to match angle connection.

E. Hard-Setting Joint Tape: 1. Two-part Tape: a. Mineral impregnated woven fiber tape. b. Impregnated with activator/adhesive of polyvinyl acetate type. 2. UL Listed: a. Flame Spread: 10. b. Smoke Contributed: 0.

F. Hanger Rod: Steel, galvanized; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuously threaded.

G. Spring Fasteners: 1. Oval head stud and receptacle. 2. Screwdriver slot.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 00 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3. Self-ejecting. 4. Similar to Dzus.

H. Angles, tie rod and shapes for reinforcing ducts in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards, except as noted.

I. Duct Lining: Not allowed.

2.3 DUCTWORK - GENERAL

A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards and ASHRAE handbooks, except as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated.

B. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by written permission.

C. Construct T’s, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1½ times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation.

D. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible. Only where absolutely unavoidable, divergence upstream of equipment shall not exceed 30 degrees; convergence downstream shall not exceed 45 degrees.

E. Provide easements where low pressure ductwork conflicts with piping and structure. Where easements exceed 10-percent duct area, split into two ducts maintaining original duct area.

2.4 ROUND DUCTWORK

A. General: 1. Flow low pressure. 2. Prefabricated spiral lockseam duct. 3. Prefabricated fittings. a. Same manufacturer as duct and as detailed. b. Continuity welded seams. c. Die-stamped elbows for 8-inches or smaller. d. Mitered elbows larger than 8-inches. 1) 2 Gores: less than 35 degrees. 2) 3 Gores: 36 degrees through 71 degrees. 3) 5 Gores: over 71 degrees. 4. Not Acceptable: a. Corrugated or flexible metal duct. b. Shop fabricated circular duct, except above maximum factory-fabricated size. c. Fiberglass ductwork. 5. Provide ducts with gauges meeting CMC and NFPA 90A, whichever is more strict.

B. Round Duct and Fittings: 1. Duct Construction:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 00 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

Duct Diameter (in) Spiral Duct Gage Fitting Gage

3-14 26 20 15-26 24 20 27-36 22 20 37-50 20 18 51-60 18 16

2. Similar to United Sheet Metal “Uniseal” with “Uniform” fittings.

C. Accessories: Factory fabricated. 1. Couplings. 2. Volume dampers. 3. Bellmouth fittings. 4. End caps. 5. Fire damper access section. 6. Angle rings.

D. Insulation Ends: Connections of double to single wall ducts.

2.5 FLEXIBLE DUCTS

A. General: 1. Use only where specified or indicated. 2. UL 181, Class I Air Duct. 3. Labeled for compliance with CMC.

B. Low Pressure: 1. Insulated Flexible Duct: a. Minimum working pressure 1.5-inches w.g. b. Nominal 1-inch insulation with vapor barrier. c. Maximum thermal conductivity 0.27-Btuh/sq. ft. degrees f/inch at 75 degrees F. 2. Use At Following Locations: a. Connection to ceiling air outlets in non-secure areas. b. As indicated.

2.6 PLENUMS

A. Fabricate plenums in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards and construct for operating pressures indicated.

B. Mount floor mounted plenums on 4-inch high concrete curbs. At floor, rivet panels on 8-inch centers to angles. Where floors are acoustically insulated, provide liner of 18-gauge galvanized expanded metal mesh supported at 12-inch centers, turned up 12-inches at sides with sheet metal shields.

C. Reinforce door frames with steel angles tied to horizontal and vertical plenum supporting angles. Install hinged access doors where indicated or required for access to equipment for cleaning and inspection. Provide clear wire glass observation ports, minimum 6 by 6-inch.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 00 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

D. Fabricate acoustic plenums with reinforcing turned inward. Provide 16-gauge back facing and 22-gauge perforated front facing with 3/32-inch diameter holes on 5/32-inch centers. Construct panels 3-inches thick packed with 4.5-lb/cu ft minimum glass fiber media, on inverted channels of 16-gauge.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: 1. Construct with gauges, joints, bracing, reinforcing, and other details per CMC, ASHRAE, SMACNA, or NFPA standard unless specified otherwise. a. Comply with most stringent. b. Provide ducts with NFPA 90A gauges when traversing smoke zones. 2. Install ductwork of sizes, runs and connections as shown on the drawings. 3. Verify all dimensions at the site, making all field measurements and shop drawings necessary for fabrication and erection of sheet metal work. Dimensions shown are net free areas. Make allowances for beams, pipes or other obstructions in building construction and for work of other trades. Check plans showing work of other trades and consult with Owner’s Representative in the event of any interference. 4. Fabricate ductwork in workmanlike manner with airtight joints, presenting smooth surfaces on inside, neatly finished on outside, construct with curves, bends, turning vanes to aid in easy flow of air. Make internal ends of slip joints in direction of airflow. 5. Construct, brace and support ducts and air plenums to prevent sagging and to minimize vibration when fans are operating. 6. Maintain rectangular cross section of ductwork unless otherwise shown. 7. Blow out all dirt and foreign matter from ductwork, and clean diffusers, registers and grilles before fans are started. 8. Unless otherwise noted, construct ductwork as specified for low pressure ductwork. 9. All angle irons required for ductwork construction and support shall be galvanized. 10. Construct of galvanized sheet metal, except where otherwise indicated. 11. Diagonally crossbrace all panels on metal rectangular ducts over 18-inches in either direction. Beading for reinforcing is acceptable. 12. Duct dimensions indicated are net, outside, clear dimensions. 13. Alter duct sizes on basis of equal friction where required to facilitate installation. 14. Penetrations of ducts are forbidden without approval from the Owner’s Representative. Provide airtight rubber grommets at unavoidable penetrations of hanger rods. 15. At exposed duct penetrations of walls, floors and ceilings, provide sheet metal angle type escutcheons. 16. At supply diffusers, grilles and/or registers extend branch duct 1-foot beyond air outlet. 17. Install exposed ducts to maintain not less than 7-feet head clearance, unless indicated otherwise. 18. Tapers: Pitch sides of duct in “diverging” or “converging” airflow maximum of 1 to 4 taper. 19. Duct Opening: a. Provide openings where required to accommodate thermometers, smoke detectors, controllers, etc. Insert through airtight rubber grommets. b. Provide Pitot tube openings where required for testing of systems: 1) Complete with metal cap with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 00 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2) For Pitot tube test install test holes. c. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside metal ring. d. At fire dampers and fire/smoke dampers, allow adequate length of duct to install duct access door. 20. Tapers: a. Pitch sides of duct in a “diverging” airflow maximum of 20 degrees. b. Pitch sides of duct in a “converging” airflow maximum of 30 degrees. c. Design elbows for minimum friction with inside radius not less than width of duct. Use square elbows with hollow double radius type duct turns where radius is less than duct width. Attach duct turns to duct securely with spot weld, screws, or rivets. Friction type attachment not acceptable. 21. Branch Duct Connections: Make branch duct connections to other ducts or plenums in such a manner that it provides a smooth airflow with minimum turbulence and minimum air pressure drops at the connections. Use parallel flow connections or 45-degree clinch collars or bell mouth, and provide air volume control dampers. Straight tap connections are not acceptable unless specifically shown. 22. Flashing Ducts Through Roof: Install flashing to cover top and sides of curb and fit closely around duct. Cover tope edge of base flashing with collar soldered to duct and turned down over base flashing. Fabricate flashing from 24-gauge galvanized steel. See HVAC details on plans for further information. 23. Test Holes: Drill instrument test holes into ductwork for Pitot tube tests. Install hole covers attached to ductwork by sheet metal screws. Locate test holes at intake and discharge from each air handling unit and as shown. 24. Remove all debris and oily residue from ductwork and plenums after manufacturing and prior to installation. 25. Cover and seal all openings in ductwork during transportation and storage; remove just prior to installation. Prevent dirt and moisture from entering ductwork after installation. Cover and seal openings at the end of each work day.

B. Elbows and Transitions: 1. Construct radius elbows with inside radius not less than duct width. 2. Use square turns in rectangular ductwork, unless indicated otherwise, at following locations: a. Immediately upstream from supply air outlets. b. Where required to facilitate installation. 3. Provide turning vanes in miter elbows in round and rectangular ducts. 4. Where indicated, provide turning vanes of special size and shape. 5. Tow-way Splits: a. Supply, return and exhaust. b. Two Elbows: 1) Proportionally sized per SMACNA Duct Standards. 2) Radius or square. c. Single fitting acceptable with turning vanes. Duct opening sized as above.

C. Rectangular Duct Joints: 1. Standing seams, except where flush drive slip seam called for. 2. Use flush, drive-slip, for: a. Exposed ducts. b. Where required for clearance.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 00 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

c. In ducts no wider than 60-inches.

D. Joint Sealing: 1. Seal transverse and longitudinal joints of sheet metal ducts, including angle iron connections, by one of following methods: a. Six ounce canvas strip, six inches wide. Adhere with lagging adhesive. b. Applications as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Seal punched holes and corner cracks. 3. After installation and balancing reseal joints found to be leaking.

E. Ducts Outdoors: 1. Make ducts watertight. 2. Use double corner or Pittsburgh seams for longitudinal seams. 3. Use capped flanges for transverse joints. 4. “Ductmate” system joints may be used in lieu of capped flanges for transverse joints. a. In ducts no wider than 60-inches. b. Installation as recommended by manufacturer. c. Ductmate angle to be fastened to the duct section with spot welds. d. Install cleat full length in one-piece on the top of the joint to prevent water from collection on the gasket. 5. Construct as follows to assure water runoff: a. Arrange flanges to not act as dams. b. Longitudinal seams at top of duct. c. Slope entire top of duct down toward side. d. Vertical struts within duct to bow top panels of duct into convex shape. e. Mastic within sheet metal joints.

3.2 ROUND DUCTWORK

A. Fittings: Factory fabricated with radius of elbows and angles minimum of 1½-times diameter of duct. Where tee fittings of conical type change in shape from round to rectangular, utilize a transformation joint with a taper ratio of 1 to 7.

B. Joints Between Ducts: 1. Made with beaded sleeve joints as scheduled. 2. Duct sealer applied to male end. 3. Mechanically fastened with sheet metal screws or pop rivets. 4. Over joint and screw or rivet heads, apply coating of duct sealer. 5. Cover entire joint with duct tape.

C. Joints, Duct and Fitting: 1. Slip projecting collar of fittings into duct. Insertion length 2-inches minimum. 2. Apply duct sealer. Seal and tape as specified above. 3. Mechanically fasten per following Fastening Schedule:

No. of Rivets Diameter Slip Joint 4 8-inches 3/4-inch 6 9 to 16-inches 1-inch 7 17-inches and larger 1 1/4-inch

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 00 - 9 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

D. Junctions Between Ducts: Branch takeoff conical 90 degrees.

E. Horizontal Supports: 1. One or two-piece clamp band strap. 2. Minimum: One per section. 3. Support fittings to prevent sagging.

F. Vertical Support: One of the following: 1. Clamp bands with extended ends supported by floor. 2. Clamp bands with knee bracing. 3. Pedestal at base of vertical.

3.3 FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK

A. Provide insulated flexible ducts continuous, single pieces not over seven feet in length, adequately supported, and have a minimum inside bending radius of two-thirds the internal diameter, but not installed with a radius of bend less than two duct diameters.

B. Provide 4-inches wide sheet metal protection saddles under ductwork at each hanger.

C. Where flexible ducts join other ductwork and air terminals, apply duct sealer to outside surface of collar. Secure duct to collar with sheet metal screws and clamps, and seal joint with three wraps of pressure sensitive vapor seal adhesive tape.

D. Install flexible ducts in as straight a manner as possible. Cut ducts to lengths required, maximum 7-feet, rather than create bends to take up excess lengths. Terminate flexible duct perpendicular to the connection.

E. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands.

F. Use crimp joints with or without bead for joining round duct sizes 8-inch and smaller with crimp in direction of air flow.

G. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports.

3.4 DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. General: 1. Attachment to structure, as specified in Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment. 2. Seismic restraints shall be as specified in Section 23 05 48 - Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control.

B. Horizontal Duct Supports: 1. Support horizontal ducts with hangers of size and spacing as indicated in pertinent SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. 2. Install hangers at each change in direction of duct. 3. Strap Hangers: a. Extend strap down both sides of ducts. b. Turn under bottom one inch minimum. c. Metal screw hangers to bottom of duct, upper and lower sides of ducts, and not more than 12-inches on center.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 00 - 10 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

4. Angle Hangers: a. Provide angle hangers formed by extended vertical bracing angles. b. Or by rods connecting to bottom angles if size or bracing angles conform to hanger schedule. 5. Support horizontal ducts on the roof with supports of size and spacing as indicated on the drawings. 6. Vertical Duct Supports: Support vertical ducts at every floor. a. Use angles or channels riveted to ducts.

b. Set angles or channels on floor slab or structural steel members placed in opening, unless otherwise noted.

3.5 MISCELLANEOUS INSTALLATIONS

A. Install following equipment and materials in accordance with manufacturers printed instructions. 1. Filters.

B. Duct Drains: 1. At low points for moisture collection. 2. 1 inch drain, galvanized steel. 3. S-trap (or P-trap) for water seal. Minimum depth of trap 1¼ times maximum static pressure differential in duct section. 4. Run drain to nearest plumbing drain. Terminate with one inch minimum air gap. 5. Provide tee connection in drain. a. Between duct and trap.

3.6 SLEEVES

A. Sleeves are specified in Section 23 05 00 - Common Work Results for HVAC.

3.7 LEAKAGE

A. General: 1. Leakage of ductwork and plenums shall not exceed 3-percent of design cfm. The 3-percent leakage limit applies to each duct system as a whole. 2. Leakage shall be determined by summation of all supply outlet cfm’s on any one system subtracted from the total cfm developed by the unit serving that system. 3. Balancer to inform Owner’s Representative of any system that exceeds the 3-percent leakage allowance.

B. Contractor to inspect the systems that exceed the 3-percent leakage allowance and reseal leaking ductwork at no additional cost to the owner until the leakage rate is within the 3- percent allowance.

3.8 DUCT CLEANING

A. Force air at high velocity through duct to remove accumulated dust.

B. Clean half system at time.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 00 - 11 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with filters, or bypass during cleaning. When closures are removed, avoid spilling dust in room.

D. Insulation inside the duct shall not be used on any HVAC systems.

3.9 FIRE DAMPERS

A. Demonstrate ability to reset fire dampers.

3.10 FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS AND SMOKE DAMPERS

A. Demonstrate ability to achieve access to actuator and to visibly see damper blades.

END OF SECTION 23 31 00

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 00 - 12 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 31 13 - METAL DUCTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Single-wall rectangular ducts and fittings. 2. Double-wall rectangular ducts and fittings. 3. Single-wall round and flat-oval ducts and fittings. 4. Double-wall round and flat-oval ducts and fittings. 5. Sheet metal materials. 6. Duct liner. 7. Sealants and gaskets. 8. Hangers and supports. 9. Seismic-restraint devices.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 23 05 93 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing requirements for metal ducts.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including sheet metal thicknesses, seam and joint construction, reinforcements, and hangers and supports, shall comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and performance requirements and design criteria indicated in "Duct Schedule" Article.

B. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports and seismic restraints shall withstand the effects of gravity and seismic loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" SMACNA's "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." 1. Seismic Hazard Level A: Seismic force to weight ratio, 0.48. 2. Seismic Hazard Level B: Seismic force to weight ratio, 0.30. 3. Seismic Hazard Level C: Seismic force to weight ratio, 0.15.

C. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of the following products: 1. Liners and adhesives.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 13 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2. Sealants and gaskets. 3. Seismic-restraint devices.

B. Shop Drawings: 1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, components, and attachments to other work. 2. Factory- and shop-fabricated ducts and fittings. 3. Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration, liner material, and static-pressure classes. 4. Elevation of top of ducts. 5. Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines. 6. Fittings. 7. Reinforcement and spacing. 8. Seam and joint construction. 9. Penetrations through fire-rated and other partitions. 10. Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project. 11. Locations for duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and access doors and panels. 12. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment seismic restraints and vibration isolation.

C. Delegated-Design Submittal: 1. Sheet metal thicknesses. 2. Joint and seam construction and sealing. 3. Reinforcement details and spacing. 4. Materials, fabrication, assembly, and spacing of hangers and supports.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Duct installation in congested spaces, indicating coordination with general construction, building components, and other building services. Indicate proposed changes to duct layout. 2. Suspended ceiling components. 3. Structural members to which duct will be attached. 4. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 5. Penetrations of smoke barriers and fire-rated construction. 6. Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. c. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. e. Access panels. f. Perimeter moldings.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 13 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-up."

C. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SINGLE-WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS

A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated.

B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular Duct/Transverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct- support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."

C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct- support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."

D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 4, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."

2.2 DOUBLE-WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. McGill AirFlow LLC. 2. Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc.

B. Rectangular Ducts: Fabricate ducts with indicated dimensions for the inner duct.

C. Outer Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 13 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

D. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular Duct/Transverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct- support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."

E. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct- support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."

F. Interstitial Insulation: Fibrous-glass liner complying with ASTM C 1071, NFPA 90A, or NFPA 90B; and with NAIMA AH124, "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard." 1. Install spacers that position the inner duct at uniform distance from outer duct without compressing insulation. 2. Coat insulation with antimicrobial coating. 3. Cover insulation with polyester film complying with UL 181, Class 1.

G. Interstitial Insulation: Flexible elastomeric duct liner complying with ASTM C 534, Type II for sheet materials, and with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.

H. Inner Duct: Minimum 0.028-inch perforated galvanized sheet steel having 3/32-inch.

I. Formed-on Transverse Joints (Flanges): Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular Duct/Traverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."

J. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct- support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."

2.3 SINGLE-WALL ROUND AND FLAT-OVAL DUCTS AND FITTINGS

A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. McGill AirFlow LLC. b. SEMCO Incorporated. c. Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc. d. Spiral Manufacturing Co., Inc.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 13 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Flat-Oval Ducts: Indicated dimensions are the duct width (major dimension) and diameter of the round sides connecting the flat portions of the duct (minor dimension).

C. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Round Duct Transverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."

D. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Round Duct Longitudinal Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 1. Fabricate round ducts larger than 90 inches in diameter with butt-welded longitudinal seams. 2. Fabricate flat-oval ducts larger than 72 inches in width (major dimension) with butt- welded longitudinal seams.

E. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."

2.4 DOUBLE-WALL ROUND AND FLAT-OVAL DUCTS AND FITTINGS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

B. Flat-Oval Ducts: Indicated dimensions are the duct width (major dimension) and diameter of the round sides connecting the flat portions of the duct (minor dimension) of the inner duct.

C. Outer Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. 1. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Round Duct Transverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." a. Transverse Joints in Ducts Larger Than 60 Inches in Diameter: Flanged. 2. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Round Duct Longitudinal Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." a. Fabricate round ducts larger than 90 inches in diameter with butt-welded longitudinal seams.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 13 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

b. Fabricate flat-oval ducts larger than 72 inches in width (major dimension) with butt-welded longitudinal seams. 3. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."

D. Inner Duct: Minimum 0.028-inch perforated galvanized sheet steel having 3/32-inch- diameter perforations, with overall open area of 23 percent.

E. Interstitial Insulation: Fibrous-glass liner complying with ASTM C 1071, NFPA 90A, or NFPA 90B; and with NAIMA AH124, "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard." 1. Install spacers that position the inner duct at uniform distance from outer duct without compressing insulation. 2. Coat insulation with antimicrobial coating. 3. Cover insulation with polyester film complying with UL 181, Class 1.

F. Interstitial Insulation: Flexible elastomeric duct liner complying with ASTM C 534, Type II for sheet materials, and with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.

2.5 SHEET METAL MATERIALS

A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.

B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G60.

C. Stainless-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304 or 316, as indicated in the "Duct Schedule" Article; cold rolled, annealed, sheet. Exposed surface finish shall be No. 2B, No. 2D, No. 3, or No. 4 as indicated in the "Duct Schedule" Article.

D. Aluminum Sheets: Comply with ASTM B 209 Alloy 3003, H14 temper; with mill finish for concealed ducts, and standard, one-side bright finish for duct surfaces exposed to view.

E. Factory- or Shop-Applied Antimicrobial Coating: 1. Apply to the surface of sheet metal that will form the interior surface of the duct. An untreated clear coating shall be applied to the exterior surface. 2. Antimicrobial compound shall be tested for efficacy by an NRTL and registered by the EPA for use in HVAC systems. 3. Coating containing the antimicrobial compound shall have a hardness of 2H, minimum, when tested according to ASTM D 3363. 4. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread index of 25 and maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL. 5. Shop-Applied Coating Color: Black. 6. Antimicrobial coating on sheet metal is not required for duct containing liner treated with antimicrobial coating.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 13 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

F. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. 1. Where black- and galvanized-steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM gasket materials.

G. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8- inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.

2.6 DUCT LINER

A. Fibrous-Glass Duct Liner: Comply with ASTM C 1071, NFPA 90A, or NFPA 90B; and with NAIMA AH124, "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard." 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. c. Knauf Insulation. d. Owens Corning. e. Maximum Thermal Conductivity: 1) Type I, Flexible: 0.27 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F. 2) Type II, Rigid: 0.23 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F. 3. Antimicrobial Erosion-Resistant Coating: Apply to the surface of the liner that will form the interior surface of the duct to act as a moisture repellent and erosion-resistant coating. Antimicrobial compound shall be tested for efficacy by an NRTL and registered by the EPA for use in HVAC systems. 4. Solvent-Based Liner Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and with ASTM C 916.

B. Flexible Elastomeric Duct Liner: Preformed, cellular, closed-cell, sheet materials complying with ASTM C 534, Type II, Grade 1; and with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: a. Aeroflex USA Inc. b. Armacell LLC. c. Rubatex International, LLC 3. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread index of 25 and maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL. 4. Liner Adhesive: As recommended by insulation manufacturer and complying with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.

C. Insulation Pins and Washers:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 13 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.106-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized carbon-steel washer. 2. Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- thick galvanized steel; with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.

D. Shop Application of Duct Liner: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 7-11, "Flexible Duct Liner Installation." 1. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with at least 90 percent adhesive coverage at liner contact surface area. Attaining indicated thickness with multiple layers of duct liner is prohibited. 2. Apply adhesive to transverse edges of liner facing upstream that do not receive metal nosing. 3. Butt transverse joints without gaps, and coat joint with adhesive. 4. Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure butted- edge overlapping. 5. Do not apply liner in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of ducts, unless duct size and dimensions of standard liner make longitudinal joints necessary. 6. Apply adhesive coating on longitudinal seams in ducts with air velocity of 2500 fpm. 7. Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches from corners and at intervals not exceeding 12 inches transversely; at 3 inches from transverse joints and at intervals not exceeding 18 inches longitudinally. 8. Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that have either channel or "Z" profiles or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge facings at the following locations: a. Fan discharges. b. Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct. c. Upstream edges of transverse joints in ducts where air velocities are higher than 2500 fpm or where indicated. 9. Secure insulation between perforated sheet metal inner duct of same thickness as specified for outer shell. Use mechanical fasteners that maintain inner duct at uniform distance from outer shell without compressing insulation. a. Sheet Metal Inner Duct Perforations: 3/32-inch diameter, with an overall open area of 23 percent. 10. Terminate inner ducts with buildouts attached to fire-damper sleeves, dampers, turning vane assemblies, or other devices. Fabricated buildouts (metal hat sections) or other buildout means are optional; when used, secure buildouts to duct walls with bolts, screws, rivets, or welds.

2.7 SEALANT AND GASKETS

A. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface-burning characteristics for sealants and gaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.

B. Two-Part Tape Sealing System:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 13 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Tape: Woven cotton fiber impregnated with mineral gypsum and modified acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight seal. 2. Tape Width: 3 inches. 3. Sealant: Modified styrene acrylic. 4. Water resistant. 5. Mold and mildew resistant. 6. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive and negative. 7. Service: Indoor and outdoor. 8. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. 9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum.

2.8 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium-plated steel rods and nuts.

B. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation.

C. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct."

D. Steel Cables for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492.

E. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device.

F. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials.

G. Trapeze and Riser Supports: 1. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates.

2.9 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 3. Mason Industries, Inc. 4. Unistrut; an Atkore International company.

B. General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and applications shall be as defined in reports by an evaluation service member an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 13 - 9 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will be subjected.

C. Channel Support System: Shop- or field-fabricated support assembly made of slotted steel channels rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces and with accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end. Include matching components and corrosion-resistant coating.

D. Restraint Cables: ASTM A 603, galvanized-steel cables with end connections made of cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for restraining cable service; and with an automatic-locking and clamping device or double-cable clips.

E. Hanger Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted-support-system sleeve with internally bolted connections to hanger rod.

F. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION

A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts and calculate friction loss for air-handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations. Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings.

B. Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" unless otherwise indicated.

C. Install round and flat-oval ducts in maximum practical lengths.

D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.

E. Install factory- or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for branch connections.

F. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and perpendicular to building lines.

G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building.

H. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness.

I. Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and enclosures.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 13 - 10 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

J. Where ducts pass through non-fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches.

K. Where ducts pass through fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers. Comply with requirements in Section 23 33 00 "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers.

L. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials. Comply with SMACNA's "IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction," Appendix G, "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines."

3.2 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK

A. Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or damaged.

B. Trim duct sealants flush with metal. Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead. Do not use two-part tape sealing system.

C. Grind welds to provide smooth surface free of burrs, sharp edges, and weld splatter. When welding stainless steel with a No. 3 or 4 finish, grind the welds flush, polish the exposed welds, and treat the welds to remove discoloration caused by welding.

D. Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in the arrangement and fabrication of fittings, hangers and supports, duct accessories, and air outlets.

E. Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with these requirements.

3.3 ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMERCIAL KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST DUCT

A. Install commercial kitchen hood exhaust ducts without dips and traps that may hold grease, and sloped a minimum of 2 percent to drain grease back to the hood.

B. Install fire-rated access panel assemblies at each change in direction and at maximum intervals of 20 feet in horizontal ducts, and at every floor for vertical ducts, or as indicated on Drawings.

C. Do not penetrate fire-rated assemblies except as allowed by applicable building codes and authorities having jurisdiction.

3.4 DUCT SEALING

A. Seal ducts for duct static-pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct Schedule" Article according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 13 - 11 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 5, "Hangers and Supports."

B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete. 2. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 3. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick. 4. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 5. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints.

C. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection.

D. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports.

E. Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds, bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16 feet.

F. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

3.6 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT-DEVICE INSTALLATION

A. Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to support the duct and to restrain against seismic forces required by applicable building codes. Comply with SMACNA's "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." 1. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet o.c. 2. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet.

B. Select seismic-restraint devices with capacities adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads.

C. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure.

D. Install cable restraints on ducts that are suspended with vibration isolators.

E. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 13 - 12 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

F. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing and restraints to structure, to flanges of beams, to upper truss chords of bar joists, or to concrete members.

G. Drilling for and Setting Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcement or embedded items during drilling. Notify the Architect if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 5. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior applications and stainless-steel anchors for applications exposed to weather.

3.7 CONNECTIONS

A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Section 23 33 00 "Air Duct Accessories."

B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections.

3.8 PAINTING

A. Paint interior of metal ducts that are visible through registers and grilles and that do not have duct liner. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex paint over a compatible galvanized-steel primer. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Section 09 91 13 "Exterior Painting" and Section 09 91 23 "Interior Painting."

3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Perform tests and inspections.

B. Leakage Tests: 1. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual." Submit a test report for each test. 2. Test the following systems: a. Supply Ducts with a Pressure Class of 2-Inch wg or Higher: Test representative duct sections totaling no less than 50 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class. b. Return Ducts with a Pressure Class of 2-Inch wg or Higher: Test representative duct sections, totaling no less than 50 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class. c. Exhaust Ducts with a Pressure Class of 2-Inch wg or Higher: Test representative duct sections totaling no less than 50 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 13 - 13 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

d. Outdoor Air Ducts with a Pressure Class of 2-Inch wg or Higher: Test representative duct sections totaling no less than 50 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class. 3. Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of systems to accommodate leakage testing and for compliance with test requirements. 4. Test for leaks before applying external insulation. 5. Conduct tests at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section being tested. If static-pressure classes are not indicated, test system at maximum system design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating pressure. 6. Give seven days' advance notice for testing.

C. Duct System Cleanliness Tests: 1. Visually inspect duct system to ensure that no visible contaminants are present. 2. Test sections of metal duct system, chosen randomly by Owner, for cleanliness according to "Vacuum Test" in NADCA ACR, "Assessment, Cleaning and Restoration of HVAC Systems." a. Acceptable Cleanliness Level: Net weight of debris collected on the filter media shall not exceed 0.75 mg/100 sq. cm.

D. Duct system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

E. Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.10 DUCT CLEANING

A. Clean new and existing duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Use service openings for entry and inspection. 1. Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static-pressure class if required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct. Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. Comply with Section 23 33 00 "Air Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors. 2. Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection. 3. Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process.

C. Particulate Collection and Odor Control: 1. When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97 percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles. 2. When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points of entry into building.

D. Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits: 1. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers). 2. Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive assemblies. 3. Air-handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 13 - 14 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

4. Coils and related components. 5. Return-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and mechanical equipment rooms. 6. Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes. 7. Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems.

E. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology: 1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building. 2. Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under negative pressure. 3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories. 4. Clean fibrous-glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner to get wet. Replace fibrous-glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or delaminated or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth. 5. Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and straighten fins. 6. Provide drainage and cleanup for wash-down procedures. 7. Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA-registered antimicrobial agents if fungus is present. Apply antimicrobial agents according to manufacturer's written instructions after removal of surface deposits and debris.

3.11 START UP

A. Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Section 23 05 93 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC."

END OF SECTION 23 31 13

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 13 - 15 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 31 13 - 16 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 33 00 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Volume control dampers. 2. Fire dampers. 3. Combination fire and smoke dampers. 4. Backdraft dampers. 5. Air turning devices. 6. Flexible duct connections. 7. Duct access doors. 8. Duct test holes.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASHRAE - Handbook, Fundamentals, Duct Design.

B. ASHRAE - Handbook, Equipment, Duct Construction.

C. NFPA 90A-2018 - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.

D. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards.

E. UL 555-2006 - Safety for Fire Dampers.

F. UL555C-2014 - Ceiling Dampers.

G. UL 33-2015 - Heat Responsive Links for Fire-Protection Service.

H. UL 555S-2014 - Safety for Smoke Dampers.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Division 1.

B. Product Data: For the Following: 1. Backdraft dampers. 2. Volume dampers. 3. Motorized control dampers. 4. Fire dampers. 5. Ceiling fire dampers. 6. Smoke dampers. 7. Combination fire and smoke dampers. 8. Duct silencers. 9. Turning vanes. 10. Duct-mounting access doors.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 33 00 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

11. Flexible connectors.

C. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Special fittings. 2. Manual-volume damper installations. 3. Motorized-control damper installations. 4. Fire-damper, smoke-damper, and combination fire- and smoke-damper installations, including sleeves and duct-mounting access doors. 5. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal and control wiring.

D. Quality Control Submittals. 1. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions for fire dampers and combination fire and smoke dampers. 2. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and ceiling-mounting items. Show ceiling-mounting items. Show ceiling- mounting access panels and access doors required for access to duct accessories.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with NFPA 90A, Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, and NFPA 90B, Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems.

1.5 MAINTENANCE

A. Extra Materials 1. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. a. Fusible Links: Furnish quantity equal to 10-percent of amount installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Multiblade Volume Dampers: 1. Ruskin Manufacturing Company. 2. Air Balance Inc. 3. American Warming and Ventilating Inc.

B. Fire Dampers: 1. Ruskin Manufacturing Company. 2. Air Balance Inc. 3. American Warming and Ventilation Company. 4. Phillips-Aire Division of Reed National Corporation. 5. Pottorff Company, Inc. 6. United McGill Corporation.

C. Backdraft Dampers:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 33 00 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Air Balance, Inc. 2. American Warming and Ventilating Inc. 3. Ruskin Manufacturing Company.

D. Fire/Smoke Dampers 1. Ruskin Manufacturing Company. 2. SafeAir. 3. Air Balance, Inc. 4. Greenheck. 5. Pottorff Company, Inc.

E. Damper Hardware: 1. Ventfabrics, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Corporation. 3. Young Regulator Company.

F. Access Doors, Ducts: 1. Ventfabrics, Inc. 2. Dura Dyne Corporation. 3. Ruskin Manufacturing Company.

G. Access Doors, Plenum: 1. Ventfabrics, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Corporation.

H. Acceptable Manufacturers - Air Turning Devices 1. Titus. 2. Kruger. 3. Price.

I. Acceptable Manufacturers - Flexible Duct Connections 1. Vent Fabrics Inc. Ventglas or Ventlon. 2. Duro Dyne Corporation; Super Metal Fab DDFDC-483.

J. Acceptable Manufacturers - Duct Access Doors 1. Milcor. 2. Karp. 3. Bilco.

2.2 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS.

A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, and as indicated.

B. Fabricate splitter dampers of material same gage as duct to 24-inches size in either direction, and two gages heavier for sizes over 24-inches.

C. Fabricate splitter dampers of double thickness sheet metal to streamline shape. Secure blade with continuous hinge or rod. Operate with minimum ¼-inch diameter rod in self aligning, universal joint action flanged bushing with set screw.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 33 00 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

D. Fabricate single blade dampers for duct sizes to 12 x 48-inch.

E. Fabricate multi-blade damper of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 12 by 72-inch (300 x 1825 mm). Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware.

F. Except in round ductwork 12-inches (300 mm) and smaller, provide end bearings. On multiple blade dampers, provide oil-impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings.

G. Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi-blade dampers. Where rod lengths exceed 30-inches (750 mm) provide regulator at both ends.

H. Single Blade Dampers: 1. Galvanized Steel Ductwork: 16-gauge galvanized steel, except as noted. 2. Low Pressure Systems: SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, except as noted. a. Bearing at one end of damper rod: Similar to Ventlok No. 60 or Ruskin. b. Accessible quadrant at other end of damper rod: 1) With lever and lockscrew, similar to Ventlok No. 635. or Ruskin. 2) Insulated Ducts: Quadrants mounted on bracket to clear insulation; similar to Ventlok Nos. 637, 638, or 639. Selection based on insulation thickness. c. For Inaccessible Dampers in Ceiling Spaces: Provide metered gear assembly with concealed ceiling regulator at other end of damper rod. 1) With end bearing at the other end of damper rod, similar to Ventlock No. 607. 2) With metered gears, similar to Ventlock No. 680 or Ruskin. 3) With concealed damper regulator, similar to Ventlock No. 677 or Ruskin. One with 2-5/8-inch diameter paintable coverplate provided with an additional set of security screws. 4) Required interconnecting hardware and set of regulator wrenches. d. Self-locking Splitter Damper Assembly with Accessible Quadrant: With a damper blade bracket, a double lead threaded rod, a universal joint, a lever and lockscrew, similar to Ventlock No. 690 or Ruskin. e. Abbreviated Self-locking Splitter Damper Assembly for Inaccessible Ceiling: 1) With damper blade bracket, a double lead threaded rod and an extended shaft universal joint, similar to Ventlock No. 691 or Ruskin. 2) Provide required hardware as specified under For Inaccessible Damper above.

I. Multiblade Dampers for Low Pressure Systems: 1. Opposed blade damper. Maximum 8-inches wide for ducts over 14-inches. 2. Rated at 10 cfm per sq. foot at 4-inches differential pressure. 3. Similar to Ruskin Model CD454.

J. Extraction Damper: 1. Turning vanes and companion volume damper. 2. Similar to Titus AG-45 with No. 2 operator or Ruskin.

2.3 FIRE DAMPERS

A. Fire dampers shall be approved by California State Fire Marshal and shall be UL-555 labeled.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 33 00 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and ASTM E84, and as required by State Fire Marshal.

C. Multi-bladed with blade housing 100-percent out of air stream, 1-1/2-hour rated, equipped with fusible link: 1. Horizontal Ducts: Gravity drop type. 2. Vertical Ducts: Spring loaded type.

D. Stainless Steel Construction: Type 304 where installed in stainless steel ductwork.

E. Fusible Link: 1. UL listed. 2. Temperature rating not greater than 50-degrees F above highest air temperature in duct.

F. Provide as noted and in ducts and openings in following: 1. Shafts. 2. Floors. 3. Fire Walls. 4. Fire Rated Ceilings.

G. Provide access door in duct adjacent to each fire damper.

H. Rectangular Type: Similar to Ruskin Model IBD, Pottorff Model VFD-10, SafeAir, Model 150-A.

I. Circular Type: Similar to Ruskin Model FDR25, Pottorff Model VFD-10, SafeAir Model 410A. J. Ceiling Fire Dampers: Similar to Ruskin Model CFD-5.

2.4 COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS

A. Dampers shall be approved by California State Fire Marshal and shall be UL-555 and UL- 555S labeled.

B. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and ASTM E84, and as required by the State Fire Marshal.

C. Provide factory sleeve for each damper. Install damper operator on exterior of sleeve and link to damper operating shaft.

D. Multiblade damper classified as: 1. 1-1/2 hour UL fire damper. 2. Leakage rated smoke damper under ASTM E84. 3. Minimum pressure rating of 4-inch and minimum velocity rating of 3000 fpm.

E. Operating Shafts: 90 degrees operating range between open and shut.

F. Damper Actuator: 1. Electric Type Spring Return: 120 volts AC, 60 Hz. 2. UL listed and labeled as fire damper operator. 3. Fail-safe type. Close dampers on failure of power.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 33 00 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

4. Factory installed per UL555S. 5. Electric type, 120 Volt ac. 6. Shall produce no audible noise when in either open or closed position. 7. No special cycling required during long-term holding. 8. Provide two sets of end switches for damper blades, to indicate full open and full closed, with contacts for connection under Fire Alarm System Work. 9. Controlled closure rate of between 7 and 15 seconds. Instantaneous close-type actuators are not acceptable. 10. Actuator shall close damper upon detection of heat (212-degrees F / 100-degrees C release temperature) or upon external signal based on smoke. Without fusible link. 11. Provide with Ruskin TS 150 “Firestat” system, with high limit temperature sensor, end switches, and remote override ability. Capable of remote actuation (closing, opening, and re-opening) based on remote signal, unless high limit temperature (approximately 300-degrees F/150-degrees C) sensor is activated, in which case damper re-opening requires manual reset.

G. Rectangular Type: Similar to Ruskin Model FSD 60, SafeAir Model 661.

H. Circular Type: Similar to Ruskin Model FSD60, SafeAir Model 661, AirBalance Model FA2.

2.5 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS

A. Description: 1. Extruded aluminum construction. 2. Vinyl blade edge seals. 3. Blade ends overlapping frame. a. Similar to Air Balance Inc., Series 700 or Ruskin.

2.6 AIR TURNING DEVICES

A. Multi-blade device with blades aligned in short dimension; steel or aluminum construction; with individually adjustable blades, mounting straps; Model TV manufactured by Titus. B. Vane length not to exceed 36-inches. Provide separate equal size sections for greater lengths.

2.7 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS

A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, and as indicated.

B. With metal collar frames at each end.

C. 2-inch slack in fabric.

D. Install to allow minimum movement of 1-inch.

E. Length Of Fabric Connections 1. Minimum: 4-inches. 2. Maximum: 10-inches.

F. Coated Glass Fabric: 1. Indoors - Neoprene.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 33 00 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2. Outdoors - Hypalon, weather-resistant. 3. Flame Spread Rating: 25. 4. Smoke Development Rating: 50. 5. 30-oz. per sq. yd. 6. Sewed and cemented seams

2.8 DUCT ACCESS DOORS

A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards and as indicated.

B. Review locations prior to fabrication.

C. Access Doors: Construct of galvanized sheet metal of same gauge (minimum) as duct, with frame, galvanized steel hinges, handles, clamping devices, gasketed for airtight fit.

D. In Ductwork: 1. Insulated or noninsulated, same as duct. 2. Hinged, except where sliding or removable type required. Latch, similar to Ventlok No. 100. 3. Size: a. 20-inches x 14-inches. b. Ducts Less Than 16-Inches: One dimension 20-inches, other dimension 2-inch less than duct width. c. Larger sizes where required for access.

E. In Casings and Plenums: 1. Insulated Casings and Plenums: Insulated doors. 2. Size 24-inch x 60-inch: a. 18-inch x 45-inch permitted where necessary. b. Larger size where required for maintenance, such as filter removal. c. Latches: Similar to Ventlok No. 310 or Ruskin

2.9 DUCT TEST HOLES

A. Cut or drill temporary test holes in ducts as required. Cap with neat patches, neoprene plugs, threaded plugs, or threaded or twist-on metal caps.

B. Permanent test holes shall be factory fabricated, air tight flanged fittings with screw cap. Provide extended neck fittings to clear insulation

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Manufacturers’ installation instructions shall be made available to the Owner’s Representative and inspecting authorities.

B. Provide balancing dampers at points on low pressure supply, return, and exhaust systems at the following locations:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 33 00 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. In all duct splits and branches of supply, return and exhaust systems. 2. In duct serving single outlets. 3. At open return duct above ceilings. 4. At duct splits above 36-inches deep. 5. In duct connected to common plenum. 6. Where shown on drawings. 7. Install balancing dampers at the split or branch take-off. 8. Dampers at air outlets and inlets cannot be used in lieu of balancing dampers.

C. Fire Dampers and Fire/Smoke Dampers: 1. Provide fire dampers, combination fire and smoke dampers and smoke dampers at locations indicated, where ducts and outlets pass through fire rated components, and where required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Install in same manner as tested for UL-listing. 3. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, bearings, bushings and hinges. 4. Provide duct access door and ceiling access panel (unless accessible ceiling), at each damper and fire/smoke damper, suitably sized and located for inspection and resetting. Provide permanent label per requirements of Section 23 05 53. 5. All required access doors shall be installed prior to “rough” sign-off. Access doors shall comply with CMC. 6. Contractor shall provide ladder or other approved means of access for inspection. 7. Where detail on Drawings includes a fire damper or fire/smoke damper, it is intended to show relative location of damper to other items. The detail is for information only and does not supercede the installation requirements given above. 8. Coordinate with Section Fire Alarm System Work for: a. Low voltage wiring to fire/smoke dampers. b. Control of fire/smoke dampers. c. Remote status indication of fire/smoke damper status (open or closed). 9. Demonstrate re-setting of fire dampers to authorities having jurisdiction and Owner’s Representative. 10. Fire/Smoke Dampers: Demonstrate ability to achieve sufficient access to damper actuator. Demonstrate ability to open duct access door and visually verify position of damper blades.

D. Provide backdraft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated.

E. Provide flexible connections immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment. Attach tightly, and allow at least 1-inch slack.

F. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, main balancing dampers, smoke detection heads, at fire and smoke dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Make completely accessible. The access opening shall be large enough to permit maintenance and resetting of the damper. (Minimum 24-inch x 24-inch size access doors in non-accessible ceilings).

G. Provide duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 33 00 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

H. The construction and installations for damper openings in wall and ceilings shall conform to Chapter C, CBC, and the manufacturer’s approved installation instructions.

END OF SECTION 23 33 00

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 33 00 - 9 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 33 00 - 10 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 34 00 - HVAC FANS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Centrifugal Fans. 2. Rooftop Exhaust Fans. 3. Utility/Vent Sets. 4. Accessories.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook.

B. ANSI/AMCA 210/ASHRAE 51-2019 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Certified Aerodynamic Performance Rating.

C. ANSI/AMCA 300-2019 - Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans.

D. ANSI/AMCA 301-2019 - Method of Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data.

E. BSR/ABMA 11-2014 (R200x) - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.

F. SMACNA - Low Pressure Duct Construction Standard.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and bear the AMCA Certified Rating Seal.

B. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300, and bear AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal.

C. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Division 1.

B. Product Data 1. Submit information including air flow capacities, static pressures, rpm, sound levels at design operating point. Provide fan curve clearly showing plotted design point. 2. For adjustable axial fan blades, provide performance data and fan curves for at least five blade settings.

C. Shop Drawings 1. Submit full set of drawings showing a minimum of three views with all dimensions clearly shown, including duct connections.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 34 00 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

D. Quality Control Submittals 1. Provide factory test reports with each submittal. 2. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions.

E. Closeout Submittals 1. Operation and Maintenance data include instructions for lubrication, motor and driven replacement, spare parts list, and wiring diagrams.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Protect motors, shafts, and bearings from weather and construction dust.

1.6 SYSTEM START-UP

A. Refer to Sections 23 05 00 and 23 05 93.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Greenheck.

B. Loren Cook Company.

C. Penn Ventilator.

2.2 CENTRIFUGAL FANS

A. Fans used shall not decrease motor size, increase noise level, or increase tip speed by more than 10-percent, or increase inlet air velocity by more than 20-percent, from specified criteria. Fans shall be capable of accommodating static pressure variations of plus or minus 10- percent.

B. Base performance on sea level conditions.

C. Statically and dynamically balance fans to eliminate vibration or noise transmission to occupied areas.

D. Wheel and Inlet. 1. Backward Inclined: Steel or aluminum construction with smooth curved inlet flange, heavy backplate, backwardly curved blades welded or riveted to flange and backplate; cast iron hub riveted to backplate and keyed to shaft with set screws. 2. Forward Curved: Black enameled or Galvanized steel construction with inlet flange, backplate, shallow blades with inlet and tip curved forward in direction of air flow, mechanically secured to flange and backplate; steel hub swaged to backplate and keyed to shaft with set screw. 3. Airfoil Wheel: Steel construction with smooth curved inlet flange, heavy backplate die formed hollow airfoil shaped blades continuously welded at tip flange, and backplate; cast iron or cast steel hub riveted to backplate and keyed to shaft with set screws.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 34 00 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

4. Radial: Steel construction with inlet flange, heavy reinforced backplate, plate blades with reinforcing gussets and wearing strips welded or riveted to backplate and flange; cast iron or cast steel hub riveted to backplate and keyed to shaft with set screws.

E. Housing 1. Heavy gauge steel, spot welded for AMCA 99 designated Class I and II fans, and continuously welded for Class III, adequately braced, designed to minimize turbulence with spun inlet bell and shaped cut-off. 2. Factory finish before assembly with enamel or prime coat. Prime coating on aluminum parts is not required. 3. Provide bolted construction with horizontal flanged split housing, where indicated. 4. Fabricate plug fans without volute housing, with steel cabinet, lined. Refer to Section 23 07 00. 5. Provide type 316 stainless steel housing on exhaust fans serving stainless steel duct work.

F. Motors and Drives 1. Motors: As indicated, in compliance with Section 23 05 13. 2. Bearings: ANSI/AFBMA 11, L-10 life at 120,000 hours, pillow block type, self-aligning, grease-lubricated roller bearings. 3. Shafts: Hot rolled steel, ground and polished, with key-way, protectively coated with lubricating oil. 4. V-Belt Drive: Cast iron or steel sheaves, dynamically balanced, keyed. Variable and adjustable pitch sheaves for motors 15-hp and under, selected so required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid-position. Fixed sheave for 20-hp and over, matched belts, and drive rated as recommended by manufacturer or minimum 1.5 times nameplate rating of the motor. 5. Belt Guard: Fabricate to SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards; of 12- gauge, ¾-inch diamond mesh wire screen welded to steel angle frame or equivalent, prime coated. Secure to fan or fan supports without short circuiting vibration isolation, with provision for adjustment of belt tension, lubrication, and use of tachometer with guard in place.

2.3 ROOF TOP EXHAUST FANS

A. Centrifugal Fan Unit: V-belt or direct driven as indicated on schedules, with spun aluminum minimum 0.08-inches thick housing; resilient mounted motor; 1/2-inch mesh, 16-gauge aluminum birdscreen; square base to suit roof curb with continuous curb gaskets; secured with cadmium plated bolts and screws.

B. Roof Curb: 12-inch high self-flashing with continuously welded seams, one inch insulation and curb bottom, hinged curb adapter where indicated on drawings, and factory installed door nailer strip.

C. Disconnect Switch: Factory wired, non-fusible, in housing for thermal overload protected motor.

D. Backdraft Damper: Gravity activated, aluminum multiple blade construction, felt edged with nylon bearings.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 34 00 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

E. Sheaves: Cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed; variable and adjustable pitch motor sheave selected so required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid- position; fan shaft with self-aligning pre-lubricated ball bearings.

F. Wheel: Factory balanced statically and dynamically.

G. Motors: 1. Shielded ball bearings mounted on a sliding belt adjuster. The entire drive mechanism shall be mounted on neoprene vibration isolators. The motor and drive shall be isolated from the exhaust airstream and shall be located in a chamber cooled by outside air. Bearings shall have a minimum L-50 life in excess of 200,000 hours. 2. Energy Efficient Motors a. Provide energy efficient motors for all motors 2-hp and larger. Refer to Section 23 05 13. b. Provide energy efficient motors for rooftop exhaust fans ½-hp and larger. Refer to Section 23 05 13.

H. For rooftop upblast exhaust fans: 1. Air discharged vertically from complete circumference.

2.4 UTILITY/ VENT SET

A. Fan Housing: Heavy gauge steel with lock form seams permitting no air leakage. Housing shall be rotatable in the field to any of the eight standard discharge positions. Housing and bearing supports shall be constructed of welded steel members.

B. Motor: Permanently lubricated, heavy-duty, ball bearing type. Motor shall be high efficiency type.

C. Fan Shaft: Ground and polished solid steel mounted in heavy duty, permanently sealed, pillow block ball bearings. Bearings shall have an L50 life in excess of 200,000-hours.

D. Wheel: Forward Curved Backward Inclined heavy gauged steel, statically and dynamically balanced.

E. V-Belt Drive: Sizes for 150-percent of driven horsepower. Pulleys shall be fully machined cast iron, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts. Motor pulley shall be adjustable for final system balancing.

2.5 ACCESSORIES

A. Consult notes in equipment schedules for exact options to include with fans.

B. Dampers: Welded steel construction, consisting of two semi-circular vanes pivoted on oil- retaining bearings in short casing section, finished with one coat enamel. Provide airstream operation closing blades by reverse air flow and gravity. Hand operation with handwheel control of screw and link mechanism. Motor actuation; refer to Section 23 09 23.

C. Inlet Screens: Galvanized steel welded grid to fit inlet bell.

D. Access Doors: Shaped to conform to casing with quick opening latches and gaskets.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 34 00 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

E. Blade Pitch Actuator: Factory mounted and calibrated, electric actuator requiring single phase power and accepting electric input.

F. Vibration Detector: Factory installed vibration switch to stop fan.

G. Guide Vanes: Welded steel construction with airfoil vanes and casing flanges, finished to match casing.

H. Adjustable Inlet Vanes: Steel construction with blades supported at both ends cantilevered with two permanently lubricated bearings, variable mechanism out of airstream terminating in single control lever with control shaft for double width fans and locking quadrant.

I. Inlet Bell: Bell mouth inlet fabricated of steel with flange.

J. Outlet Cones: Fabricated of steel with flanges, outlet area/inlet area ration of 1.5/1.0, with center pod as recommended by manufacturer.

K. Scroll Drain: 1/2-inch steel pipe coupling welded to low point of fan scroll.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

B. Do not operate fans for any purpose until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation.

C. Install fans as specified, with resilient mountings and flexible electrical leads. Refer to Section 23 05 48.

D. Install fan restraining snubbers as required. Refer to Section 23 05 48. Flexible connectors shall not be in tension while running.

E. Provide sheaves required for final air balance.

F. Provide safety screen where inlet or outlet is exposed.

G. Pipe scroll drains to nearest floor drain.

H. Provide backdraft dampers on discharge of exhaust fans and as indicated.

I. Secure roof exhausters with lag screws to roof curb. Provide shims or spacers between roof curb and fan.

J. Ceiling Fans: Provide adjustable mounting brackets to allow for ceiling thickness.

K. Provide access to adjustable blade axial fan wheels for varying blade angle setting. Adjust blades for varying range of volume and pressure.

L. Provide floor mounted axial fans with reinforced legs. Provide ceiling suspended units with support brackets bolted to casing flange.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 34 00 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.2 DEMONSTRATION

A. Instruct OWNER personnel under provisions of Division 1.

B. Provide instruction for 10 people.

C. Duration: 5 working days, coincident with instruction period specified in other Division 23 sections..

D. Demonstrate system and instruct OWNER personnel in operation, repair, and maintenance of the work of this section.

END OF SECTION 23 34 00

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 34 00 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 64 23 – AIR COOLED WATER CHILLERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE

A. Section includes design, performance criteria, controls and control connections, chilled water connections, electrical power connections and refrigerants of the chiller package.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. Products shall be designed, rated and certified in accordance with applicable sections of the following Standards and Codes: 1. To comply with the most recent versions of applicable Standards and Codes of Air- Conditioning, Heating & Refrigeration Institute (AHRI) 550 / 590. 2. AHRI 370 - Standard for Sound Rating of Large outdoor Refrigerating and Air-conditioning Equipment. 3. To comply with the most recent versions of applicable Standards and Codes of American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) 15. 4. Units shall meet the efficiency standards of ASHRAE 90.1. 5. To comply with seismic application in accordance with the most recent versions of the International Building Code (IBC).

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Product COP: Coefficient of performance. The ratio of the rate of heat removal to the rate of energy input using consistent units for any given set of rating conditions.

B. DDC: Direct digital control.

C. EER: Energy-efficiency ratio. The ratio of the cooling capacity given in terms of Btu/h to the total power input given in terms of watts at any given set of rating conditions.

D. IPLV: Integrated part-load value. A single number part-load efficiency figure of merit calculated per the method defined by ARI 506/110 and referenced to ARI standard rating conditions.

E. kW/Ton: The ratio of total power input of the chiller in kilowatts to the net refrigerating capacity in tons at any given set of rating conditions.

F. NPLV: Nonstandard part-load value. A single number part-load efficiency figure of merit calculated per the method defined by ARI 506/110 and intended for operating conditions other than the ARI standard rating conditions.

1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide Seismic Performance: Scroll water chillers shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to SEI/ASCE 7.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 64 23 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event."

1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Include refrigerant, rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. 1. Performance at ARI standard conditions and at conditions indicated. 2. Performance at ARI standard unloading conditions. 3. Minimum evaporator flow rate. 4. Refrigerant capacity of chiller. 5. Oil capacity of chiller. 6. Fluid capacity of evaporator. 7. Fluid capacity of condenser. 8. Characteristics of safety relief valves. 9. Minimum entering condenser-air temperature

B. Shop Drawings: Complete set of manufacturer's prints of water chiller assemblies, control panels, sections and elevations, and unit isolation. Include the following: 1. Assembled unit dimensions. 2. Weight and load distribution. 3. Required clearances for maintenance and operation. 4. Size and location of piping and wiring connections. 5. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.

1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Structural supports. 2. Piping roughing-in requirements. 3. Wiring roughing-in requirements, including spaces reserved for electrical equipment. 4. Access requirements, including working clearances for mechanical controls and electrical equipment, and tube pull and service clearances.

B. Certificates: For certification required in "Quality Assurance" Article.

C. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For chillers, accessories, and components from manufacturers. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.

D. Source quality-control test reports.

E. Startup service reports.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 64 23 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

F. Warranty: Sample of special warranty

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) 1995 -- Standard for Heating and Cooling Equipment.

B. Manufactured facility to be International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 9001.

C. Chiller manufacturer shall have a factory trained and supported service organization that is within a 40 mile radius of the site.

1.8 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with the specifications.

B. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Dimensioned plan and elevation view drawings, required clearances, and location of all field connections. 2. Product data indicating rated capacities, weights, specialties and accessories, electrical requirements and wiring diagrams.

1.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

A. Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, installation checklist, start-up instructions and maintenance procedure.

1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Units shall be delivered to job site fully assembled and charged with refrigerant and oil by the manufacturer.

B. Unit shall be stored and handled per manufacturer's instructions.

C. During shipment, provide protective covering over vulnerable components. Fit nozzles and open pipe ends with enclosures.

D. Unit controls shall be capable of withstanding 158F storage temperature in the control compartment for an indefinite period of time.

1.11 MANUFACTURER’S WARRANTY

A. Provide a full parts, labor and refrigerant warranty for five years. Warranty period shall begin at recordation of the notice of completion.

1.12 MANUFACTURER’S MAINTENANCE SERVICES

A. Maintain chiller for one year. 1. All inspections and service of units shall be accomplished by manufacturer’s servicing technicians.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 64 23 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2. OEM shall provide and report quarterly, annual, and bi-annual maintenance in compliance with or better than ASHRAE Standard 180-2008. 3. Include maintenance items as recommended in manufacturer's operating and maintenance data. 4. Submit copy of service call work orders and summary report to the Owner, including description of work performed, operating performance status and noted exceptions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis-of-Design: Trane Model CGAM080.

B. Or approved equal.

C. Approved equal manufacturers shall meet all requirements of drawings and specifications. Comply, Deviation and Exception (CDE) review of specification shall be submitted with approval request 10 days before the bid date.

2.2 GENERAL UNIT DESCRIPTION

A. Factory assembled, single-piece chassis, air-cooled liquid chiller. Contained within the package shall be all factory wiring, piping, controls, and refrigerant charge.

2.3 CABINET

A. Frame shall be heavy-gage, with a powder coated paint finish for both aesthetic appeal and to offer more resistance to corrosion.

B. Units shall be constructed with galvanized steel panels and access doors. Exterior component surfaces shall be finished with a powder-coated paint.

2.4 COMPRESSORS

A. Fully hermetic scroll type or helical rotary screw compressors.

B. Each compressor shall have overload protection internal to the compressor

C. Each compressor shall include: centrifugal oil pump, oil level sight glass and oil charging valve

D. Each compressor will have crankcase heaters installed and properly sized to minimize the amount of liquid refrigerant present in the oil sump during off cycles.

2.5 EVAPORATOR

A. The evaporator shall be a high efficiency, brazed plate-to-plate type heat exchanger consisting of parallel plates. Braze plates shall be stainless steel with copper braze material.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 64 23 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. The water side working pressure shall be rated at 150 psig and tested at 1.5 times maximum allowable water side working pressure.

C. The refrigerant side working pressure shall be rated at 460 psig and tested at 1.1 maximum allowable refrigerant side working pressure.

2.6 CONDENSER

A. Condenser coils shall consist of salt-air resistant coated copper tubes mechanically bonded into plate-type aluminum fins. A subcooling coil shall be an integral part of the main condenser coil.

B. The maximum allowable working pressure of the condenser shall be 650 psig. The condensers shall be factory proof and leak tested at 650 psig.

C. Low Sound Fans shall be dynamically and statically balanced, direct drive, corrosion resistant glass fiber reinforced composite blades molded into a low noise fan blade.

D. Low speed fan motors shall be three-phase with permanently lubricated ball bearings and individually protected by circuit breakers.

E. Unit shall be capable of starting and running at outdoor ambient temperatures from 32F to 125F.

F. Provide factory installed full height louvered panels. Panel louvers shall cover the condenser coils and protect from hail.

2.7 ENCLOSURES

A. Mount starters in a UL1995 rated panel for outdoor use.

B. Scroll compressors shall be provided with across-the-line configuration starters fully pre-wired to the compressor motor(s) and control panel.

C. Helical rotary screw compressors shall be provided with wye-delta starters fully pre-wired to the compressor motor(s) and control panel.

D. Unit shall have a single point power connection.

E. A control power transformer shall be factory-installed and factory-wired to provide unit control power.

2.8 REFRIGERATION COMPONENTS

A. Each refrigerant circuit shall include a filter drier, electronic expansion valve with site glass, liquid line service valves and a complete operating charge of both refrigerant and compressor oil.

B. Each refrigerant circuit shall include a discharge line service valve to allow the refrigerant to be isolated in the condenser.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 64 23 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2.9 CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT COATINGS

A. Coating shall be applied at factory.

B. Entire unit including casing, condenser coils and internal piping shall be coated. 1. Salt-spray resistance in accordance with ASTM B117: minimum 10,000 hours.

2.10 CONTROLS, SAFETIES AND DIAGNOSTICS

A. The microprocessor-based unit controller shall be factory-installed and factory-tested.

B. The unit display shall provide the following data: 1. Water and air temperatures 2. Refrigerant levels and temperatures 3. Flow switch status 4. Compressor starts and run times

C. The unit controller shall provide chilled water reset based on return water as an energy saving option.

D. Chilled water temperature control shall be microprocessor-based, proportional and integral controller to show water and refrigerant temperature, refrigerant pressure, and diagnostics. This microprocessor-based controller is to be supplied with each chiller by the chiller manufacturer. Controls shall include the following readouts and diagnostics: 1. Low evaporator refrigerant temperature and/or pressure 2. High condenser refrigerant pressure 3. Motor current overload 4. High compressor discharge temperature 5. Electronic distribution faults: phase loss, phase imbalance, or phase reversal

E. Unit shall be capable of withstanding 30% change in flow rate per minute for variable flow applications and safety measures.

F. Unit shall be shipped with factory control and power wiring installed.

G. On chiller, mount weatherproof control panel, containing starters, power and control wiring, factory wired with terminal block power connection. Provide primary and secondary fused control power transformer.

H. The unit controller shall utilize the following components to automatically take action to prevent unit shutdown due to abnormal operating conditions which will perform as follows: 1. High pressure switch that is set 20 PSIG lower to automatically shut off a compressor to help prevent a high pressure condenser control trip. One switch is required for each compressor and indicating light shall also be provided. 2. Motor surge protector that is set at 95% of compressor RLA that will automatically shut off a compressor to help prevent an over current trip. One protector is required for each compressor and indicating light shall also be provided. 3. Low pressure switch that is set at 5 PSIG (0.34 bar) above the factory low pressure switch that will automatically shut off a compressor to help prevent a low evaporator temperature trip. One switch is required for each compressor and indicating light shall also be provided.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 64 23 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

I. Provide the following safety controls with indicating lights or diagnostic readouts. 1. Low chilled water temperature protection. 2. High refrigerant pressure. 3. Low oil flow protection. 4. Loss of chilled water flow. 5. Contact for remote emergency shutdown. 6. Motor current overload. 7. Phase reversal/unbalance/single phasing. 8. Over/under voltage. 9. Failure of water temperature sensor used by controller. 10. Compressor status (on or off).

J. Provide the following operating controls: 1. Chilled water pump output relay that closes when the chiller is given a signal to start. 2. High ambient pressure controller that shuts off a compressor to keep head pressure under control and help prevent high pressure nuisance trip outs on days when outside ambient is above design. 3. Compressor current sensing limit that shuts off a compressor to help prevent current overload nuisance trips. 4. Auto lead-lag functions that constantly even out run hours and compressor starts automatically. If contractor cannot provide this function then cycle counter and hour meter shall be provided for each compressor so owner can be instructed by the contractor on how to manually change lead-lag on compressors and even out compressor starts and running hours. 5. Low ambient lockout control with adjustable setpoint.

K. Provide user interface on the front of the panel. If display is on the inside of the panel, then a control display access door shall be provided to allow access to the display without removal of panels. Provide user interface with a minimum of the following features: 1. Leaving chilled water setpoint adjustment from LCD input 2. Entering and leaving chilled water temperature output 3. Percent RLA output for each compressor 4. Pressure output of condenser for circuits one and two 5. Pressure output of evaporator for circuits one and two 6. Ambient temperature output 7. Voltage output 8. Current limit setpoint adjustment from LCD input.

L. Digital Communications to BAS system shall consist of a BACnet MS/TP interface via a single twisted pair wiring.

M. The chiller control panel shall provide a hard-wired input option for leaving chilled water temperature setpoint based upon a 2-10VDC or 4-20mA signal from a building automation system.

2.11 CHILLED FLUID CIRCUIT

A. Chilled fluid circuit shall be rated for 150 psig working pressure.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 64 23 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Proof of flow switch shall be provided by the equipment manufacturer and installed the correct number of pipe diameters from any elbow and in the correct orientation.

C. Flow switch shall be electronic IFM flow monitor type. Mechanical or paddle type switches are not acceptable.

D. Units with brazed plate evaporators shall have a 16 mesh water strainer that is factory provided. It shall be installed with a blowdown valve to facilitate periodic cleaning of the strainer to prevent it from becoming clogged.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Align chiller package on steel or concrete foundations.

C. Install units on isolators.

D. Connect to electrical service.

E. Connect to chilled water piping.

3.2 EXAMINATION

A. Before chiller installation, examine roughing-in for equipment support, anchor-bolt sizes and locations, piping, and electrical connections to verify actual locations, sizes, and other conditions affecting water chiller performance, maintenance, and operations.

B. Air-cooled chiller location indicated on Drawings are approximate. Determine exact locations before roughing-in for piping and electrical connections.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.3 AIR -COOLED CHILLER INSTALLATION

A. Install chiller on support structure indicated.

B. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation and seismic control devices specified in Section 23 05 48 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC."

C. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances for service and maintenance.

D. Charge chiller with refrigerant if not factory charged and fill with oil if not factory installed.

E. Install separate devices furnished by manufacturer and not factory installed.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 64 23 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.4 CONNECTIONS

A. Coordinate piping installations and specialty arrangements with schematics on Drawings and with requirements specified in piping systems.

B. Comply with requirements in Section 23 21 13 "Hydronic Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

C. Install piping adjacent to chiller to allow service and maintenance.

D. Evaporator Fluid Connections: Connect to evaporator inlet with shutoff valve, strainer, flexible connector, thermometer, and plugged tee with pressure gage. Connect to evaporator outlet with shutoff valve, balancing valve, flexible connector, flow switch, thermometer, plugged tee with pressure gage, flow meter, and drain connection with valve. Make connections to air-cooled water chiller with a union flange, or mechanical coupling.

3.5 STARTUP SERVICE

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.

B. Inspect field-assembled components, equipment installation, and piping and electrical connections for proper assemblies, installations, and connections.

C. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and perform the following: 1. Verify that refrigerant charge is sufficient and water chiller has been leak tested. 2. Verify that pumps are installed and functional. 3. Verify that thermometers and gages are installed. 4. Operate water chiller for run-in period. 5. Check bearing lubrication and oil levels. 6. Verify that refrigerant pressure relief device for chillers installed indoors is vented outside. 7. Verify proper motor rotation. 8. Verify static deflection of vibration isolators, including deflection during water chiller startup and shutdown. 9. Retain option in first subparagraph below for water-cooled water chillers. 10. Verify and record performance of chilled water flow and low-temperature interlocks. 11. Verify and record performance of water chiller protection devices. 12. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Prepare a written startup report that records results of tests and inspections.

3.6 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain air-cooled chillers.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 64 23 - 9 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.7 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES

A. OEM Startup is performed by manufacturer’s servicing technicians confirming equipment has been correctly installed and passes specification checklist prior to equipment becoming operational and covered under OEM warranty.

B. The manufacturer shall furnish complete submittal wiring diagrams of the package unit as applicable for field maintenance and service.

END OF SECTION 23 64 23

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 64 23 - 10 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 72 13 – AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Condensing Units. 2. Compressor. 3. Condenser Coils. 4. Fans and Motors. 5. Controls.

B. ANSI Related Sections 1. Section 23 05 00 Common Work Results for HVAC. 2. Section 23 05 13 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment. 3. Section 22 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment. 4. Section 23 07 00 HVAC Insulation. 5. Section 23 09 23 Direct Digital Control System for HVAC. 6. Section 23 23 00 Refrigerant Piping. 7. Section 26 27 26 Equipment Wiring Systems.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. Split ANSI/ASHRAE 15-2019 Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems.

B. UL 207 2009 (Ed. 7) Refrigerant Containing Components and Accessories, Non electrical.

C. ANSI/ARI 210/240-2008 Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air Source Heat Pump Equipment.

D. ARI 520-97 2004 - Positive Displacement Condensing Units.

E. ANSI/ASHRAE 20-2019 Method of Testing for Rating Remote Mechanical-Draft Air Cooled Refrigerant Condensers.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Submit unit performance data including: capacity, nominal and operating performance.

B. Submit Mechanical Specifications for unit and accessories describing construction, components and options.

C. Submit shop drawings indicating overall dimensions as well as installation, operation and service clearances. Indicate lift points and recommendations and center of gravity. Indicate unit shipping, installation and operating weights including dimensions.

D. Submit data on electrical requirements and connection points. Include recommended wire and fuse sizes or MCA, sequence of operation, safety and start-up instructions.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 72 13 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Ship Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions for rigging, unloading, and transporting units.

B. Protect units on site from physical damage. Protect coils.

1.5 MANUFACTURER’S WARRANTY

A. Provide a full parts, labor and refrigerant warranty for five years. Warranty period shall begin at recordation of the notice of completion.

1.6 MANUFACTURER’S MAINTENANCE SERVICE

A. Maintain chiller for one year. 1. All inspections and service of units shall be accomplished by manufacturer’s servicing technicians. 2. OEM shall provide and report quarterly, annual, and bi-annual maintenance in compliance with or better than ASHRAE Standard 180-2008. 3. Include maintenance items as recommended in manufacturer's operating and maintenance data. 4. Submit copy of service call work orders and summary report to the Owner, including description of work performed, operating performance status and noted exceptions.

1.7 REGULATORY REQUIRMENTS

A. Unit shall conform to UL 1995 for construction of packaged air conditioner.

1. In the event the unit is not UL approved, the manufacturer must, at his expense, provide for a field inspection by a UL representative to verify conformance to UL standards. If necessary, contractor shall perform modifications to the unit to comply with UL, as directed by the UL representative, at no additional expense to the Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis-of-Design: Trane Model TTA180.

B. Or approved equal.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 72 13 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2.2 SUMMARY

A. General: The contractor shall furnish and install air-cooled condensing units as shown as scheduled on the contract documents. The unit(s) shall be installed in accordance with this specification and perform at the specified conditions as scheduled.

2.3 GENERAL UNIT DESCRIPTION

A. Provide self-contained, packaged, factory-assembled and pre-wired units suitable for outdoor use consisting of cabinet, compressor(s), condensing coil and fan(s), integral subcooling circuit(s), filter drier(s), and controls.

2.4 CASING

A. Full House components in 18 gauge galvanized steel frame and panels with weather resistant, baked enamel finish.

B. Mount controls in weatherproof panel provided with removable panels and/or access doors with quick opening fasteners.

2.5 INSTALLATION CONDENSER COILS

A. Coils: Microchannel-Parallel flow aluminum tubes that are mechanically brazed to enhanced aluminum fins. Provide subcooling circuit(s). Factory leak test (at supplier), and vacuum dehydrate. Seal with holding charge of nitrogen.

2.6 FANS AND MOTORS

A. Perform Vertical discharge direct driven propeller type condenser fans with fan guard on discharge. Fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced.

B. Weatherproof motors suitable for outdoor use with permanently lubricated totally enclosed or open construction motors shall be provided and shall have built in current and thermal overload protection. Motors shall be either sleeve or ball bearing type.

2.7 COMPRESSORS

A. Compressor(s): Provide direct-drive scroll compressor(s) with centrifugal oil pump providing positive lubrication to moving parts. Motor shall be suction gas-cooled with internal temperature and current sensitive motor overloads. External high and low pressure cutout devices shall be provided.

B. Provide each unit with two refrigerant circuits with integral subcooling. Each circuit shall have factory-supplied filter driers, suction and liquid line service valves, all piped.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 72 13 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2.8 CONTROLS

A. Provide factory-wired units with 24-volt electro-mechanical control circuit with control transformers, contactors pressure lugs or terminal block for power wiring. Units shall have single point power connection as standard. Field wiring of zone controls to be NEC Class II.

2.9 CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT COATINGS

A. Coating shall be applied at factory.

B. Entire unit including casing, condenser coils and internal piping shall be coated. 1. Salt-spray resistance in accordance with ASTM B117: minimum 10,000 hours.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Provide for connection to electrical service.

C. Install units on vibration isolation.

D. Install units on concrete base as indicated.

E. Provide connection to refrigeration piping system and evaporators.

3.2 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES

B. The manufacturer shall furnish complete submittal wiring diagrams of the package unit as applicable for field maintenance and service.

END OF SECTION 23 72 13

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 72 13 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 74 10 – CUSTOM AIR HANDLING UNITS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Custom air handling units in accordance with the equipment schedules and specifications.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. AFBMA 9 – Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings.

B. AFBMA 11 – Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.

C. AMCA 99 – Standards Handbook.

D. AMCA 204 Balance Quality and Vibration Levels of Fans

E. AMCA 210 – Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes.

F. AMCA 300 – Test Code for Sound Rating Air Moving Devices.

G. AMCA 301 – Method of Publishing Sound Ratings for Air Moving Devices.

H. AMCA 500 – Test Methods for Louver, Dampers, and Shutters.

I. ARI 410 – Forced-Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils.

J. ARI 435 – Application of Central-Station Air-Handling Units

K. ASHRAE Standard 52 Gravimetric and Dust Spot Procedures for Testing Air Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter

L. NEMA MG1 – Motors and Generators.

M. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code.

N. SMACNA – HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.

O. UL Standard 1995: Heating and Cooling Equipment

P. UL 900 – Test Performance of Air Filter Units.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit shop drawings and product data as applicable. 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly, unit dimensions, weight loading, required clearances, construction details, field connection details, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 74 10 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Product Data 1. Provide literature that indicates dimensions, capacities, ratings, performances, gauges and finishes of materials, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 2. Provide data of filter media, performance, framing and assembly. 3. Provide fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted. 4. Provide coil selection with performance data 5. Provide pressure drop calculation report indication the internal pressure loss and available external loss 6. Submit sound power level data for fan outlet, fan inlet and casing radiation at rated capacity. 7. Submit electrical requirements for power supply wiring including wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring, clearly indicating factory-installed and field-installed wiring. 8. Submit performance, noise and vibration test results of the air handling unit as required by specifications. Provide test results for review prior to any air handling unit shipment to the job site.

1.4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

A. Submit installation, startup, operation and maintenance data. 1. Maintenance Data: Include instructions for lubrication, filter replacement, motor and drive replacement, spare parts lists, and wiring diagrams. 2. Include manufacturer's installation instructions.

1.5 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section who issues complete catalog data on total product. Manufacturer shall have been in production of custom HVAC equipment for a minimum of 10 years.

B. Each unit shall bear an ETL or UL label under UL Standard 1995 indicating unit is listed as an assembly. ETL or UL listing of individual components, or control panels only (i.e. UL 508 Electrical Enclosures) is not acceptable.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Ship Deliver, store, protect and handle products at jobsite under provisions of General Conditions and Division 1 as applicable.

B. Accept products on site with factory protective treatment, factory-installed shipping skids, and lifting lugs.

C. Inspect for damage and notify manufacturer immediately if any damage is found.

D. Store in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction traffic. Handle carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures, and finish.

E. Refer to manufacturer’s operation and maintenance manual for recommendations for long term storage.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 74 10 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Do not operate units for any purpose, temporary or permanent, until ductwork is clean, filters are in place and fan has been test run under observation.

1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Conform to space and access requirements; units which do not conform to space and access requirements will not be accepted.

B. Direct expansion coils shall be designed and tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15 Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration.

C. Insulation and insulation adhesive shall comply with NFPA 90A requirements for flame spread and smoke generation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis of Design: Alliance Air Products.

B. Trane.

C. Haakon.

D. Listing by name does not preclude the manufacturer from complying with all requirements set forth in the custom air handling unit specifications. A line-by-line spec markup shall be provided with submittals showing full compliance if submitting on a manufacturer other than basis-of- design.

2.2 FABRICATION

A. Unit Base: Perimeter of unit base shall be constructed from ALUMINUM structural ‘C’ channel. Internal supports shall consist of structural rectangular tubing on minimum 24” centers. All fans and coils shall be supported on minimum ¼” thick structural tubular steel. The unit base shall be fully welded. Height and section of structural members shall take into account internal loading, unit height, length and width, and split sections so as to limit base deflection to 1/200 of span. Curb mounted units shall be provided with curb angle welded on inside of structural base. 1. Prior to welding, all structural ‘C’ channels shall be sandblasted to remove rust and mill scale. Wire brushing or chemical treatment is not acceptable. 2. Heavy removable lifting lugs shall be added to the perimeter channel along the longest length of the unit. Removable type lifting lugs shall be provided with welded attachments. Provide a minimum of 4 lugs per section to ensure proper rigging.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 74 10 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3. Unit floor shall be covered with .063 aluminum floors. The floor shall be supported by stringers and structural members on maximum 24” centers. All seams shall be supported underneath by structural supports. Floor shall be attached to base structure by welding from underneath on maximum 6” centers. Floor seams shall consist of minimum 1” standing seams, caulked and covered with cleats to ensure water and air tightness. Penetrations through unit floor are not acceptable. 4. Isolator supports shall be attached to base structural members with minimum 3/8” Grade 5 bolts. Welding to the floor skin is not acceptable. 5. Coil drain pans shall be supported by structural steel members under the floor. 6. Unit Housing: The unit housing side and roof panels shall be constructed of .063 aluminum outer panels, and shall utilize a standing seam modular panel type construction. The panels shall be attached to each other, to the roof, and to the floor using bolts so that all panels are removable. All seams shall be sealed with a high strength polyurethane sealant prior to assembling the panels. After assembly, exterior panel seams shall be filled with acrylic latex caulk for appearance. Bolting shall be zinc plated ¼-20 on maximum 8” centers. Sheet metal or ‘Tek’ fasteners are not acceptable for sealing pressure containing panels. 7. Fan sections shall include .025 aluminum solid interior sheet metal liners in fan blast area. 8. Cooling coil sections shall include .025 aluminum solid interior sheet metal liner. 9. Roof shall be sloped at ¼” per foot for all exterior units. Slope must be maintained after installation. 10. Access doors shall be provided full height (60”) where unit height permits, and shall be 24” wide where section length permits. Doors shall be 2” thick, double wall and insulated type. Exterior door panels shall be constructed from .063 aluminum; interior panels are .025 aluminum. Door insulation shall be injected urethane foam with a minimum R value of 13- Ft2-°F/BTU. Door frames shall be heavy aluminum extrusion with one-piece, closed cell, replaceable santoprene gasket seal. 11. Door hinges shall be die-cast zinc with provision for adjustment without the use of shims or special tools. Door latches and handles are to be bolted to the unit and made with corrosion resistant materials. Bolts, nuts and shafts for door latches, handles and hinges shall be made of zinc plated steel. Door latch and pawl assembly shall be industrial quality and corrosion resistant with a handle on both the inside and outside of door. Latching mechanism shall be of conical roller design. Latch and pawl assembly shall be bolted together without the use of set screws allowed. 12. All doors to fan sections shall be provided with latches which require a tool to open.

B. Insulation: Wall and ceiling panels shall be insulated with 2”-1.5#/cu.ft. fiberglass insulation. Insulation under solid lining shall be unfaced; otherwise, insulation shall be faced with an acrylic or neoprene coating. Insulation shall be tested and rated per ASTM C 423 and NFPA-90a rated. Insulation shall have thermal conductivity K factor of .24 Btu/Hr/Sq Ft/Degree F @ 75฀F mean and the following sound attenuation characteristics:

Octave Bands 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K NRC Absorption Coefficient .15 .77 1.11 1.08 1.00 1.03 1.00

1. Insulation under floor shall be sprayed urethane foam with a minimum thickness of 2” and a minimum aged R value of 11.5 Hr-Ft2-°F/BTU.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 74 10 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Paint Finish: Exterior wall, roof panels and structural base shall be coated with air dry acrylic polyurethane to a minimum dry thickness of 3 mils. Finish shall have no blistering or rusting on unscribed areas after 5,000 hours in accordance with ASTM B-117 salt fog test. Entire structural steel base shall be primer painted with industrial grade epoxy primer for total thickness of 4 mils minimum.

D. Fans: 1. Plenum Fan Assembly: Fan shall be SWSI arrangement 4 (Direct drive) as indicated on the schedule. Shaft shall be sized not to exceed 75% of the first critical speed at the maximum speed for the fan class. Fan frame and base shall be constructed of welded structural steel angle, and painted with 3 mils of industrial grade water-based air dry enamel. Each fan assembly shall be trim balanced at the factory in accordance with ANSI 204-96 to Balance Quality Grade G6.3. Fans shall be rated in accordance with AMCA Standard 210 for air performance and AMCA 300 for sound. All fans shall carry the AMCA certification label. 2. Fan Assembly Isolation Base: Each fan and motor shall be mounted on an integral fully welded structural steel base. Base shall be free floating at all four corners on spring type isolators with earthquake restraints rated for Seismic Zone 4 requirements. Isolator spring deflection shall be 2” minimum or as indicated on specifications. 3. Motors and Drive: Furnish premium-efficiency open drip proof, NEMA frame, ball bearing type motors. Motor horsepower shall be in accordance with the schedule and are minimum allowable. Minimum service factor shall be 1.15 and motors shall not be selected to operate in the service factor. The motor shall be mounted on an adjustable motor base with two adjusting bolts per side. The fan motors shall be factory wired to an external junction box with flexible conduit of adequate length so that it will not have any effect on the vibration isolation.

E. Coil Sections: 1. Refrigerant cooling coils shall be of the plate fin extended surface type coated to resist corrosion due to salt-air. Tubes shall be seamless copper with a 0.020” minimum wall thickness. Tubes shall be mechanically expanded into the fin collars to provide a permanent mechanical bond. 2. The secondary surface shall be die formed of aluminum with thickness no less than 0.0075 in. Fin spacing shall not exceed 12 fins per inch. Fins shall have a protective coating to meet 5,000 hours in accordance with ASTM B-117 salt fog test 3. Refrigerant cooling coil casings shall be of minimum 16 gauge 304 stainless steel. All coil assemblies shall be tested under water at 300 psi. 4. Main drain pans are recessed 16 gauge 304 stainless steel with a double sloped IAQ design to ensure complete condensate drainage. Drain pans are insulated with 2” of urethane foam with an R value of at least 11.5. Liner to hold insulation in place shall be made of aluminum. Coils are to be installed above drain pan. Coils installed with coil casings in the main condensate drain pans are not acceptable. 5. Intermediate condensate pans are to be furnished on multiple coil units and single coils greater than 48” high. The pans shall be 16 gauge 304 stainless steel. Intermediate pans shall extend at least 6” in the direction of airflow and drain to the main drain pan through copper downspouts.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 74 10 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

F. Filter Sections: Filter sections shall be factory fabricated as part of the air handling unit. Filters shall be arranged for upstream, downstream or side loading into aluminum filter frames. Provide filter holding frames to accommodate scheduled filters. Filter rack shall be thoroughly caulked and sealed for minimal filter bypass.

G. Damper Sections: Dampers shall be low leakage type with airfoil blade design. All dampers shall carry the AMCA Standard 500 certification label. Air leakage through a 48” x 48” damper shall not exceed 10 CFM/ft². 1. Blade gasket shall be extruded EPDM elastomer secured in an integral slot within the aluminum extrusion. Frame seals shall be extruded TPE thermoplastic. Overlapping blade design shall compress seals to ensure tight seal on closure. 2. Damper frame shall be extruded aluminum with a thickness of not less than .080” and a depth of 4”. Pivot rods shall be 7/16” hexagon extruded aluminum interlocking into blade section. 3. Bearings shall be double seal with an inner bearing fixed to the rod within a polycarbonate outer bearing inserted into the frame so that the outer bearing cannot rotate. Bearings shall be designed so that there is no metal to metal contact. 4. Linkage hardware shall be installed outside of the frame and constructed of corrosion resistant aluminum and zinc plated steel.

H. Louvers: Louvers shall be constructed from .063 aluminum and painted with same finish as unit exterior. The louver face is lined with 1/2" galvanized mesh bird screen. Louvers shall be designed to collect and drain rainwater to outside of unit. Outside air louvers shall be sized for a maximum face velocity of 500 fpm based on gross louver area. Louvers shall have zero water penetration at 600 ft/min air velocity. Maximum louver pressure drop shall be 0.03” w.g. at 500 ft/min.

I. Fan Air Flow Measuring Stations: The flow measuring station shall consist of total pressure taps located in the inlet cone of each fan, with static pressure tap located near fan inlet panel. Any flow measuring device which creates an obstruction in the fan inlet is not acceptable. 1. Provide a Dwyer magnehelic pressure gauge with CFM scale which indicates the fan volume. Flow gauges shall be calibrated to match the flow coefficient of the fan inlet cone provided. 2. Provide a Setra model 264 electronic differential pressure transmitter mounted to the exterior of the fan section. The transmitter shall be produce a 4 – 20 mA or 0 – 5 Vdc signal linear and scaled to air volume or velocity. The transmitter shall be capable or withstanding over pressurization up to 200 times greater than span and shall be factory calibrated.

J. Access Sections: Access sections shall be installed where indicated on the drawings and shall be as specified on the equipment schedule. 1. Access sections shall have double-walled hinged doors.

K. Electrical: Provide vapor tight marine lights where specified on the mechanical plans, factory wired to a single weatherproof switch located on exterior of cabinet. Provide weatherproof, 15 amps, GFCI receptacle near the light switch wired to the lighting circuit. Separate 120/1/60 power to the light switch shall be provided and installed by others. 1. All wiring shall meet N.E.C requirements. 2. All wiring shall be run in EMT conduit, raceways are not acceptable. If the unit requires splits, junction boxes shall be furnished on each section to allow the electrical contractor to make final connections in the field. Wiring shall be clearly labeled to facilitate field connection.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 74 10 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3. Variable frequency drives shall be housed in NEMA 3R rated enclosures, or in recessed enclosures provided inside the air handling unit, equipped with air-tight access doors and interior cooling provided by circulating conditioned air. 4. Motor starter panels shall carry the U.L. 508 listing.

L. Warranty: The manufacturer shall provide a one (1) year parts warranty from the date of recordation of the notice of completion.

2.3 CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT COATINGS

A. Coating shall be applied at factory.

B. Entire unit including exterior of casing, coils and internal piping shall be coated. 1. Salt-spray resistance in accordance with ASTM B117: minimum 10,000 hours. 2. Protective Coatings: Any material which is not aluminum shall be epoxy coated. 3. Special Hardware Requirements: All hardware shall either be 304SS or have coating as specified above.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Install in conformance with ARI 435.

C. Install the units as shown on the floor plans.

D. Chilled water pipe connection for cooling coils and heating hot water pipe connection to heating coils shall be offset from the coil and shall not interfere with coil pull space or access doors into the air handling unit. Contractor shall coordinate exact location with air handling unit manufacturer.

E. Air handling units shall not be operated unless the following requirements (if applicable) are met: 1. Ductwork is clean and filters are in place. 2. Bearings are lubricated. 3. Bearing and drive setscrews to be torqued in accordance with the installation instructions. 4. Belts aligned and fan has been test run. 5. Shipping braces removed. 6. Condensates properly trapped. 7. Piping connections verified and leak tested.

END OF SECTION 23 74 10

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 74 10 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONLLY BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 74 10 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 23 81 26 - SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes 1. Indoor Units. 2. Outdoor Units. 3. Operating Controls. 4. Refrigerant Components.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ANSI/ASHRAE 15-2016 – Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems.

B. ANSI/ARI 210/240-2012 – Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air-Source Heat Pump.

C. ARI 300-2015 - Sound Rating and Sound Transmission Loss of Packaged Terminal Equipment.

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Split type air cooled air conditioning units / heat pumps for process cooling, electric refrigeration system, temperature controls, filters, DX fan coil unit, outdoor unit, compressors, and related accessories.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data 1. Indicate equipment dimensions including dimensions of all options.

B. Material Shop Drawings 1. Indicate equipment dimensions including dimensions of all options.

C. Quality Control Submittals 1. Manufacturer’s Instructions: Submit manufacturer’s installation instructions. 2. Field Reports: Indicate results of field testing and adjusting.

D. Closeout Submittals 1. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer’s descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, and maintenance and repair data.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Qualifications 1. Manufacturer: Company specializing in the manufacture of products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 81 26 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2. Installer: Company specializing in applying the work of this Section with minimum three years documented experience; approved by manufacturer.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Ship and store in factory packing cases. Do not remove packing cases prior to installation.

B. Hot Provide temporary covers after installation. Remove temporary covers prior to final inspection.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. ACI Mitsubishi.

B. LG Electronics.

C. Trane.

2.2 INDOOR UNITS

A. Smooth- General: Consists of fan and coil section with factory installed DX coil, filter and front access.

B. High-wall type or ceiling-suspended type as scheduled.

C. Zinc coated bonderized steel with baked enamel paint, or high-impact polystyrene.

D. Fully insulated.

E. Integral controller.

F. Remote wall-mounted room temperature sensor.

G. Cleanable filters.

H. Coil: Copper tubes and aluminum fins, mechanically bonded.

I. Drip pan under coil with drain attachment.

J. Condensate Pump: Provide for units as indicated in plumbing equipment schedule. Level sensor on condensate pan shall stop cooling operation in case of pump malfunction. Provide with check valve at pump discharge.

2.3 OUTDOOR UNITS

A. General: Consists of compressor, condenser, accumulator, and controls.

B. Cabinet: Galvanized steel with enamel or baked-on powder coating.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 81 26 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Compressor: Hermetically sealed, externally isolated.

D. Condenser: Copper tube, aluminum fins; totally enclosed fan motor.

E. Accessories: 1. Short-cycle protection prevents restart of compressor for 5 minutes after shut off. 2. Time-delay relay allows brief operation of indoor unit evaporator fan after compressor has shut off. 3. Low ambient operation to 0 degrees F.

2.4 OPERATING CONTROLS

A. Electric solid state microprocessor based room controller.

B. Room thermostat shall incorporate: 1. Automatic switching from heating to cooling; 2. Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from set point. 3. Set-up for four separate temperatures per day. 4. Instant override of set point for continuous or timed period from one hour to 31 days. 5. Short cycle protection.

C. Room thermostat display shall include: 1. Time of day. 2. Actual room temperature. 3. Programmed temperature. 4. Programmed time. 5. Duration of timed override. 6. Fan Speed. 7. System mode indication: heating, cooling, auto, off, fan auto, fan on. 8. Stage (heating or cooling) operation.

2.5 REFRIGERANT COMPONENTS

A. Full Charge of Refrigerant.

B. Service valves with service gage connection ports.

C. Accumulator.

D. High Pressure Switch.

E. Thermal Expansion Valve.

F. Field Installed Accessories: 1. Coordinate with Equipment Manufacturer.

G. Refrigerant piping shall be one of the following: 1. Copper Tubing: ASTM B280, Type ACR hard drawn or annealed. a. Fittings: ASME B16.22 wrought copper. b. Joints: ASTM B32, solder Grade 95TA.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 81 26 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2. Copper Tubing to 7/8 inch OD: ASTM B88, Type K, annealed. a. Fittings: ASME B16.26 cast copper. b. Joints: Flared.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 1. Install outdoor condensing unit on supports per Detail in drawings.

B. Coordinate the installation of units with architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical work.

C. Refrigerant Piping: 1. Connect indoor and outdoor units with refrigerant piping, sized and installed according to manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly, 3. Route piping in orderly manner, parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient. 4. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. 5. Test system for leaks according to the requirements of Section 23 31 00. 6. Fully charge completed system with refrigerant after testing.

D. Condensate Drain Piping: 1. Connect to unit drain connections. 2. Provide traps with water seal depth 1-inch greater than for static pressure. 3. Type M copper tubing and wrought copper fittings. 4. Coordinate location with ducts, pipes and other building features. 5. Submit layout of proposed routing for exposed piping for approval by the Owner's representative.

E. Insulate piping according to Section 23 07 00.

3.2 TESTING AND BALANCING

A. Perform field inspection, adjusting, balancing, and testing. Refer to and coordinate adjusting, balancing and operational test with 23 05 93 - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC.

B. In the presence of the Owner's representative, provide an operational test to demonstrate proper operation and adequate capacity at completion of balancing and adjusting.

C. Provide repair service for one year after date of Acceptance. Provide service within 24 hours of request, including holidays and weekends.

3.3 DEMONSTRATION AND PERSONNEL INSTRUCTION

A. Comply Instruct Owner's representative personnel under provisions of Division 1 and Section 23 05 00.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 81 26 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Demonstrate system and instruct Owner's representative personnel in operation, repair, and maintenance of the work of this section.

END OF SECTION 23 81 26

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 81 26 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 23 81 26 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 26 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Basic Electrical Requirements, materials and methods common to multiple electrical systems, specifically applicable to all Sections in Division 26.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. CEC - California Electrical Code, Part 3, CCR Title 24 and 2016 California Fire Code, Part 9, CCR Title 24, National Electric Code (NFPA 70) as revised and adopted within the most recent edition.

B. NEMA ICS-6 - Industrial Control and Systems: Enclosures.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. The meaning of words must be as defined in the CEC Article 100, Definitions, unless defined otherwise in an individual section.

B. The following specification development organizations are referenced throughout the various specification sections of Division 26: 1. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. 2. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines 3. Air Pollution Control District, Air Quality Management District 4. ANSI - American National Standards Institute 5. AQMD - Air Quality Management District 6. APCD - Air Pollution Control District 7. ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers 8. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials 9. CBC - California Building Code 10. CCR - California Code of Regulations Title 24. State Chapters. 11. CEC - California Electrical Code 12. CFC - California Fire Code 13. CMC - California Mechanical Code 14. CSA - Canadian Standards Association 15. EIA - Electronic Industries Association 16. FCC - Federal Communications Commission. 17. FM - Factory Mutual. 18. FS - Federal Specifications 19. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association 20. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission 21. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 22. IETA - International Electrical Testing Association 23. ISA - Instrument Society of America 24. ISO - International Organization for Standardization December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 00 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

25. MIL - Military Specifications 26. NACE - National Association of Corrosion Engineers 27. NECA - National Electrical Contractor’s Association 28. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturing Association 29. NETA - National Electrical Testing Association 30. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association 31. NIST - National Institute of Standards and Technology 32. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration 33. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. 34. UL - Underwriters Laboratories

1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Performance Requirements 1. Furnish and install all materials to provide functioning systems in compliance with performance requirements specified, and any modifications required by reviewed shop drawings and field coordinated drawings.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Division 01.

B. Product Data 1. Submit product data grouped to include complete submittals of related systems, products, and accessories in a single submittal. 2. Quantity of Submittals Required a. Submittals shall be in electronic PDF format.

C. Shop Drawings 1. Submit shop drawings grouped to include complete submittals of related systems, products, and accessories in a single submittal. 2. Quantity of Submittals Required: a. Submittals shall be in electronic PDF format. 3. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during review do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. Shop drawing checked by the Engineer is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The Contractor is responsible for: a. Confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions. b. Selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction. c. Coordinating his work with all other trades. d. Performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. e. Provide equipment that can be installed in the available space with all code clearances. This must be coordinated prior to ordering any equipment.

D. Samples 1. Submit as directed by the architect and as required in each specification section.

E. Quality Control/Control Submittals

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 00 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Submit material control record procedures for approval. Submit records during the project upon request by the Owner’s Representative. Submit at the end of the project for record.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Requirements 1. Conform to CEC as revised and adopted within the most recent edition. 2. Conform to NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace as revised and adopted within the most recent edition. 3. Furnish products listed and classified by UL or other independent laboratory acceptable to Owner’s Representative as suitable for purpose specified and shown when a listing is available for the type of product.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, handle and protect products under provisions.

B. Maintain material control records for all products for traceability to manufacturer and order number. Have records available for inspection by Owner’s Representative.

C. Store material and equipment in an environment similar to the final installation environment.

D. Store and handle material and equipment in accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Electrical plan drawings show only general locations of equipment, devices, and raceway, unless specifically dimensioned.

B. Install Work in locations shown on Drawings, unless prevented by Project conditions.

C. Prepare and submit drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work to meet Project conditions, including changes to Work specified in other Sections. Obtain permission of Owner’s Representative before proceeding.

1.9 SHORT CIRCUIT, PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION, AND ARC FLASH STUDY

A. Provide a short circuit, coordination, and arc flash study to the Engineer for review and approval. Provide all short circuit characteristic information on new electrical equipment. Obtain short circuit values from Utility if necessary to complete the study.

B. Upon approval of the study by the Engineer, provide arc flash labels on all new panelboards provided in this project.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 EQUIPMENT

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 00 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

A. Weather Proof Equipment 1. Where weatherproof (WP) equipment is indicated, use NEMA 4X stainless steel.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install equipment to permit easy access for normal operation and maintenance to switches, motors, drives, pull boxes and receptacles in accordance with CEC Article 110, Requirements for Electrical Installation as revised and adopted within the most recent edition.

B. Coordinate electrical work with Owner’s Representative and work of other trades to avoid conflicts, errors, delays, and unnecessary interference with operation of the campus during construction.

C. Check and coordinate the approximate locations of electrical stub-ins, light fixtures, electrical outlets, equipment, and other electrical system components shown on Drawings for conflicts with openings, structural members, and components of other systems and equipment having fixed locations. In the event of conflicts, notify the Owner’s Representative in writing, email is acceptable. The Owner Representative’s decision must govern. Make modifications and changes required to correct conflicts.

3.2 ADJUSTING

A. Inspect all equipment and put in good working order.

3.3 CLEANING

A. Clean work under provisions of Division 01.

B. Clean all items.

3.4 PROTECTION

A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Division 01.

B. Prior to installation, store items in clean, dry, indoor locations. Store in clean, dry, indoor, heated locations items subject to corrosion under damp conditions, and items containing electrical insulation, such as transformers, conductors, motors, and controls. Energize all space heaters furnished with equipment. Provide temporary heating, sufficient to prevent condensation, in transformers, switchgear, switchboards, motors, and motor control centers which do not have space heaters.

C. Following installation, protect materials and equipment from corrosion, physical damage, and the effects of moisture on insulation. When equipment intended for indoor installation is installed at the Contractor’s convenience in areas where it is subject to dampness, moisture, dirt, or other adverse atmosphere until completion of construction, ensure that adequate protection from these atmospheres is provided that is acceptable to the Owner’s Representative. Cap conduit runs during construction with manufactured seals. Keep

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 00 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

openings in boxes or equipment closed during construction. Energize all space heaters furnished with equipment.

3.5 FINAL CONNECTION

A. Make final connection to the power distribution system at the building service point.

3.6 PUTTING SYSTEMS IN OPERATION - START UP

A. Operate all systems in good working order prior to inspection.

END OF SECTION 26 05 00

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 00 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 00 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 26 05 19 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES (600V AND BELOW)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Conductors (600V and below). 2. Wiring connectors and connections. 3. Communications data cable. 4. Pulling lubricant.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical. 2. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. UL 486A-486B - Wire Connectors.

B. UL 510 - Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene and Rubber Insulating Tape.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Certify compliance with CEC Article 110 - Requirements for Electrical Installation.

B. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals 1. Test Reports a. Submit certified megger test results.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. QUALIFICATIONS 1. Manufacturer: Company specialized in manufacturing products specified in the Section with a minimum of 5 years’ experience.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Existing Conditions 1. Wire and cable routing shown on Drawings is approximate unless dimensioned. Route wire and cable as required to meet project conditions. 2. Where wire and cable routing is not shown, and destination only is indicated, determine exact routing and lengths required.

B. Field Measurements 1. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 19 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONDUCTORS (600V AND BELOW)

A. Description: Single conductor insulated wire.

B. Conductor: Copper.

C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts.

D. Conductor Identification: Color code all conductors in accordance with CEC Article 310 - Conductors for General Wiring comply with temperature requirements of CEC 110-14(c). 1. Color code all feeders and branch circuits with the following colors. 2. Use the following colors in lighting and power wiring:

120/208 VOLT 277/480 VOLT Phase A Black Brown Phase B Red Orange Phase C Blue Yellow Neutrals White Grey Ground Green Green

3. Wire marker sleeves permanently marked with wire/circuit designation may be used in lieu of color coding for control wiring.

E. Insulation: 1. Type THHN/THWN or XHHW insulation for feeders and branch circuits larger than 4 AWG; 2. Type THHN/THWN insulation for feeders and branch circuits 6 AWG and smaller.

F. Equipment Grounding Conductors: 1. Stranded copper conductors, size as required by CEC. 2. Comply with CEC Articles 210 - Branch Circuits, 215 - Feeders, and 250 - Grounding.

2.2 WIRING CONNECTORS

A. Spring Wire Connectors: 1. Burndy. 2. Elastimold. 3. Thomas & Betts.

B. Compression Connectors: 1. Type with pre-stressed insulation to equal insulation of wire being installed. 2. Conform to UL 486A-486B.

C. Power Conductors Splicers: 1. Burndy “Hylug”. 2. Ilsco. 3. O.Z. Gedney.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 19 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

D. Insulating Tape. 1. Conform to UL 510.

E. Cable Ties. 1. Scotchflex #760. 2. Thomas & Betts “Tyrap”.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Site Verifications of Conditions 1. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. 2. Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire has been completed. 3. Verify conduit and raceway systems are completed.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

B. Application; 1. Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. 2. Use conductor not smaller than 14 AWG for control circuits, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet Use same size wire for entire circuit, except for taps. 4. Install all wiring in raceway. Lighting and receptacle home runs indicated are for identification purposes only. 5. Two or three branch circuits may be carried on one neutral leg as permitted by CEC. 6. Run panelboard and motor feeders in individual conduits.

C. Pulling wire; 1. Verify conduit is clean before pulling cable. 2. Utilize pull rope for pulling in cable. 3. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time. 4. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger. 5. Install feeder cables in one continuous length. 6. Control wiring must be numbered at both ends with wire markers, per Section 26 05 53. 7. Do not exceed cable manufacturer’s recommendations for maximum pulling tensions and minimum bending radii. 8. Utilize pull boxes and junction boxes for pulling cable.

D. Connections; 1. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. 2. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. 3. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full capacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 19 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

4. Use copper split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor. 5. Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller. 6. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller. 7. Tighten screws to the value recommended by the manufacturer. a. In the absence of manufacturer’s recommendations for torque settings, tighten screws to the values shown in UL 486A-486B. 8. Provide and use terminals for control wiring terminations.

3.4 INTERFACE WITH OTHER WORK

A. Identify wire and cable under provisions of Section 26 05 53.

B. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated in Contract Documents.

C. Mark properly torqued connections with a line, black ink.

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect wire for physical damage and proper connection.

B. Measure tightness of bolted connections and compare torque measurements with manufacturer’s recommended values.

C. Verify continuity of each branch circuit conductor.

D. Megger test and record all feeder conductors. 1. Replace conductors failing test. 2. Test replaced conductors in same manner.

END OF SECTION 26 05 19

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 19 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 26 05 26 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Materials and methods for grounding systems and equipment. 2. Grounding electrodes and conductors. 3. Equipment grounding conductors. 4. Bonding. 5. Grounding well.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA 70 E – Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Certify compliance with CEC Article 110 - Requirements for Electrical Installations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MECHANICAL CONNECTORS

A. Acceptable Manufacturers, as listed below and meeting the criteria and requirements specified herein, will be acceptable: 1. Burndy. 2. Thomas & Betts. 3. For manufacturers not listed, comply with substitution requirements in Section 01 25 00.

B. Material: Bronze.

2.2 WIRE

A. Material: Stranded bare copper.

B. Grounding Electrode Conductor: as indicated or per CEC Article 250, whichever is larger.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install Products in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 26 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Bonding: 1. Provide bonding to meet requirements of CEC. 2. Bond together metal siding not attached to grounded structure; bond to ground. 3. Bond pre-fabricated metal building to grounding electrode system at a minimum of one location. 4. Bond together all metallic conduit, boxes, cabinets and enclosures.

C. Grounding Conductors: 1. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each feeder circuit raceway and within each motor feeder raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. 2. Provide separate grounding conductor for circuits installed in flexible steel conduit. Terminate each end on a suitable lug, bus or bushing. 3. Ground all conduit systems, cabinets, equipment, motor frames, etc., in accordance with CEC and applicable codes.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspection: 1. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation.

END OF SECTION 26 05 26

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 26 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 26 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment supports. 2. Raceway supports. 3. Anchors and fasteners.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 23 05 48 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems. 2. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM A36/A36M - Carbon Structural Steel.

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Design Requirements: 1. Hangers and supports must have minimum safety factor of five (5), based on ultimate tensile or compressive strength, as applicable, of material used. 2. Anchors must be applied in accordance with the ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE following paragraph 3.2.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Division 01.

B. Design Data 1. Indicate hanger and support framing and attachment methods. 2. Submit seismic and structural calculations in accordance with Section 26 05 48.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

A. Materials and Finishes: Provide corrosion resistance that provides as a minimum the same protection as the products being supported.

B. Provide materials, sizes and types of anchors, fasteners and supports to carry the loads of equipment and conduit. Consider weight of wire equal to full capacity of raceway in calculations for supports.

C. Anchors and Fasteners. 1. Sheet Metal Screws: Steel. 2. Machine Screws, Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: Steel. December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 29 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3. Precast Inserts: Suitable for the purpose. 4. Anchor bolts, expansion type (stainless steel). a. Phillips Red-Head. b. Hilti Kwik-Bolt. c. WEJ-IT 5. Cast-in-Place Anchors: Suitable for the purpose (hot-dip galvanized except cadmium plated in dry locations). 6. Beam Clamps: Steel.

D. Raceway Supports 1. Conduit Straps Used with Rigid Steel Conduit: One hole malleable iron, cadmium plated. 2. Conduit Straps Used with Other Than Rigid Steel Conduit: One or two hole steel, cadmium plated. 3. Clamp Backs: Steel, cadmium plated.

E. Channels 1. Acceptable Manufacturers a. Unistrut. b. Powerstrut. c. B-line. 2. Material a. 12 gauge steel, 1-5/8 inches by 1-5/8 inches when not attached to building surface. b. 14 gauge steel, 1-5/8 inches wide by 13/16 inches deep when connected directly to building surface. c. Hot-dip galvanized except cadmium plated in dry locations. 3. Fittings: By channel manufacturer.

F. Hanger Rods: 1. Material: 1/4 inch minimum hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.

G. Structural Steel: 1. Material: ASTM A36/A36C. 2. Finish: a. Dry Locations: Shop coat of rust inhibiting primer. b. Otherwise hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication.

H. Pipe/Conduit Hangers: Hot dipped galvanized steel or malleable iron.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General 1. Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment and conduit. 3. Do not drill or cut structural members without approval of Owner’s Representative.

B. Anchors

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 29 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Concrete - Precast inserts, cast-in-place anchors or expansion type anchor bolts. a. When installing drilled-in anchors in non-prestressed reinforced concrete, avoid the reinforcing bars. b. When installing drilled-in anchors into prestressed concrete (pre- or post- tensioned), locate tendons by using a non-destructive method prior to installation. Maintain a minimum clearance of one-inch between the reinforcement and the drilled-in anchor. 2. Sheet Metal - Sheet metal screws or machine bolts, nuts and washers. 3. Structural Steel Members - Beam clamps, machine screws, bolts, nuts and washers.

C. Supports 1. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel. Rigidly weld or bolt members to present a neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. 2. Vertical adjustment on threaded rods must be with 2 nuts on each end for positioning and locking.

D. Conduit 1. In damp or wet locations, space conduit support directly from concrete or metal structure out at least 1/4 inch using straps with spacers or, if three (3) or more conduits are located in a parallel run, they must be spaced out from the wall approximately 5/8 inch to 1 inch by means of channel. 2. Runs of individual conduit suspended from the floor or ceiling must be supported with pipe hangers. Where three (3) or more conduits are suspended from the floor/ceiling, suitable racks must be constructed from channel material with suitable fittings. 3. Space supporting points no greater than required by CEC.

E. Raceway Other Than Conduit 1. Support from structure in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions.

F. Equipment 1. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with a minimum of four anchors. 2. In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 13/16 inch minimum off wall. 3. Use sheet metal channels to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions. 4. Support equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 5. Verify that equipment will fit support layouts indicated. a. Where substitute equipment is used, revise indicated supports to fit at no additional cost. 6. Arrange for necessary openings to allow entry of equipment. a. Where equipment cannot be installed as structure is being erected, provide and arrange for building-in of boxes, sleeves or other devices to allow later installation.

G. Sleeves 1. Set sleeves in position in formwork. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. 2. Extend sleeves through floors 1 inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves full depth and provide floor plate. 3. Where raceway penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with fire stopping insulation and caulk seal.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 29 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. All expansion anchors must have 50 percent of the bolts (alternate bolts in any group arrangement) proof tested in tension and certified by a recognized testing agency at the values indicated in the following table, except where shown otherwise in the Contract Documents. If there are any failures, the immediately adjacent bolts must then also be tested. Anchor capacities must not exceed 80 percent of the values in the published ICBO report.

ANCHOR CAPACITY (3,000 PSI MINIMUM STONE AGGREGATE CONCRETE) 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 inch 1-1/4 UNITS inch inch inch inch inches IN TENSION 680 960 1,360 1,900 2,700 3,600 LBS IN SHEAR 1,170 1,680 2,420 3,500 5,020 6,700 LBS TYPE OF TEST: DIRECT PULL- 1,360 1,920 2,720 3,800 5,400 7,200 LBS TENSION, LBS. MINIMUM 3 3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/4 6 7-1/2 INCHES EMBEDMENT

END OF SECTION 26 05 29

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 29 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 26 05 34 - OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Outlet boxes. 2. Pull and junction boxes.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 84 13 - Firestopping. 2. Section 08 31 13 - Access Doors and Frames.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports.

B. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).

C. UL 514A - Metallic Outlet Boxes.

D. UL 886 -Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Division 01.

B. Closeout Submittals 1. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations and mounting heights of all boxes.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Furnish products listed and classified by UL as suitable for purpose specified and shown. 2. Compliance with CEC with particular attention to Article 110.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Field Measurements 1. Verify field measurements are as shown on the Drawings. 2. Boxes are indicated in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Verify locations prior to rough-in. 3. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of boxes mounted above, below, in, or on counters, benches and backsplashes. 4. Coordinate cutting of masonry to achieve neat installation. 5. In framed ceilings, coordinate locations and sizes of required access doors.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 34 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 OUTLET BOXES

A. Sheet Metal: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. 1. Manufacturers: a. Appleton. b. Bowers. c. Raco. d. Steel City. 2. Concrete/Masonry Boxes: Concrete/Masonry Type. 3. Minimum Size: 4 inches square; 2-1/2 inches deep at ceilings; 3-1/2 inches deep at concrete or masonry walls; 2-1/8 inches deep with a raised 1-inch device cover at metal stud walls. a. Use of 2-1/2-inch deep single gang boxes must be permitted when there is only one conduit entry into the box.

B. Cast Boxes 1. Manufacturers: a. Crouse Hinds, FS or FD Series. b. Non-hazardous rating: UL 514A, Type FD, cast feraloy. Provide gasketed cover by box manufacturer. Provide threaded hubs. c. Boxes in Hazardous Locations: UL 886.

2.2 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES

A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel.

B. Surface-Mounted: NEMA 250, Type 4; flat-flanged. 1. Material: Galvanized cast iron or steel. 2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General 1. Provide boxes as indicated, and as required by the CEC. 2. Support boxes independently of conduit, except cast box that is connected to two rigid metal conduits both supported within 12 inches of box. 3. Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements using materials and methods per Section 07 84 13. 4. Do not install flush mounting boxes back-to-back in walls. a. Provide minimum 24inches separation between boxes in acoustic and fire-rated walls and 6inch separation between boxes in other locations. b. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulating or reducing its effectiveness. 5. At access panel in ceilings, install boxes not more than 6 inches horizontally from panel opening or from removable recessed luminaries.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 34 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

6. At masonry walls and partitions, locate flush mounting box at corner of block to reduce cutting.

B. Outlet Boxes 1. Minimum Size: 4 inches square; 2-1/2 inches deep at ceilings; 3-1/2 inches deep at walls. a. Exception: 2-1/2 inches deep box allowed if allowed if rebar or other obstructions prevents the use of deeper boxes. b. Exception: Single gang 3-1/2 inches deep boxes must be used in masonry walls when single gang backing plates for single gauge security device plates are provided by others. 2. Align adjacent wall-mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices with each other.

3.2 APPLICATION

A. Exterior 1. In-ground: Provide in-ground cast box with cover. 2. Above-ground: Provide cast box.

B. Interior 1. Finished Areas: Provide flush-mounted boxes. 2. Interior Unfinished Areas: Provide flush or surface-mounted boxes, except that exposed surface-mounted boxes will not be acceptable in inmate accessible areas.

C. Pull Boxes Larger than 100 Cubic Inches in Volume or 12 Inches in Any Dimension: 1. At stud walls and partitions, install box and plaster ring allowing for thickness of surface finish. Provide boxes for luminaires and electrical connections to equipment shown on Drawings. 2. For 1-gang outlets in non-masonry walls, use four-inch square box with four-inch square plaster ring with 1-gang opening. Boxes smaller than four-inches square not permitted. 3. For 2-gang outlets, use four-inch square box with four-inch square plaster ring with 2- gang opening. 4. Dry Locations: Provide hinged enclosure.

D. Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. Provide box with interior barrier for devices on normal and emergency power which are mounted together. In addition, provide barriers where the voltage between adjacent switches exceeds that which is allowed by the CEC.

END OF SECTION 26 05 34

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 34 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 34 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 26 05 35 - RACEWAY FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Rigid metal conduit. 2. Intermediate metal conduit. 3. Flexible metal conduit. 4. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit. 5. Electrical metallic tubing. 6. Fittings. 7. Cable/conduit locator.

B. Related Documents and Sections: 1. Section 07 84 13 - Firestopping. 2. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical. 3. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 4. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. 5. Section 26 05 34 - Outlet and Junction Boxes for Electrical Systems. 6. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ANSI C80.1 - Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC).

B. ANSI C80.3 - Steel Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT).

C. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable.

D. UL 1 - Flexible Metal Conduit.

E. UL 6 - Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit - Steel.

F. UL 360 - Liquid-tight Flexible Steel Conduit.

G. UL 514B - Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings.

H. UL 797 - Electrical Metallic Tubing - Steel.

I. UL 1242 - Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit - Steel.

J. FS-A-A-55810 - Conduit, Metal, Flexible.

K. FS-A-A-50552 - Fittings, For Cable, Power, Electrical and Conduit, Metal, Flexible.

L. FS-A-A-50553A - Fittings for Conduit, Metal Rigid (Thick-wall and Thin-wall).

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 35 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Conduit Size: As indicated. When not indicated or when equipment has been substituted, size per CEC except no smaller than 3/4-inch.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Division 01.

B. Certify compliance with CEC Article 110 - Requirements for Electrical Installation.

1.5 AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS

A. Accurately record actual routing of conduits larger than 2 inches in diameter.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings.

B. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in.

C. Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as required to complete wiring system.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RIGID METAL CONDUIT

A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1, UL 6. 1. Stamp each length with manufacturer’s name or trademark and U/L label.

2.2 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT

A. Material: Rigid steel; hot-dip galvanized. 1. UL 1242 and UL 514B.

2.3 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT

A. Interlocked Steel Construction: UL 1, FS-A-A-55810.

2.4 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT

A. Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket: UL 1 and UL 360.

2.5 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)

A. Galvanized Steel Tubing: ANSI C80.3, UL 797 and UL 797.

2.6 FITTINGS

A. Acceptable Manufacturer

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 35 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Thomas and Betts, (T&B). a. For reference, Thomas & Betts series numbers are listed below. 2. Appleton. 3. Crouse-Hinds. 4. O.Z. Gedney.

B. Standards 1. Metallic: NEMA FB1 and UL 514B ferrous. a. Flexible: FS-A-A-50553A. 2. Non-metallic: NEMA TC3.

C. Locknuts: 1. Hardened Steel or malleable iron construction, electro zinc plated, capable of insuring positive bond to enclosure. a. Non-bonding: T & B Series 142. b. Bonding: T & B Series 107. c. Crouse-Hinds. d. Appleton.

D. Bushings: 1. Insulated: T & B Series 223. 2. Insulated Metallic Bushing: T & B Series 1223. 3. Insulated Grounding and Bonding Bushing: T & B Series 3871. 4. Crouse-Hinds. 5. Appleton.

E. Couplings: 1. Non-metallic Conduit Coupling: By non-metallic conduit manufacturer for the purpose. 2. Threaded Rigid Metal Conduit Couplings: By conduit manufacturer for the purpose. 3. Threadless Coupling: “Erickson” Type; T & B Series 676. 4. EMT Coupling, Raintight: T & B Series 5220. 5. Expansion Type: permit 3/4 inch movement any direction. a. Exposed: Weatherproof with external bonding jumper. b. Embedded: Watertight with internal bonding jumper. 6. Crouse-Hinds. 7. Appleton.

F. Connectors: 1. Non-Metallic Conduit Connector: By conduit manufacturer for the purpose. 2. Threaded Hubs: Electro zinc coated with nylon insulated throat and oil/moisture resistant recessed sealing ring, raintight. a. Non-bonding: T & B series 371. b. Bonding: T & B Series 371 with 107 series bonding locknut. 3. EMT Connectors, Raintight: T & B Series 5223. 4. EMT to Rigid Metal Conduit Connector: Raintight -T & B Series 531. 5. Flexible metal conduit connector - Insulated throat, suitable as grounding means. T & B Series 3115. 6. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit connector FS-A-A-50552, electro zinc plated inside and outside, with nylon insulating throat and taper threaded hub. a. Non-External Bonding - T & B Series 5333.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 35 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

b. External Bonding - T & B Series 5333GR. 7. Crouse-Hinds. 8. Appleton.

G. Nipple: “Chase” Type, Insulated; T & B Series 1943.

H. Sealing Gaskets: Oil and moisture resistant rubber bonded to metallic retainer. 1. With rigid conduit - T & B Series 5303. 2. With liquid tight flexible conduit - T & B Series 5263. 3. Fittings not specifically listed but required must be of similar style and quality.

2.7 CONDUIT BODIES

A. Standards - NEMA FB-1 and FS-A-A-50553A.

B. Ferrous with threaded hubs and gasketed cover.

2.8 SEALANT

A. Internal to fittings. 1. Approved by manufacturer for application. 2. Manufacturer: a. Crouse Hinds Chico A-P and Chico X Fiber. b. O.Z. Gedney.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL

A. Installation Standards: 1. Install conduit in accordance with NECA “Standard of Installation.” 2. Ground and bond conduit under provision of Section 26 05 26. 3. Identify conduit under provisions of Section 26 05 53. 4. Where conduit systems penetrate or parallel fire and/or smoke rated walls, ceilings, roofs or floors, maintain the fire rating integrity. 5. Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 6. Provide heavy nylon cord pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples. Pull line to have a minimum of 200 pound pull strength. Tag each end of string with destination. Leave a minimum of 24 inches of slack and tie-off at each end. 7. Within finished areas of building. Install all conduits concealed. 8. Exposed overhead conduit may be used in areas with exposed metal structure, Switchgear Rooms, Mechanical Equipment Rooms, Electric Closets, and Equipment Rooms only. 9. Locate boxes in accordance with Section 26 05 34 before installing conduit. 10. Do not use setscrew type couplings, bushings, elbows, nipples, or other fittings.

B. Supports: 1. Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. 2. Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 35 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

3. Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel; provide space on each for 25 percent additional conduits. 4. Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of Section 26 05 29. 5. Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires. 6. Conduit Installation: a. Support all conduit systems from building structure or walls with approved hangers. 1) Do not support from piping, ducts or support system for piping or ducts. 2) Do not install to prevent ready removal of piping, ducts or ceiling tiles. 3) Do not support from ceiling or ceiling support systems.

C. Routing: 1. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. 2. Route conduit in and under slab from point-to-point. 3. Route other conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls. 4. Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping. 5. Maintain 12-inch clearance between conduit and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 degrees F (40 degrees C). 6. In outdoor, underground, or wet locations, use watertight couplings and connections in raceways. 7. Thoroughly clean threads of oil, tailings and paint threads of galvanized conduits that are installed in exposed or damp locations with zinc-rich paint or liquid galvanizing compound before assembling. 8. Do not notch or penetrate structural members for passage of raceways except with prior approval of the Owner’s Representative. 9. Do not run raceways in equipment foundation pads. 10. Install concealed, embedded, and buried raceways so that they emerge at right angles to the surface and have none of the curved portion of the bend exposed.

D. Fitting: 1. Cut conduit square using saw or pipe cutter; de-burr cut ends. 2. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. 3. Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe nonmetallic conduit dry and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted in fitting. Allow joint to cure for 20 minutes, minimum. 4. Use conduit hubs or sealing locknuts to fasten conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp and wet locations and to cast boxes. 5. Install no more than equivalent of four 90 degree bends between boxes. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use hydraulic one-shot bender to fabricate bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size. 6. Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system. 7. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit crosses seismic control and expansion joints. 8. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. 9. Make joints in threaded conduit watertight with white nonleaded compound applied to male threads only. a. Cut square, ream smooth, and properly thread filed joints to receive couplings.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 35 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

b. Do not use running threads. Fit all conduit ends at switch and outlet boxes with approved lock nuts and bushing forming approved tight bond with box when screwed tightly in place. 10. Remove moisture and debris from conduit before wire is drawn into place. Tightly plug ends of conduit with plastic inserts until wire is pulled. 11. Neatly seal openings around conduits, etc., where they pass through fire rated construction or exterior walls or roof in accordance with Section 07 84 13. 12. Install conduit to roof exhaust fans through fan housing with no conduit exposed. 13. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork or through suitable roof jack with pitch pocket. Coordinate location with roofing installation specified under Section 07 52 13. 14. Provide escutcheon plates at exposed wall, ceiling and floor conduit penetrations.

E. Bends: 1. Make changes in direction of runs with symmetrical bends or cast metal fittings. Make bends and offsets of the longest practical radius. Avoid field-made bends and offsets where possible, but where necessary, make with an acceptable hickey or conduit bending machine. Do not heat metal raceways to facilitate bending. 2. Make bends in parallel or banked runs of raceways from the same center or centerline so that bends are parallel and of neat appearance. Factory elbows may be used in parallel or banked raceways if there is a change in the plane of the run and the raceways are of the same size. Otherwise, make field bends in parallel runs. 3. Make no bends in flexible conduit that exceed allowable bending radius of the cable to be installed or that significantly restricts the conduit’s flexibility.

F. Bushing and Insulating Sleeves: 1. Where metallic conduit enters metal equipment enclosures through conduit openings, install a bonding bushing on the end of each conduit. Install a bonding jumper from the bushing to any equipment ground bus or ground pad. 2. If neither exists, connect the jumper to a lag-bolt connection to the metallic enclosure. 3. Use manufacturer’s standard insulating sleeves in all metallic conduits terminating at an enclosure.

G. Penetrations: 1. Seal the interior of all raceways entering structures including manholes, handholes, and pullboxes at the first box or outlet with oakum or suitable plastic expandable compound to prevent the entrance into the structure of gases, liquids, or rodents. 2. Dry pack with nonshrink grout around raceways that penetrate concrete walls, manholes, handholes, pullboxes, or floors, or use one of the methods specified for underground penetrations. The seal must prevent water seepage around the raceways. 3. Where raceways penetrate fire-rated walls, floors, or ceilings, fire stop openings around electrical penetrations to maintain the fire-resistance rating.

3.2 PRODUCT APPLICATION - RACEWAY - GENERAL LOCATIONS

A. Outdoors, Above Grade: 1. Liquid-tight Flexible Conduit: a. Other locations where protected from physical damage. b. Maximum 3 foot lengths. 2. Electrical Metallic Tubing:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 35 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

a. Where protected from weather and physical damage. 3. Rigid Metallic Conduit: a. Other locations not otherwise indicated.

B. Dry Locations - Concealed: 1. Rigid metal conduit. 2. Flexible metal conduit. 3. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 4. Electrical metallic tubing. 5. Connections and Fittings: a. Above lay-in tile ceilings, make connections to lay-in type fixtures with 1/2-inch flexible metal conduit. 1) Include No. 12 branch and grounding conductors. 2) Arrange conduit and box systems for easy removal of lay-in ceiling.

C. Dry Locations - Exposed. 1. Rigid metal conduit. 2. Flexible metal conduit - 6 feet maximum length. 3. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit - 6 feet maximum length. 4. Electrical metallic tubing.

3.3 PRODUCT APPLICATION - RACEWAY - SPECIAL LOCATIONS

A. The following requirements modify the general location requirements listed above.

B. Motor Connections: 1. Make motor and equipment connections with flexible metal conduit not exceeding 24 inches in length. a. Use liquidtight metal conduit in damp and wet locations. b. Damp locations include but are not limited to: Dietary production, dishwashing, decontamination sterilizers and pumps.

3.4 PRODUCT APPLICATIONS - CONNECTIONS

A. Rigid Metal Conduit: 1. At building expansion joints, use expansion type fittings. 2. Where an expansion type fitting is not required, use a threaded rigid metal conduit coupling or “Erickson” type coupling as appropriate. 3. Make connections to NEMA 12 boxes with a threaded hub. 4. Make connections to a threadless opening with locknuts on the inside and outside of the box. The conduit end must be fitted with an insulating bushing. In wet locations, a sealing gasket must be provided between the outside locknut and the box. 5. Bonding type locknuts must be used where the raceway and associated fittings are part of the equipment grounding system. 6. Insulated grounding and bonding bushings must be used to terminate service conduits, rigid metal conduit used as the grounding electrode conductor enclosure, where assurance of electrical continuity between isolated sections of raceways is required in accordance with CEC and where a bonding jumper around unpunched knockouts is required in accordance with CEC.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 35 - 7 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

7. Terminate in sealing type fittings when leaving refrigerator and freezer boxes and when leaving hazardous areas. 8. Repair any marred galvanized finish to maintain the same level of corrosion protection.

B. Flexible Metal Conduit: 1. Terminate with a flexible metal conduit connector. Use a locknut in unthreaded boxes.

C. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: 1. Terminate with a liquidtight flexible metal conduit connector. Use external bonding type with equipment bonding jumper in hazardous locations (where allowed). Fasten bonding jumper to conduit with cable ties every foot. 2. In wet locations, use a sealing gasket.

D. Electrical Metallic Tubing: 1. At building expansion joints, use expansion type fittings. 2. Where an expansion type fitting is not required, use an EMT coupling to connect EMT sections. 3. Make connections with EMT connectors.

E. Rigid non-metallic conduit: 1. Make connections in accordance with the manufacturers published instructions.

F. System-to-System Connections: 1. Make EMT to rigid metal conduit connections with an EMT to rigid metal conduit connector. 2. Make a box-to-box connection with a “chase” type nipple and locknut.

3.5 PREPARATION FOR PULLING IN CONDUCTORS

A. Do not install crushed or deformed raceways. Avoid traps in raceways where possible. Take care to prevent the lodging of plaster, concrete, dirt, or trash in raceways, boxes, fittings, and equipment during the course of construction. Make raceways entirely free of obstructions. Raceways that are not usable because of being crashed or obstructions must be replaced. Ream all raceways, remove burrs, and clean raceway interior before introducing conductors or pull wires.

B. Immediately after installation, plug or cap all raceway ends with watertight and dust-tight seals until the time for pulling in conductors. Provide a permanent removable cap over each end of each empty raceway.

3.6 EMPTY RACEWAYS

A. Certain raceways will have no conductors pulled in as part of this Contract. Identify with tags at each end the origin and destination of each such empty raceway. Provide a permanent cap over each end of each empty raceway. Provide a nylon pull wire in each empty raceway, tie- off at both ends.

3.7 TESTING & INSPECTION

A. Do not cover up conduit work until inspected. Notify the Owner Representative at least three (3) days before inspection is desired.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 35 - 8 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

END OF SECTION 26 05 35

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 35 - 9 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 35 - 10 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 26 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Nameplates. 2. Wire markers. 3. Conduit and electrical markers.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. Refer to Requirements of Section 26 05 00.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Requirements 1. Furnish products listed and classified by UL as suitable for purpose specified and shown. 2. Compliance with the CEC and in particular, Article 110.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 NAMEPLATES

A. Description 1. Nameplates: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic, white letters on black background. 2. Letter Size: a. Use 1/8-inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. b. Use 1/4-inch letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads.

2.2 WIRE MARKERS

A. Manufacturers: 1. Brady. 2. E-Z Code by T&B. 3. Pan-Code by Panduit. 4. Plymark by Plymouth and Bishop. 5. ScotchCode by 3M. 6. Ideal.

B. Description: 1. Vinyl cloth, self-laminating vinyl, heat shrink sleeving, or tube type markers. 2. Legend: a. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number indicated on Drawings. b. Control Circuits: Control wire number indicated on shop drawings.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 53 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2.3 CONDUIT AND ELECTRICAL MARKERS

A. Manufacturers: 1. E-Z Code by T&B. 2. Pan-Code by Panduit. 3. Ideal.

B. Description: Tape, 2 inches wide.

C. Legend and Color: 1. Black Lettering on Orange Background. a. All voltages. b. Emergency Electrical System: “EMERGENCY” Black lettering on orange background. 2. White Lettering on red background. a. Fire Alarm System: “FIRE” 3. White Lettering on Blue Background. a. Telephone system: “TELE” b. Spare communications, “SPARE.”

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Surface Preparation 1. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates, wire markers, conduit and electrical markers.

3.2 APPLICATION

A. Nameplates 1. Provide nameplates for electrical equipment, such as distribution panels, sub panels, transformers, and disconnects. 2. Recessed Panelboards: Install nameplate with metal screws to inside surface of door.

B. Wire Markers. 1. Provide for each conductor at panelboard, gutter, pull box, junction box, convenience outlet, cabinet, and each load connection. 2. For feeder and branch circuits, use circuit numbers indicated on the Drawings. For control circuits, use circuit numbers indicated on the shop drawings.

C. Above Grade Conduit 1. Provide conduit/electrical markers for all exposed conduits, longer than 20 feet, which pass through a room or any open area without terminating. a. Mark conduit every 20 feet. 2. Interior or exterior located mechanical equipment: Provide conduit/electrical markers to distinguish voltage differences when fed by two or more conduits.

END OF SECTION 26 05 53

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 05 53 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 26 22 00 - LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Distribution, dry-type transformers rated 600 V and less, with capacities up to 150 kVA.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type and size of transformer. 2. Include rated nameplate data, capacities, weights, dimensions, minimum clearances, installed devices and features, and performance for each type and size of transformer.

B. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For transformers, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.

B. Qualification Data: For testing agency.

C. Source quality-control reports.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 22 00 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

D. Field quality-control reports.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For transformers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA or an NRTL. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Square D

B. Eaton

C. Siemens

2.2 GENERAL TRANSFORMER REQUIREMENTS

A. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, air-cooled units for 60-Hz service.

B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

C. Transformers Rated 15 kVA and Larger: Comply with Std DOE 2016 energy-efficiency levels as verified by testing according to NEMA TP 2.

D. Cores: Electrical grade, non-aging silicon steel with high permeability and low hysteresis losses.

E. Coils: Continuous windings without splices except for taps. 1. Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type. 2. Coil Material: Copper.

F. Encapsulation: Transformers smaller than 30 kVA shall have core and coils completely resin encapsulated.

G. Shipping Restraints: Paint or otherwise color code bolts, wedges, blocks, and other restraints that are to be removed after installation and before energizing. Use fluorescent colors that are easily identifiable inside the transformer enclosure.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 22 00 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

2.3 DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS

A. Comply with NFPA 70, and list and label as complying with UL 1561.

B. Provide transformers that are constructed to withstand seismic forces specified in Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems."

C. Cores: One leg per phase.

D. Enclosure: Totally enclosed, nonventilated. 1. NEMA 250, Type 3R: Core and coil shall be encapsulated within resin compound to seal out moisture and air. 2. KVA Ratings: Based on convection cooling only and not relying on auxiliary fans.

E. Transformer Enclosure Finish: Comply with NEMA 250.

1. Finish Color: Gray.

F. Taps for Transformers 25 kVA and Larger: Two 2.5 percent taps above and two 2.5 percent taps below normal full capacity.

G. Insulation Class, 30 kVA and Larger: 220 deg C, UL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum of 115-deg C rise above 40-deg C ambient temperature.

H. Electrostatic Shielding: Each winding shall have an independent, single, full-width copper electrostatic shield arranged to minimize interwinding capacitance. 1. Arrange coil leads and terminal strips to minimize capacitive coupling between input and output terminals. 2. Include special terminal for grounding the shield.

I. Wall Brackets: Manufacturer's standard brackets.

J. Fungus Proofing: Permanent fungicidal treatment for coil and core.

2.4 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES

A. Nameplates: Engraved, laminated-plastic or metal nameplate for each distribution transformer, mounted with corrosion-resistant screws.

2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Test and inspect transformers according to IEEE C57.12.01 and IEEE C57.12.91. 1. Resistance measurements of all windings at the rated voltage connections and at all tap connections. 2. Ratio tests at the rated voltage connections and at all tap connections. 3. Phase relation and polarity tests at the rated voltage connections. 4. No load losses, and excitation current and rated voltage at the rated voltage connections.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 22 00 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

5. Impedance and load losses at rated current and rated frequency at the rated voltage connections. 6. Applied and induced tensile tests. 7. Regulation and efficiency at rated load and voltage. 8. Insulation Resistance Tests: a. High-voltage to ground. b. Low-voltage to ground. c. High-voltage to low-voltage. 9. Temperature tests.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine conditions for compliance with enclosure- and ambient-temperature requirements for each transformer.

B. Verify that field measurements are as needed to maintain working clearances required by NFPA 70 and manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Examine walls, floors, roofs, and concrete bases for suitable mounting conditions where transformers will be installed.

D. Verify that ground connections are in place and requirements in Section 26 05 26 have been met. Maximum ground resistance shall be 5 ohms at location of transformer.

E. Environment: Enclosures shall be rated for the environment in which they are located.

F. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install wall-mounted transformers level and plumb with wall brackets fabricated by transformer manufacturer. 1. Coordinate installation of wall-mounted and structure-hanging supports with actual transformer provided.

B. Remove shipping bolts, blocking, and wedges.

3.3 CONNECTIONS

A. Ground equipment according to Section 26 05 26.

B. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 22 00 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Provide flexible connections at all conduit and conductor terminations and supports to eliminate sound and vibration transmission to the building structure.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS for dry-type, air-cooled, low-voltage transformers. Certify compliance with test parameters.

B. Remove and replace units that do not pass tests or inspections and retest as specified above.

3.5 ADJUSTING

A. Record transformer secondary voltage at each unit for at least 48 hours of typical occupancy period. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at secondary terminals. Optimum is defined as not exceeding nameplate voltage plus 5 percent and not being lower than nameplate voltage minus 3 percent at maximum load conditions. Submit recording and tap settings as test results.

B. Output Settings Report: Prepare a written report recording output voltages and tap settings.

3.6 CLEANING

A. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning.

END OF SECTION 26 22 00

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 22 00 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 22 00 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 26 24 16 - PANELBOARDS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Power Distribution panelboards. 2. Lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboards.

B. Related Documents and Sections: 1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical. 2. Section 26 08 13 - Acceptance Testing.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ANSI/UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment.

B. ANSI/UL 67 - Panelboards.

C. NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards.

D. NEMA PB 1.1 - General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Lighting and Appliance Branch Circuit Panelboards: As defined in the CEC, Article 408.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Division 01.

B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity, integrated short circuit ampere rating, circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and sizes. 2. Identify panels by alphanumeric designation with branch circuit breaker sizes and types indicated in panel schedule or one-line-diagram.

C. Closeout Submittals 1. Operating and Maintenance Data a. Provide operating and maintenance instructions.

1.5 MAINTENANCE

A. Extra Materials 1. Keys: Furnish 6 each type to Owner’s Representative.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 24 16 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS - PANELBOARDS

A. Siemens.

B. Square D.

C. Cutler-Hammer.

2.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS

A. Description 1. NEMA panel mounted type. 2. Louvers at the front, top, and bottom. 3. Wiring gutters for branch devices in accordance with CEC Article 312-6 as a minimum, with removable gutters. 4. Each section must be designed to accept molded case circuit breakers.

B. Comply with provisions of: 1. ANSI/UL 50. 2. ANSI/UL 67. 3. NEMA PB-1. 4. NEMA PB-2. 5. ANSI/UL 891.

C. Enclosure 1. Surface mounted. 2. Bolt together constructions. 3. Width: 20 inches minimum. 4. Height: As required, 55 inches minimum. 5. Painted gray over rust inhibiting primer.

D. Interior 1. Bus, include ground and neutral bus if required; Copper, ampere rating as indicated, 100 Amps minimum. 2. Insulators; glass-filled polyester type. 3. Nameplate: a. Manufacturer. b. Order number. c. Panelboard type. d. System voltage. e. Bus ampacity. f. Short circuit bracing rating. g. UL label. 4. Provide an individual terminal or lug for each neutral wire. 5. Interrupting Rating: As indicated, 14,000 Amps symmetrical minimum. 6. Bracing: 50,000 amps.

E. Branch Protective Devices

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 24 16 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Same manufacturer as Panelboard. 2. As indicated on panel schedule.

2.3 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH - CIRCUIT PANELBOARD

A. Description 1. Industrial/Commercial grade. 2. Voltage Class: 208V or 480V as required for application. 3. Current ratings: As indicated, 100 Amps minimum, 800 Amps maximum.

B. Comply with provisions of: 1. ANIS/UL 50. 2. ANSI/UL 67. 3. NEMA PB-1.

C. Enclosure 1. Flush or surface mounted as indicated. 2. Code gauge galvanized steel. 3. Painted gray over rust inhibiting primer. 4. Wiring gutters at top, sides and bottom. Minimum dimensions, 8 inches at top and bottom, 4 inches on sides. 5. Width: 20 inches minimum, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Doors a. Provide for every panel. b. Keyed; Key identically. c. Provide double doors for panels over 30 inches d. Provide vault handle and three point catches for doors over 36 inches in height. 7. NEMA 1 for interior; NEMA 3R for exterior.

D. Trim 1. Trim and hardware of all cabinets must be of a matching type. 2. Surface mounted cabinet fronts must consist of an enclosing sheet steel frame with a hinged steel door. Frame must completely cover front of cabinet and must have no sharp projections. 3. Concealed hinges. 4. Circuit directory.

E. Interior 1. Bus; copper, as indicated, 100 amps minimum. 2. Insulation; glass-filled polyester. 3. Nameplate a. Manufacturer. b. Order number. c. Panelboard type. d. System voltage. e. Bus amperage. f. Short circuit bracing rating. g. UL label. h. Service entrance label (if applicable). 4. Provide an individual lug for each branch requiring a neutral connection.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 24 16 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

5. Interrupting Rating: As indicated but not less than required by short circuit study. 10,000 Amps symmetrical for 240V applications minimum. 6. Bracing; 50,000 Amps.

F. Branch Protective Devices 1. As indicated and in compliance with Section 26 05 74. a. All breakers must be bolt on type. 2. Provisions for future breakers must be at the bottom of the panel.

G. Ground Bus: Copper.

H. Special Features 1. Provide blocking clips on circuit breakers as required or shown. 2. Provide barriered space for mounting contactors and control devices with a hinged door and lock, where shown or required. 3. Provide neutral bars with terminal for all active, spare, and inactive circuits. 4. Provide feed-thru lugs or sub-feed lugs for 2 and 3 section panels. 5. Equip bus bars for panelboard with main lugs, main fused switch or main circuit breaker, capacity as required or indicated. 6. Provide special features such as split bus, lighting contactors, extra-width gutters as required.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install panelboards plumb and when recessed, flush with wall finishes, in conformance with NEMA PB 1.1. Provide all backing for equipment support. Fasten all free-standing equipment to concrete slab. Mounting bolts on floor mounted panels must extend into pads only and must not be in direct contact with building structural members.

B. Height: 6 feet.

C. Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards.

D. Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads.

E. Label panels on front with 1/2 inch high white-filled letters on black phenolic nameplates.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Site Tests 1. Test under provisions of Section 26 08 13. 2. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder. Should the difference at any panelboard between phases exceed 20 percent, rearrange circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads within 20 percent. Take care to maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits.

B. Inspection

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 24 16 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Inspect for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. Check proper installation and tightness of connections for circuit breakers, fusible switches, and fuses.

END OF SECTION 26 24 16

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 24 16 - 5 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 24 16 - 6 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 26 27 26 - WIRING DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Wall switches. 2. Occupancy sensors. 3. Receptacles. 4. Device plates and decorative box covers.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical. 2. Section 26 05 36 - Raceway for Electrical Systems.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. NEMA WD 1 - General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices.

B. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices - Dimensional Requirements.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Division 01.

B. Certify compliance with CEC Article 110 - Requirements for Electrical Installations.

C. Product Data 1. Provide manufacturer’s catalog information showing dimensions, colors and configurations.

D. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals 1. Manufacturer’s Instructions a. Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under Regulatory requirements contained in Section 26 05 00. b. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, operation and installation of product.

1.4 MAINTENANCE

A. Extra Materials 1. Provide two of each style, size, and finish wall plate.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WALL SWITCHES

A. Manufacturers:

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 27 26 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

1. Hubbell. 2. Bryant. 3. Pass and Seymour. 4. Arrow-Hart. 5. Sylvania. 6. Leviton.

B. Description: NEMA WD 1, heavy-duty, AC only general-use snap switch, specification grade.

C. Device Body: Ivory plastic with toggle handle; unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents.

D. Voltage Rating: 120-277 VAC.

E. Current Rating: 20 amperes.

F. Ratings: Match branch circuit and load characteristics.

G. Typical Switches: 1. Single-pole: Hubbell 1221-I, Bryant #4901-GI, Pass & Seymour #20AC1-I. 2. Three-way: Hubbell 1223-I, Bryant #4903-GI, Pass & Seymour #20AC3-I.

H. Weatherproof Switches: Where switches are indicated on Drawings as “WP”, the switches must be of the types specified above, mounted in cast metal box with gasketed weatherproof device plate.

2.2 OCCUPANCY SENSORS

A. Manufacturers 1. Wattstopper. 2. Leviton. 3. Lutron. 4. Hubbell.

B. Description: Wall or ceiling mounted.

C. Device Body: Ivory

2.3 RECEPTACLES

A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell. 2. Arrow-Hart. 3. Pass & Seymour. 4. General Electric. 5. Slater. 6. Bryant. 7. Kenall 8. Sylvania. 9. Leviton Spec-Master series (with nylon face).

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 27 26 - 2 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

B. Description: NEMA WD 1; heavy-duty general-use receptacle.

C. Device Body: Ivory, unless otherwise indicated, plastic.

D. Refer to symbol legend, Hubbell Nos. listed unless otherwise noted.

E. Receptacle Outlet; Duplex: 20A, 125V, 2 pole, 3 wire grounding, NEMA 5-20R; ivory (5362-I), red (5362-R).

F. Weatherproof GFCI Receptacle Outlet: 20A, 125V, 3 wire grounding, duplex. While-in-use cover. UV-resistance polycarbonate. Crouse-Hinds #TP or equal.

G. GFCI Type Duplex Receptacle Outlet: Built-in ground-fault circuit interruption, 5-mA sensitivity, with indicator and reset button; UL listed; standard model for ground-fault protection at individual location; feed-through model for ground fault protection of “downstream” conventional receptacles. 1. 20A, 125V, 3 wire duplex: NEMA 5-20R ivory (Arrow Hart GF5242-I), red Arrow Hart GF5242-R).

2.4 DEVICE PLATES

A. Device plates for concealed wiring: Same manufacturer as wiring devices, to suit device covered, single or ganged, in one piece with beveled edges that match faces of plates. 1. Device Plate: Type 302/304 stainless steel flush, satin finish, approximately 20 gauge. 2. Cast Metal Plates for Surface Type Boxes: Corrosion resistant cast ferrous metal, designed for application. a. Plastic Device Plates: Not permitted.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Site Verification of Conditions 1. Verify conditions under provisions of Division 1. 2. Verify outlet boxes are installed at proper height. 3. Verify wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates. 4. Verify floor boxes are adjusted properly. 5. Verify branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to wiring devices. 6. Verify openings in access floor are in proper locations. 7. Beginning installation means installer accepts existing conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface. 1. Clean debris from outlet boxes.

END OF SECTION 26 27 26

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 27 26 - 3 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 27 26 - 4 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

SECTION 26 28 16 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Disconnect switches.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum).

B. UL 98 - Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Division 01.

B. Product Data 1. Include outline drawings with dimensions, and equipment ratings for voltage, capacity, horsepower, and short circuit.

C. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals 1. Manufacturer’s Instructions a. Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting of Product.

D. Closeout Submittals 1. Operating and Maintenance Data: See Division 01.

1.4 MAINTENANCE

A. Extra Materials 1. Spare fuses, 10 percent or minimum of 3 of each type and rating of installed fuses.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - DISCONNECT SWITCHES

A. General Electric.

B. Siemens.

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 28 16 - 1 City of Manhattan Beach, City Hall HVAC Improvements

C. Square D.

D. Cutler-Hammer.

2.2 MOTOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES

A. Provide disconnect for motors as indicated. Disconnects must be horsepower rated, padlockable, heavy duty; Square D type, Heavy duty; or approved equal, fused or nonfused as indicated, NEMA 1 indoors; NEMA 4X outdoors conforming to UL 98. 1. Size fuses per motor manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. Disconnects for small single-phase motors must be a horsepower rated, padlockable, manual starter, with overloads, Square D, Class 2510, NEMA 1 indoors or NEMA 4X outdoors conforming to UL 98.

2.3 IDENTIFICATION OF DISCONNECT MEANS

A. Comply with CEC 110-22.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install disconnect switches where indicated in the Contract Documents.

B. Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches.

C. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

END OF SECTION 26 28 16

December 1, 2020 Bid Documents 26 28 16 - 2

APPENDIX I PROGRESS PAYMENT REQUEST FORM

TO: CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH Engineering Division, 1400 Highland Avenue, Manhattan Beach, CA 90266 PROJECT TITLE ______PROJECT NO. ______FROM: CONTRACTOR ______Date ______Address ______Telephone ______Progress Estimate # ______Submitted by ______Contract Award Amount $______

No. Description Contract Previous Quantity This Unit Amount Total Quantity Total Amount Quantity Quantity Estimate Price This to Date to Date Estimate 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Total Less Retention Less Previous Billing(s) Total Amount Due

City Approval: ______Date: ______

NOTE: An updated Project Schedule must be provided with each monthly progress payment in accordance with Section 6-1 of the General Provisions in addition to a Conditional Waiver and Release form per Section 9 -3.2.1

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City of MB Form Appendix I-1

APPENDIX II

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH PROJECT SCHEDULE OF VALUES FOR

CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS

Bidder’s Name: ______

Lowest three (3) bidders shall submit within three (3) calendar days after bid opening.

DIVISIONS / SECTIONS VALUE

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS (Except Field Quality Control) Construction Staging Area $ Construction Phasing & Temp. Cooling/Heating/Power/Plumbing $ Special Project Site Maintenance and Public Convenience & Safety $ 2,000.00 Commissioning $ $ Total for Section: $ % of Contract: %

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS – Field Quality Control / Testing Premeasure Air Flows at Air Devices $ New Test and Balance $ Flush and Sterilize Piping $ Water Treatment $ Clean Existing Duct Mains 20’ from Roof Penetrations $ Clean Return Air and Mixed Air Dampers and Linkage $ Make Safe $ $ Total for Section: $ % of Contract: %

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City of Appendix II-1 MB Form

DIVISIONS / SECTIONS VALUE

DIVISION 02 - Demolition Demo Roof Mounted Air Cooled Chiller ACC-1 $ Demo Roof Mounted Air Handling Units AH-1 & AH-2 $ Demo Air Handling Unit AH-3 in Basement $ Demo Air Cooled Condensing Unit CU-1 $ Demo Roof Exhaust Fans $ Demo Relief Fan and Damper $ Demo Heating Hot Water Pump $ Demo Chilled Water Pump $ Demo Electric Duct Reheat Coil $ Demo Thermostat $ Demo Pneumatic Thermostats, Cap Wiring & Tubing $ Demo Ductwork $ Demo Chilled/Heating Hot Water & Condensate Piping $ Demo Refrigerant Piping $ Demo Steel Support for HVAC $ Demo Connections to Mechanical Equipment $ $ Total for Section: $ % of Contract: %

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City of Appendix II-2 MB Form

DIVISIONS / SECTIONS VALUE

DIVISIONS 03-09 – General Building New 30”x18” Metal Screen Opening $ Patch Existing Roof $ New Rooftop Walkway Pads $ Demo Existing Exterior Door $ New Exterior Hollow Metal Door & Hardware $ Prime and Paint New Door and Frame $ Remove, Store and Reinstall Access Stair $ Demo Existing Flashing Associated with Plenum $ Refinish Steel Supports $ New Flashing Through Roof for Refrigerant Piping $ Firestopping $ Caulking & Sealants $ Additional Steel Supports $ Concrete Pad for HVAC $ $ Total for Section: $ % of Contract: %

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City of Appendix II-3 MB Form

DIVISIONS VALUE

DIVISION 23 – Mechanical (Except 23 09 00) New Air Cooled Chiller ACC-1 on Roof (AH-1 & AH-2) $ New Chilled Water Roof Mounted Air Handling Units AH-1 & AH-2 $ New DX Air Handling Unit AH-3 in Basement $ New Hot Water Circulating Pump, HHWP-1 $ New Chilled Water Pump, CHWP-1 $ New VFD’s for Pumps $ New Roof Exhaust Fans with Curbs, EF-1,2 $ New 3 Ton Heat Pump Condensing Units, HP-1, 2 $ New Wall Mounted Fan Coil Units (w/ Condensate Pump), FC-1,2 $ New 15 Ton Condensing Unit, CU-1 $ New SA, RA & EA Duct in Exterior Equipment Well $ Mew SA, RA, OA Ductwork @ AHU’s 1 & 2, Exterior $ New Outside Intake Louver, with Motorized Damper $ New Actuator Motor at Existing Relief Damper $ New 3” Chilled Water Piping, with Insulation $ New 4” Chilled Water Piping, with Insulation $ New 2-1/2” Heating Hot Water Piping, with Insulation $ New 3” Heating Hot Water Piping, with Insulation $ New 2-1/2” Valves for Heating Water Piping $ New 3” Valves for Heating and Chilled Water Piping $ New Refrigerant Piping $ New Condensate Piping $ Seismic Bracing (Mechanical Equipment) $ New REF-3 Duct Mounted Relief Exhaust Fan and Motorized $ Damper $ Total for Section: $ % of Contract: %

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City of Appendix II-4 MB Form

DIVISIONS VALUE

DIVISION 23 09 00 – Mechanical Controls New Energy Management Control System Panel $ New MS-SQL 2017 Standard Server $ MS Visio 2019 Pro Software Licensing $ New Dedicated Server for Controls $ New DDC Thermostats (Integrate with Existing Controls) $ New CO2 Sensors $ $ Total for Section: $ % of Contract: %

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City of Appendix II-5 MB Form

DIVISIONS VALUE

Division 26 – Electrical Replace Existing Breaker w/ a New 70A 3-P Circuit Breaker in MSB $ Replace Existing Breaker w/ a New 30A 3-P Circuit Breaker in MSB $ Replace Existing Breaker w/ a New 20A 3-P Circuit Breaker in MSB $ Add Circuit Breaker in SBB for Relief Fan $ 45 KVA Transformer $ 125a 120/208v Panelboard $ 1-1/4” EMT w/ (3) #4 and (1) #8GD- MSB TI Transformer T1 (50L/F assumed) $ 1-1/2” EMT w/ (4) #1 and (1) #6GD- Transformer T1 to Panel L4 $ Connection to Fan Coils- 20A 2-P Motor Switch $ Connection to Condensing Unit – 30A 3P Fused Dissconnect NEMA 4X $ Connection to Smoke Duct Detector $ Connection to Rooftop Exhaust Fan- 20A 1-P Motor Switch $ Connection to REF-3 Duct Mounted Relief Fan NEMA 4x $ Connection to Heating Hot Water Pump- 30A 3-P Fused Disconnect $ Connection to Air Handler- Combination Starter $ Connection to Relief Fan- 30A 3-P Fused Disconnect NEMA 4X $ Connection to ACCH- 175A 3-P Circuit Breaker in MCC $ Connection to CHWP $ Connection to Heat Pump $ Weatherproof GFCI Receptacle $ Branch Circuits – Assume 30 L/F $ Modify Fire Alarm Control Panel $ $ Total for Section: $ % of Contract: %

GRAND TOTAL $ GRAND TOTAL: $ % of Contract: 100% NOTE: Grand Total should match Total Base Bid Items Amount in Base Bid Schedule.

12100 -0001 \2410807v2.doc City of Appendix II-6 MB Form

CONTRACTOR’S DAILY REPORT TO THE CITY (Only the Contractor’s Foreman and Superintendent is authorized to complete this form.)

Project Name: ______Project Location: ______

Date: ______Report No.: ______Start Time: ______End Time: ______

Contractor’s Company Name: ______

Contractor’s Foreman/Superintendent: ______Name Signature

Work Accomplished

Equipment on Site Hours

Workers on Site Classification Hours Company

Note: It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide this completed form to the City every working day by 5:30 PM, without fail. Failure to do so may result in the corresponding application payment to be delayed. 12100-0001\2410807v2.doc City SI-10 of MB Form